diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'stmhal/hal/f7/src')
29 files changed, 41508 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/stmhal/hal/f7/src/stm32f7xx_hal.c b/stmhal/hal/f7/src/stm32f7xx_hal.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7e123518b6 --- /dev/null +++ b/stmhal/hal/f7/src/stm32f7xx_hal.c @@ -0,0 +1,504 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f7xx_hal.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.1 + * @date 25-June-2015 + * @brief HAL module driver. + * This is the common part of the HAL initialization + * + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + The common HAL driver contains a set of generic and common APIs that can be + used by the PPP peripheral drivers and the user to start using the HAL. + [..] + The HAL contains two APIs' categories: + (+) Common HAL APIs + (+) Services HAL APIs + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup HAL HAL + * @brief HAL module driver. + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup HAL_Private_Constants + * @{ + */ +/** + * @brief STM32F7xx HAL Driver version number V1.0.1 + */ +#define __STM32F7xx_HAL_VERSION_MAIN (0x01) /*!< [31:24] main version */ +#define __STM32F7xx_HAL_VERSION_SUB1 (0x00) /*!< [23:16] sub1 version */ +#define __STM32F7xx_HAL_VERSION_SUB2 (0x01) /*!< [15:8] sub2 version */ +#define __STM32F7xx_HAL_VERSION_RC (0x00) /*!< [7:0] release candidate */ +#define __STM32F7xx_HAL_VERSION ((__STM32F7xx_HAL_VERSION_MAIN << 24)\ + |(__STM32F7xx_HAL_VERSION_SUB1 << 16)\ + |(__STM32F7xx_HAL_VERSION_SUB2 << 8 )\ + |(__STM32F7xx_HAL_VERSION_RC)) + +#define IDCODE_DEVID_MASK ((uint32_t)0x00000FFF) +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup HAL_Private_Variables + * @{ + */ +static __IO uint32_t uwTick; +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup HAL_Exported_Functions HAL Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup HAL_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization Functions + * @brief Initialization and de-initialization functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Initializes the Flash interface the NVIC allocation and initial clock + configuration. It initializes the systick also when timeout is needed + and the backup domain when enabled. + (+) de-Initializes common part of the HAL + (+) Configure The time base source to have 1ms time base with a dedicated + Tick interrupt priority. + (++) Systick timer is used by default as source of time base, but user + can eventually implement his proper time base source (a general purpose + timer for example or other time source), keeping in mind that Time base + duration should be kept 1ms since PPP_TIMEOUT_VALUEs are defined and + handled in milliseconds basis. + (++) Time base configuration function (HAL_InitTick ()) is called automatically + at the beginning of the program after reset by HAL_Init() or at any time + when clock is configured, by HAL_RCC_ClockConfig(). + (++) Source of time base is configured to generate interrupts at regular + time intervals. Care must be taken if HAL_Delay() is called from a + peripheral ISR process, the Tick interrupt line must have higher priority + (numerically lower) than the peripheral interrupt. Otherwise the caller + ISR process will be blocked. + (++) functions affecting time base configurations are declared as __weak + to make override possible in case of other implementations in user file. +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief This function is used to initialize the HAL Library; it must be the first + * instruction to be executed in the main program (before to call any other + * HAL function), it performs the following: + * Configure the Flash prefetch, and instruction cache through ART accelerator. + * Configures the SysTick to generate an interrupt each 1 millisecond, + * which is clocked by the HSI (at this stage, the clock is not yet + * configured and thus the system is running from the internal HSI at 16 MHz). + * Set NVIC Group Priority to 4. + * Calls the HAL_MspInit() callback function defined in user file + * "stm32f7xx_hal_msp.c" to do the global low level hardware initialization + * + * @note SysTick is used as time base for the HAL_Delay() function, the application + * need to ensure that the SysTick time base is always set to 1 millisecond + * to have correct HAL operation. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_Init(void) +{ + /* Configure Flash prefetch and Instruction cache through ART accelerator */ +#if (ART_ACCLERATOR_ENABLE != 0) + __HAL_FLASH_ART_ENABLE(); +#endif /* ART_ACCLERATOR_ENABLE */ + + /* Set Interrupt Group Priority */ + HAL_NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping(NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_4); + + /* Use systick as time base source and configure 1ms tick (default clock after Reset is HSI) */ + HAL_InitTick(TICK_INT_PRIORITY); + + /* Init the low level hardware */ + HAL_MspInit(); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief This function de-Initializes common part of the HAL and stops the systick. + * This function is optional. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DeInit(void) +{ + /* Reset of all peripherals */ + __HAL_RCC_APB1_FORCE_RESET(); + __HAL_RCC_APB1_RELEASE_RESET(); + + __HAL_RCC_APB2_FORCE_RESET(); + __HAL_RCC_APB2_RELEASE_RESET(); + + __HAL_RCC_AHB1_FORCE_RESET(); + __HAL_RCC_AHB1_RELEASE_RESET(); + + __HAL_RCC_AHB2_FORCE_RESET(); + __HAL_RCC_AHB2_RELEASE_RESET(); + + __HAL_RCC_AHB3_FORCE_RESET(); + __HAL_RCC_AHB3_RELEASE_RESET(); + + /* De-Init the low level hardware */ + HAL_MspDeInit(); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the MSP. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_MspInit(void) +{ + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_MspInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes the MSP. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_MspDeInit(void) +{ + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief This function configures the source of the time base. + * The time source is configured to have 1ms time base with a dedicated + * Tick interrupt priority. + * @note This function is called automatically at the beginning of program after + * reset by HAL_Init() or at any time when clock is reconfigured by HAL_RCC_ClockConfig(). + * @note In the default implementation, SysTick timer is the source of time base. + * It is used to generate interrupts at regular time intervals. + * Care must be taken if HAL_Delay() is called from a peripheral ISR process, + * The the SysTick interrupt must have higher priority (numerically lower) + * than the peripheral interrupt. Otherwise the caller ISR process will be blocked. + * The function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other + * implementation in user file. + * @param TickPriority: Tick interrupt priority. + * @retval HAL status + */ +__weak HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_InitTick(uint32_t TickPriority) +{ + /*Configure the SysTick to have interrupt in 1ms time basis*/ + HAL_SYSTICK_Config(HAL_RCC_GetHCLKFreq()/1000); + + /*Configure the SysTick IRQ priority */ + HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(SysTick_IRQn, TickPriority ,0); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup HAL_Exported_Functions_Group2 HAL Control functions + * @brief HAL Control functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### HAL Control functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Provide a tick value in millisecond + (+) Provide a blocking delay in millisecond + (+) Suspend the time base source interrupt + (+) Resume the time base source interrupt + (+) Get the HAL API driver version + (+) Get the device identifier + (+) Get the device revision identifier + (+) Enable/Disable Debug module during SLEEP mode + (+) Enable/Disable Debug module during STOP mode + (+) Enable/Disable Debug module during STANDBY mode + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief This function is called to increment a global variable "uwTick" + * used as application time base. + * @note In the default implementation, this variable is incremented each 1ms + * in Systick ISR. + * @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other + * implementations in user file. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_IncTick(void) +{ + uwTick++; +} + +/** + * @brief Provides a tick value in millisecond. + * @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other + * implementations in user file. + * @retval tick value + */ +__weak uint32_t HAL_GetTick(void) +{ + return uwTick; +} + +/** + * @brief This function provides accurate delay (in milliseconds) based + * on variable incremented. + * @note In the default implementation , SysTick timer is the source of time base. + * It is used to generate interrupts at regular time intervals where uwTick + * is incremented. + * @note ThiS function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other + * implementations in user file. + * @param Delay: specifies the delay time length, in milliseconds. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_Delay(__IO uint32_t Delay) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = 0; + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + while((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) < Delay) + { + } +} + +/** + * @brief Suspend Tick increment. + * @note In the default implementation , SysTick timer is the source of time base. It is + * used to generate interrupts at regular time intervals. Once HAL_SuspendTick() + * is called, the the SysTick interrupt will be disabled and so Tick increment + * is suspended. + * @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other + * implementations in user file. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_SuspendTick(void) +{ + /* Disable SysTick Interrupt */ + SysTick->CTRL &= ~SysTick_CTRL_TICKINT_Msk; +} + +/** + * @brief Resume Tick increment. + * @note In the default implementation , SysTick timer is the source of time base. It is + * used to generate interrupts at regular time intervals. Once HAL_ResumeTick() + * is called, the the SysTick interrupt will be enabled and so Tick increment + * is resumed. + * @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other + * implementations in user file. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_ResumeTick(void) +{ + /* Enable SysTick Interrupt */ + SysTick->CTRL |= SysTick_CTRL_TICKINT_Msk; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the HAL revision + * @retval version : 0xXYZR (8bits for each decimal, R for RC) + */ +uint32_t HAL_GetHalVersion(void) +{ + return __STM32F7xx_HAL_VERSION; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the device revision identifier. + * @retval Device revision identifier + */ +uint32_t HAL_GetREVID(void) +{ + return((DBGMCU->IDCODE) >> 16); +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the device identifier. + * @retval Device identifier + */ +uint32_t HAL_GetDEVID(void) +{ + return((DBGMCU->IDCODE) & IDCODE_DEVID_MASK); +} + +/** + * @brief Enable the Debug Module during SLEEP mode + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGSleepMode(void) +{ + SET_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_SLEEP); +} + +/** + * @brief Disable the Debug Module during SLEEP mode + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGSleepMode(void) +{ + CLEAR_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_SLEEP); +} + +/** + * @brief Enable the Debug Module during STOP mode + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGStopMode(void) +{ + SET_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_STOP); +} + +/** + * @brief Disable the Debug Module during STOP mode + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGStopMode(void) +{ + CLEAR_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_STOP); +} + +/** + * @brief Enable the Debug Module during STANDBY mode + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGStandbyMode(void) +{ + SET_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_STANDBY); +} + +/** + * @brief Disable the Debug Module during STANDBY mode + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGStandbyMode(void) +{ + CLEAR_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_STANDBY); +} + +/** + * @brief Enables the I/O Compensation Cell. + * @note The I/O compensation cell can be used only when the device supply + * voltage ranges from 2.4 to 3.6 V. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_EnableCompensationCell(void) +{ + SYSCFG->CMPCR |= SYSCFG_CMPCR_CMP_PD; +} + +/** + * @brief Power-down the I/O Compensation Cell. + * @note The I/O compensation cell can be used only when the device supply + * voltage ranges from 2.4 to 3.6 V. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_DisableCompensationCell(void) +{ + SYSCFG->CMPCR &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)SYSCFG_CMPCR_CMP_PD); +} + +/** + * @brief Enables the FMC Memory Mapping Swapping. + * + * @note SDRAM is accessible at 0x60000000 + * and NOR/RAM is accessible at 0xC0000000 + * + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_EnableFMCMemorySwapping(void) +{ + SYSCFG->MEMRMP |= SYSCFG_MEMRMP_SWP_FMC_0; +} + +/** + * @brief Disables the FMC Memory Mapping Swapping + * + * @note SDRAM is accessible at 0xC0000000 (default mapping) + * and NOR/RAM is accessible at 0x60000000 (default mapping) + * + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_DisableFMCMemorySwapping(void) +{ + + SYSCFG->MEMRMP &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)SYSCFG_MEMRMP_SWP_FMC); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/stmhal/hal/f7/src/stm32f7xx_hal_adc.c b/stmhal/hal/f7/src/stm32f7xx_hal_adc.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0c5f83b20c --- /dev/null +++ b/stmhal/hal/f7/src/stm32f7xx_hal_adc.c @@ -0,0 +1,1408 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f7xx_hal_adc.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.1 + * @date 25-June-2015 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Analog to Digital Convertor (ADC) peripheral: + * + Initialization and de-initialization functions + * + IO operation functions + * + State and errors functions + * + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### ADC Peripheral features ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + (#) 12-bit, 10-bit, 8-bit or 6-bit configurable resolution. + (#) Interrupt generation at the end of conversion, end of injected conversion, + and in case of analog watchdog or overrun events + (#) Single and continuous conversion modes. + (#) Scan mode for automatic conversion of channel 0 to channel x. + (#) Data alignment with in-built data coherency. + (#) Channel-wise programmable sampling time. + (#) External trigger option with configurable polarity for both regular and + injected conversion. + (#) Dual/Triple mode (on devices with 2 ADCs or more). + (#) Configurable DMA data storage in Dual/Triple ADC mode. + (#) Configurable delay between conversions in Dual/Triple interleaved mode. + (#) ADC conversion type (refer to the datasheets). + (#) ADC supply requirements: 2.4 V to 3.6 V at full speed and down to 1.8 V at + slower speed. + (#) ADC input range: VREF(minus) = VIN = VREF(plus). + (#) DMA request generation during regular channel conversion. + + + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + (#)Initialize the ADC low level resources by implementing the HAL_ADC_MspInit(): + (##) Enable the ADC interface clock using __HAL_RCC_ADC_CLK_ENABLE() + (##) ADC pins configuration + (+++) Enable the clock for the ADC GPIOs using the following function: + __HAL_RCC_GPIOx_CLK_ENABLE() + (+++) Configure these ADC pins in analog mode using HAL_GPIO_Init() + (##) In case of using interrupts (e.g. HAL_ADC_Start_IT()) + (+++) Configure the ADC interrupt priority using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() + (+++) Enable the ADC IRQ handler using HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ() + (+++) In ADC IRQ handler, call HAL_ADC_IRQHandler() + (##) In case of using DMA to control data transfer (e.g. HAL_ADC_Start_DMA()) + (+++) Enable the DMAx interface clock using __HAL_RCC_DMAx_CLK_ENABLE() + (+++) Configure and enable two DMA streams stream for managing data + transfer from peripheral to memory (output stream) + (+++) Associate the initialized DMA handle to the CRYP DMA handle + using __HAL_LINKDMA() + (+++) Configure the priority and enable the NVIC for the transfer complete + interrupt on the two DMA Streams. The output stream should have higher + priority than the input stream. + + *** Configuration of ADC, groups regular/injected, channels parameters *** + ============================================================================== + [..] + (#) Configure the ADC parameters (resolution, data alignment, ...) + and regular group parameters (conversion trigger, sequencer, ...) + using function HAL_ADC_Init(). + + (#) Configure the channels for regular group parameters (channel number, + channel rank into sequencer, ..., into regular group) + using function HAL_ADC_ConfigChannel(). + + (#) Optionally, configure the injected group parameters (conversion trigger, + sequencer, ..., of injected group) + and the channels for injected group parameters (channel number, + channel rank into sequencer, ..., into injected group) + using function HAL_ADCEx_InjectedConfigChannel(). + + (#) Optionally, configure the analog watchdog parameters (channels + monitored, thresholds, ...) using function HAL_ADC_AnalogWDGConfig(). + + (#) Optionally, for devices with several ADC instances: configure the + multimode parameters using function HAL_ADCEx_MultiModeConfigChannel(). + + *** Execution of ADC conversions *** + ============================================================================== + [..] + (#) ADC driver can be used among three modes: polling, interruption, + transfer by DMA. + + *** Polling mode IO operation *** + ================================= + [..] + (+) Start the ADC peripheral using HAL_ADC_Start() + (+) Wait for end of conversion using HAL_ADC_PollForConversion(), at this stage + user can specify the value of timeout according to his end application + (+) To read the ADC converted values, use the HAL_ADC_GetValue() function. + (+) Stop the ADC peripheral using HAL_ADC_Stop() + + *** Interrupt mode IO operation *** + =================================== + [..] + (+) Start the ADC peripheral using HAL_ADC_Start_IT() + (+) Use HAL_ADC_IRQHandler() called under ADC_IRQHandler() Interrupt subroutine + (+) At ADC end of conversion HAL_ADC_ConvCpltCallback() function is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_ADC_ConvCpltCallback + (+) In case of ADC Error, HAL_ADC_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_ADC_ErrorCallback + (+) Stop the ADC peripheral using HAL_ADC_Stop_IT() + + *** DMA mode IO operation *** + ============================== + [..] + (+) Start the ADC peripheral using HAL_ADC_Start_DMA(), at this stage the user specify the length + of data to be transferred at each end of conversion + (+) At The end of data transfer by HAL_ADC_ConvCpltCallback() function is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_ADC_ConvCpltCallback + (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_ADC_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_ADC_ErrorCallback + (+) Stop the ADC peripheral using HAL_ADC_Stop_DMA() + + *** ADC HAL driver macros list *** + ============================================= + [..] + Below the list of most used macros in ADC HAL driver. + + (+) __HAL_ADC_ENABLE : Enable the ADC peripheral + (+) __HAL_ADC_DISABLE : Disable the ADC peripheral + (+) __HAL_ADC_ENABLE_IT: Enable the ADC end of conversion interrupt + (+) __HAL_ADC_DISABLE_IT: Disable the ADC end of conversion interrupt + (+) __HAL_ADC_GET_IT_SOURCE: Check if the specified ADC interrupt source is enabled or disabled + (+) __HAL_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG: Clear the ADC's pending flags + (+) __HAL_ADC_GET_FLAG: Get the selected ADC's flag status + (+) ADC_GET_RESOLUTION: Return resolution bits in CR1 register + + [..] + (@) You can refer to the ADC HAL driver header file for more useful macros + + *** Deinitialization of ADC *** + ============================================================================== + [..] + (#) Disable the ADC interface + (++) ADC clock can be hard reset and disabled at RCC top level. + (++) Hard reset of ADC peripherals + using macro __HAL_RCC_ADC_FORCE_RESET(), __HAL_RCC_ADC_RELEASE_RESET(). + (++) ADC clock disable using the equivalent macro/functions as configuration step. + (+++) Example: + Into HAL_ADC_MspDeInit() (recommended code location) or with + other device clock parameters configuration: + (+++) HAL_RCC_GetOscConfig(&RCC_OscInitStructure); + (+++) RCC_OscInitStructure.OscillatorType = RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSI; + (+++) RCC_OscInitStructure.HSIState = RCC_HSI_OFF; (if not used for system clock) + (+++) HAL_RCC_OscConfig(&RCC_OscInitStructure); + + (#) ADC pins configuration + (++) Disable the clock for the ADC GPIOs using macro __HAL_RCC_GPIOx_CLK_DISABLE() + + (#) Optionally, in case of usage of ADC with interruptions: + (++) Disable the NVIC for ADC using function HAL_NVIC_DisableIRQ(ADCx_IRQn) + + (#) Optionally, in case of usage of DMA: + (++) Deinitialize the DMA using function HAL_DMA_DeInit(). + (++) Disable the NVIC for DMA using function HAL_NVIC_DisableIRQ(DMAx_Channelx_IRQn) + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC ADC + * @brief ADC driver modules + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_ADC_MODULE_ENABLED + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup ADC_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +static void ADC_Init(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc); +static void ADC_DMAConvCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void ADC_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void ADC_DMAHalfConvCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup ADC_Exported_Functions ADC Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Initialize and configure the ADC. + (+) De-initialize the ADC. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Initializes the ADCx peripheral according to the specified parameters + * in the ADC_InitStruct and initializes the ADC MSP. + * + * @note This function is used to configure the global features of the ADC ( + * ClockPrescaler, Resolution, Data Alignment and number of conversion), however, + * the rest of the configuration parameters are specific to the regular + * channels group (scan mode activation, continuous mode activation, + * External trigger source and edge, DMA continuous request after the + * last transfer and End of conversion selection). + * + * @param hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified ADC. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_Init(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc) +{ + /* Check ADC handle */ + if(hadc == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_CLOCKPRESCALER(hadc->Init.ClockPrescaler)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_RESOLUTION(hadc->Init.Resolution)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(hadc->Init.ScanConvMode)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(hadc->Init.ContinuousConvMode)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_EXT_TRIG(hadc->Init.ExternalTrigConv)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_DATA_ALIGN(hadc->Init.DataAlign)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_REGULAR_LENGTH(hadc->Init.NbrOfConversion)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(hadc->Init.DMAContinuousRequests)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_EOCSelection(hadc->Init.EOCSelection)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(hadc->Init.DiscontinuousConvMode)); + + if(hadc->Init.ExternalTrigConv != ADC_SOFTWARE_START) + { + assert_param(IS_ADC_EXT_TRIG_EDGE(hadc->Init.ExternalTrigConvEdge)); + } + + if(hadc->State == HAL_ADC_STATE_RESET) + { + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + hadc->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + /* Init the low level hardware */ + HAL_ADC_MspInit(hadc); + } + + /* Initialize the ADC state */ + hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Set ADC parameters */ + ADC_Init(hadc); + + /* Set ADC error code to none */ + hadc->ErrorCode = HAL_ADC_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Initialize the ADC state */ + hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_READY; + + /* Release Lock */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Deinitializes the ADCx peripheral registers to their default reset values. + * @param hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified ADC. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_DeInit(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc) +{ + /* Check ADC handle */ + if(hadc == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance)); + + /* Change ADC state */ + hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_BUSY; + + /* DeInit the low level hardware */ + HAL_ADC_MspDeInit(hadc); + + /* Set ADC error code to none */ + hadc->ErrorCode = HAL_ADC_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Change ADC state */ + hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_RESET; + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the ADC MSP. + * @param hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified ADC. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_ADC_MspInit(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc) +{ + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_ADC_MspInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes the ADC MSP. + * @param hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified ADC. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_ADC_MspDeInit(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc) +{ + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_ADC_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions + * @brief IO operation functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### IO operation functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Start conversion of regular channel. + (+) Stop conversion of regular channel. + (+) Start conversion of regular channel and enable interrupt. + (+) Stop conversion of regular channel and disable interrupt. + (+) Start conversion of regular channel and enable DMA transfer. + (+) Stop conversion of regular channel and disable DMA transfer. + (+) Handle ADC interrupt request. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables ADC and starts conversion of the regular channels. + * @param hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified ADC. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_Start(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc) +{ + __IO uint32_t counter = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(hadc->Init.ContinuousConvMode)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_EXT_TRIG_EDGE(hadc->Init.ExternalTrigConvEdge)); + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hadc); + + /* Check if an injected conversion is ongoing */ + if(hadc->State == HAL_ADC_STATE_BUSY_INJ) + { + /* Change ADC state */ + hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_BUSY_INJ_REG; + } + else + { + /* Change ADC state */ + hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_BUSY_REG; + } + + /* Check if ADC peripheral is disabled in order to enable it and wait during + Tstab time the ADC's stabilization */ + if((hadc->Instance->CR2 & ADC_CR2_ADON) != ADC_CR2_ADON) + { + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_ADC_ENABLE(hadc); + + /* Delay for ADC stabilization time */ + /* Compute number of CPU cycles to wait for */ + counter = (ADC_STAB_DELAY_US * (SystemCoreClock / 1000000)); + while(counter != 0) + { + counter--; + } + } + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc); + + /* Check if Multimode enabled */ + if(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(ADC->CCR, ADC_CCR_MULTI)) + { + /* if no external trigger present enable software conversion of regular channels */ + if((hadc->Instance->CR2 & ADC_CR2_EXTEN) == RESET) + { + /* Enable the selected ADC software conversion for regular group */ + hadc->Instance->CR2 |= (uint32_t)ADC_CR2_SWSTART; + } + } + else + { + /* if instance of handle correspond to ADC1 and no external trigger present enable software conversion of regular channels */ + if((hadc->Instance == ADC1) && ((hadc->Instance->CR2 & ADC_CR2_EXTEN) == RESET)) + { + /* Enable the selected ADC software conversion for regular group */ + hadc->Instance->CR2 |= (uint32_t)ADC_CR2_SWSTART; + } + } + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Disables ADC and stop conversion of regular channels. + * + * @note Caution: This function will stop also injected channels. + * + * @param hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified ADC. + * + * @retval HAL status. + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_Stop(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc) +{ + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_ADC_DISABLE(hadc); + + /* Change ADC state */ + hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_READY; + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Poll for regular conversion complete + * @param hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified ADC. + * @param Timeout: Timeout value in millisecond. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_PollForConversion(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = 0; + + /* Verification that ADC configuration is compliant with polling for */ + /* each conversion: */ + /* Particular case is ADC configured in DMA mode and ADC sequencer with */ + /* several ranks and polling for end of each conversion. */ + /* For code simplicity sake, this particular case is generalized to */ + /* ADC configured in DMA mode and polling for end of each conversion. */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hadc->Instance->CR2, ADC_CR2_EOCS) && + HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hadc->Instance->CR2, ADC_CR2_DMA) ) + { + /* Update ADC state machine to error */ + hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR; + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Get tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Check End of conversion flag */ + while(!(__HAL_ADC_GET_FLAG(hadc, ADC_FLAG_EOC))) + { + /* Check for the Timeout */ + if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) + { + if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)) + { + hadc->State= HAL_ADC_STATE_TIMEOUT; + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc); + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + + /* Check if an injected conversion is ready */ + if(hadc->State == HAL_ADC_STATE_EOC_INJ) + { + /* Change ADC state */ + hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_EOC_INJ_REG; + } + else + { + /* Change ADC state */ + hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_EOC_REG; + } + + /* Return ADC state */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Poll for conversion event + * @param hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified ADC. + * @param EventType: the ADC event type. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg ADC_AWD_EVENT: ADC Analog watch Dog event. + * @arg ADC_OVR_EVENT: ADC Overrun event. + * @param Timeout: Timeout value in millisecond. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_PollForEvent(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc, uint32_t EventType, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_EVENT_TYPE(EventType)); + + /* Get tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Check selected event flag */ + while(!(__HAL_ADC_GET_FLAG(hadc,EventType))) + { + /* Check for the Timeout */ + if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) + { + if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)) + { + hadc->State= HAL_ADC_STATE_TIMEOUT; + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc); + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + + /* Check analog watchdog flag */ + if(EventType == ADC_AWD_EVENT) + { + /* Change ADC state */ + hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_AWD; + + /* Clear the ADCx's analog watchdog flag */ + __HAL_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(hadc, ADC_FLAG_AWD); + } + else + { + /* Change ADC state */ + hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR; + + /* Clear the ADCx's Overrun flag */ + __HAL_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(hadc, ADC_FLAG_OVR); + } + + /* Return ADC state */ + return HAL_OK; +} + + +/** + * @brief Enables the interrupt and starts ADC conversion of regular channels. + * @param hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified ADC. + * @retval HAL status. + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_Start_IT(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc) +{ + __IO uint32_t counter = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(hadc->Init.ContinuousConvMode)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_EXT_TRIG_EDGE(hadc->Init.ExternalTrigConvEdge)); + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hadc); + + /* Check if an injected conversion is ongoing */ + if(hadc->State == HAL_ADC_STATE_BUSY_INJ) + { + /* Change ADC state */ + hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_BUSY_INJ_REG; + } + else + { + /* Change ADC state */ + hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_BUSY_REG; + } + + /* Set ADC error code to none */ + hadc->ErrorCode = HAL_ADC_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Check if ADC peripheral is disabled in order to enable it and wait during + Tstab time the ADC's stabilization */ + if((hadc->Instance->CR2 & ADC_CR2_ADON) != ADC_CR2_ADON) + { + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_ADC_ENABLE(hadc); + + /* Delay for ADC stabilization time */ + /* Compute number of CPU cycles to wait for */ + counter = (ADC_STAB_DELAY_US * (SystemCoreClock / 1000000)); + while(counter != 0) + { + counter--; + } + } + + /* Enable the ADC overrun interrupt */ + __HAL_ADC_ENABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_OVR); + + /* Enable the ADC end of conversion interrupt for regular group */ + __HAL_ADC_ENABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_EOC); + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc); + + /* Check if Multimode enabled */ + if(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(ADC->CCR, ADC_CCR_MULTI)) + { + /* if no external trigger present enable software conversion of regular channels */ + if((hadc->Instance->CR2 & ADC_CR2_EXTEN) == RESET) + { + /* Enable the selected ADC software conversion for regular group */ + hadc->Instance->CR2 |= (uint32_t)ADC_CR2_SWSTART; + } + } + else + { + /* if instance of handle correspond to ADC1 and no external trigger present enable software conversion of regular channels */ + if((hadc->Instance == (ADC_TypeDef*)0x40012000) && ((hadc->Instance->CR2 & ADC_CR2_EXTEN) == RESET)) + { + /* Enable the selected ADC software conversion for regular group */ + hadc->Instance->CR2 |= (uint32_t)ADC_CR2_SWSTART; + } + } + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Disables the interrupt and stop ADC conversion of regular channels. + * + * @note Caution: This function will stop also injected channels. + * + * @param hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified ADC. + * @retval HAL status. + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_Stop_IT(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc) +{ + /* Disable the ADC end of conversion interrupt for regular group */ + __HAL_ADC_DISABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_EOC); + + /* Disable the ADC end of conversion interrupt for injected group */ + __HAL_ADC_DISABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_CR1_JEOCIE); + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_ADC_DISABLE(hadc); + + /* Change ADC state */ + hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_READY; + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Handles ADC interrupt request + * @param hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified ADC. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_ADC_IRQHandler(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc) +{ + uint32_t tmp1 = 0, tmp2 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(hadc->Init.ContinuousConvMode)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_REGULAR_LENGTH(hadc->Init.NbrOfConversion)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_EOCSelection(hadc->Init.EOCSelection)); + + tmp1 = __HAL_ADC_GET_FLAG(hadc, ADC_FLAG_EOC); + tmp2 = __HAL_ADC_GET_IT_SOURCE(hadc, ADC_IT_EOC); + /* Check End of conversion flag for regular channels */ + if(tmp1 && tmp2) + { + /* Check if an injected conversion is ready */ + if(hadc->State == HAL_ADC_STATE_EOC_INJ) + { + /* Change ADC state */ + hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_EOC_INJ_REG; + } + else + { + /* Change ADC state */ + hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_EOC_REG; + } + + if((hadc->Init.ContinuousConvMode == DISABLE) && ((hadc->Instance->CR2 & ADC_CR2_EXTEN) == RESET)) + { + if(hadc->Init.EOCSelection == ADC_EOC_SEQ_CONV) + { + /* DISABLE the ADC end of conversion interrupt for regular group */ + __HAL_ADC_DISABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_EOC); + + /* DISABLE the ADC overrun interrupt */ + __HAL_ADC_DISABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_OVR); + } + else + { + if (hadc->NbrOfCurrentConversionRank == 0) + { + hadc->NbrOfCurrentConversionRank = hadc->Init.NbrOfConversion; + } + + /* Decrement the number of conversion when an interrupt occurs */ + hadc->NbrOfCurrentConversionRank--; + + /* Check if all conversions are finished */ + if(hadc->NbrOfCurrentConversionRank == 0) + { + /* DISABLE the ADC end of conversion interrupt for regular group */ + __HAL_ADC_DISABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_EOC); + + /* DISABLE the ADC overrun interrupt */ + __HAL_ADC_DISABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_OVR); + } + } + } + + /* Conversion complete callback */ + HAL_ADC_ConvCpltCallback(hadc); + + /* Clear the ADCx flag for regular end of conversion */ + __HAL_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(hadc,ADC_FLAG_EOC); + } + + tmp1 = __HAL_ADC_GET_FLAG(hadc, ADC_FLAG_JEOC); + tmp2 = __HAL_ADC_GET_IT_SOURCE(hadc, ADC_IT_JEOC); + /* Check End of conversion flag for injected channels */ + if(tmp1 && tmp2) + { + /* Check if a regular conversion is ready */ + if(hadc->State == HAL_ADC_STATE_EOC_REG) + { + /* Change ADC state */ + hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_EOC_INJ_REG; + } + else + { + /* Change ADC state */ + hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_EOC_INJ; + } + + tmp1 = HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hadc->Instance->CR1, ADC_CR1_JAUTO); + tmp2 = HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hadc->Instance->CR2, ADC_CR2_JEXTEN); + if(((hadc->Init.ContinuousConvMode == DISABLE) || tmp1) && tmp2) + { + /* DISABLE the ADC end of conversion interrupt for injected group */ + __HAL_ADC_DISABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_JEOC); + } + + /* Conversion complete callback */ + HAL_ADCEx_InjectedConvCpltCallback(hadc); + + /* Clear the ADCx flag for injected end of conversion */ + __HAL_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(hadc,ADC_FLAG_JEOC); + } + + tmp1 = __HAL_ADC_GET_FLAG(hadc, ADC_FLAG_AWD); + tmp2 = __HAL_ADC_GET_IT_SOURCE(hadc, ADC_IT_AWD); + /* Check Analog watchdog flag */ + if(tmp1 && tmp2) + { + /* Change ADC state */ + hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_AWD; + + /* Clear the ADCx's Analog watchdog flag */ + __HAL_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(hadc,ADC_FLAG_AWD); + + /* Level out of window callback */ + HAL_ADC_LevelOutOfWindowCallback(hadc); + } + + tmp1 = __HAL_ADC_GET_FLAG(hadc, ADC_FLAG_OVR); + tmp2 = __HAL_ADC_GET_IT_SOURCE(hadc, ADC_IT_OVR); + /* Check Overrun flag */ + if(tmp1 && tmp2) + { + /* Change ADC state to overrun state */ + hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR; + + /* Set ADC error code to overrun */ + hadc->ErrorCode |= HAL_ADC_ERROR_OVR; + + /* Clear the Overrun flag */ + __HAL_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(hadc,ADC_FLAG_OVR); + + /* Error callback */ + HAL_ADC_ErrorCallback(hadc); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables ADC DMA request after last transfer (Single-ADC mode) and enables ADC peripheral + * @param hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified ADC. + * @param pData: The destination Buffer address. + * @param Length: The length of data to be transferred from ADC peripheral to memory. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_Start_DMA(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc, uint32_t* pData, uint32_t Length) +{ + __IO uint32_t counter = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(hadc->Init.ContinuousConvMode)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_EXT_TRIG_EDGE(hadc->Init.ExternalTrigConvEdge)); + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hadc); + + /* Enable ADC overrun interrupt */ + __HAL_ADC_ENABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_OVR); + + /* Enable ADC DMA mode */ + hadc->Instance->CR2 |= ADC_CR2_DMA; + + /* Set the DMA transfer complete callback */ + hadc->DMA_Handle->XferCpltCallback = ADC_DMAConvCplt; + + /* Set the DMA half transfer complete callback */ + hadc->DMA_Handle->XferHalfCpltCallback = ADC_DMAHalfConvCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + hadc->DMA_Handle->XferErrorCallback = ADC_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA Stream */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hadc->DMA_Handle, (uint32_t)&hadc->Instance->DR, (uint32_t)pData, Length); + + /* Change ADC state */ + hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_BUSY_REG; + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc); + + /* Check if ADC peripheral is disabled in order to enable it and wait during + Tstab time the ADC's stabilization */ + if((hadc->Instance->CR2 & ADC_CR2_ADON) != ADC_CR2_ADON) + { + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_ADC_ENABLE(hadc); + + /* Delay for ADC stabilization time */ + /* Compute number of CPU cycles to wait for */ + counter = (ADC_STAB_DELAY_US * (SystemCoreClock / 1000000)); + while(counter != 0) + { + counter--; + } + } + + /* if no external trigger present enable software conversion of regular channels */ + if((hadc->Instance->CR2 & ADC_CR2_EXTEN) == RESET) + { + /* Enable the selected ADC software conversion for regular group */ + hadc->Instance->CR2 |= ADC_CR2_SWSTART; + } + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Disables ADC DMA (Single-ADC mode) and disables ADC peripheral + * @param hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified ADC. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_Stop_DMA(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc) +{ + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_ADC_DISABLE(hadc); + + /* Disable ADC overrun interrupt */ + __HAL_ADC_DISABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_OVR); + + /* Disable the selected ADC DMA mode */ + hadc->Instance->CR2 &= ~ADC_CR2_DMA; + + /* Disable the ADC DMA Stream */ + HAL_DMA_Abort(hadc->DMA_Handle); + + /* Change ADC state */ + hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_READY; + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Gets the converted value from data register of regular channel. + * @param hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified ADC. + * @retval Converted value + */ +uint32_t HAL_ADC_GetValue(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc) +{ + /* Return the selected ADC converted value */ + return hadc->Instance->DR; +} + +/** + * @brief Regular conversion complete callback in non blocking mode + * @param hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified ADC. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_ADC_ConvCpltCallback(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc) +{ + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_ADC_ConvCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Regular conversion half DMA transfer callback in non blocking mode + * @param hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified ADC. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_ADC_ConvHalfCpltCallback(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc) +{ + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_ADC_ConvHalfCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Analog watchdog callback in non blocking mode + * @param hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified ADC. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_ADC_LevelOutOfWindowCallback(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc) +{ + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_ADC_LevelOoutOfWindowCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Error ADC callback. + * @param hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified ADC. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_ADC_ErrorCallback(ADC_HandleTypeDef *hadc) +{ + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_ADC_ErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral Control functions + * @brief Peripheral Control functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral Control functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Configure regular channels. + (+) Configure injected channels. + (+) Configure multimode. + (+) Configure the analog watch dog. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + + /** + * @brief Configures for the selected ADC regular channel its corresponding + * rank in the sequencer and its sample time. + * @param hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified ADC. + * @param sConfig: ADC configuration structure. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_ConfigChannel(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc, ADC_ChannelConfTypeDef* sConfig) +{ + __IO uint32_t counter = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_CHANNEL(sConfig->Channel)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_REGULAR_RANK(sConfig->Rank)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_SAMPLE_TIME(sConfig->SamplingTime)); + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hadc); + + /* if ADC_Channel_10 ... ADC_Channel_18 is selected */ + if (sConfig->Channel > ADC_CHANNEL_9) + { + /* Clear the old sample time */ + hadc->Instance->SMPR1 &= ~ADC_SMPR1(ADC_SMPR1_SMP10, sConfig->Channel); + + /* Set the new sample time */ + hadc->Instance->SMPR1 |= ADC_SMPR1(sConfig->SamplingTime, sConfig->Channel); + } + else /* ADC_Channel include in ADC_Channel_[0..9] */ + { + /* Clear the old sample time */ + hadc->Instance->SMPR2 &= ~ADC_SMPR2(ADC_SMPR2_SMP0, sConfig->Channel); + + /* Set the new sample time */ + hadc->Instance->SMPR2 |= ADC_SMPR2(sConfig->SamplingTime, sConfig->Channel); + } + + /* For Rank 1 to 6 */ + if (sConfig->Rank < 7) + { + /* Clear the old SQx bits for the selected rank */ + hadc->Instance->SQR3 &= ~ADC_SQR3_RK(ADC_SQR3_SQ1, sConfig->Rank); + + /* Set the SQx bits for the selected rank */ + hadc->Instance->SQR3 |= ADC_SQR3_RK(sConfig->Channel, sConfig->Rank); + } + /* For Rank 7 to 12 */ + else if (sConfig->Rank < 13) + { + /* Clear the old SQx bits for the selected rank */ + hadc->Instance->SQR2 &= ~ADC_SQR2_RK(ADC_SQR2_SQ7, sConfig->Rank); + + /* Set the SQx bits for the selected rank */ + hadc->Instance->SQR2 |= ADC_SQR2_RK(sConfig->Channel, sConfig->Rank); + } + /* For Rank 13 to 16 */ + else + { + /* Clear the old SQx bits for the selected rank */ + hadc->Instance->SQR1 &= ~ADC_SQR1_RK(ADC_SQR1_SQ13, sConfig->Rank); + + /* Set the SQx bits for the selected rank */ + hadc->Instance->SQR1 |= ADC_SQR1_RK(sConfig->Channel, sConfig->Rank); + } + + /* if ADC1 Channel_18 is selected enable VBAT Channel */ + if ((hadc->Instance == ADC1) && (sConfig->Channel == ADC_CHANNEL_VBAT)) + { + /* Enable the VBAT channel*/ + ADC->CCR |= ADC_CCR_VBATE; + } + + /* if ADC1 Channel_16 or Channel_17 is selected enable TSVREFE Channel(Temperature sensor and VREFINT) */ + if ((hadc->Instance == ADC1) && ((sConfig->Channel == ADC_CHANNEL_TEMPSENSOR) || (sConfig->Channel == ADC_CHANNEL_VREFINT))) + { + /* Enable the TSVREFE channel*/ + ADC->CCR |= ADC_CCR_TSVREFE; + + if((sConfig->Channel == ADC_CHANNEL_TEMPSENSOR)) + { + /* Delay for temperature sensor stabilization time */ + /* Compute number of CPU cycles to wait for */ + counter = (ADC_TEMPSENSOR_DELAY_US * (SystemCoreClock / 1000000)); + while(counter != 0) + { + counter--; + } + } + } + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the analog watchdog. + * @param hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified ADC. + * @param AnalogWDGConfig : pointer to an ADC_AnalogWDGConfTypeDef structure + * that contains the configuration information of ADC analog watchdog. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_AnalogWDGConfig(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc, ADC_AnalogWDGConfTypeDef* AnalogWDGConfig) +{ +#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT + uint32_t tmp = 0; +#endif /* USE_FULL_ASSERT */ + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ANALOG_WATCHDOG(AnalogWDGConfig->WatchdogMode)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_CHANNEL(AnalogWDGConfig->Channel)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(AnalogWDGConfig->ITMode)); + +#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT + tmp = ADC_GET_RESOLUTION(hadc); + assert_param(IS_ADC_RANGE(tmp, AnalogWDGConfig->HighThreshold)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_RANGE(tmp, AnalogWDGConfig->LowThreshold)); +#endif /* USE_FULL_ASSERT */ + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hadc); + + if(AnalogWDGConfig->ITMode == ENABLE) + { + /* Enable the ADC Analog watchdog interrupt */ + __HAL_ADC_ENABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_AWD); + } + else + { + /* Disable the ADC Analog watchdog interrupt */ + __HAL_ADC_DISABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_AWD); + } + + /* Clear AWDEN, JAWDEN and AWDSGL bits */ + hadc->Instance->CR1 &= ~(ADC_CR1_AWDSGL | ADC_CR1_JAWDEN | ADC_CR1_AWDEN); + + /* Set the analog watchdog enable mode */ + hadc->Instance->CR1 |= AnalogWDGConfig->WatchdogMode; + + /* Set the high threshold */ + hadc->Instance->HTR = AnalogWDGConfig->HighThreshold; + + /* Set the low threshold */ + hadc->Instance->LTR = AnalogWDGConfig->LowThreshold; + + /* Clear the Analog watchdog channel select bits */ + hadc->Instance->CR1 &= ~ADC_CR1_AWDCH; + + /* Set the Analog watchdog channel */ + hadc->Instance->CR1 |= (uint32_t)((uint16_t)(AnalogWDGConfig->Channel)); + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_Exported_Functions_Group4 ADC Peripheral State functions + * @brief ADC Peripheral State functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral State and errors functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides functions allowing to + (+) Check the ADC state + (+) Check the ADC Error + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief return the ADC state + * @param hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified ADC. + * @retval HAL state + */ +HAL_ADC_StateTypeDef HAL_ADC_GetState(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc) +{ + /* Return ADC state */ + return hadc->State; +} + +/** + * @brief Return the ADC error code + * @param hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified ADC. + * @retval ADC Error Code + */ +uint32_t HAL_ADC_GetError(ADC_HandleTypeDef *hadc) +{ + return hadc->ErrorCode; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup ADC_Private_Functions ADC Private Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Initializes the ADCx peripheral according to the specified parameters + * in the ADC_InitStruct without initializing the ADC MSP. + * @param hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified ADC. + * @retval None + */ +static void ADC_Init(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc) +{ + /* Set ADC parameters */ + /* Set the ADC clock prescaler */ + ADC->CCR &= ~(ADC_CCR_ADCPRE); + ADC->CCR |= hadc->Init.ClockPrescaler; + + /* Set ADC scan mode */ + hadc->Instance->CR1 &= ~(ADC_CR1_SCAN); + hadc->Instance->CR1 |= ADC_CR1_SCANCONV(hadc->Init.ScanConvMode); + + /* Set ADC resolution */ + hadc->Instance->CR1 &= ~(ADC_CR1_RES); + hadc->Instance->CR1 |= hadc->Init.Resolution; + + /* Set ADC data alignment */ + hadc->Instance->CR2 &= ~(ADC_CR2_ALIGN); + hadc->Instance->CR2 |= hadc->Init.DataAlign; + + /* Enable external trigger if trigger selection is different of software */ + /* start. */ + /* Note: This configuration keeps the hardware feature of parameter */ + /* ExternalTrigConvEdge "trigger edge none" equivalent to */ + /* software start. */ + if(hadc->Init.ExternalTrigConv != ADC_SOFTWARE_START) + { + /* Select external trigger to start conversion */ + hadc->Instance->CR2 &= ~(ADC_CR2_EXTSEL); + hadc->Instance->CR2 |= hadc->Init.ExternalTrigConv; + + /* Select external trigger polarity */ + hadc->Instance->CR2 &= ~(ADC_CR2_EXTEN); + hadc->Instance->CR2 |= hadc->Init.ExternalTrigConvEdge; + } + else + { + /* Reset the external trigger */ + hadc->Instance->CR2 &= ~(ADC_CR2_EXTSEL); + hadc->Instance->CR2 &= ~(ADC_CR2_EXTEN); + } + + /* Enable or disable ADC continuous conversion mode */ + hadc->Instance->CR2 &= ~(ADC_CR2_CONT); + hadc->Instance->CR2 |= ADC_CR2_CONTINUOUS(hadc->Init.ContinuousConvMode); + + if(hadc->Init.DiscontinuousConvMode != DISABLE) + { + assert_param(IS_ADC_REGULAR_DISC_NUMBER(hadc->Init.NbrOfDiscConversion)); + + /* Enable the selected ADC regular discontinuous mode */ + hadc->Instance->CR1 |= (uint32_t)ADC_CR1_DISCEN; + + /* Set the number of channels to be converted in discontinuous mode */ + hadc->Instance->CR1 &= ~(ADC_CR1_DISCNUM); + hadc->Instance->CR1 |= ADC_CR1_DISCONTINUOUS(hadc->Init.NbrOfDiscConversion); + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected ADC regular discontinuous mode */ + hadc->Instance->CR1 &= ~(ADC_CR1_DISCEN); + } + + /* Set ADC number of conversion */ + hadc->Instance->SQR1 &= ~(ADC_SQR1_L); + hadc->Instance->SQR1 |= ADC_SQR1(hadc->Init.NbrOfConversion); + + /* Enable or disable ADC DMA continuous request */ + hadc->Instance->CR2 &= ~(ADC_CR2_DDS); + hadc->Instance->CR2 |= ADC_CR2_DMAContReq(hadc->Init.DMAContinuousRequests); + + /* Enable or disable ADC end of conversion selection */ + hadc->Instance->CR2 &= ~(ADC_CR2_EOCS); + hadc->Instance->CR2 |= ADC_CR2_EOCSelection(hadc->Init.EOCSelection); +} + +/** + * @brief DMA transfer complete callback. + * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. + * @retval None + */ +static void ADC_DMAConvCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc = ( ADC_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; + + /* Check if an injected conversion is ready */ + if(hadc->State == HAL_ADC_STATE_EOC_INJ) + { + /* Change ADC state */ + hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_EOC_INJ_REG; + } + else + { + /* Change ADC state */ + hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_EOC_REG; + } + + HAL_ADC_ConvCpltCallback(hadc); +} + +/** + * @brief DMA half transfer complete callback. + * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. + * @retval None + */ +static void ADC_DMAHalfConvCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc = ( ADC_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; + /* Conversion complete callback */ + HAL_ADC_ConvHalfCpltCallback(hadc); +} + +/** + * @brief DMA error callback + * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. + * @retval None + */ +static void ADC_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc = ( ADC_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; + hadc->State= HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR; + /* Set ADC error code to DMA error */ + hadc->ErrorCode |= HAL_ADC_ERROR_DMA; + HAL_ADC_ErrorCallback(hadc); +} + + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_ADC_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/stmhal/hal/f7/src/stm32f7xx_hal_adc_ex.c b/stmhal/hal/f7/src/stm32f7xx_hal_adc_ex.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a5b4718cec --- /dev/null +++ b/stmhal/hal/f7/src/stm32f7xx_hal_adc_ex.c @@ -0,0 +1,854 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f7xx_hal_adc_ex.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.1 + * @date 25-June-2015 + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the ADC extension peripheral: + * + Extended features functions + * + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + (#)Initialize the ADC low level resources by implementing the HAL_ADC_MspInit(): + (##) Enable the ADC interface clock using __HAL_RCC_ADC_CLK_ENABLE() + (##) ADC pins configuration + (+++) Enable the clock for the ADC GPIOs using the following function: + __HAL_RCC_GPIOx_CLK_ENABLE() + (+++) Configure these ADC pins in analog mode using HAL_GPIO_Init() + (##) In case of using interrupts (e.g. HAL_ADC_Start_IT()) + (+++) Configure the ADC interrupt priority using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() + (+++) Enable the ADC IRQ handler using HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ() + (+++) In ADC IRQ handler, call HAL_ADC_IRQHandler() + (##) In case of using DMA to control data transfer (e.g. HAL_ADC_Start_DMA()) + (+++) Enable the DMAx interface clock using __HAL_RCC_DMAx_CLK_ENABLE() + (+++) Configure and enable two DMA streams stream for managing data + transfer from peripheral to memory (output stream) + (+++) Associate the initialized DMA handle to the ADC DMA handle + using __HAL_LINKDMA() + (+++) Configure the priority and enable the NVIC for the transfer complete + interrupt on the two DMA Streams. The output stream should have higher + priority than the input stream. + (#) Configure the ADC Prescaler, conversion resolution and data alignment + using the HAL_ADC_Init() function. + + (#) Configure the ADC Injected channels group features, use HAL_ADC_Init() + and HAL_ADC_ConfigChannel() functions. + + (#) Three operation modes are available within this driver : + + *** Polling mode IO operation *** + ================================= + [..] + (+) Start the ADC peripheral using HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStart() + (+) Wait for end of conversion using HAL_ADC_PollForConversion(), at this stage + user can specify the value of timeout according to his end application + (+) To read the ADC converted values, use the HAL_ADCEx_InjectedGetValue() function. + (+) Stop the ADC peripheral using HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStop() + + *** Interrupt mode IO operation *** + =================================== + [..] + (+) Start the ADC peripheral using HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStart_IT() + (+) Use HAL_ADC_IRQHandler() called under ADC_IRQHandler() Interrupt subroutine + (+) At ADC end of conversion HAL_ADCEx_InjectedConvCpltCallback() function is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_ADCEx_InjectedConvCpltCallback + (+) In case of ADC Error, HAL_ADCEx_InjectedErrorCallback() function is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_ADCEx_InjectedErrorCallback + (+) Stop the ADC peripheral using HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStop_IT() + + + *** DMA mode IO operation *** + ============================== + [..] + (+) Start the ADC peripheral using HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStart_DMA(), at this stage the user specify the length + of data to be transferred at each end of conversion + (+) At The end of data transfer ba HAL_ADCEx_InjectedConvCpltCallback() function is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_ADCEx_InjectedConvCpltCallback + (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_ADCEx_InjectedErrorCallback() function is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_ADCEx_InjectedErrorCallback + (+) Stop the ADC peripheral using HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStop_DMA() + + *** Multi mode ADCs Regular channels configuration *** + ====================================================== + [..] + (+) Select the Multi mode ADC regular channels features (dual or triple mode) + and configure the DMA mode using HAL_ADCEx_MultiModeConfigChannel() functions. + (+) Start the ADC peripheral using HAL_ADCEx_MultiModeStart_DMA(), at this stage the user specify the length + of data to be transferred at each end of conversion + (+) Read the ADCs converted values using the HAL_ADCEx_MultiModeGetValue() function. + + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup ADCEx ADCEx + * @brief ADC Extended driver modules + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_ADC_MODULE_ENABLED + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup ADCEx_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ +static void ADC_MultiModeDMAConvCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void ADC_MultiModeDMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void ADC_MultiModeDMAHalfConvCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup ADCEx_Exported_Functions ADC Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup ADCEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Extended features functions + * @brief Extended features functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Extended features functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Start conversion of injected channel. + (+) Stop conversion of injected channel. + (+) Start multimode and enable DMA transfer. + (+) Stop multimode and disable DMA transfer. + (+) Get result of injected channel conversion. + (+) Get result of multimode conversion. + (+) Configure injected channels. + (+) Configure multimode. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables the selected ADC software start conversion of the injected channels. + * @param hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified ADC. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStart(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc) +{ + __IO uint32_t counter = 0; + uint32_t tmp1 = 0, tmp2 = 0; + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hadc); + + /* Check if a regular conversion is ongoing */ + if(hadc->State == HAL_ADC_STATE_BUSY_REG) + { + /* Change ADC state */ + hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_BUSY_INJ_REG; + } + else + { + /* Change ADC state */ + hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_BUSY_INJ; + } + + /* Check if ADC peripheral is disabled in order to enable it and wait during + Tstab time the ADC's stabilization */ + if((hadc->Instance->CR2 & ADC_CR2_ADON) != ADC_CR2_ADON) + { + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_ADC_ENABLE(hadc); + + /* Delay for temperature sensor stabilization time */ + /* Compute number of CPU cycles to wait for */ + counter = (ADC_STAB_DELAY_US * (SystemCoreClock / 1000000)); + while(counter != 0) + { + counter--; + } + } + + /* Check if Multimode enabled */ + if(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(ADC->CCR, ADC_CCR_MULTI)) + { + tmp1 = HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hadc->Instance->CR2, ADC_CR2_JEXTEN); + tmp2 = HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hadc->Instance->CR1, ADC_CR1_JAUTO); + if(tmp1 && tmp2) + { + /* Enable the selected ADC software conversion for injected group */ + hadc->Instance->CR2 |= ADC_CR2_JSWSTART; + } + } + else + { + tmp1 = HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hadc->Instance->CR2, ADC_CR2_JEXTEN); + tmp2 = HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hadc->Instance->CR1, ADC_CR1_JAUTO); + if((hadc->Instance == ADC1) && tmp1 && tmp2) + { + /* Enable the selected ADC software conversion for injected group */ + hadc->Instance->CR2 |= ADC_CR2_JSWSTART; + } + } + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables the interrupt and starts ADC conversion of injected channels. + * @param hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified ADC. + * + * @retval HAL status. + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStart_IT(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc) +{ + __IO uint32_t counter = 0; + uint32_t tmp1 = 0, tmp2 =0; + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hadc); + + /* Check if a regular conversion is ongoing */ + if(hadc->State == HAL_ADC_STATE_BUSY_REG) + { + /* Change ADC state */ + hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_BUSY_INJ_REG; + } + else + { + /* Change ADC state */ + hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_BUSY_INJ; + } + + /* Set ADC error code to none */ + hadc->ErrorCode = HAL_ADC_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Check if ADC peripheral is disabled in order to enable it and wait during + Tstab time the ADC's stabilization */ + if((hadc->Instance->CR2 & ADC_CR2_ADON) != ADC_CR2_ADON) + { + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_ADC_ENABLE(hadc); + + /* Delay for temperature sensor stabilization time */ + /* Compute number of CPU cycles to wait for */ + counter = (ADC_STAB_DELAY_US * (SystemCoreClock / 1000000)); + while(counter != 0) + { + counter--; + } + } + + /* Enable the ADC end of conversion interrupt for injected group */ + __HAL_ADC_ENABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_JEOC); + + /* Enable the ADC overrun interrupt */ + __HAL_ADC_ENABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_OVR); + + /* Check if Multimode enabled */ + if(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(ADC->CCR, ADC_CCR_MULTI)) + { + tmp1 = HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hadc->Instance->CR2, ADC_CR2_JEXTEN); + tmp2 = HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hadc->Instance->CR1, ADC_CR1_JAUTO); + if(tmp1 && tmp2) + { + /* Enable the selected ADC software conversion for injected group */ + hadc->Instance->CR2 |= ADC_CR2_JSWSTART; + } + } + else + { + tmp1 = HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hadc->Instance->CR2, ADC_CR2_JEXTEN); + tmp2 = HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hadc->Instance->CR1, ADC_CR1_JAUTO); + if((hadc->Instance == ADC1) && tmp1 && tmp2) + { + /* Enable the selected ADC software conversion for injected group */ + hadc->Instance->CR2 |= ADC_CR2_JSWSTART; + } + } + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Disables ADC and stop conversion of injected channels. + * + * @note Caution: This function will stop also regular channels. + * + * @param hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified ADC. + * @retval HAL status. + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStop(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc) +{ + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_ADC_DISABLE(hadc); + + /* Change ADC state */ + hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_READY; + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Poll for injected conversion complete + * @param hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified ADC. + * @param Timeout: Timeout value in millisecond. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_InjectedPollForConversion(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = 0; + + /* Get tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Check End of conversion flag */ + while(!(__HAL_ADC_GET_FLAG(hadc, ADC_FLAG_JEOC))) + { + /* Check for the Timeout */ + if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) + { + if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)) + { + hadc->State= HAL_ADC_STATE_TIMEOUT; + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc); + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + + /* Check if a regular conversion is ready */ + if(hadc->State == HAL_ADC_STATE_EOC_REG) + { + /* Change ADC state */ + hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_EOC_INJ_REG; + } + else + { + /* Change ADC state */ + hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_EOC_INJ; + } + + /* Return ADC state */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Disables the interrupt and stop ADC conversion of injected channels. + * + * @note Caution: This function will stop also regular channels. + * + * @param hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified ADC. + * @retval HAL status. + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStop_IT(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc) +{ + /* Disable the ADC end of conversion interrupt for regular group */ + __HAL_ADC_DISABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_EOC); + + /* Disable the ADC end of conversion interrupt for injected group */ + __HAL_ADC_DISABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_CR1_JEOCIE); + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_ADC_DISABLE(hadc); + + /* Change ADC state */ + hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_READY; + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Gets the converted value from data register of injected channel. + * @param hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified ADC. + * @param InjectedRank: the ADC injected rank. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg ADC_INJECTED_RANK_1: Injected Channel1 selected + * @arg ADC_INJECTED_RANK_2: Injected Channel2 selected + * @arg ADC_INJECTED_RANK_3: Injected Channel3 selected + * @arg ADC_INJECTED_RANK_4: Injected Channel4 selected + * @retval None + */ +uint32_t HAL_ADCEx_InjectedGetValue(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc, uint32_t InjectedRank) +{ + __IO uint32_t tmp = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_INJECTED_RANK(InjectedRank)); + + /* Clear the ADCx's flag for injected end of conversion */ + __HAL_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(hadc,ADC_FLAG_JEOC); + + /* Return the selected ADC converted value */ + switch(InjectedRank) + { + case ADC_INJECTED_RANK_4: + { + tmp = hadc->Instance->JDR4; + } + break; + case ADC_INJECTED_RANK_3: + { + tmp = hadc->Instance->JDR3; + } + break; + case ADC_INJECTED_RANK_2: + { + tmp = hadc->Instance->JDR2; + } + break; + case ADC_INJECTED_RANK_1: + { + tmp = hadc->Instance->JDR1; + } + break; + default: + break; + } + return tmp; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables ADC DMA request after last transfer (Multi-ADC mode) and enables ADC peripheral + * + * @note Caution: This function must be used only with the ADC master. + * + * @param hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified ADC. + * @param pData: Pointer to buffer in which transferred from ADC peripheral to memory will be stored. + * @param Length: The length of data to be transferred from ADC peripheral to memory. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_MultiModeStart_DMA(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc, uint32_t* pData, uint32_t Length) +{ + __IO uint32_t counter = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(hadc->Init.ContinuousConvMode)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_EXT_TRIG_EDGE(hadc->Init.ExternalTrigConvEdge)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(hadc->Init.DMAContinuousRequests)); + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hadc); + + /* Enable ADC overrun interrupt */ + __HAL_ADC_ENABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_OVR); + + if (hadc->Init.DMAContinuousRequests != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected ADC DMA request after last transfer */ + ADC->CCR |= ADC_CCR_DDS; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected ADC EOC rising on each regular channel conversion */ + ADC->CCR &= ~ADC_CCR_DDS; + } + + /* Set the DMA transfer complete callback */ + hadc->DMA_Handle->XferCpltCallback = ADC_MultiModeDMAConvCplt; + + /* Set the DMA half transfer complete callback */ + hadc->DMA_Handle->XferHalfCpltCallback = ADC_MultiModeDMAHalfConvCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + hadc->DMA_Handle->XferErrorCallback = ADC_MultiModeDMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA Stream */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hadc->DMA_Handle, (uint32_t)&ADC->CDR, (uint32_t)pData, Length); + + /* Change ADC state */ + hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_BUSY_REG; + + /* Check if ADC peripheral is disabled in order to enable it and wait during + Tstab time the ADC's stabilization */ + if((hadc->Instance->CR2 & ADC_CR2_ADON) != ADC_CR2_ADON) + { + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_ADC_ENABLE(hadc); + + /* Delay for temperature sensor stabilization time */ + /* Compute number of CPU cycles to wait for */ + counter = (ADC_STAB_DELAY_US * (SystemCoreClock / 1000000)); + while(counter != 0) + { + counter--; + } + } + + /* if no external trigger present enable software conversion of regular channels */ + if((hadc->Instance->CR2 & ADC_CR2_EXTEN) == RESET) + { + /* Enable the selected ADC software conversion for regular group */ + hadc->Instance->CR2 |= (uint32_t)ADC_CR2_SWSTART; + } + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Disables ADC DMA (multi-ADC mode) and disables ADC peripheral + * @param hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified ADC. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_MultiModeStop_DMA(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc) +{ + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hadc); + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_ADC_DISABLE(hadc); + + /* Disable ADC overrun interrupt */ + __HAL_ADC_DISABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_OVR); + + /* Disable the selected ADC DMA request after last transfer */ + ADC->CCR &= ~ADC_CCR_DDS; + + /* Disable the ADC DMA Stream */ + HAL_DMA_Abort(hadc->DMA_Handle); + + /* Change ADC state */ + hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_READY; + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the last ADC1, ADC2 and ADC3 regular conversions results + * data in the selected multi mode. + * @param hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified ADC. + * @retval The converted data value. + */ +uint32_t HAL_ADCEx_MultiModeGetValue(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc) +{ + /* Return the multi mode conversion value */ + return ADC->CDR; +} + +/** + * @brief Injected conversion complete callback in non blocking mode + * @param hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified ADC. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_ADCEx_InjectedConvCpltCallback(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc) +{ + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_ADC_InjectedConvCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Configures for the selected ADC injected channel its corresponding + * rank in the sequencer and its sample time. + * @param hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified ADC. + * @param sConfigInjected: ADC configuration structure for injected channel. + * @retval None + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_InjectedConfigChannel(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc, ADC_InjectionConfTypeDef* sConfigInjected) +{ + +#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT + uint32_t tmp = 0; +#endif /* USE_FULL_ASSERT */ + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_CHANNEL(sConfigInjected->InjectedChannel)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_INJECTED_RANK(sConfigInjected->InjectedRank)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_SAMPLE_TIME(sConfigInjected->InjectedSamplingTime)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_EXT_INJEC_TRIG(sConfigInjected->ExternalTrigInjecConv)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_EXT_INJEC_TRIG_EDGE(sConfigInjected->ExternalTrigInjecConvEdge)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_INJECTED_LENGTH(sConfigInjected->InjectedNbrOfConversion)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(sConfigInjected->AutoInjectedConv)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(sConfigInjected->InjectedDiscontinuousConvMode)); + +#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT + tmp = ADC_GET_RESOLUTION(hadc); + assert_param(IS_ADC_RANGE(tmp, sConfigInjected->InjectedOffset)); +#endif /* USE_FULL_ASSERT */ + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hadc); + + /* if ADC_Channel_10 ... ADC_Channel_18 is selected */ + if (sConfigInjected->InjectedChannel > ADC_CHANNEL_9) + { + /* Clear the old sample time */ + hadc->Instance->SMPR1 &= ~ADC_SMPR1(ADC_SMPR1_SMP10, sConfigInjected->InjectedChannel); + + /* Set the new sample time */ + hadc->Instance->SMPR1 |= ADC_SMPR1(sConfigInjected->InjectedSamplingTime, sConfigInjected->InjectedChannel); + } + else /* ADC_Channel include in ADC_Channel_[0..9] */ + { + /* Clear the old sample time */ + hadc->Instance->SMPR2 &= ~ADC_SMPR2(ADC_SMPR2_SMP0, sConfigInjected->InjectedChannel); + + /* Set the new sample time */ + hadc->Instance->SMPR2 |= ADC_SMPR2(sConfigInjected->InjectedSamplingTime, sConfigInjected->InjectedChannel); + } + + /*---------------------------- ADCx JSQR Configuration -----------------*/ + hadc->Instance->JSQR &= ~(ADC_JSQR_JL); + hadc->Instance->JSQR |= ADC_SQR1(sConfigInjected->InjectedNbrOfConversion); + + /* Rank configuration */ + + /* Clear the old SQx bits for the selected rank */ + hadc->Instance->JSQR &= ~ADC_JSQR(ADC_JSQR_JSQ1, sConfigInjected->InjectedRank,sConfigInjected->InjectedNbrOfConversion); + + /* Set the SQx bits for the selected rank */ + hadc->Instance->JSQR |= ADC_JSQR(sConfigInjected->InjectedChannel, sConfigInjected->InjectedRank,sConfigInjected->InjectedNbrOfConversion); + + /* Select external trigger to start conversion */ + hadc->Instance->CR2 &= ~(ADC_CR2_JEXTSEL); + hadc->Instance->CR2 |= sConfigInjected->ExternalTrigInjecConv; + + /* Select external trigger polarity */ + hadc->Instance->CR2 &= ~(ADC_CR2_JEXTEN); + hadc->Instance->CR2 |= sConfigInjected->ExternalTrigInjecConvEdge; + + if (sConfigInjected->AutoInjectedConv != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected ADC automatic injected group conversion */ + hadc->Instance->CR1 |= ADC_CR1_JAUTO; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected ADC automatic injected group conversion */ + hadc->Instance->CR1 &= ~(ADC_CR1_JAUTO); + } + + if (sConfigInjected->InjectedDiscontinuousConvMode != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected ADC injected discontinuous mode */ + hadc->Instance->CR1 |= ADC_CR1_JDISCEN; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected ADC injected discontinuous mode */ + hadc->Instance->CR1 &= ~(ADC_CR1_JDISCEN); + } + + switch(sConfigInjected->InjectedRank) + { + case 1: + /* Set injected channel 1 offset */ + hadc->Instance->JOFR1 &= ~(ADC_JOFR1_JOFFSET1); + hadc->Instance->JOFR1 |= sConfigInjected->InjectedOffset; + break; + case 2: + /* Set injected channel 2 offset */ + hadc->Instance->JOFR2 &= ~(ADC_JOFR2_JOFFSET2); + hadc->Instance->JOFR2 |= sConfigInjected->InjectedOffset; + break; + case 3: + /* Set injected channel 3 offset */ + hadc->Instance->JOFR3 &= ~(ADC_JOFR3_JOFFSET3); + hadc->Instance->JOFR3 |= sConfigInjected->InjectedOffset; + break; + default: + /* Set injected channel 4 offset */ + hadc->Instance->JOFR4 &= ~(ADC_JOFR4_JOFFSET4); + hadc->Instance->JOFR4 |= sConfigInjected->InjectedOffset; + break; + } + + /* if ADC1 Channel_18 is selected enable VBAT Channel */ + if ((hadc->Instance == ADC1) && (sConfigInjected->InjectedChannel == ADC_CHANNEL_VBAT)) + { + /* Enable the VBAT channel*/ + ADC->CCR |= ADC_CCR_VBATE; + } + + /* if ADC1 Channel_16 or Channel_17 is selected enable TSVREFE Channel(Temperature sensor and VREFINT) */ + if ((hadc->Instance == ADC1) && ((sConfigInjected->InjectedChannel == ADC_CHANNEL_TEMPSENSOR) || (sConfigInjected->InjectedChannel == ADC_CHANNEL_VREFINT))) + { + /* Enable the TSVREFE channel*/ + ADC->CCR |= ADC_CCR_TSVREFE; + } + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the ADC multi-mode + * @param hadc : pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified ADC. + * @param multimode : pointer to an ADC_MultiModeTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for multimode. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_MultiModeConfigChannel(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc, ADC_MultiModeTypeDef* multimode) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_MODE(multimode->Mode)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_DMA_ACCESS_MODE(multimode->DMAAccessMode)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_SAMPLING_DELAY(multimode->TwoSamplingDelay)); + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hadc); + + /* Set ADC mode */ + ADC->CCR &= ~(ADC_CCR_MULTI); + ADC->CCR |= multimode->Mode; + + /* Set the ADC DMA access mode */ + ADC->CCR &= ~(ADC_CCR_DMA); + ADC->CCR |= multimode->DMAAccessMode; + + /* Set delay between two sampling phases */ + ADC->CCR &= ~(ADC_CCR_DELAY); + ADC->CCR |= multimode->TwoSamplingDelay; + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + + /** + * @brief DMA transfer complete callback. + * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. + * @retval None + */ +static void ADC_MultiModeDMAConvCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc = ( ADC_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; + + /* Check if an injected conversion is ready */ + if(hadc->State == HAL_ADC_STATE_EOC_INJ) + { + /* Change ADC state */ + hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_EOC_INJ_REG; + } + else + { + /* Change ADC state */ + hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_EOC_REG; + } + + HAL_ADC_ConvCpltCallback(hadc); +} + +/** + * @brief DMA half transfer complete callback. + * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. + * @retval None + */ +static void ADC_MultiModeDMAHalfConvCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc = ( ADC_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; + /* Conversion complete callback */ + HAL_ADC_ConvHalfCpltCallback(hadc); +} + +/** + * @brief DMA error callback + * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. + * @retval None + */ +static void ADC_MultiModeDMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc = ( ADC_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; + hadc->State= HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR; + /* Set ADC error code to DMA error */ + hadc->ErrorCode |= HAL_ADC_ERROR_DMA; + HAL_ADC_ErrorCallback(hadc); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_ADC_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/stmhal/hal/f7/src/stm32f7xx_hal_can.c b/stmhal/hal/f7/src/stm32f7xx_hal_can.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0f5d8a3135 --- /dev/null +++ b/stmhal/hal/f7/src/stm32f7xx_hal_can.c @@ -0,0 +1,1435 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f7xx_hal_can.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.1 + * @date 25-June-2015 + * @brief CAN HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Controller Area Network (CAN) peripheral: + * + Initialization and de-initialization functions + * + IO operation functions + * + Peripheral Control functions + * + Peripheral State and Error functions + * + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + (#) Enable the CAN controller interface clock using + __HAL_RCC_CAN1_CLK_ENABLE() for CAN1 and __HAL_RCC_CAN2_CLK_ENABLE() for CAN2 + -@- In case you are using CAN2 only, you have to enable the CAN1 clock. + + (#) CAN pins configuration + (++) Enable the clock for the CAN GPIOs using the following function: + __HAL_RCC_GPIOx_CLK_ENABLE() + (++) Connect and configure the involved CAN pins to AF9 using the + following function HAL_GPIO_Init() + + (#) Initialize and configure the CAN using HAL_CAN_Init() function. + + (#) Transmit the desired CAN frame using HAL_CAN_Transmit() function. + + (#) Receive a CAN frame using HAL_CAN_Receive() function. + + *** Polling mode IO operation *** + ================================= + [..] + (+) Start the CAN peripheral transmission and wait the end of this operation + using HAL_CAN_Transmit(), at this stage user can specify the value of timeout + according to his end application + (+) Start the CAN peripheral reception and wait the end of this operation + using HAL_CAN_Receive(), at this stage user can specify the value of timeout + according to his end application + + *** Interrupt mode IO operation *** + =================================== + [..] + (+) Start the CAN peripheral transmission using HAL_CAN_Transmit_IT() + (+) Start the CAN peripheral reception using HAL_CAN_Receive_IT() + (+) Use HAL_CAN_IRQHandler() called under the used CAN Interrupt subroutine + (+) At CAN end of transmission HAL_CAN_TxCpltCallback() function is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_CAN_TxCpltCallback + (+) In case of CAN Error, HAL_CAN_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_CAN_ErrorCallback + + *** CAN HAL driver macros list *** + ============================================= + [..] + Below the list of most used macros in CAN HAL driver. + + (+) __HAL_CAN_ENABLE_IT: Enable the specified CAN interrupts + (+) __HAL_CAN_DISABLE_IT: Disable the specified CAN interrupts + (+) __HAL_CAN_GET_IT_SOURCE: Check if the specified CAN interrupt source is enabled or disabled + (+) __HAL_CAN_CLEAR_FLAG: Clear the CAN's pending flags + (+) __HAL_CAN_GET_FLAG: Get the selected CAN's flag status + + [..] + (@) You can refer to the CAN HAL driver header file for more useful macros + + @endverbatim + + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup CAN CAN + * @brief CAN driver modules + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_CAN_MODULE_ENABLED + + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup CAN_Private_Constants + * @{ + */ +#define CAN_TIMEOUT_VALUE 10 +/** + * @} + */ +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup CAN_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef CAN_Receive_IT(CAN_HandleTypeDef* hcan, uint8_t FIFONumber); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef CAN_Transmit_IT(CAN_HandleTypeDef* hcan); +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup CAN_Exported_Functions CAN Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup CAN_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Initialize and configure the CAN. + (+) De-initialize the CAN. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Initializes the CAN peripheral according to the specified + * parameters in the CAN_InitStruct. + * @param hcan: pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified CAN. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CAN_Init(CAN_HandleTypeDef* hcan) +{ + uint32_t InitStatus = 3; + uint32_t tickstart = 0; + + /* Check CAN handle */ + if(hcan == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_INSTANCE(hcan->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(hcan->Init.TTCM)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(hcan->Init.ABOM)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(hcan->Init.AWUM)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(hcan->Init.NART)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(hcan->Init.RFLM)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(hcan->Init.TXFP)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_MODE(hcan->Init.Mode)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_SJW(hcan->Init.SJW)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_BS1(hcan->Init.BS1)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_BS2(hcan->Init.BS2)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_PRESCALER(hcan->Init.Prescaler)); + + + if(hcan->State == HAL_CAN_STATE_RESET) + { + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + hcan->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + /* Init the low level hardware */ + HAL_CAN_MspInit(hcan); + } + + /* Initialize the CAN state*/ + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Exit from sleep mode */ + hcan->Instance->MCR &= (~(uint32_t)CAN_MCR_SLEEP); + + /* Request initialisation */ + hcan->Instance->MCR |= CAN_MCR_INRQ ; + + /* Get tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait the acknowledge */ + while((hcan->Instance->MSR & CAN_MSR_INAK) != CAN_MSR_INAK) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > CAN_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + hcan->State= HAL_CAN_STATE_TIMEOUT; + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hcan); + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Check acknowledge */ + if ((hcan->Instance->MSR & CAN_MSR_INAK) != CAN_MSR_INAK) + { + InitStatus = CAN_INITSTATUS_FAILED; + } + else + { + /* Set the time triggered communication mode */ + if (hcan->Init.TTCM == ENABLE) + { + hcan->Instance->MCR |= CAN_MCR_TTCM; + } + else + { + hcan->Instance->MCR &= ~(uint32_t)CAN_MCR_TTCM; + } + + /* Set the automatic bus-off management */ + if (hcan->Init.ABOM == ENABLE) + { + hcan->Instance->MCR |= CAN_MCR_ABOM; + } + else + { + hcan->Instance->MCR &= ~(uint32_t)CAN_MCR_ABOM; + } + + /* Set the automatic wake-up mode */ + if (hcan->Init.AWUM == ENABLE) + { + hcan->Instance->MCR |= CAN_MCR_AWUM; + } + else + { + hcan->Instance->MCR &= ~(uint32_t)CAN_MCR_AWUM; + } + + /* Set the no automatic retransmission */ + if (hcan->Init.NART == ENABLE) + { + hcan->Instance->MCR |= CAN_MCR_NART; + } + else + { + hcan->Instance->MCR &= ~(uint32_t)CAN_MCR_NART; + } + + /* Set the receive FIFO locked mode */ + if (hcan->Init.RFLM == ENABLE) + { + hcan->Instance->MCR |= CAN_MCR_RFLM; + } + else + { + hcan->Instance->MCR &= ~(uint32_t)CAN_MCR_RFLM; + } + + /* Set the transmit FIFO priority */ + if (hcan->Init.TXFP == ENABLE) + { + hcan->Instance->MCR |= CAN_MCR_TXFP; + } + else + { + hcan->Instance->MCR &= ~(uint32_t)CAN_MCR_TXFP; + } + + /* Set the bit timing register */ + hcan->Instance->BTR = (uint32_t)((uint32_t)hcan->Init.Mode) | \ + ((uint32_t)hcan->Init.SJW) | \ + ((uint32_t)hcan->Init.BS1) | \ + ((uint32_t)hcan->Init.BS2) | \ + ((uint32_t)hcan->Init.Prescaler - 1); + + /* Request leave initialisation */ + hcan->Instance->MCR &= ~(uint32_t)CAN_MCR_INRQ; + + /* Get tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait the acknowledge */ + while((hcan->Instance->MSR & CAN_MSR_INAK) == CAN_MSR_INAK) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > CAN_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + hcan->State= HAL_CAN_STATE_TIMEOUT; + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hcan); + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Check acknowledged */ + if ((hcan->Instance->MSR & CAN_MSR_INAK) == CAN_MSR_INAK) + { + InitStatus = CAN_INITSTATUS_FAILED; + } + else + { + InitStatus = CAN_INITSTATUS_SUCCESS; + } + } + + if(InitStatus == CAN_INITSTATUS_SUCCESS) + { + /* Set CAN error code to none */ + hcan->ErrorCode = HAL_CAN_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Initialize the CAN state */ + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_READY; + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + /* Initialize the CAN state */ + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_ERROR; + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_ERROR; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the CAN reception filter according to the specified + * parameters in the CAN_FilterInitStruct. + * @param hcan: pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified CAN. + * @param sFilterConfig: pointer to a CAN_FilterConfTypeDef structure that + * contains the filter configuration information. + * @retval None + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CAN_ConfigFilter(CAN_HandleTypeDef* hcan, CAN_FilterConfTypeDef* sFilterConfig) +{ + uint32_t filternbrbitpos = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CAN_FILTER_NUMBER(sFilterConfig->FilterNumber)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_FILTER_MODE(sFilterConfig->FilterMode)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_FILTER_SCALE(sFilterConfig->FilterScale)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_FILTER_FIFO(sFilterConfig->FilterFIFOAssignment)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(sFilterConfig->FilterActivation)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_BANKNUMBER(sFilterConfig->BankNumber)); + + filternbrbitpos = ((uint32_t)1) << sFilterConfig->FilterNumber; + + /* Initialisation mode for the filter */ + CAN1->FMR |= (uint32_t)CAN_FMR_FINIT; + + /* Select the start slave bank */ + CAN1->FMR &= ~((uint32_t)CAN_FMR_CAN2SB); + CAN1->FMR |= (uint32_t)(sFilterConfig->BankNumber << 8); + + /* Filter Deactivation */ + CAN1->FA1R &= ~(uint32_t)filternbrbitpos; + + /* Filter Scale */ + if (sFilterConfig->FilterScale == CAN_FILTERSCALE_16BIT) + { + /* 16-bit scale for the filter */ + CAN1->FS1R &= ~(uint32_t)filternbrbitpos; + + /* First 16-bit identifier and First 16-bit mask */ + /* Or First 16-bit identifier and Second 16-bit identifier */ + CAN1->sFilterRegister[sFilterConfig->FilterNumber].FR1 = + ((0x0000FFFF & (uint32_t)sFilterConfig->FilterMaskIdLow) << 16) | + (0x0000FFFF & (uint32_t)sFilterConfig->FilterIdLow); + + /* Second 16-bit identifier and Second 16-bit mask */ + /* Or Third 16-bit identifier and Fourth 16-bit identifier */ + CAN1->sFilterRegister[sFilterConfig->FilterNumber].FR2 = + ((0x0000FFFF & (uint32_t)sFilterConfig->FilterMaskIdHigh) << 16) | + (0x0000FFFF & (uint32_t)sFilterConfig->FilterIdHigh); + } + + if (sFilterConfig->FilterScale == CAN_FILTERSCALE_32BIT) + { + /* 32-bit scale for the filter */ + CAN1->FS1R |= filternbrbitpos; + /* 32-bit identifier or First 32-bit identifier */ + CAN1->sFilterRegister[sFilterConfig->FilterNumber].FR1 = + ((0x0000FFFF & (uint32_t)sFilterConfig->FilterIdHigh) << 16) | + (0x0000FFFF & (uint32_t)sFilterConfig->FilterIdLow); + /* 32-bit mask or Second 32-bit identifier */ + CAN1->sFilterRegister[sFilterConfig->FilterNumber].FR2 = + ((0x0000FFFF & (uint32_t)sFilterConfig->FilterMaskIdHigh) << 16) | + (0x0000FFFF & (uint32_t)sFilterConfig->FilterMaskIdLow); + } + + /* Filter Mode */ + if (sFilterConfig->FilterMode == CAN_FILTERMODE_IDMASK) + { + /*Id/Mask mode for the filter*/ + CAN1->FM1R &= ~(uint32_t)filternbrbitpos; + } + else /* CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterMode == CAN_FilterMode_IdList */ + { + /*Identifier list mode for the filter*/ + CAN1->FM1R |= (uint32_t)filternbrbitpos; + } + + /* Filter FIFO assignment */ + if (sFilterConfig->FilterFIFOAssignment == CAN_FILTER_FIFO0) + { + /* FIFO 0 assignation for the filter */ + CAN1->FFA1R &= ~(uint32_t)filternbrbitpos; + } + + if (sFilterConfig->FilterFIFOAssignment == CAN_FILTER_FIFO1) + { + /* FIFO 1 assignation for the filter */ + CAN1->FFA1R |= (uint32_t)filternbrbitpos; + } + + /* Filter activation */ + if (sFilterConfig->FilterActivation == ENABLE) + { + CAN1->FA1R |= filternbrbitpos; + } + + /* Leave the initialisation mode for the filter */ + CAN1->FMR &= ~((uint32_t)CAN_FMR_FINIT); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Deinitializes the CANx peripheral registers to their default reset values. + * @param hcan: pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified CAN. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CAN_DeInit(CAN_HandleTypeDef* hcan) +{ + /* Check CAN handle */ + if(hcan == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_INSTANCE(hcan->Instance)); + + /* Change CAN state */ + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY; + + /* DeInit the low level hardware */ + HAL_CAN_MspDeInit(hcan); + + /* Change CAN state */ + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_RESET; + + /* Release Lock */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hcan); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the CAN MSP. + * @param hcan: pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified CAN. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_CAN_MspInit(CAN_HandleTypeDef* hcan) +{ + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_CAN_MspInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes the CAN MSP. + * @param hcan: pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified CAN. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_CAN_MspDeInit(CAN_HandleTypeDef* hcan) +{ + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_CAN_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CAN_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions + * @brief IO operation functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### IO operation functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Transmit a CAN frame message. + (+) Receive a CAN frame message. + (+) Enter CAN peripheral in sleep mode. + (+) Wake up the CAN peripheral from sleep mode. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Initiates and transmits a CAN frame message. + * @param hcan: pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified CAN. + * @param Timeout: Specify Timeout value + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CAN_Transmit(CAN_HandleTypeDef* hcan, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint32_t transmitmailbox = 5; + uint32_t tickstart = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CAN_IDTYPE(hcan->pTxMsg->IDE)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_RTR(hcan->pTxMsg->RTR)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_DLC(hcan->pTxMsg->DLC)); + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hcan); + + if(hcan->State == HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX) + { + /* Change CAN state */ + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX; + } + else + { + /* Change CAN state */ + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX; + } + + /* Select one empty transmit mailbox */ + if ((hcan->Instance->TSR&CAN_TSR_TME0) == CAN_TSR_TME0) + { + transmitmailbox = 0; + } + else if ((hcan->Instance->TSR&CAN_TSR_TME1) == CAN_TSR_TME1) + { + transmitmailbox = 1; + } + else if ((hcan->Instance->TSR&CAN_TSR_TME2) == CAN_TSR_TME2) + { + transmitmailbox = 2; + } + else + { + transmitmailbox = CAN_TXSTATUS_NOMAILBOX; + } + + if (transmitmailbox != CAN_TXSTATUS_NOMAILBOX) + { + /* Set up the Id */ + hcan->Instance->sTxMailBox[transmitmailbox].TIR &= CAN_TI0R_TXRQ; + if (hcan->pTxMsg->IDE == CAN_ID_STD) + { + assert_param(IS_CAN_STDID(hcan->pTxMsg->StdId)); + hcan->Instance->sTxMailBox[transmitmailbox].TIR |= ((hcan->pTxMsg->StdId << 21) | \ + hcan->pTxMsg->RTR); + } + else + { + assert_param(IS_CAN_EXTID(hcan->pTxMsg->ExtId)); + hcan->Instance->sTxMailBox[transmitmailbox].TIR |= ((hcan->pTxMsg->ExtId << 3) | \ + hcan->pTxMsg->IDE | \ + hcan->pTxMsg->RTR); + } + + /* Set up the DLC */ + hcan->pTxMsg->DLC &= (uint8_t)0x0000000F; + hcan->Instance->sTxMailBox[transmitmailbox].TDTR &= (uint32_t)0xFFFFFFF0; + hcan->Instance->sTxMailBox[transmitmailbox].TDTR |= hcan->pTxMsg->DLC; + + /* Set up the data field */ + hcan->Instance->sTxMailBox[transmitmailbox].TDLR = (((uint32_t)hcan->pTxMsg->Data[3] << 24) | + ((uint32_t)hcan->pTxMsg->Data[2] << 16) | + ((uint32_t)hcan->pTxMsg->Data[1] << 8) | + ((uint32_t)hcan->pTxMsg->Data[0])); + hcan->Instance->sTxMailBox[transmitmailbox].TDHR = (((uint32_t)hcan->pTxMsg->Data[7] << 24) | + ((uint32_t)hcan->pTxMsg->Data[6] << 16) | + ((uint32_t)hcan->pTxMsg->Data[5] << 8) | + ((uint32_t)hcan->pTxMsg->Data[4])); + /* Request transmission */ + hcan->Instance->sTxMailBox[transmitmailbox].TIR |= CAN_TI0R_TXRQ; + + /* Get tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Check End of transmission flag */ + while(!(__HAL_CAN_TRANSMIT_STATUS(hcan, transmitmailbox))) + { + /* Check for the Timeout */ + if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) + { + if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)) + { + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_TIMEOUT; + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hcan); + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + if(hcan->State == HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX) + { + /* Change CAN state */ + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX; + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hcan); + } + else + { + /* Change CAN state */ + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_READY; + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hcan); + } + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + /* Change CAN state */ + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_ERROR; + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hcan); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_ERROR; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Initiates and transmits a CAN frame message. + * @param hcan: pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified CAN. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CAN_Transmit_IT(CAN_HandleTypeDef* hcan) +{ + uint32_t transmitmailbox = 5; + uint32_t tmp = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CAN_IDTYPE(hcan->pTxMsg->IDE)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_RTR(hcan->pTxMsg->RTR)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_DLC(hcan->pTxMsg->DLC)); + + tmp = hcan->State; + if((tmp == HAL_CAN_STATE_READY) || (tmp == HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX)) + { + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hcan); + + /* Select one empty transmit mailbox */ + if((hcan->Instance->TSR&CAN_TSR_TME0) == CAN_TSR_TME0) + { + transmitmailbox = 0; + } + else if((hcan->Instance->TSR&CAN_TSR_TME1) == CAN_TSR_TME1) + { + transmitmailbox = 1; + } + else if((hcan->Instance->TSR&CAN_TSR_TME2) == CAN_TSR_TME2) + { + transmitmailbox = 2; + } + else + { + transmitmailbox = CAN_TXSTATUS_NOMAILBOX; + } + + if(transmitmailbox != CAN_TXSTATUS_NOMAILBOX) + { + /* Set up the Id */ + hcan->Instance->sTxMailBox[transmitmailbox].TIR &= CAN_TI0R_TXRQ; + if(hcan->pTxMsg->IDE == CAN_ID_STD) + { + assert_param(IS_CAN_STDID(hcan->pTxMsg->StdId)); + hcan->Instance->sTxMailBox[transmitmailbox].TIR |= ((hcan->pTxMsg->StdId << 21) | \ + hcan->pTxMsg->RTR); + } + else + { + assert_param(IS_CAN_EXTID(hcan->pTxMsg->ExtId)); + hcan->Instance->sTxMailBox[transmitmailbox].TIR |= ((hcan->pTxMsg->ExtId << 3) | \ + hcan->pTxMsg->IDE | \ + hcan->pTxMsg->RTR); + } + + /* Set up the DLC */ + hcan->pTxMsg->DLC &= (uint8_t)0x0000000F; + hcan->Instance->sTxMailBox[transmitmailbox].TDTR &= (uint32_t)0xFFFFFFF0; + hcan->Instance->sTxMailBox[transmitmailbox].TDTR |= hcan->pTxMsg->DLC; + + /* Set up the data field */ + hcan->Instance->sTxMailBox[transmitmailbox].TDLR = (((uint32_t)hcan->pTxMsg->Data[3] << 24) | + ((uint32_t)hcan->pTxMsg->Data[2] << 16) | + ((uint32_t)hcan->pTxMsg->Data[1] << 8) | + ((uint32_t)hcan->pTxMsg->Data[0])); + hcan->Instance->sTxMailBox[transmitmailbox].TDHR = (((uint32_t)hcan->pTxMsg->Data[7] << 24) | + ((uint32_t)hcan->pTxMsg->Data[6] << 16) | + ((uint32_t)hcan->pTxMsg->Data[5] << 8) | + ((uint32_t)hcan->pTxMsg->Data[4])); + + if(hcan->State == HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX) + { + /* Change CAN state */ + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX; + } + else + { + /* Change CAN state */ + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX; + } + + /* Set CAN error code to none */ + hcan->ErrorCode = HAL_CAN_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hcan); + + /* Enable Error warning Interrupt */ + __HAL_CAN_ENABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_EWG); + + /* Enable Error passive Interrupt */ + __HAL_CAN_ENABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_EPV); + + /* Enable Bus-off Interrupt */ + __HAL_CAN_ENABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_BOF); + + /* Enable Last error code Interrupt */ + __HAL_CAN_ENABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_LEC); + + /* Enable Error Interrupt */ + __HAL_CAN_ENABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_ERR); + + /* Enable Transmit mailbox empty Interrupt */ + __HAL_CAN_ENABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_TME); + + /* Request transmission */ + hcan->Instance->sTxMailBox[transmitmailbox].TIR |= CAN_TI0R_TXRQ; + } + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Receives a correct CAN frame. + * @param hcan: pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified CAN. + * @param FIFONumber: FIFO Number value + * @param Timeout: Specify Timeout value + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CAN_Receive(CAN_HandleTypeDef* hcan, uint8_t FIFONumber, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CAN_FIFO(FIFONumber)); + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hcan); + + if(hcan->State == HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX) + { + /* Change CAN state */ + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX; + } + else + { + /* Change CAN state */ + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX; + } + + /* Get tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Check pending message */ + while(__HAL_CAN_MSG_PENDING(hcan, FIFONumber) == 0) + { + /* Check for the Timeout */ + if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) + { + if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)) + { + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_TIMEOUT; + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hcan); + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + + /* Get the Id */ + hcan->pRxMsg->IDE = (uint8_t)0x04 & hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RIR; + if (hcan->pRxMsg->IDE == CAN_ID_STD) + { + hcan->pRxMsg->StdId = (uint32_t)0x000007FF & (hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RIR >> 21); + } + else + { + hcan->pRxMsg->ExtId = (uint32_t)0x1FFFFFFF & (hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RIR >> 3); + } + + hcan->pRxMsg->RTR = (uint8_t)0x02 & hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RIR; + /* Get the DLC */ + hcan->pRxMsg->DLC = (uint8_t)0x0F & hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDTR; + /* Get the FMI */ + hcan->pRxMsg->FMI = (uint8_t)0xFF & (hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDTR >> 8); + /* Get the data field */ + hcan->pRxMsg->Data[0] = (uint8_t)0xFF & hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDLR; + hcan->pRxMsg->Data[1] = (uint8_t)0xFF & (hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDLR >> 8); + hcan->pRxMsg->Data[2] = (uint8_t)0xFF & (hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDLR >> 16); + hcan->pRxMsg->Data[3] = (uint8_t)0xFF & (hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDLR >> 24); + hcan->pRxMsg->Data[4] = (uint8_t)0xFF & hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDHR; + hcan->pRxMsg->Data[5] = (uint8_t)0xFF & (hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDHR >> 8); + hcan->pRxMsg->Data[6] = (uint8_t)0xFF & (hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDHR >> 16); + hcan->pRxMsg->Data[7] = (uint8_t)0xFF & (hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDHR >> 24); + + /* Release the FIFO */ + if(FIFONumber == CAN_FIFO0) + { + /* Release FIFO0 */ + __HAL_CAN_FIFO_RELEASE(hcan, CAN_FIFO0); + } + else /* FIFONumber == CAN_FIFO1 */ + { + /* Release FIFO1 */ + __HAL_CAN_FIFO_RELEASE(hcan, CAN_FIFO1); + } + + if(hcan->State == HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX) + { + /* Change CAN state */ + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX; + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hcan); + } + else + { + /* Change CAN state */ + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_READY; + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hcan); + } + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Receives a correct CAN frame. + * @param hcan: Pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified CAN. + * @param FIFONumber: Specify the FIFO number + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CAN_Receive_IT(CAN_HandleTypeDef* hcan, uint8_t FIFONumber) +{ + uint32_t tmp = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CAN_FIFO(FIFONumber)); + + tmp = hcan->State; + if((tmp == HAL_CAN_STATE_READY) || (tmp == HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX)) + { + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hcan); + + if(hcan->State == HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX) + { + /* Change CAN state */ + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX; + } + else + { + /* Change CAN state */ + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX; + } + + /* Set CAN error code to none */ + hcan->ErrorCode = HAL_CAN_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Enable Error warning Interrupt */ + __HAL_CAN_ENABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_EWG); + + /* Enable Error passive Interrupt */ + __HAL_CAN_ENABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_EPV); + + /* Enable Bus-off Interrupt */ + __HAL_CAN_ENABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_BOF); + + /* Enable Last error code Interrupt */ + __HAL_CAN_ENABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_LEC); + + /* Enable Error Interrupt */ + __HAL_CAN_ENABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_ERR); + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hcan); + + if(FIFONumber == CAN_FIFO0) + { + /* Enable FIFO 0 message pending Interrupt */ + __HAL_CAN_ENABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_FMP0); + } + else + { + /* Enable FIFO 1 message pending Interrupt */ + __HAL_CAN_ENABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_FMP1); + } + + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Enters the Sleep (low power) mode. + * @param hcan: pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified CAN. + * @retval HAL status. + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CAN_Sleep(CAN_HandleTypeDef* hcan) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = 0; + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hcan); + + /* Change CAN state */ + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Request Sleep mode */ + hcan->Instance->MCR = (((hcan->Instance->MCR) & (uint32_t)(~(uint32_t)CAN_MCR_INRQ)) | CAN_MCR_SLEEP); + + /* Sleep mode status */ + if ((hcan->Instance->MSR & (CAN_MSR_SLAK|CAN_MSR_INAK)) != CAN_MSR_SLAK) + { + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hcan); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Get tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait the acknowledge */ + while((hcan->Instance->MSR & (CAN_MSR_SLAK|CAN_MSR_INAK)) != CAN_MSR_SLAK) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > CAN_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_TIMEOUT; + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hcan); + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Change CAN state */ + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_READY; + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hcan); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Wakes up the CAN peripheral from sleep mode, after that the CAN peripheral + * is in the normal mode. + * @param hcan: pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified CAN. + * @retval HAL status. + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CAN_WakeUp(CAN_HandleTypeDef* hcan) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = 0; + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hcan); + + /* Change CAN state */ + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Wake up request */ + hcan->Instance->MCR &= ~(uint32_t)CAN_MCR_SLEEP; + + /* Get tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Sleep mode status */ + while((hcan->Instance->MSR & CAN_MSR_SLAK) == CAN_MSR_SLAK) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > CAN_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + hcan->State= HAL_CAN_STATE_TIMEOUT; + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hcan); + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + if((hcan->Instance->MSR & CAN_MSR_SLAK) == CAN_MSR_SLAK) + { + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hcan); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Change CAN state */ + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_READY; + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hcan); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Handles CAN interrupt request + * @param hcan: pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified CAN. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_CAN_IRQHandler(CAN_HandleTypeDef* hcan) +{ + uint32_t tmp1 = 0, tmp2 = 0, tmp3 = 0; + + /* Check End of transmission flag */ + if(__HAL_CAN_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcan, CAN_IT_TME)) + { + tmp1 = __HAL_CAN_TRANSMIT_STATUS(hcan, CAN_TXMAILBOX_0); + tmp2 = __HAL_CAN_TRANSMIT_STATUS(hcan, CAN_TXMAILBOX_1); + tmp3 = __HAL_CAN_TRANSMIT_STATUS(hcan, CAN_TXMAILBOX_2); + if(tmp1 || tmp2 || tmp3) + { + /* Call transmit function */ + CAN_Transmit_IT(hcan); + } + } + + tmp1 = __HAL_CAN_MSG_PENDING(hcan, CAN_FIFO0); + tmp2 = __HAL_CAN_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcan, CAN_IT_FMP0); + /* Check End of reception flag for FIFO0 */ + if((tmp1 != 0) && tmp2) + { + /* Call receive function */ + CAN_Receive_IT(hcan, CAN_FIFO0); + } + + tmp1 = __HAL_CAN_MSG_PENDING(hcan, CAN_FIFO1); + tmp2 = __HAL_CAN_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcan, CAN_IT_FMP1); + /* Check End of reception flag for FIFO1 */ + if((tmp1 != 0) && tmp2) + { + /* Call receive function */ + CAN_Receive_IT(hcan, CAN_FIFO1); + } + + tmp1 = __HAL_CAN_GET_FLAG(hcan, CAN_FLAG_EWG); + tmp2 = __HAL_CAN_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcan, CAN_IT_EWG); + tmp3 = __HAL_CAN_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcan, CAN_IT_ERR); + /* Check Error Warning Flag */ + if(tmp1 && tmp2 && tmp3) + { + /* Set CAN error code to EWG error */ + hcan->ErrorCode |= HAL_CAN_ERROR_EWG; + /* Clear Error Warning Flag */ + __HAL_CAN_CLEAR_FLAG(hcan, CAN_FLAG_EWG); + } + + tmp1 = __HAL_CAN_GET_FLAG(hcan, CAN_FLAG_EPV); + tmp2 = __HAL_CAN_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcan, CAN_IT_EPV); + tmp3 = __HAL_CAN_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcan, CAN_IT_ERR); + /* Check Error Passive Flag */ + if(tmp1 && tmp2 && tmp3) + { + /* Set CAN error code to EPV error */ + hcan->ErrorCode |= HAL_CAN_ERROR_EPV; + /* Clear Error Passive Flag */ + __HAL_CAN_CLEAR_FLAG(hcan, CAN_FLAG_EPV); + } + + tmp1 = __HAL_CAN_GET_FLAG(hcan, CAN_FLAG_BOF); + tmp2 = __HAL_CAN_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcan, CAN_IT_BOF); + tmp3 = __HAL_CAN_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcan, CAN_IT_ERR); + /* Check Bus-Off Flag */ + if(tmp1 && tmp2 && tmp3) + { + /* Set CAN error code to BOF error */ + hcan->ErrorCode |= HAL_CAN_ERROR_BOF; + /* Clear Bus-Off Flag */ + __HAL_CAN_CLEAR_FLAG(hcan, CAN_FLAG_BOF); + } + + tmp1 = HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hcan->Instance->ESR, CAN_ESR_LEC); + tmp2 = __HAL_CAN_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcan, CAN_IT_LEC); + tmp3 = __HAL_CAN_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcan, CAN_IT_ERR); + /* Check Last error code Flag */ + if((!tmp1) && tmp2 && tmp3) + { + tmp1 = (hcan->Instance->ESR) & CAN_ESR_LEC; + switch(tmp1) + { + case(CAN_ESR_LEC_0): + /* Set CAN error code to STF error */ + hcan->ErrorCode |= HAL_CAN_ERROR_STF; + break; + case(CAN_ESR_LEC_1): + /* Set CAN error code to FOR error */ + hcan->ErrorCode |= HAL_CAN_ERROR_FOR; + break; + case(CAN_ESR_LEC_1 | CAN_ESR_LEC_0): + /* Set CAN error code to ACK error */ + hcan->ErrorCode |= HAL_CAN_ERROR_ACK; + break; + case(CAN_ESR_LEC_2): + /* Set CAN error code to BR error */ + hcan->ErrorCode |= HAL_CAN_ERROR_BR; + break; + case(CAN_ESR_LEC_2 | CAN_ESR_LEC_0): + /* Set CAN error code to BD error */ + hcan->ErrorCode |= HAL_CAN_ERROR_BD; + break; + case(CAN_ESR_LEC_2 | CAN_ESR_LEC_1): + /* Set CAN error code to CRC error */ + hcan->ErrorCode |= HAL_CAN_ERROR_CRC; + break; + default: + break; + } + + /* Clear Last error code Flag */ + hcan->Instance->ESR &= ~(CAN_ESR_LEC); + } + + /* Call the Error call Back in case of Errors */ + if(hcan->ErrorCode != HAL_CAN_ERROR_NONE) + { + /* Set the CAN state ready to be able to start again the process */ + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_READY; + /* Call Error callback function */ + HAL_CAN_ErrorCallback(hcan); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Transmission complete callback in non blocking mode + * @param hcan: pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified CAN. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_CAN_TxCpltCallback(CAN_HandleTypeDef* hcan) +{ + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_CAN_TxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Transmission complete callback in non blocking mode + * @param hcan: pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified CAN. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_CAN_RxCpltCallback(CAN_HandleTypeDef* hcan) +{ + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_CAN_RxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Error CAN callback. + * @param hcan: pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified CAN. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_CAN_ErrorCallback(CAN_HandleTypeDef *hcan) +{ + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_CAN_ErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CAN_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral State and Error functions + * @brief CAN Peripheral State functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral State and Error functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides functions allowing to : + (+) Check the CAN state. + (+) Check CAN Errors detected during interrupt process + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief return the CAN state + * @param hcan: pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified CAN. + * @retval HAL state + */ +HAL_CAN_StateTypeDef HAL_CAN_GetState(CAN_HandleTypeDef* hcan) +{ + /* Return CAN state */ + return hcan->State; +} + +/** + * @brief Return the CAN error code + * @param hcan: pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified CAN. + * @retval CAN Error Code + */ +uint32_t HAL_CAN_GetError(CAN_HandleTypeDef *hcan) +{ + return hcan->ErrorCode; +} + +/** + * @} + */ +/** + * @brief Initiates and transmits a CAN frame message. + * @param hcan: pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified CAN. + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef CAN_Transmit_IT(CAN_HandleTypeDef* hcan) +{ + /* Disable Transmit mailbox empty Interrupt */ + __HAL_CAN_DISABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_TME); + + if(hcan->State == HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX) + { + /* Disable Error warning Interrupt */ + __HAL_CAN_DISABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_EWG); + + /* Disable Error passive Interrupt */ + __HAL_CAN_DISABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_EPV); + + /* Disable Bus-off Interrupt */ + __HAL_CAN_DISABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_BOF); + + /* Disable Last error code Interrupt */ + __HAL_CAN_DISABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_LEC); + + /* Disable Error Interrupt */ + __HAL_CAN_DISABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_ERR); + } + + if(hcan->State == HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX) + { + /* Change CAN state */ + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX; + } + else + { + /* Change CAN state */ + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_READY; + } + + /* Transmission complete callback */ + HAL_CAN_TxCpltCallback(hcan); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Receives a correct CAN frame. + * @param hcan: Pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified CAN. + * @param FIFONumber: Specify the FIFO number + * @retval HAL status + * @retval None + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef CAN_Receive_IT(CAN_HandleTypeDef* hcan, uint8_t FIFONumber) +{ + /* Get the Id */ + hcan->pRxMsg->IDE = (uint8_t)0x04 & hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RIR; + if (hcan->pRxMsg->IDE == CAN_ID_STD) + { + hcan->pRxMsg->StdId = (uint32_t)0x000007FF & (hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RIR >> 21); + } + else + { + hcan->pRxMsg->ExtId = (uint32_t)0x1FFFFFFF & (hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RIR >> 3); + } + + hcan->pRxMsg->RTR = (uint8_t)0x02 & hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RIR; + /* Get the DLC */ + hcan->pRxMsg->DLC = (uint8_t)0x0F & hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDTR; + /* Get the FMI */ + hcan->pRxMsg->FMI = (uint8_t)0xFF & (hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDTR >> 8); + /* Get the data field */ + hcan->pRxMsg->Data[0] = (uint8_t)0xFF & hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDLR; + hcan->pRxMsg->Data[1] = (uint8_t)0xFF & (hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDLR >> 8); + hcan->pRxMsg->Data[2] = (uint8_t)0xFF & (hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDLR >> 16); + hcan->pRxMsg->Data[3] = (uint8_t)0xFF & (hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDLR >> 24); + hcan->pRxMsg->Data[4] = (uint8_t)0xFF & hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDHR; + hcan->pRxMsg->Data[5] = (uint8_t)0xFF & (hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDHR >> 8); + hcan->pRxMsg->Data[6] = (uint8_t)0xFF & (hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDHR >> 16); + hcan->pRxMsg->Data[7] = (uint8_t)0xFF & (hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDHR >> 24); + /* Release the FIFO */ + /* Release FIFO0 */ + if (FIFONumber == CAN_FIFO0) + { + __HAL_CAN_FIFO_RELEASE(hcan, CAN_FIFO0); + + /* Disable FIFO 0 message pending Interrupt */ + __HAL_CAN_DISABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_FMP0); + } + /* Release FIFO1 */ + else /* FIFONumber == CAN_FIFO1 */ + { + __HAL_CAN_FIFO_RELEASE(hcan, CAN_FIFO1); + + /* Disable FIFO 1 message pending Interrupt */ + __HAL_CAN_DISABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_FMP1); + } + + if(hcan->State == HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX) + { + /* Disable Error warning Interrupt */ + __HAL_CAN_DISABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_EWG); + + /* Disable Error passive Interrupt */ + __HAL_CAN_DISABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_EPV); + + /* Disable Bus-off Interrupt */ + __HAL_CAN_DISABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_BOF); + + /* Disable Last error code Interrupt */ + __HAL_CAN_DISABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_LEC); + + /* Disable Error Interrupt */ + __HAL_CAN_DISABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_ERR); + } + + if(hcan->State == HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX) + { + /* Disable CAN state */ + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX; + } + else + { + /* Change CAN state */ + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_READY; + } + + /* Receive complete callback */ + HAL_CAN_RxCpltCallback(hcan); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_CAN_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/stmhal/hal/f7/src/stm32f7xx_hal_cortex.c b/stmhal/hal/f7/src/stm32f7xx_hal_cortex.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e8008351e1 --- /dev/null +++ b/stmhal/hal/f7/src/stm32f7xx_hal_cortex.c @@ -0,0 +1,483 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f7xx_hal_cortex.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.1 + * @date 25-June-2015 + * @brief CORTEX HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the CORTEX: + * + Initialization and de-initialization functions + * + Peripheral Control functions + * + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + + [..] + *** How to configure Interrupts using CORTEX HAL driver *** + =========================================================== + [..] + This section provides functions allowing to configure the NVIC interrupts (IRQ). + The Cortex-M4 exceptions are managed by CMSIS functions. + + (#) Configure the NVIC Priority Grouping using HAL_NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping() + function according to the following table. + (#) Configure the priority of the selected IRQ Channels using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(). + (#) Enable the selected IRQ Channels using HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ(). + (#) please refer to programming manual for details in how to configure priority. + + -@- When the NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_0 is selected, IRQ preemption is no more possible. + The pending IRQ priority will be managed only by the sub priority. + + -@- IRQ priority order (sorted by highest to lowest priority): + (+@) Lowest preemption priority + (+@) Lowest sub priority + (+@) Lowest hardware priority (IRQ number) + + [..] + *** How to configure Systick using CORTEX HAL driver *** + ======================================================== + [..] + Setup SysTick Timer for time base. + + (+) The HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function calls the SysTick_Config() function which + is a CMSIS function that: + (++) Configures the SysTick Reload register with value passed as function parameter. + (++) Configures the SysTick IRQ priority to the lowest value (0x0F). + (++) Resets the SysTick Counter register. + (++) Configures the SysTick Counter clock source to be Core Clock Source (HCLK). + (++) Enables the SysTick Interrupt. + (++) Starts the SysTick Counter. + + (+) You can change the SysTick Clock source to be HCLK_Div8 by calling the macro + __HAL_CORTEX_SYSTICKCLK_CONFIG(SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK_DIV8) just after the + HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function call. The __HAL_CORTEX_SYSTICKCLK_CONFIG() macro is defined + inside the stm32f7xx_hal_cortex.h file. + + (+) You can change the SysTick IRQ priority by calling the + HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(SysTick_IRQn,...) function just after the HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function + call. The HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() call the NVIC_SetPriority() function which is a CMSIS function. + + (+) To adjust the SysTick time base, use the following formula: + + Reload Value = SysTick Counter Clock (Hz) x Desired Time base (s) + (++) Reload Value is the parameter to be passed for HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function + (++) Reload Value should not exceed 0xFFFFFF + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup CORTEX CORTEX + * @brief CORTEX HAL module driver + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_CORTEX_MODULE_ENABLED + +/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup CORTEX_Exported_Functions CORTEX Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + + +/** @defgroup CORTEX_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides the CORTEX HAL driver functions allowing to configure Interrupts + Systick functionalities + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + + +/** + * @brief Sets the priority grouping field (preemption priority and subpriority) + * using the required unlock sequence. + * @param PriorityGroup: The priority grouping bits length. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_0: 0 bits for preemption priority + * 4 bits for subpriority + * @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_1: 1 bits for preemption priority + * 3 bits for subpriority + * @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_2: 2 bits for preemption priority + * 2 bits for subpriority + * @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_3: 3 bits for preemption priority + * 1 bits for subpriority + * @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_4: 4 bits for preemption priority + * 0 bits for subpriority + * @note When the NVIC_PriorityGroup_0 is selected, IRQ preemption is no more possible. + * The pending IRQ priority will be managed only by the subpriority. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping(uint32_t PriorityGroup) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_NVIC_PRIORITY_GROUP(PriorityGroup)); + + /* Set the PRIGROUP[10:8] bits according to the PriorityGroup parameter value */ + NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping(PriorityGroup); +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the priority of an interrupt. + * @param IRQn: External interrupt number. + * This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration + * (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f7xxxx.h)) + * @param PreemptPriority: The preemption priority for the IRQn channel. + * This parameter can be a value between 0 and 15 + * A lower priority value indicates a higher priority + * @param SubPriority: the subpriority level for the IRQ channel. + * This parameter can be a value between 0 and 15 + * A lower priority value indicates a higher priority. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(IRQn_Type IRQn, uint32_t PreemptPriority, uint32_t SubPriority) +{ + uint32_t prioritygroup = 0x00; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_NVIC_SUB_PRIORITY(SubPriority)); + assert_param(IS_NVIC_PREEMPTION_PRIORITY(PreemptPriority)); + + prioritygroup = NVIC_GetPriorityGrouping(); + + NVIC_SetPriority(IRQn, NVIC_EncodePriority(prioritygroup, PreemptPriority, SubPriority)); +} + +/** + * @brief Enables a device specific interrupt in the NVIC interrupt controller. + * @note To configure interrupts priority correctly, the NVIC_PriorityGroupConfig() + * function should be called before. + * @param IRQn External interrupt number. + * This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration + * (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f7xxxx.h)) + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn)); + + /* Enable interrupt */ + NVIC_EnableIRQ(IRQn); +} + +/** + * @brief Disables a device specific interrupt in the NVIC interrupt controller. + * @param IRQn External interrupt number. + * This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration + * (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f7xxxx.h)) + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_NVIC_DisableIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn)); + + /* Disable interrupt */ + NVIC_DisableIRQ(IRQn); +} + +/** + * @brief Initiates a system reset request to reset the MCU. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_NVIC_SystemReset(void) +{ + /* System Reset */ + NVIC_SystemReset(); +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the System Timer and its interrupt, and starts the System Tick Timer. + * Counter is in free running mode to generate periodic interrupts. + * @param TicksNumb: Specifies the ticks Number of ticks between two interrupts. + * @retval status: - 0 Function succeeded. + * - 1 Function failed. + */ +uint32_t HAL_SYSTICK_Config(uint32_t TicksNumb) +{ + return SysTick_Config(TicksNumb); +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CORTEX_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral Control functions + * @brief Cortex control functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral Control functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the CORTEX + (NVIC, SYSTICK, MPU) functionalities. + + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +#if (__MPU_PRESENT == 1) +/** + * @brief Initializes and configures the Region and the memory to be protected. + * @param MPU_Init: Pointer to a MPU_Region_InitTypeDef structure that contains + * the initialization and configuration information. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_MPU_ConfigRegion(MPU_Region_InitTypeDef *MPU_Init) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_MPU_REGION_NUMBER(MPU_Init->Number)); + assert_param(IS_MPU_REGION_ENABLE(MPU_Init->Enable)); + + /* Set the Region number */ + MPU->RNR = MPU_Init->Number; + + if ((MPU_Init->Enable) != RESET) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_MPU_INSTRUCTION_ACCESS(MPU_Init->DisableExec)); + assert_param(IS_MPU_REGION_PERMISSION_ATTRIBUTE(MPU_Init->AccessPermission)); + assert_param(IS_MPU_TEX_LEVEL(MPU_Init->TypeExtField)); + assert_param(IS_MPU_ACCESS_SHAREABLE(MPU_Init->IsShareable)); + assert_param(IS_MPU_ACCESS_CACHEABLE(MPU_Init->IsCacheable)); + assert_param(IS_MPU_ACCESS_BUFFERABLE(MPU_Init->IsBufferable)); + assert_param(IS_MPU_SUB_REGION_DISABLE(MPU_Init->SubRegionDisable)); + assert_param(IS_MPU_REGION_SIZE(MPU_Init->Size)); + + MPU->RBAR = MPU_Init->BaseAddress; + MPU->RASR = ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->DisableExec << MPU_RASR_XN_Pos) | + ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->AccessPermission << MPU_RASR_AP_Pos) | + ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->TypeExtField << MPU_RASR_TEX_Pos) | + ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->IsShareable << MPU_RASR_S_Pos) | + ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->IsCacheable << MPU_RASR_C_Pos) | + ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->IsBufferable << MPU_RASR_B_Pos) | + ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->SubRegionDisable << MPU_RASR_SRD_Pos) | + ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->Size << MPU_RASR_SIZE_Pos) | + ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->Enable << MPU_RASR_ENABLE_Pos); + } + else + { + MPU->RBAR = 0x00; + MPU->RASR = 0x00; + } +} +#endif /* __MPU_PRESENT */ + +/** + * @brief Gets the priority grouping field from the NVIC Interrupt Controller. + * @retval Priority grouping field (SCB->AIRCR [10:8] PRIGROUP field) + */ +uint32_t HAL_NVIC_GetPriorityGrouping(void) +{ + /* Get the PRIGROUP[10:8] field value */ + return NVIC_GetPriorityGrouping(); +} + +/** + * @brief Gets the priority of an interrupt. + * @param IRQn: External interrupt number. + * This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration + * (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f7xxxx.h)) + * @param PriorityGroup: the priority grouping bits length. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_0: 0 bits for preemption priority + * 4 bits for subpriority + * @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_1: 1 bits for preemption priority + * 3 bits for subpriority + * @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_2: 2 bits for preemption priority + * 2 bits for subpriority + * @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_3: 3 bits for preemption priority + * 1 bits for subpriority + * @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_4: 4 bits for preemption priority + * 0 bits for subpriority + * @param pPreemptPriority: Pointer on the Preemptive priority value (starting from 0). + * @param pSubPriority: Pointer on the Subpriority value (starting from 0). + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_NVIC_GetPriority(IRQn_Type IRQn, uint32_t PriorityGroup, uint32_t *pPreemptPriority, uint32_t *pSubPriority) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_NVIC_PRIORITY_GROUP(PriorityGroup)); + /* Get priority for Cortex-M system or device specific interrupts */ + NVIC_DecodePriority(NVIC_GetPriority(IRQn), PriorityGroup, pPreemptPriority, pSubPriority); +} + +/** + * @brief Sets Pending bit of an external interrupt. + * @param IRQn External interrupt number + * This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration + * (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f7xxxx.h)) + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_NVIC_SetPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn)); + + /* Set interrupt pending */ + NVIC_SetPendingIRQ(IRQn); +} + +/** + * @brief Gets Pending Interrupt (reads the pending register in the NVIC + * and returns the pending bit for the specified interrupt). + * @param IRQn External interrupt number. + * This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration + * (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f7xxxx.h)) + * @retval status: - 0 Interrupt status is not pending. + * - 1 Interrupt status is pending. + */ +uint32_t HAL_NVIC_GetPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn)); + + /* Return 1 if pending else 0 */ + return NVIC_GetPendingIRQ(IRQn); +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the pending bit of an external interrupt. + * @param IRQn External interrupt number. + * This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration + * (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f7xxxx.h)) + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_NVIC_ClearPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn)); + + /* Clear pending interrupt */ + NVIC_ClearPendingIRQ(IRQn); +} + +/** + * @brief Gets active interrupt ( reads the active register in NVIC and returns the active bit). + * @param IRQn External interrupt number + * This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration + * (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f7xxxx.h)) + * @retval status: - 0 Interrupt status is not pending. + * - 1 Interrupt status is pending. + */ +uint32_t HAL_NVIC_GetActive(IRQn_Type IRQn) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn)); + + /* Return 1 if active else 0 */ + return NVIC_GetActive(IRQn); +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the SysTick clock source. + * @param CLKSource: specifies the SysTick clock source. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK_DIV8: AHB clock divided by 8 selected as SysTick clock source. + * @arg SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK: AHB clock selected as SysTick clock source. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_SYSTICK_CLKSourceConfig(uint32_t CLKSource) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SYSTICK_CLK_SOURCE(CLKSource)); + if (CLKSource == SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK) + { + SysTick->CTRL |= SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK; + } + else + { + SysTick->CTRL &= ~SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK; + } +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles SYSTICK interrupt request. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_SYSTICK_IRQHandler(void) +{ + HAL_SYSTICK_Callback(); +} + +/** + * @brief SYSTICK callback. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_SYSTICK_Callback(void) +{ + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_SYSTICK_Callback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_CORTEX_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/stmhal/hal/f7/src/stm32f7xx_hal_dac.c b/stmhal/hal/f7/src/stm32f7xx_hal_dac.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..77adc61201 --- /dev/null +++ b/stmhal/hal/f7/src/stm32f7xx_hal_dac.c @@ -0,0 +1,949 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f7xx_hal_dac.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.1 + * @date 25-June-2015 + * @brief DAC HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Digital to Analog Converter (DAC) peripheral: + * + Initialization and de-initialization functions + * + IO operation functions + * + Peripheral Control functions + * + Peripheral State and Errors functions + * + * + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### DAC Peripheral features ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + *** DAC Channels *** + ==================== + [..] + The device integrates two 12-bit Digital Analog Converters that can + be used independently or simultaneously (dual mode): + (#) DAC channel1 with DAC_OUT1 (PA4) as output + (#) DAC channel2 with DAC_OUT2 (PA5) as output + + *** DAC Triggers *** + ==================== + [..] + Digital to Analog conversion can be non-triggered using DAC_TRIGGER_NONE + and DAC_OUT1/DAC_OUT2 is available once writing to DHRx register. + [..] + Digital to Analog conversion can be triggered by: + (#) External event: EXTI Line 9 (any GPIOx_Pin9) using DAC_TRIGGER_EXT_IT9. + The used pin (GPIOx_Pin9) must be configured in input mode. + + (#) Timers TRGO: TIM2, TIM4, TIM5, TIM6, TIM7 and TIM8 + (DAC_TRIGGER_T2_TRGO, DAC_TRIGGER_T4_TRGO...) + + (#) Software using DAC_TRIGGER_SOFTWARE + + *** DAC Buffer mode feature *** + =============================== + [..] + Each DAC channel integrates an output buffer that can be used to + reduce the output impedance, and to drive external loads directly + without having to add an external operational amplifier. + To enable, the output buffer use + sConfig.DAC_OutputBuffer = DAC_OUTPUTBUFFER_ENABLE; + [..] + (@) Refer to the device datasheet for more details about output + impedance value with and without output buffer. + + *** DAC wave generation feature *** + =================================== + [..] + Both DAC channels can be used to generate + (#) Noise wave using HAL_DACEx_NoiseWaveGenerate() + (#) Triangle wave using HAL_DACEx_TriangleWaveGenerate() + + *** DAC data format *** + ======================= + [..] + The DAC data format can be: + (#) 8-bit right alignment using DAC_ALIGN_8B_R + (#) 12-bit left alignment using DAC_ALIGN_12B_L + (#) 12-bit right alignment using DAC_ALIGN_12B_R + + *** DAC data value to voltage correspondence *** + ================================================ + [..] + The analog output voltage on each DAC channel pin is determined + by the following equation: + DAC_OUTx = VREF+ * DOR / 4095 + with DOR is the Data Output Register + VEF+ is the input voltage reference (refer to the device datasheet) + e.g. To set DAC_OUT1 to 0.7V, use + Assuming that VREF+ = 3.3V, DAC_OUT1 = (3.3 * 868) / 4095 = 0.7V + + *** DMA requests *** + ===================== + [..] + A DMA1 request can be generated when an external trigger (but not + a software trigger) occurs if DMA1 requests are enabled using + HAL_DAC_Start_DMA() + [..] + DMA1 requests are mapped as following: + (#) DAC channel1 : mapped on DMA1 Stream5 channel7 which must be + already configured + (#) DAC channel2 : mapped on DMA1 Stream6 channel7 which must be + already configured + + -@- For Dual mode and specific signal (Triangle and noise) generation please + refer to Extension Features Driver description + + + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + (+) DAC APB clock must be enabled to get write access to DAC + registers using HAL_DAC_Init() + (+) Configure DAC_OUTx (DAC_OUT1: PA4, DAC_OUT2: PA5) in analog mode. + (+) Configure the DAC channel using HAL_DAC_ConfigChannel() function. + (+) Enable the DAC channel using HAL_DAC_Start() or HAL_DAC_Start_DMA functions + + *** Polling mode IO operation *** + ================================= + [..] + (+) Start the DAC peripheral using HAL_DAC_Start() + (+) To read the DAC last data output value, use the HAL_DAC_GetValue() function. + (+) Stop the DAC peripheral using HAL_DAC_Stop() + + + *** DMA mode IO operation *** + ============================== + [..] + (+) Start the DAC peripheral using HAL_DAC_Start_DMA(), at this stage the user specify the length + of data to be transferred at each end of conversion + (+) At The end of data transfer HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh1()or HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh2() + function is executed and user can add his own code by customization of function pointer + HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh1 or HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh2 + (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_DAC_ErrorCallbackCh1() function is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_DAC_ErrorCallbackCh1 + (+) Stop the DAC peripheral using HAL_DAC_Stop_DMA() + + + *** DAC HAL driver macros list *** + ============================================= + [..] + Below the list of most used macros in DAC HAL driver. + + (+) __HAL_DAC_ENABLE : Enable the DAC peripheral + (+) __HAL_DAC_DISABLE : Disable the DAC peripheral + (+) __HAL_DAC_CLEAR_FLAG: Clear the DAC's pending flags + (+) __HAL_DAC_GET_FLAG: Get the selected DAC's flag status + + [..] + (@) You can refer to the DAC HAL driver header file for more useful macros + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup DAC DAC + * @brief DAC driver modules + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_DAC_MODULE_ENABLED + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup DAC_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +static void DAC_DMAConvCpltCh1(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void DAC_DMAErrorCh1(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void DAC_DMAHalfConvCpltCh1(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup DAC_Exported_Functions DAC Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup DAC_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Initialize and configure the DAC. + (+) De-initialize the DAC. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Initializes the DAC peripheral according to the specified parameters + * in the DAC_InitStruct. + * @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_Init(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac) +{ + /* Check DAC handle */ + if(hdac == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_ALL_INSTANCE(hdac->Instance)); + + if(hdac->State == HAL_DAC_STATE_RESET) + { + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + hdac->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + /* Init the low level hardware */ + HAL_DAC_MspInit(hdac); + } + + /* Initialize the DAC state*/ + hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Set DAC error code to none */ + hdac->ErrorCode = HAL_DAC_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Initialize the DAC state*/ + hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY; + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Deinitializes the DAC peripheral registers to their default reset values. + * @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_DeInit(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac) +{ + /* Check DAC handle */ + if(hdac == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_ALL_INSTANCE(hdac->Instance)); + + /* Change DAC state */ + hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY; + + /* DeInit the low level hardware */ + HAL_DAC_MspDeInit(hdac); + + /* Set DAC error code to none */ + hdac->ErrorCode = HAL_DAC_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Change DAC state */ + hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_RESET; + + /* Release Lock */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hdac); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the DAC MSP. + * @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_DAC_MspInit(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac) +{ + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_DAC_MspInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes the DAC MSP. + * @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_DAC_MspDeInit(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac) +{ + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_DAC_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DAC_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions + * @brief IO operation functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### IO operation functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Start conversion. + (+) Stop conversion. + (+) Start conversion and enable DMA transfer. + (+) Stop conversion and disable DMA transfer. + (+) Get result of conversion. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables DAC and starts conversion of channel. + * @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC. + * @param Channel: The selected DAC channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected + * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_Start(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel) +{ + uint32_t tmp1 = 0, tmp2 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel)); + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hdac); + + /* Change DAC state */ + hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_DAC_ENABLE(hdac, Channel); + + if(Channel == DAC_CHANNEL_1) + { + tmp1 = hdac->Instance->CR & DAC_CR_TEN1; + tmp2 = hdac->Instance->CR & DAC_CR_TSEL1; + /* Check if software trigger enabled */ + if((tmp1 == DAC_CR_TEN1) && (tmp2 == DAC_CR_TSEL1)) + { + /* Enable the selected DAC software conversion */ + hdac->Instance->SWTRIGR |= (uint32_t)DAC_SWTRIGR_SWTRIG1; + } + } + else + { + tmp1 = hdac->Instance->CR & DAC_CR_TEN2; + tmp2 = hdac->Instance->CR & DAC_CR_TSEL2; + /* Check if software trigger enabled */ + if((tmp1 == DAC_CR_TEN2) && (tmp2 == DAC_CR_TSEL2)) + { + /* Enable the selected DAC software conversion*/ + hdac->Instance->SWTRIGR |= (uint32_t)DAC_SWTRIGR_SWTRIG2; + } + } + + /* Change DAC state */ + hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY; + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hdac); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Disables DAC and stop conversion of channel. + * @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC. + * @param Channel: The selected DAC channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected + * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_Stop(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel)); + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_DAC_DISABLE(hdac, Channel); + + /* Change DAC state */ + hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY; + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables DAC and starts conversion of channel. + * @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC. + * @param Channel: The selected DAC channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected + * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected + * @param pData: The destination peripheral Buffer address. + * @param Length: The length of data to be transferred from memory to DAC peripheral + * @param Alignment: Specifies the data alignment for DAC channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_ALIGN_8B_R: 8bit right data alignment selected + * @arg DAC_ALIGN_12B_L: 12bit left data alignment selected + * @arg DAC_ALIGN_12B_R: 12bit right data alignment selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_Start_DMA(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t* pData, uint32_t Length, uint32_t Alignment) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_ALIGN(Alignment)); + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hdac); + + /* Change DAC state */ + hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY; + + if(Channel == DAC_CHANNEL_1) + { + /* Set the DMA transfer complete callback for channel1 */ + hdac->DMA_Handle1->XferCpltCallback = DAC_DMAConvCpltCh1; + + /* Set the DMA half transfer complete callback for channel1 */ + hdac->DMA_Handle1->XferHalfCpltCallback = DAC_DMAHalfConvCpltCh1; + + /* Set the DMA error callback for channel1 */ + hdac->DMA_Handle1->XferErrorCallback = DAC_DMAErrorCh1; + + /* Enable the selected DAC channel1 DMA request */ + hdac->Instance->CR |= DAC_CR_DMAEN1; + + /* Case of use of channel 1 */ + switch(Alignment) + { + case DAC_ALIGN_12B_R: + /* Get DHR12R1 address */ + tmpreg = (uint32_t)&hdac->Instance->DHR12R1; + break; + case DAC_ALIGN_12B_L: + /* Get DHR12L1 address */ + tmpreg = (uint32_t)&hdac->Instance->DHR12L1; + break; + case DAC_ALIGN_8B_R: + /* Get DHR8R1 address */ + tmpreg = (uint32_t)&hdac->Instance->DHR8R1; + break; + default: + break; + } + } + else + { + /* Set the DMA transfer complete callback for channel2 */ + hdac->DMA_Handle2->XferCpltCallback = DAC_DMAConvCpltCh2; + + /* Set the DMA half transfer complete callback for channel2 */ + hdac->DMA_Handle2->XferHalfCpltCallback = DAC_DMAHalfConvCpltCh2; + + /* Set the DMA error callback for channel2 */ + hdac->DMA_Handle2->XferErrorCallback = DAC_DMAErrorCh2; + + /* Enable the selected DAC channel2 DMA request */ + hdac->Instance->CR |= DAC_CR_DMAEN2; + + /* Case of use of channel 2 */ + switch(Alignment) + { + case DAC_ALIGN_12B_R: + /* Get DHR12R2 address */ + tmpreg = (uint32_t)&hdac->Instance->DHR12R2; + break; + case DAC_ALIGN_12B_L: + /* Get DHR12L2 address */ + tmpreg = (uint32_t)&hdac->Instance->DHR12L2; + break; + case DAC_ALIGN_8B_R: + /* Get DHR8R2 address */ + tmpreg = (uint32_t)&hdac->Instance->DHR8R2; + break; + default: + break; + } + } + + /* Enable the DMA Stream */ + if(Channel == DAC_CHANNEL_1) + { + /* Enable the DAC DMA underrun interrupt */ + __HAL_DAC_ENABLE_IT(hdac, DAC_IT_DMAUDR1); + + /* Enable the DMA Stream */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hdac->DMA_Handle1, (uint32_t)pData, tmpreg, Length); + } + else + { + /* Enable the DAC DMA underrun interrupt */ + __HAL_DAC_ENABLE_IT(hdac, DAC_IT_DMAUDR2); + + /* Enable the DMA Stream */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hdac->DMA_Handle2, (uint32_t)pData, tmpreg, Length); + } + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_DAC_ENABLE(hdac, Channel); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hdac); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Disables DAC and stop conversion of channel. + * @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC. + * @param Channel: The selected DAC channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected + * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_Stop_DMA(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel)); + + /* Disable the selected DAC channel DMA request */ + hdac->Instance->CR &= ~(DAC_CR_DMAEN1 << Channel); + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_DAC_DISABLE(hdac, Channel); + + /* Disable the DMA Channel */ + /* Channel1 is used */ + if(Channel == DAC_CHANNEL_1) + { + status = HAL_DMA_Abort(hdac->DMA_Handle1); + } + else /* Channel2 is used for */ + { + status = HAL_DMA_Abort(hdac->DMA_Handle2); + } + + /* Check if DMA Channel effectively disabled */ + if(status != HAL_OK) + { + /* Update DAC state machine to error */ + hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_ERROR; + } + else + { + /* Change DAC state */ + hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY; + } + + /* Return function status */ + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the last data output value of the selected DAC channel. + * @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC. + * @param Channel: The selected DAC channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected + * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected + * @retval The selected DAC channel data output value. + */ +uint32_t HAL_DAC_GetValue(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel)); + + /* Returns the DAC channel data output register value */ + if(Channel == DAC_CHANNEL_1) + { + return hdac->Instance->DOR1; + } + else + { + return hdac->Instance->DOR2; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Handles DAC interrupt request + * @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_DAC_IRQHandler(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac) +{ + /* Check underrun channel 1 flag */ + if(__HAL_DAC_GET_FLAG(hdac, DAC_FLAG_DMAUDR1)) + { + /* Change DAC state to error state */ + hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_ERROR; + + /* Set DAC error code to channel1 DMA underrun error */ + hdac->ErrorCode |= HAL_DAC_ERROR_DMAUNDERRUNCH1; + + /* Clear the underrun flag */ + __HAL_DAC_CLEAR_FLAG(hdac,DAC_FLAG_DMAUDR1); + + /* Disable the selected DAC channel1 DMA request */ + hdac->Instance->CR &= ~DAC_CR_DMAEN1; + + /* Error callback */ + HAL_DAC_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh1(hdac); + } + /* Check underrun channel 2 flag */ + if(__HAL_DAC_GET_FLAG(hdac, DAC_FLAG_DMAUDR2)) + { + /* Change DAC state to error state */ + hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_ERROR; + + /* Set DAC error code to channel2 DMA underrun error */ + hdac->ErrorCode |= HAL_DAC_ERROR_DMAUNDERRUNCH2; + + /* Clear the underrun flag */ + __HAL_DAC_CLEAR_FLAG(hdac,DAC_FLAG_DMAUDR2); + + /* Disable the selected DAC channel1 DMA request */ + hdac->Instance->CR &= ~DAC_CR_DMAEN2; + + /* Error callback */ + HAL_DACEx_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh2(hdac); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Conversion complete callback in non blocking mode for Channel1 + * @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh1(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac) +{ + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Conversion half DMA transfer callback in non blocking mode for Channel1 + * @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_DAC_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh1(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac) +{ + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_DAC_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh1 could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Error DAC callback for Channel1. + * @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_DAC_ErrorCallbackCh1(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac) +{ + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_DAC_ErrorCallbackCh1 could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief DMA underrun DAC callback for channel1. + * @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_DAC_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh1(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac) +{ + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_DAC_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh1 could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DAC_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral Control functions + * @brief Peripheral Control functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral Control functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Configure channels. + (+) Set the specified data holding register value for DAC channel. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Configures the selected DAC channel. + * @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC. + * @param sConfig: DAC configuration structure. + * @param Channel: The selected DAC channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected + * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_ConfigChannel(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, DAC_ChannelConfTypeDef* sConfig, uint32_t Channel) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0, tmpreg2 = 0; + + /* Check the DAC parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_TRIGGER(sConfig->DAC_Trigger)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_OUTPUT_BUFFER_STATE(sConfig->DAC_OutputBuffer)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel)); + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hdac); + + /* Change DAC state */ + hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Get the DAC CR value */ + tmpreg1 = hdac->Instance->CR; + /* Clear BOFFx, TENx, TSELx, WAVEx and MAMPx bits */ + tmpreg1 &= ~(((uint32_t)(DAC_CR_MAMP1 | DAC_CR_WAVE1 | DAC_CR_TSEL1 | DAC_CR_TEN1 | DAC_CR_BOFF1)) << Channel); + /* Configure for the selected DAC channel: buffer output, trigger */ + /* Set TSELx and TENx bits according to DAC_Trigger value */ + /* Set BOFFx bit according to DAC_OutputBuffer value */ + tmpreg2 = (sConfig->DAC_Trigger | sConfig->DAC_OutputBuffer); + /* Calculate CR register value depending on DAC_Channel */ + tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2 << Channel; + /* Write to DAC CR */ + hdac->Instance->CR = tmpreg1; + /* Disable wave generation */ + hdac->Instance->CR &= ~(DAC_CR_WAVE1 << Channel); + + /* Change DAC state */ + hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY; + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hdac); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Set the specified data holding register value for DAC channel. + * @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC. + * @param Channel: The selected DAC channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected + * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected + * @param Alignment: Specifies the data alignment. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_ALIGN_8B_R: 8bit right data alignment selected + * @arg DAC_ALIGN_12B_L: 12bit left data alignment selected + * @arg DAC_ALIGN_12B_R: 12bit right data alignment selected + * @param Data: Data to be loaded in the selected data holding register. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_SetValue(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t Alignment, uint32_t Data) +{ + __IO uint32_t tmp = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_ALIGN(Alignment)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_DATA(Data)); + + tmp = (uint32_t)hdac->Instance; + if(Channel == DAC_CHANNEL_1) + { + tmp += DAC_DHR12R1_ALIGNMENT(Alignment); + } + else + { + tmp += DAC_DHR12R2_ALIGNMENT(Alignment); + } + + /* Set the DAC channel1 selected data holding register */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) tmp = Data; + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DAC_Exported_Functions_Group4 Peripheral State and Errors functions + * @brief Peripheral State and Errors functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral State and Errors functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides functions allowing to + (+) Check the DAC state. + (+) Check the DAC Errors. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief return the DAC state + * @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC. + * @retval HAL state + */ +HAL_DAC_StateTypeDef HAL_DAC_GetState(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac) +{ + /* Return DAC state */ + return hdac->State; +} + + +/** + * @brief Return the DAC error code + * @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC. + * @retval DAC Error Code + */ +uint32_t HAL_DAC_GetError(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac) +{ + return hdac->ErrorCode; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @brief DMA conversion complete callback. + * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. + * @retval None + */ +static void DAC_DMAConvCpltCh1(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac = ( DAC_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; + + HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh1(hdac); + + hdac->State= HAL_DAC_STATE_READY; +} + +/** + * @brief DMA half transfer complete callback. + * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. + * @retval None + */ +static void DAC_DMAHalfConvCpltCh1(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac = ( DAC_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; + /* Conversion complete callback */ + HAL_DAC_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh1(hdac); +} + +/** + * @brief DMA error callback + * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. + * @retval None + */ +static void DAC_DMAErrorCh1(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac = ( DAC_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; + + /* Set DAC error code to DMA error */ + hdac->ErrorCode |= HAL_DAC_ERROR_DMA; + + HAL_DAC_ErrorCallbackCh1(hdac); + + hdac->State= HAL_DAC_STATE_READY; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_DAC_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/stmhal/hal/f7/src/stm32f7xx_hal_dac_ex.c b/stmhal/hal/f7/src/stm32f7xx_hal_dac_ex.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ca6d12b952 --- /dev/null +++ b/stmhal/hal/f7/src/stm32f7xx_hal_dac_ex.c @@ -0,0 +1,376 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f7xx_hal_dac_ex.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.1 + * @date 25-June-2015 + * @brief Extended DAC HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of DAC extension peripheral: + * + Extended features functions + * + * + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + (+) When Dual mode is enabled (i.e DAC Channel1 and Channel2 are used simultaneously) : + Use HAL_DACEx_DualGetValue() to get digital data to be converted and use + HAL_DACEx_DualSetValue() to set digital value to converted simultaneously in Channel 1 and Channel 2. + (+) Use HAL_DACEx_TriangleWaveGenerate() to generate Triangle signal. + (+) Use HAL_DACEx_NoiseWaveGenerate() to generate Noise signal. + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup DACEx DACEx + * @brief DAC driver modules + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_DAC_MODULE_ENABLED + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup DACEx_Exported_Functions DAC Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup DACEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Extended features functions + * @brief Extended features functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Extended features functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Start conversion. + (+) Stop conversion. + (+) Start conversion and enable DMA transfer. + (+) Stop conversion and disable DMA transfer. + (+) Get result of conversion. + (+) Get result of dual mode conversion. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Returns the last data output value of the selected DAC channel. + * @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC. + * @retval The selected DAC channel data output value. + */ +uint32_t HAL_DACEx_DualGetValue(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac) +{ + uint32_t tmp = 0; + + tmp |= hdac->Instance->DOR1; + + tmp |= hdac->Instance->DOR2 << 16; + + /* Returns the DAC channel data output register value */ + return tmp; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the selected DAC channel wave generation. + * @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC. + * @param Channel: The selected DAC channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected + * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected + * @param Amplitude: Select max triangle amplitude. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_1: Select max triangle amplitude of 1 + * @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_3: Select max triangle amplitude of 3 + * @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_7: Select max triangle amplitude of 7 + * @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_15: Select max triangle amplitude of 15 + * @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_31: Select max triangle amplitude of 31 + * @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_63: Select max triangle amplitude of 63 + * @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_127: Select max triangle amplitude of 127 + * @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_255: Select max triangle amplitude of 255 + * @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_511: Select max triangle amplitude of 511 + * @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_1023: Select max triangle amplitude of 1023 + * @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_2047: Select max triangle amplitude of 2047 + * @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_4095: Select max triangle amplitude of 4095 + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DACEx_TriangleWaveGenerate(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t Amplitude) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_LFSR_UNMASK_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE(Amplitude)); + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hdac); + + /* Change DAC state */ + hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Enable the selected wave generation for the selected DAC channel */ + MODIFY_REG(hdac->Instance->CR, (DAC_CR_WAVE1 | DAC_CR_MAMP1) << Channel, (DAC_CR_WAVE1_1 | Amplitude) << Channel); + + /* Change DAC state */ + hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY; + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hdac); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the selected DAC channel wave generation. + * @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC. + * @param Channel: The selected DAC channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected + * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected + * @param Amplitude: Unmask DAC channel LFSR for noise wave generation. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BIT0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit0 for noise wave generation + * @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS1_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[1:0] for noise wave generation + * @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS2_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[2:0] for noise wave generation + * @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS3_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[3:0] for noise wave generation + * @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS4_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[4:0] for noise wave generation + * @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS5_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[5:0] for noise wave generation + * @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS6_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[6:0] for noise wave generation + * @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS7_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[7:0] for noise wave generation + * @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS8_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[8:0] for noise wave generation + * @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS9_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[9:0] for noise wave generation + * @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS10_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[10:0] for noise wave generation + * @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS11_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[11:0] for noise wave generation + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DACEx_NoiseWaveGenerate(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t Amplitude) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_LFSR_UNMASK_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE(Amplitude)); + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hdac); + + /* Change DAC state */ + hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Enable the selected wave generation for the selected DAC channel */ + MODIFY_REG(hdac->Instance->CR, (DAC_CR_WAVE1 | DAC_CR_MAMP1) << Channel, (DAC_CR_WAVE1_0 | Amplitude) << Channel); + + /* Change DAC state */ + hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY; + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hdac); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Set the specified data holding register value for dual DAC channel. + * @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC. + * @param Alignment: Specifies the data alignment for dual channel DAC. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * DAC_ALIGN_8B_R: 8bit right data alignment selected + * DAC_ALIGN_12B_L: 12bit left data alignment selected + * DAC_ALIGN_12B_R: 12bit right data alignment selected + * @param Data1: Data for DAC Channel2 to be loaded in the selected data holding register. + * @param Data2: Data for DAC Channel1 to be loaded in the selected data holding register. + * @note In dual mode, a unique register access is required to write in both + * DAC channels at the same time. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DACEx_DualSetValue(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Alignment, uint32_t Data1, uint32_t Data2) +{ + uint32_t data = 0, tmp = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_ALIGN(Alignment)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_DATA(Data1)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_DATA(Data2)); + + /* Calculate and set dual DAC data holding register value */ + if (Alignment == DAC_ALIGN_8B_R) + { + data = ((uint32_t)Data2 << 8) | Data1; + } + else + { + data = ((uint32_t)Data2 << 16) | Data1; + } + + tmp = (uint32_t)hdac->Instance; + tmp += DAC_DHR12RD_ALIGNMENT(Alignment); + + /* Set the dual DAC selected data holding register */ + *(__IO uint32_t *)tmp = data; + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @brief Conversion complete callback in non blocking mode for Channel2 + * @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_DACEx_ConvCpltCallbackCh2(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac) +{ + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh2 could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Conversion half DMA transfer callback in non blocking mode for Channel2 + * @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_DACEx_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac) +{ + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_DACEx_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2 could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Error DAC callback for Channel2. + * @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_DACEx_ErrorCallbackCh2(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac) +{ + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_DACEx_ErrorCallbackCh2 could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief DMA underrun DAC callback for channel2. + * @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_DACEx_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh2(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac) +{ + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_DACEx_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh2 could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief DMA conversion complete callback. + * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. + * @retval None + */ +void DAC_DMAConvCpltCh2(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac = ( DAC_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; + + HAL_DACEx_ConvCpltCallbackCh2(hdac); + + hdac->State= HAL_DAC_STATE_READY; +} + +/** + * @brief DMA half transfer complete callback. + * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. + * @retval None + */ +void DAC_DMAHalfConvCpltCh2(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac = ( DAC_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; + /* Conversion complete callback */ + HAL_DACEx_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2(hdac); +} + +/** + * @brief DMA error callback + * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. + * @retval None + */ +void DAC_DMAErrorCh2(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac = ( DAC_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; + + /* Set DAC error code to DMA error */ + hdac->ErrorCode |= HAL_DAC_ERROR_DMA; + + HAL_DACEx_ErrorCallbackCh2(hdac); + + hdac->State= HAL_DAC_STATE_READY; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_DAC_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/stmhal/hal/f7/src/stm32f7xx_hal_dma.c b/stmhal/hal/f7/src/stm32f7xx_hal_dma.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1bb953aa30 --- /dev/null +++ b/stmhal/hal/f7/src/stm32f7xx_hal_dma.c @@ -0,0 +1,921 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f7xx_hal_dma.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.1 + * @date 25-June-2015 + * @brief DMA HAL module driver. + * + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Direct Memory Access (DMA) peripheral: + * + Initialization and de-initialization functions + * + IO operation functions + * + Peripheral State and errors functions + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + (#) Enable and configure the peripheral to be connected to the DMA Stream + (except for internal SRAM/FLASH memories: no initialization is + necessary) please refer to Reference manual for connection between peripherals + and DMA requests . + + (#) For a given Stream, program the required configuration through the following parameters: + Transfer Direction, Source and Destination data formats, + Circular, Normal or peripheral flow control mode, Stream Priority level, + Source and Destination Increment mode, FIFO mode and its Threshold (if needed), + Burst mode for Source and/or Destination (if needed) using HAL_DMA_Init() function. + + *** Polling mode IO operation *** + ================================= + [..] + (+) Use HAL_DMA_Start() to start DMA transfer after the configuration of Source + address and destination address and the Length of data to be transferred + (+) Use HAL_DMA_PollForTransfer() to poll for the end of current transfer, in this + case a fixed Timeout can be configured by User depending from his application. + + *** Interrupt mode IO operation *** + =================================== + [..] + (+) Configure the DMA interrupt priority using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() + (+) Enable the DMA IRQ handler using HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ() + (+) Use HAL_DMA_Start_IT() to start DMA transfer after the configuration of + Source address and destination address and the Length of data to be transferred. In this + case the DMA interrupt is configured + (+) Use HAL_DMA_IRQHandler() called under DMA_IRQHandler() Interrupt subroutine + (+) At the end of data transfer HAL_DMA_IRQHandler() function is executed and user can + add his own function by customization of function pointer XferCpltCallback and + XferErrorCallback (i.e a member of DMA handle structure). + [..] + (#) Use HAL_DMA_GetState() function to return the DMA state and HAL_DMA_GetError() in case of error + detection. + + (#) Use HAL_DMA_Abort() function to abort the current transfer + + -@- In Memory-to-Memory transfer mode, Circular mode is not allowed. + + -@- The FIFO is used mainly to reduce bus usage and to allow data packing/unpacking: it is + possible to set different Data Sizes for the Peripheral and the Memory (ie. you can set + Half-Word data size for the peripheral to access its data register and set Word data size + for the Memory to gain in access time. Each two half words will be packed and written in + a single access to a Word in the Memory). + + -@- When FIFO is disabled, it is not allowed to configure different Data Sizes for Source + and Destination. In this case the Peripheral Data Size will be applied to both Source + and Destination. + + *** DMA HAL driver macros list *** + ============================================= + [..] + Below the list of most used macros in DMA HAL driver. + + (+) __HAL_DMA_ENABLE: Enable the specified DMA Stream. + (+) __HAL_DMA_DISABLE: Disable the specified DMA Stream. + (+) __HAL_DMA_GET_FS: Return the current DMA Stream FIFO filled level. + (+) __HAL_DMA_GET_FLAG: Get the DMA Stream pending flags. + (+) __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG: Clear the DMA Stream pending flags. + (+) __HAL_DMA_ENABLE_IT: Enable the specified DMA Stream interrupts. + (+) __HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT: Disable the specified DMA Stream interrupts. + (+) __HAL_DMA_GET_IT_SOURCE: Check whether the specified DMA Stream interrupt has occurred or not. + + [..] + (@) You can refer to the DMA HAL driver header file for more useful macros + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup DMA DMA + * @brief DMA HAL module driver + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_DMA_MODULE_ENABLED + +/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup DMA_Private_Constants + * @{ + */ + #define HAL_TIMEOUT_DMA_ABORT ((uint32_t)1000) /* 1s */ +/** + * @} + */ +/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup DMA_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ +static void DMA_SetConfig(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength); +/** + * @brief Sets the DMA Transfer parameter. + * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream. + * @param SrcAddress: The source memory Buffer address + * @param DstAddress: The destination memory Buffer address + * @param DataLength: The length of data to be transferred from source to destination + * @retval HAL status + */ +static void DMA_SetConfig(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength) +{ + /* Clear DBM bit */ + hdma->Instance->CR &= (uint32_t)(~DMA_SxCR_DBM); + + /* Configure DMA Stream data length */ + hdma->Instance->NDTR = DataLength; + + /* Peripheral to Memory */ + if((hdma->Init.Direction) == DMA_MEMORY_TO_PERIPH) + { + /* Configure DMA Stream destination address */ + hdma->Instance->PAR = DstAddress; + + /* Configure DMA Stream source address */ + hdma->Instance->M0AR = SrcAddress; + } + /* Memory to Peripheral */ + else + { + /* Configure DMA Stream source address */ + hdma->Instance->PAR = SrcAddress; + + /* Configure DMA Stream destination address */ + hdma->Instance->M0AR = DstAddress; + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup DMA_Exported_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup DMA_Exported_Functions_Group1 + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides functions allowing to initialize the DMA Stream source + and destination addresses, incrementation and data sizes, transfer direction, + circular/normal mode selection, memory-to-memory mode selection and Stream priority value. + [..] + The HAL_DMA_Init() function follows the DMA configuration procedures as described in + reference manual. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Initializes the DMA according to the specified + * parameters in the DMA_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle. + * @param hdma: Pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Init(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + uint32_t tmp = 0; + + /* Check the DMA peripheral state */ + if(hdma == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DMA_STREAM_ALL_INSTANCE(hdma->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_CHANNEL(hdma->Init.Channel)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_DIRECTION(hdma->Init.Direction)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_PERIPHERAL_INC_STATE(hdma->Init.PeriphInc)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_MEMORY_INC_STATE(hdma->Init.MemInc)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_PERIPHERAL_DATA_SIZE(hdma->Init.PeriphDataAlignment)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_MEMORY_DATA_SIZE(hdma->Init.MemDataAlignment)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_MODE(hdma->Init.Mode)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_PRIORITY(hdma->Init.Priority)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_FIFO_MODE_STATE(hdma->Init.FIFOMode)); + /* Check the memory burst, peripheral burst and FIFO threshold parameters only + when FIFO mode is enabled */ + if(hdma->Init.FIFOMode != DMA_FIFOMODE_DISABLE) + { + assert_param(IS_DMA_FIFO_THRESHOLD(hdma->Init.FIFOThreshold)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_MEMORY_BURST(hdma->Init.MemBurst)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_PERIPHERAL_BURST(hdma->Init.PeriphBurst)); + } + + /* Change DMA peripheral state */ + hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Get the CR register value */ + tmp = hdma->Instance->CR; + + /* Clear CHSEL, MBURST, PBURST, PL, MSIZE, PSIZE, MINC, PINC, CIRC, DIR, CT and DBM bits */ + tmp &= ((uint32_t)~(DMA_SxCR_CHSEL | DMA_SxCR_MBURST | DMA_SxCR_PBURST | \ + DMA_SxCR_PL | DMA_SxCR_MSIZE | DMA_SxCR_PSIZE | \ + DMA_SxCR_MINC | DMA_SxCR_PINC | DMA_SxCR_CIRC | \ + DMA_SxCR_DIR | DMA_SxCR_CT | DMA_SxCR_DBM)); + + /* Prepare the DMA Stream configuration */ + tmp |= hdma->Init.Channel | hdma->Init.Direction | + hdma->Init.PeriphInc | hdma->Init.MemInc | + hdma->Init.PeriphDataAlignment | hdma->Init.MemDataAlignment | + hdma->Init.Mode | hdma->Init.Priority; + + /* the Memory burst and peripheral burst are not used when the FIFO is disabled */ + if(hdma->Init.FIFOMode == DMA_FIFOMODE_ENABLE) + { + /* Get memory burst and peripheral burst */ + tmp |= hdma->Init.MemBurst | hdma->Init.PeriphBurst; + } + + /* Write to DMA Stream CR register */ + hdma->Instance->CR = tmp; + + /* Get the FCR register value */ + tmp = hdma->Instance->FCR; + + /* Clear Direct mode and FIFO threshold bits */ + tmp &= (uint32_t)~(DMA_SxFCR_DMDIS | DMA_SxFCR_FTH); + + /* Prepare the DMA Stream FIFO configuration */ + tmp |= hdma->Init.FIFOMode; + + /* the FIFO threshold is not used when the FIFO mode is disabled */ + if(hdma->Init.FIFOMode == DMA_FIFOMODE_ENABLE) + { + /* Get the FIFO threshold */ + tmp |= hdma->Init.FIFOThreshold; + } + + /* Write to DMA Stream FCR */ + hdma->Instance->FCR = tmp; + + /* Initialize the error code */ + hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Initialize the DMA state */ + hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes the DMA peripheral + * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_DeInit(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + /* Check the DMA peripheral state */ + if(hdma == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the DMA peripheral state */ + if(hdma->State == HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Disable the selected DMA Streamx */ + __HAL_DMA_DISABLE(hdma); + + /* Reset DMA Streamx control register */ + hdma->Instance->CR = 0; + + /* Reset DMA Streamx number of data to transfer register */ + hdma->Instance->NDTR = 0; + + /* Reset DMA Streamx peripheral address register */ + hdma->Instance->PAR = 0; + + /* Reset DMA Streamx memory 0 address register */ + hdma->Instance->M0AR = 0; + + /* Reset DMA Streamx memory 1 address register */ + hdma->Instance->M1AR = 0; + + /* Reset DMA Streamx FIFO control register */ + hdma->Instance->FCR = (uint32_t)0x00000021; + + /* Clear all flags */ + __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_DME_FLAG_INDEX(hdma)); + __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_TC_FLAG_INDEX(hdma)); + __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_TE_FLAG_INDEX(hdma)); + __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_FE_FLAG_INDEX(hdma)); + __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_HT_FLAG_INDEX(hdma)); + + /* Initialize the error code */ + hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Initialize the DMA state */ + hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_RESET; + + /* Release Lock */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup DMA_Exported_Functions_Group2 + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### IO operation functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Configure the source, destination address and data length and Start DMA transfer + (+) Configure the source, destination address and data length and + Start DMA transfer with interrupt + (+) Abort DMA transfer + (+) Poll for transfer complete + (+) Handle DMA interrupt request + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Starts the DMA Transfer. + * @param hdma : pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream. + * @param SrcAddress: The source memory Buffer address + * @param DstAddress: The destination memory Buffer address + * @param DataLength: The length of data to be transferred from source to destination + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Start(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength) +{ + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hdma); + + /* Change DMA peripheral state */ + hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DMA_BUFFER_SIZE(DataLength)); + + /* Disable the peripheral */ + __HAL_DMA_DISABLE(hdma); + + /* Configure the source, destination address and the data length */ + DMA_SetConfig(hdma, SrcAddress, DstAddress, DataLength); + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_DMA_ENABLE(hdma); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Start the DMA Transfer with interrupt enabled. + * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream. + * @param SrcAddress: The source memory Buffer address + * @param DstAddress: The destination memory Buffer address + * @param DataLength: The length of data to be transferred from source to destination + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Start_IT(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength) +{ + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hdma); + + /* Change DMA peripheral state */ + hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DMA_BUFFER_SIZE(DataLength)); + + /* Disable the peripheral */ + __HAL_DMA_DISABLE(hdma); + + /* Configure the source, destination address and the data length */ + DMA_SetConfig(hdma, SrcAddress, DstAddress, DataLength); + + /* Enable the transfer complete interrupt */ + __HAL_DMA_ENABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_TC); + + /* Enable the Half transfer complete interrupt */ + __HAL_DMA_ENABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_HT); + + /* Enable the transfer Error interrupt */ + __HAL_DMA_ENABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_TE); + + /* Enable the FIFO Error interrupt */ + __HAL_DMA_ENABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_FE); + + /* Enable the direct mode Error interrupt */ + __HAL_DMA_ENABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_DME); + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_DMA_ENABLE(hdma); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Aborts the DMA Transfer. + * @param hdma : pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream. + * + * @note After disabling a DMA Stream, a check for wait until the DMA Stream is + * effectively disabled is added. If a Stream is disabled + * while a data transfer is ongoing, the current data will be transferred + * and the Stream will be effectively disabled only after the transfer of + * this single data is finished. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Abort(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = 0; + + /* Disable the stream */ + __HAL_DMA_DISABLE(hdma); + + /* Get tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Check if the DMA Stream is effectively disabled */ + while((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_EN) != 0) + { + /* Check for the Timeout */ + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > HAL_TIMEOUT_DMA_ABORT) + { + /* Update error code */ + hdma->ErrorCode |= HAL_DMA_ERROR_TIMEOUT; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma); + + /* Change the DMA state */ + hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_TIMEOUT; + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma); + + /* Change the DMA state*/ + hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Polling for transfer complete. + * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream. + * @param CompleteLevel: Specifies the DMA level complete. + * @param Timeout: Timeout duration. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_PollForTransfer(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t CompleteLevel, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint32_t temp, tmp, tmp1, tmp2; + uint32_t tickstart = 0; + + /* Get the level transfer complete flag */ + if(CompleteLevel == HAL_DMA_FULL_TRANSFER) + { + /* Transfer Complete flag */ + temp = __HAL_DMA_GET_TC_FLAG_INDEX(hdma); + } + else + { + /* Half Transfer Complete flag */ + temp = __HAL_DMA_GET_HT_FLAG_INDEX(hdma); + } + + /* Get tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + while(__HAL_DMA_GET_FLAG(hdma, temp) == RESET) + { + tmp = __HAL_DMA_GET_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_TE_FLAG_INDEX(hdma)); + tmp1 = __HAL_DMA_GET_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_FE_FLAG_INDEX(hdma)); + tmp2 = __HAL_DMA_GET_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_DME_FLAG_INDEX(hdma)); + if((tmp != RESET) || (tmp1 != RESET) || (tmp2 != RESET)) + { + if(tmp != RESET) + { + /* Update error code */ + hdma->ErrorCode |= HAL_DMA_ERROR_TE; + + /* Clear the transfer error flag */ + __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_TE_FLAG_INDEX(hdma)); + } + if(tmp1 != RESET) + { + /* Update error code */ + hdma->ErrorCode |= HAL_DMA_ERROR_FE; + + /* Clear the FIFO error flag */ + __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_FE_FLAG_INDEX(hdma)); + } + if(tmp2 != RESET) + { + /* Update error code */ + hdma->ErrorCode |= HAL_DMA_ERROR_DME; + + /* Clear the Direct Mode error flag */ + __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_DME_FLAG_INDEX(hdma)); + } + /* Change the DMA state */ + hdma->State= HAL_DMA_STATE_ERROR; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + /* Check for the Timeout */ + if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) + { + if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)) + { + /* Update error code */ + hdma->ErrorCode |= HAL_DMA_ERROR_TIMEOUT; + + /* Change the DMA state */ + hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_TIMEOUT; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma); + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + + if(CompleteLevel == HAL_DMA_FULL_TRANSFER) + { + /* Multi_Buffering mode enabled */ + if(((hdma->Instance->CR) & (uint32_t)(DMA_SxCR_DBM)) != 0) + { + /* Clear the half transfer complete flag */ + __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_HT_FLAG_INDEX(hdma)); + /* Clear the transfer complete flag */ + __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_TC_FLAG_INDEX(hdma)); + + /* Current memory buffer used is Memory 0 */ + if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CT) == 0) + { + /* Change DMA peripheral state */ + hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY_MEM0; + } + /* Current memory buffer used is Memory 1 */ + else if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CT) != 0) + { + /* Change DMA peripheral state */ + hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY_MEM1; + } + } + else + { + /* Clear the half transfer complete flag */ + __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_HT_FLAG_INDEX(hdma)); + /* Clear the transfer complete flag */ + __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_TC_FLAG_INDEX(hdma)); + + /* The selected Streamx EN bit is cleared (DMA is disabled and all transfers + are complete) */ + hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY_MEM0; + } + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma); + } + else + { + /* Multi_Buffering mode enabled */ + if(((hdma->Instance->CR) & (uint32_t)(DMA_SxCR_DBM)) != 0) + { + /* Clear the half transfer complete flag */ + __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_HT_FLAG_INDEX(hdma)); + + /* Current memory buffer used is Memory 0 */ + if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CT) == 0) + { + /* Change DMA peripheral state */ + hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY_HALF_MEM0; + } + /* Current memory buffer used is Memory 1 */ + else if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CT) != 0) + { + /* Change DMA peripheral state */ + hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY_HALF_MEM1; + } + } + else + { + /* Clear the half transfer complete flag */ + __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_HT_FLAG_INDEX(hdma)); + + /* Change DMA peripheral state */ + hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY_HALF_MEM0; + } + } + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Handles DMA interrupt request. + * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_DMA_IRQHandler(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + /* Transfer Error Interrupt management ***************************************/ + if(__HAL_DMA_GET_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_TE_FLAG_INDEX(hdma)) != RESET) + { + if(__HAL_DMA_GET_IT_SOURCE(hdma, DMA_IT_TE) != RESET) + { + /* Disable the transfer error interrupt */ + __HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_TE); + + /* Clear the transfer error flag */ + __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_TE_FLAG_INDEX(hdma)); + + /* Update error code */ + hdma->ErrorCode |= HAL_DMA_ERROR_TE; + + /* Change the DMA state */ + hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_ERROR; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma); + + if(hdma->XferErrorCallback != NULL) + { + /* Transfer error callback */ + hdma->XferErrorCallback(hdma); + } + } + } + /* FIFO Error Interrupt management ******************************************/ + if(__HAL_DMA_GET_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_FE_FLAG_INDEX(hdma)) != RESET) + { + if(__HAL_DMA_GET_IT_SOURCE(hdma, DMA_IT_FE) != RESET) + { + /* Disable the FIFO Error interrupt */ + __HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_FE); + + /* Clear the FIFO error flag */ + __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_FE_FLAG_INDEX(hdma)); + + /* Update error code */ + hdma->ErrorCode |= HAL_DMA_ERROR_FE; + + /* Change the DMA state */ + hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_ERROR; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma); + + if(hdma->XferErrorCallback != NULL) + { + /* Transfer error callback */ + hdma->XferErrorCallback(hdma); + } + } + } + /* Direct Mode Error Interrupt management ***********************************/ + if(__HAL_DMA_GET_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_DME_FLAG_INDEX(hdma)) != RESET) + { + if(__HAL_DMA_GET_IT_SOURCE(hdma, DMA_IT_DME) != RESET) + { + /* Disable the direct mode Error interrupt */ + __HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_DME); + + /* Clear the direct mode error flag */ + __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_DME_FLAG_INDEX(hdma)); + + /* Update error code */ + hdma->ErrorCode |= HAL_DMA_ERROR_DME; + + /* Change the DMA state */ + hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_ERROR; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma); + + if(hdma->XferErrorCallback != NULL) + { + /* Transfer error callback */ + hdma->XferErrorCallback(hdma); + } + } + } + /* Half Transfer Complete Interrupt management ******************************/ + if(__HAL_DMA_GET_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_HT_FLAG_INDEX(hdma)) != RESET) + { + if(__HAL_DMA_GET_IT_SOURCE(hdma, DMA_IT_HT) != RESET) + { + /* Multi_Buffering mode enabled */ + if(((hdma->Instance->CR) & (uint32_t)(DMA_SxCR_DBM)) != 0) + { + /* Clear the half transfer complete flag */ + __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_HT_FLAG_INDEX(hdma)); + + /* Current memory buffer used is Memory 0 */ + if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CT) == 0) + { + /* Change DMA peripheral state */ + hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY_HALF_MEM0; + } + /* Current memory buffer used is Memory 1 */ + else if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CT) != 0) + { + /* Change DMA peripheral state */ + hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY_HALF_MEM1; + } + } + else + { + /* Disable the half transfer interrupt if the DMA mode is not CIRCULAR */ + if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CIRC) == 0) + { + /* Disable the half transfer interrupt */ + __HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_HT); + } + /* Clear the half transfer complete flag */ + __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_HT_FLAG_INDEX(hdma)); + + /* Change DMA peripheral state */ + hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY_HALF_MEM0; + } + + if(hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback != NULL) + { + /* Half transfer callback */ + hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback(hdma); + } + } + } + /* Transfer Complete Interrupt management ***********************************/ + if(__HAL_DMA_GET_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_TC_FLAG_INDEX(hdma)) != RESET) + { + if(__HAL_DMA_GET_IT_SOURCE(hdma, DMA_IT_TC) != RESET) + { + if(((hdma->Instance->CR) & (uint32_t)(DMA_SxCR_DBM)) != 0) + { + /* Clear the transfer complete flag */ + __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_TC_FLAG_INDEX(hdma)); + + /* Current memory buffer used is Memory 1 */ + if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CT) == 0) + { + if(hdma->XferM1CpltCallback != NULL) + { + /* Transfer complete Callback for memory1 */ + hdma->XferM1CpltCallback(hdma); + } + } + /* Current memory buffer used is Memory 0 */ + else if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CT) != 0) + { + if(hdma->XferCpltCallback != NULL) + { + /* Transfer complete Callback for memory0 */ + hdma->XferCpltCallback(hdma); + } + } + } + /* Disable the transfer complete interrupt if the DMA mode is not CIRCULAR */ + else + { + if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CIRC) == 0) + { + /* Disable the transfer complete interrupt */ + __HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_TC); + } + /* Clear the transfer complete flag */ + __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_TC_FLAG_INDEX(hdma)); + + /* Update error code */ + hdma->ErrorCode |= HAL_DMA_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Change the DMA state */ + hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY_MEM0; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma); + + if(hdma->XferCpltCallback != NULL) + { + /* Transfer complete callback */ + hdma->XferCpltCallback(hdma); + } + } + } + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup DMA_Exported_Functions_Group3 + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### State and Errors functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides functions allowing to + (+) Check the DMA state + (+) Get error code + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Returns the DMA state. + * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream. + * @retval HAL state + */ +HAL_DMA_StateTypeDef HAL_DMA_GetState(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + return hdma->State; +} + +/** + * @brief Return the DMA error code + * @param hdma : pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream. + * @retval DMA Error Code + */ +uint32_t HAL_DMA_GetError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + return hdma->ErrorCode; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_DMA_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/stmhal/hal/f7/src/stm32f7xx_hal_flash.c b/stmhal/hal/f7/src/stm32f7xx_hal_flash.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b5ca6dcf46 --- /dev/null +++ b/stmhal/hal/f7/src/stm32f7xx_hal_flash.c @@ -0,0 +1,817 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f7xx_hal_flash.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.1 + * @date 25-June-2015 + * @brief FLASH HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the internal FLASH memory: + * + Program operations functions + * + Memory Control functions + * + Peripheral Errors functions + * + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### FLASH peripheral features ##### + ============================================================================== + + [..] The Flash memory interface manages CPU AHB I-Code and D-Code accesses + to the Flash memory. It implements the erase and program Flash memory operations + and the read and write protection mechanisms. + + [..] The Flash memory interface accelerates code execution with a system of instruction + prefetch and cache lines. + + [..] The FLASH main features are: + (+) Flash memory read operations + (+) Flash memory program/erase operations + (+) Read / write protections + (+) Prefetch on I-Code + (+) 64 cache lines of 128 bits on I-Code + (+) 8 cache lines of 128 bits on D-Code + + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This driver provides functions and macros to configure and program the FLASH + memory of all STM32F7xx devices. + + (#) FLASH Memory IO Programming functions: + (++) Lock and Unlock the FLASH interface using HAL_FLASH_Unlock() and + HAL_FLASH_Lock() functions + (++) Program functions: byte, half word, word and double word + (++) There Two modes of programming : + (+++) Polling mode using HAL_FLASH_Program() function + (+++) Interrupt mode using HAL_FLASH_Program_IT() function + + (#) Interrupts and flags management functions : + (++) Handle FLASH interrupts by calling HAL_FLASH_IRQHandler() + (++) Wait for last FLASH operation according to its status + (++) Get error flag status by calling HAL_SetErrorCode() + [..] + In addition to these functions, this driver includes a set of macros allowing + to handle the following operations: + (+) Set the latency + (+) Enable/Disable the prefetch buffer + (+) Enable/Disable the Instruction cache and the Data cache + (+) Reset the Instruction cache and the Data cache + (+) Enable/Disable the FLASH interrupts + (+) Monitor the FLASH flags status + [..] + (@) For any Flash memory program operation (erase or program), the CPU clock frequency + (HCLK) must be at least 1MHz. + (@) The contents of the Flash memory are not guaranteed if a device reset occurs during + a Flash memory operation. + (@) Any attempt to read the Flash memory while it is being written or erased, causes the + bus to stall. Read operations are processed correctly once the program operation has + completed. This means that code or data fetches cannot be performed while a write/erase + operation is ongoing. + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASH FLASH + * @brief FLASH HAL module driver + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup FLASH_Private_Constants + * @{ + */ +#define SECTOR_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFF07) +#define FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE ((uint32_t)50000)/* 50 s */ +/** + * @} + */ +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup FLASH_Private_Variables + * @{ + */ +/* Variable used for Erase sectors under interruption */ +FLASH_ProcessTypeDef pFlash; +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup FLASH_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ +/* Program operations */ +static void FLASH_Program_DoubleWord(uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data); +static void FLASH_Program_Word(uint32_t Address, uint32_t Data); +static void FLASH_Program_HalfWord(uint32_t Address, uint16_t Data); +static void FLASH_Program_Byte(uint32_t Address, uint8_t Data); +static void FLASH_SetErrorCode(void); + +HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(uint32_t Timeout); +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Functions FLASH Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Functions_Group1 Programming operation functions + * @brief Programming operation functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Programming operation functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the FLASH + program operations. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Program byte, halfword, word or double word at a specified address + * @param TypeProgram: Indicate the way to program at a specified address. + * This parameter can be a value of @ref FLASH_Type_Program + * @param Address: specifies the address to be programmed. + * @param Data: specifies the data to be programmed + * + * @retval HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL Status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Program(uint32_t TypeProgram, uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_ERROR; + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(&pFlash); + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM(TypeProgram)); + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + + if(status == HAL_OK) + { + switch(TypeProgram) + { + case FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_BYTE : + { + /*Program byte (8-bit) at a specified address.*/ + FLASH_Program_Byte(Address, (uint8_t) Data); + break; + } + + case FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_HALFWORD : + { + /*Program halfword (16-bit) at a specified address.*/ + FLASH_Program_HalfWord(Address, (uint16_t) Data); + break; + } + + case FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_WORD : + { + /*Program word (32-bit) at a specified address.*/ + FLASH_Program_Word(Address, (uint32_t) Data); + break; + } + + case FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_DOUBLEWORD : + { + /*Program double word (64-bit) at a specified address.*/ + FLASH_Program_DoubleWord(Address, Data); + break; + } + default : + break; + } + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + + /* If the program operation is completed, disable the PG Bit */ + FLASH->CR &= (~FLASH_CR_PG); + } + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash); + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Program byte, halfword, word or double word at a specified address with interrupt enabled. + * @param TypeProgram: Indicate the way to program at a specified address. + * This parameter can be a value of @ref FLASH_Type_Program + * @param Address: specifies the address to be programmed. + * @param Data: specifies the data to be programmed + * + * @retval HAL Status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Program_IT(uint32_t TypeProgram, uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(&pFlash); + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM(TypeProgram)); + + /* Enable End of FLASH Operation interrupt */ + __HAL_FLASH_ENABLE_IT(FLASH_IT_EOP); + + /* Enable Error source interrupt */ + __HAL_FLASH_ENABLE_IT(FLASH_IT_ERR); + + /* Clear pending flags (if any) */ + __HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP | FLASH_FLAG_OPERR | FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR |\ + FLASH_FLAG_PGAERR | FLASH_FLAG_PGPERR| FLASH_FLAG_ERSERR); + + pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_PROGRAM; + pFlash.Address = Address; + + switch(TypeProgram) + { + case FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_BYTE : + { + /*Program byte (8-bit) at a specified address.*/ + FLASH_Program_Byte(Address, (uint8_t) Data); + break; + } + + case FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_HALFWORD : + { + /*Program halfword (16-bit) at a specified address.*/ + FLASH_Program_HalfWord(Address, (uint16_t) Data); + break; + } + + case FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_WORD : + { + /*Program word (32-bit) at a specified address.*/ + FLASH_Program_Word(Address, (uint32_t) Data); + break; + } + + case FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_DOUBLEWORD : + { + /*Program double word (64-bit) at a specified address.*/ + FLASH_Program_DoubleWord(Address, Data); + break; + } + default : + break; + } + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles FLASH interrupt request. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_FLASH_IRQHandler(void) +{ + uint32_t temp = 0; + + /* If the program operation is completed, disable the PG Bit */ + FLASH->CR &= (~FLASH_CR_PG); + + /* If the erase operation is completed, disable the SER Bit */ + FLASH->CR &= (~FLASH_CR_SER); + FLASH->CR &= SECTOR_MASK; + + /* if the erase operation is completed, disable the MER Bit */ + FLASH->CR &= (~FLASH_MER_BIT); + + /* Check FLASH End of Operation flag */ + if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP) != RESET) + { + switch (pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing) + { + case FLASH_PROC_SECTERASE : + { + /* Nb of sector to erased can be decreased */ + pFlash.NbSectorsToErase--; + + /* Check if there are still sectors to erase */ + if(pFlash.NbSectorsToErase != 0) + { + temp = pFlash.Sector; + /* Indicate user which sector has been erased */ + HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(temp); + + /* Clear pending flags (if any) */ + __HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP); + + /* Increment sector number */ + temp = ++pFlash.Sector; + FLASH_Erase_Sector(temp, pFlash.VoltageForErase); + } + else + { + /* No more sectors to Erase, user callback can be called.*/ + /* Reset Sector and stop Erase sectors procedure */ + pFlash.Sector = temp = 0xFFFFFFFF; + /* FLASH EOP interrupt user callback */ + HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(temp); + /* Sector Erase procedure is completed */ + pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE; + /* Clear FLASH End of Operation pending bit */ + __HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP); + } + break; + } + + case FLASH_PROC_MASSERASE : + { + /* MassErase ended. Return the selected bank : in this product we don't have Banks */ + /* FLASH EOP interrupt user callback */ + HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(0); + /* MAss Erase procedure is completed */ + pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE; + /* Clear FLASH End of Operation pending bit */ + __HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP); + break; + } + + case FLASH_PROC_PROGRAM : + { + /*Program ended. Return the selected address*/ + /* FLASH EOP interrupt user callback */ + HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(pFlash.Address); + /* Programming procedure is completed */ + pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE; + /* Clear FLASH End of Operation pending bit */ + __HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP); + break; + } + default : + break; + } + } + + /* Check FLASH operation error flags */ + if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG((FLASH_FLAG_OPERR | FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR | FLASH_FLAG_PGAERR | FLASH_FLAG_PGPERR | FLASH_FLAG_ERSERR )) != RESET) + { + switch (pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing) + { + case FLASH_PROC_SECTERASE : + { + /* return the faulty sector */ + temp = pFlash.Sector; + pFlash.Sector = 0xFFFFFFFF; + break; + } + case FLASH_PROC_MASSERASE : + { + /* No return in case of Mass Erase */ + temp = 0; + break; + } + case FLASH_PROC_PROGRAM : + { + /*return the faulty address*/ + temp = pFlash.Address; + break; + } + default : + break; + } + /*Save the Error code*/ + FLASH_SetErrorCode(); + + /* FLASH error interrupt user callback */ + HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback(temp); + /* Clear FLASH error pending bits */ + __HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_OPERR | FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR | FLASH_FLAG_PGAERR | FLASH_FLAG_PGPERR | FLASH_FLAG_ERSERR ); + + /*Stop the procedure ongoing */ + pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE; + } + + if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_NONE) + { + /* Disable End of FLASH Operation interrupt */ + __HAL_FLASH_DISABLE_IT(FLASH_IT_EOP); + + /* Disable Error source interrupt */ + __HAL_FLASH_DISABLE_IT(FLASH_IT_ERR); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash); + } + +} + +/** + * @brief FLASH end of operation interrupt callback + * @param ReturnValue: The value saved in this parameter depends on the ongoing procedure + * - Sectors Erase: Sector which has been erased (if 0xFFFFFFFF, it means that + * all the selected sectors have been erased) + * - Program : Address which was selected for data program + * - Mass Erase : No return value expected + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(uint32_t ReturnValue) +{ + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief FLASH operation error interrupt callback + * @param ReturnValue: The value saved in this parameter depends on the ongoing procedure + * - Sectors Erase: Sector which has been erased (if 0xFFFFFFFF, it means that + * all the selected sectors have been erased) + * - Program : Address which was selected for data program + * - Mass Erase : No return value expected + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback(uint32_t ReturnValue) +{ + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral Control functions + * @brief management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral Control functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the FLASH + memory operations. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Unlock the FLASH control register access + * @retval HAL Status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Unlock(void) +{ + if((FLASH->CR & FLASH_CR_LOCK) != RESET) + { + /* Authorize the FLASH Registers access */ + FLASH->KEYR = FLASH_KEY1; + FLASH->KEYR = FLASH_KEY2; + } + else + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Locks the FLASH control register access + * @retval HAL Status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Lock(void) +{ + /* Set the LOCK Bit to lock the FLASH Registers access */ + FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_LOCK; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Unlock the FLASH Option Control Registers access. + * @retval HAL Status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Unlock(void) +{ + if((FLASH->OPTCR & FLASH_OPTCR_OPTLOCK) != RESET) + { + /* Authorizes the Option Byte register programming */ + FLASH->OPTKEYR = FLASH_OPT_KEY1; + FLASH->OPTKEYR = FLASH_OPT_KEY2; + } + else + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Lock the FLASH Option Control Registers access. + * @retval HAL Status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Lock(void) +{ + /* Set the OPTLOCK Bit to lock the FLASH Option Byte Registers access */ + FLASH->OPTCR |= FLASH_OPTCR_OPTLOCK; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Launch the option byte loading. + * @retval HAL Status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Launch(void) +{ + /* Set the OPTSTRT bit in OPTCR register */ + FLASH->OPTCR |= FLASH_OPTCR_OPTSTRT; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + return(FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE)); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral State and Errors functions + * @brief Peripheral Errors functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral Errors functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection permits to get in run-time Errors of the FLASH peripheral. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Get the specific FLASH error flag. + * @retval FLASH_ErrorCode: The returned value can be: + * @arg FLASH_ERROR_ERS: FLASH Erasing Sequence error flag + * @arg FLASH_ERROR_PGP: FLASH Programming Parallelism error flag + * @arg FLASH_ERROR_PGA: FLASH Programming Alignment error flag + * @arg FLASH_ERROR_WRP: FLASH Write protected error flag + * @arg FLASH_ERROR_OPERATION: FLASH operation Error flag + */ +uint32_t HAL_FLASH_GetError(void) +{ + return pFlash.ErrorCode; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @brief Wait for a FLASH operation to complete. + * @param Timeout: maximum flash operationtimeout + * @retval HAL Status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = 0; + + /* Clear Error Code */ + pFlash.ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Wait for the FLASH operation to complete by polling on BUSY flag to be reset. + Even if the FLASH operation fails, the BUSY flag will be reset and an error + flag will be set */ + /* Get tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + while(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_BSY) != RESET) + { + if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) + { + if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + + if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG((FLASH_FLAG_OPERR | FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR | FLASH_FLAG_PGAERR | \ + FLASH_FLAG_PGPERR | FLASH_FLAG_ERSERR )) != RESET) + { + /*Save the error code*/ + FLASH_SetErrorCode(); + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* If there is an error flag set */ + return HAL_OK; + +} + +/** + * @brief Program a double word (64-bit) at a specified address. + * @note This function must be used when the device voltage range is from + * 2.7V to 3.6V and an External Vpp is present. + * + * @note If an erase and a program operations are requested simultaneously, + * the erase operation is performed before the program one. + * + * @param Address: specifies the address to be programmed. + * @param Data: specifies the data to be programmed. + * @retval None + */ +static void FLASH_Program_DoubleWord(uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FLASH_ADDRESS(Address)); + + /* If the previous operation is completed, proceed to program the new data */ + FLASH->CR &= CR_PSIZE_MASK; + FLASH->CR |= FLASH_PSIZE_DOUBLE_WORD; + FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_PG; + + *(__IO uint64_t*)Address = Data; + + /* Data synchronous Barrier (DSB) Just after the write operation + This will force the CPU to respect the sequence of instruction (no optimization).*/ + __DSB(); +} + + +/** + * @brief Program word (32-bit) at a specified address. + * @note This function must be used when the device voltage range is from + * 2.7V to 3.6V. + * + * @note If an erase and a program operations are requested simultaneously, + * the erase operation is performed before the program one. + * + * @param Address: specifies the address to be programmed. + * @param Data: specifies the data to be programmed. + * @retval None + */ +static void FLASH_Program_Word(uint32_t Address, uint32_t Data) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FLASH_ADDRESS(Address)); + + /* If the previous operation is completed, proceed to program the new data */ + FLASH->CR &= CR_PSIZE_MASK; + FLASH->CR |= FLASH_PSIZE_WORD; + FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_PG; + + *(__IO uint32_t*)Address = Data; + + /* Data synchronous Barrier (DSB) Just after the write operation + This will force the CPU to respect the sequence of instruction (no optimization).*/ + __DSB(); +} + +/** + * @brief Program a half-word (16-bit) at a specified address. + * @note This function must be used when the device voltage range is from + * 2.7V to 3.6V. + * + * @note If an erase and a program operations are requested simultaneously, + * the erase operation is performed before the program one. + * + * @param Address: specifies the address to be programmed. + * @param Data: specifies the data to be programmed. + * @retval None + */ +static void FLASH_Program_HalfWord(uint32_t Address, uint16_t Data) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FLASH_ADDRESS(Address)); + + /* If the previous operation is completed, proceed to program the new data */ + FLASH->CR &= CR_PSIZE_MASK; + FLASH->CR |= FLASH_PSIZE_HALF_WORD; + FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_PG; + + *(__IO uint16_t*)Address = Data; + + /* Data synchronous Barrier (DSB) Just after the write operation + This will force the CPU to respect the sequence of instruction (no optimization).*/ + __DSB(); + +} + +/** + * @brief Program byte (8-bit) at a specified address. + * @note This function must be used when the device voltage range is from + * 2.7V to 3.6V. + * + * @note If an erase and a program operations are requested simultaneously, + * the erase operation is performed before the program one. + * + * @param Address: specifies the address to be programmed. + * @param Data: specifies the data to be programmed. + * @retval None + */ +static void FLASH_Program_Byte(uint32_t Address, uint8_t Data) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FLASH_ADDRESS(Address)); + + /* If the previous operation is completed, proceed to program the new data */ + FLASH->CR &= CR_PSIZE_MASK; + FLASH->CR |= FLASH_PSIZE_BYTE; + FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_PG; + + *(__IO uint8_t*)Address = Data; + + /* Data synchronous Barrier (DSB) Just after the write operation + This will force the CPU to respect the sequence of instruction (no optimization).*/ + __DSB(); +} + +/** + * @brief Set the specific FLASH error flag. + * @retval None + */ +static void FLASH_SetErrorCode(void) +{ + if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR) != RESET) + { + pFlash.ErrorCode |= HAL_FLASH_ERROR_WRP; + } + + if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_PGAERR) != RESET) + { + pFlash.ErrorCode |= HAL_FLASH_ERROR_PGA; + } + + if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_PGPERR) != RESET) + { + pFlash.ErrorCode |= HAL_FLASH_ERROR_PGP; + } + + if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_ERSERR) != RESET) + { + pFlash.ErrorCode |= HAL_FLASH_ERROR_ERS; + } + + if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_OPERR) != RESET) + { + pFlash.ErrorCode |= HAL_FLASH_ERROR_OPERATION; + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/stmhal/hal/f7/src/stm32f7xx_hal_flash_ex.c b/stmhal/hal/f7/src/stm32f7xx_hal_flash_ex.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..359f09eedd --- /dev/null +++ b/stmhal/hal/f7/src/stm32f7xx_hal_flash_ex.c @@ -0,0 +1,817 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f7xx_hal_flash_ex.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.1 + * @date 25-June-2015 + * @brief Extended FLASH HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the FLASH extension peripheral: + * + Extended programming operations functions + * + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Flash Extension features ##### + ============================================================================== + + [..] Comparing to other previous devices, the FLASH interface for STM32F727xx/437xx and + devices contains the following additional features + + (+) Capacity up to 2 Mbyte with dual bank architecture supporting read-while-write + capability (RWW) + (+) Dual bank memory organization + (+) PCROP protection for all banks + + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] This driver provides functions to configure and program the FLASH memory + of all STM32F7xx devices. It includes + (#) FLASH Memory Erase functions: + (++) Lock and Unlock the FLASH interface using HAL_FLASH_Unlock() and + HAL_FLASH_Lock() functions + (++) Erase function: Erase sector, erase all sectors + (++) There are two modes of erase : + (+++) Polling Mode using HAL_FLASHEx_Erase() + (+++) Interrupt Mode using HAL_FLASHEx_Erase_IT() + + (#) Option Bytes Programming functions: Use HAL_FLASHEx_OBProgram() to : + (++) Set/Reset the write protection + (++) Set the Read protection Level + (++) Set the BOR level + (++) Program the user Option Bytes + (#) Advanced Option Bytes Programming functions: Use HAL_FLASHEx_AdvOBProgram() to : + (++) Extended space (bank 2) erase function + (++) Full FLASH space (2 Mo) erase (bank 1 and bank 2) + (++) Dual Boot activation + (++) Write protection configuration for bank 2 + (++) PCROP protection configuration and control for both banks + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASHEx FLASHEx + * @brief FLASH HAL Extension module driver + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup FLASHEx_Private_Constants + * @{ + */ +#define SECTOR_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFF07) +#define FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE ((uint32_t)50000)/* 50 s */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup FLASHEx_Private_Variables + * @{ + */ +extern FLASH_ProcessTypeDef pFlash; +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup FLASHEx_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ +/* Option bytes control */ +static void FLASH_MassErase(uint8_t VoltageRange); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_EnableWRP(uint32_t WRPSector); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_DisableWRP(uint32_t WRPSector); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_RDP_LevelConfig(uint32_t Level); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_UserConfig(uint32_t Wwdg, uint32_t Iwdg, uint32_t Stop, uint32_t Stdby, uint32_t Iwdgstop, uint32_t Iwdgstdby); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_BOR_LevelConfig(uint8_t Level); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_BootAddressConfig(uint32_t BootOption, uint32_t Address); +static uint32_t FLASH_OB_GetUser(void); +static uint32_t FLASH_OB_GetWRP(void); +static uint8_t FLASH_OB_GetRDP(void); +static uint32_t FLASH_OB_GetBOR(void); +static uint32_t FLASH_OB_GetBootAddress(uint32_t BootOption); + +extern HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(uint32_t Timeout); +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Exported_Functions FLASHEx Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Extended IO operation functions + * @brief Extended IO operation functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Extended programming operation functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the Extension FLASH + programming operations Operations. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ +/** + * @brief Perform a mass erase or erase the specified FLASH memory sectors + * @param[in] pEraseInit: pointer to an FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef structure that + * contains the configuration information for the erasing. + * + * @param[out] SectorError: pointer to variable that + * contains the configuration information on faulty sector in case of error + * (0xFFFFFFFF means that all the sectors have been correctly erased) + * + * @retval HAL Status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_Erase(FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef *pEraseInit, uint32_t *SectorError) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_ERROR; + uint32_t index = 0; + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(&pFlash); + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FLASH_TYPEERASE(pEraseInit->TypeErase)); + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + + if(status == HAL_OK) + { + /*Initialization of SectorError variable*/ + *SectorError = 0xFFFFFFFF; + + if(pEraseInit->TypeErase == FLASH_TYPEERASE_MASSERASE) + { + /*Mass erase to be done*/ + FLASH_MassErase((uint8_t) pEraseInit->VoltageRange); + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + + /* if the erase operation is completed, disable the MER Bit */ + FLASH->CR &= (~FLASH_MER_BIT); + } + else + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FLASH_NBSECTORS(pEraseInit->NbSectors + pEraseInit->Sector)); + + /* Erase by sector by sector to be done*/ + for(index = pEraseInit->Sector; index < (pEraseInit->NbSectors + pEraseInit->Sector); index++) + { + FLASH_Erase_Sector(index, (uint8_t) pEraseInit->VoltageRange); + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + + /* If the erase operation is completed, disable the SER Bit */ + FLASH->CR &= (~FLASH_CR_SER); + FLASH->CR &= SECTOR_MASK; + + if(status != HAL_OK) + { + /* In case of error, stop erase procedure and return the faulty sector*/ + *SectorError = index; + break; + } + } + } + } + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash); + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Perform a mass erase or erase the specified FLASH memory sectors with interrupt enabled + * @param pEraseInit: pointer to an FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef structure that + * contains the configuration information for the erasing. + * + * @retval HAL Status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_Erase_IT(FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef *pEraseInit) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(&pFlash); + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FLASH_TYPEERASE(pEraseInit->TypeErase)); + + /* Enable End of FLASH Operation interrupt */ + __HAL_FLASH_ENABLE_IT(FLASH_IT_EOP); + + /* Enable Error source interrupt */ + __HAL_FLASH_ENABLE_IT(FLASH_IT_ERR); + + /* Clear pending flags (if any) */ + __HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP | FLASH_FLAG_OPERR | FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR |\ + FLASH_FLAG_PGAERR | FLASH_FLAG_PGPERR| FLASH_FLAG_ERSERR); + + if(pEraseInit->TypeErase == FLASH_TYPEERASE_MASSERASE) + { + /*Mass erase to be done*/ + pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_MASSERASE; + FLASH_MassErase((uint8_t) pEraseInit->VoltageRange); + } + else + { + /* Erase by sector to be done*/ + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FLASH_NBSECTORS(pEraseInit->NbSectors + pEraseInit->Sector)); + + pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_SECTERASE; + pFlash.NbSectorsToErase = pEraseInit->NbSectors; + pFlash.Sector = pEraseInit->Sector; + pFlash.VoltageForErase = (uint8_t)pEraseInit->VoltageRange; + + /*Erase 1st sector and wait for IT*/ + FLASH_Erase_Sector(pEraseInit->Sector, pEraseInit->VoltageRange); + } + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Program option bytes + * @param pOBInit: pointer to an FLASH_OBInitStruct structure that + * contains the configuration information for the programming. + * + * @retval HAL Status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_OBProgram(FLASH_OBProgramInitTypeDef *pOBInit) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_ERROR; + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(&pFlash); + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_OPTIONBYTE(pOBInit->OptionType)); + + /* Write protection configuration */ + if((pOBInit->OptionType & OPTIONBYTE_WRP) == OPTIONBYTE_WRP) + { + assert_param(IS_WRPSTATE(pOBInit->WRPState)); + if(pOBInit->WRPState == OB_WRPSTATE_ENABLE) + { + /*Enable of Write protection on the selected Sector*/ + status = FLASH_OB_EnableWRP(pOBInit->WRPSector); + } + else + { + /*Disable of Write protection on the selected Sector*/ + status = FLASH_OB_DisableWRP(pOBInit->WRPSector); + } + } + + /* Read protection configuration */ + if((pOBInit->OptionType & OPTIONBYTE_RDP) == OPTIONBYTE_RDP) + { + status = FLASH_OB_RDP_LevelConfig(pOBInit->RDPLevel); + } + + /* USER configuration */ + if((pOBInit->OptionType & OPTIONBYTE_USER) == OPTIONBYTE_USER) + { + status = FLASH_OB_UserConfig(pOBInit->USERConfig & OB_WWDG_SW, + pOBInit->USERConfig & OB_IWDG_SW, + pOBInit->USERConfig & OB_STOP_NO_RST, + pOBInit->USERConfig & OB_STDBY_NO_RST, + pOBInit->USERConfig & OB_IWDG_STOP_ACTIVE, + pOBInit->USERConfig & OB_IWDG_STDBY_ACTIVE); + } + + /* BOR Level configuration */ + if((pOBInit->OptionType & OPTIONBYTE_BOR) == OPTIONBYTE_BOR) + { + status = FLASH_OB_BOR_LevelConfig(pOBInit->BORLevel); + } + + /* Boot 0 Address configuration */ + if((pOBInit->OptionType & OPTIONBYTE_BOOTADDR_0) == OPTIONBYTE_BOOTADDR_0) + { + status = FLASH_OB_BootAddressConfig(OPTIONBYTE_BOOTADDR_0, pOBInit->BootAddr0); + } + + /* Boot 1 Address configuration */ + if((pOBInit->OptionType & OPTIONBYTE_BOOTADDR_1) == OPTIONBYTE_BOOTADDR_1) + { + status = FLASH_OB_BootAddressConfig(OPTIONBYTE_BOOTADDR_1, pOBInit->BootAddr1); + } + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash); + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Get the Option byte configuration + * @param pOBInit: pointer to an FLASH_OBInitStruct structure that + * contains the configuration information for the programming. + * + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_FLASHEx_OBGetConfig(FLASH_OBProgramInitTypeDef *pOBInit) +{ + pOBInit->OptionType = OPTIONBYTE_WRP | OPTIONBYTE_RDP | OPTIONBYTE_USER |\ + OPTIONBYTE_BOR | OPTIONBYTE_BOOTADDR_0 | OPTIONBYTE_BOOTADDR_1; + + /*Get WRP*/ + pOBInit->WRPSector = FLASH_OB_GetWRP(); + + /*Get RDP Level*/ + pOBInit->RDPLevel = FLASH_OB_GetRDP(); + + /*Get USER*/ + pOBInit->USERConfig = FLASH_OB_GetUser(); + + /*Get BOR Level*/ + pOBInit->BORLevel = FLASH_OB_GetBOR(); + + /*Get Boot Address when Boot pin = 0 */ + pOBInit->BootAddr0 = FLASH_OB_GetBootAddress(OPTIONBYTE_BOOTADDR_0); + + /*Get Boot Address when Boot pin = 1 */ + pOBInit->BootAddr1 = FLASH_OB_GetBootAddress(OPTIONBYTE_BOOTADDR_1); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @brief Full erase of FLASH memory sectors + * @param VoltageRange: The device voltage range which defines the erase parallelism. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg VOLTAGE_RANGE_1: when the device voltage range is 1.8V to 2.1V, + * the operation will be done by byte (8-bit) + * @arg VOLTAGE_RANGE_2: when the device voltage range is 2.1V to 2.7V, + * the operation will be done by half word (16-bit) + * @arg VOLTAGE_RANGE_3: when the device voltage range is 2.7V to 3.6V, + * the operation will be done by word (32-bit) + * @arg VOLTAGE_RANGE_4: when the device voltage range is 2.7V to 3.6V + External Vpp, + * the operation will be done by double word (64-bit) + * + * @retval HAL Status + */ +static void FLASH_MassErase(uint8_t VoltageRange) +{ + uint32_t tmp_psize = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_VOLTAGERANGE(VoltageRange)); + + /* if the previous operation is completed, proceed to erase all sectors */ + FLASH->CR &= CR_PSIZE_MASK; + FLASH->CR |= tmp_psize; + FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_MER; + FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_STRT; + /* Data synchronous Barrier (DSB) Just after the write operation + This will force the CPU to respect the sequence of instruction (no optimization).*/ + __DSB(); +} + +/** + * @brief Erase the specified FLASH memory sector + * @param Sector: FLASH sector to erase + * The value of this parameter depend on device used within the same series + * @param VoltageRange: The device voltage range which defines the erase parallelism. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg FLASH_VOLTAGE_RANGE_1: when the device voltage range is 1.8V to 2.1V, + * the operation will be done by byte (8-bit) + * @arg FLASH_VOLTAGE_RANGE_2: when the device voltage range is 2.1V to 2.7V, + * the operation will be done by half word (16-bit) + * @arg FLASH_VOLTAGE_RANGE_3: when the device voltage range is 2.7V to 3.6V, + * the operation will be done by word (32-bit) + * @arg FLASH_VOLTAGE_RANGE_4: when the device voltage range is 2.7V to 3.6V + External Vpp, + * the operation will be done by double word (64-bit) + * + * @retval None + */ +void FLASH_Erase_Sector(uint32_t Sector, uint8_t VoltageRange) +{ + uint32_t tmp_psize = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FLASH_SECTOR(Sector)); + assert_param(IS_VOLTAGERANGE(VoltageRange)); + + if(VoltageRange == FLASH_VOLTAGE_RANGE_1) + { + tmp_psize = FLASH_PSIZE_BYTE; + } + else if(VoltageRange == FLASH_VOLTAGE_RANGE_2) + { + tmp_psize = FLASH_PSIZE_HALF_WORD; + } + else if(VoltageRange == FLASH_VOLTAGE_RANGE_3) + { + tmp_psize = FLASH_PSIZE_WORD; + } + else + { + tmp_psize = FLASH_PSIZE_DOUBLE_WORD; + } + + /* If the previous operation is completed, proceed to erase the sector */ + FLASH->CR &= CR_PSIZE_MASK; + FLASH->CR |= tmp_psize; + FLASH->CR &= SECTOR_MASK; + FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_SER | (Sector << POSITION_VAL(FLASH_CR_SNB)); + FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_STRT; + + /* Data synchronous Barrier (DSB) Just after the write operation + This will force the CPU to respect the sequence of instruction (no optimization).*/ + __DSB(); +} + +/** + * @brief Enable the write protection of the desired bank1 or bank 2 sectors + * + * @note When the memory read protection level is selected (RDP level = 1), + * it is not possible to program or erase the flash sector i if CortexM4 + * debug features are connected or boot code is executed in RAM, even if nWRPi = 1 + * @note Active value of nWRPi bits is inverted when PCROP mode is active (SPRMOD =1). + * + * @param WRPSector: specifies the sector(s) to be write protected. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg WRPSector: A value between OB_WRP_SECTOR_0 and OB_WRP_SECTOR_7 + * @arg OB_WRP_SECTOR_All + * + * @retval HAL FLASH State + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_EnableWRP(uint32_t WRPSector) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_OB_WRP_SECTOR(WRPSector)); + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + + if(status == HAL_OK) + { + /*Write protection enabled on sectors */ + FLASH->OPTCR &= (~WRPSector); + } + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Disable the write protection of the desired bank1 or bank 2 sectors + * + * @note When the memory read protection level is selected (RDP level = 1), + * it is not possible to program or erase the flash sector i if CortexM4 + * debug features are connected or boot code is executed in RAM, even if nWRPi = 1 + * + * @param WRPSector: specifies the sector(s) to be write protected. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg WRPSector: A value between OB_WRP_SECTOR_0 and OB_WRP_SECTOR_7 + * @arg OB_WRP_Sector_All + * + * + * @retval HAL Status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_DisableWRP(uint32_t WRPSector) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_OB_WRP_SECTOR(WRPSector)); + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + + if(status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Write protection disabled on sectors */ + FLASH->OPTCR |= (WRPSector); + } + + return status; +} + + + + +/** + * @brief Set the read protection level. + * @param Level: specifies the read protection level. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg OB_RDP_LEVEL_0: No protection + * @arg OB_RDP_LEVEL_1: Read protection of the memory + * @arg OB_RDP_LEVEL_2: Full chip protection + * + * @note WARNING: When enabling OB_RDP level 2 it's no more possible to go back to level 1 or 0 + * + * @retval HAL Status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_RDP_LevelConfig(uint32_t Level) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_OB_RDP_LEVEL(Level)); + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + + if(status == HAL_OK) + { + MODIFY_REG(FLASH->OPTCR, FLASH_OPTCR_RDP, Level); + } + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Program the FLASH User Option Byte: IWDG_SW / RST_STOP / RST_STDBY. + * @param Wwdg: Selects the IWDG mode + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg OB_WWDG_SW: Software WWDG selected + * @arg OB_WWDG_HW: Hardware WWDG selected + * @param Iwdg: Selects the WWDG mode + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg OB_IWDG_SW: Software IWDG selected + * @arg OB_IWDG_HW: Hardware IWDG selected + * @param Stop: Reset event when entering STOP mode. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg OB_STOP_NO_RST: No reset generated when entering in STOP + * @arg OB_STOP_RST: Reset generated when entering in STOP + * @param Stdby: Reset event when entering Standby mode. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg OB_STDBY_NO_RST: No reset generated when entering in STANDBY + * @arg OB_STDBY_RST: Reset generated when entering in STANDBY + * @param Iwdgstop: Independent watchdog counter freeze in Stop mode. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg OB_IWDG_STOP_FREEZE: Freeze IWDG counter in STOP + * @arg OB_IWDG_STOP_ACTIVE: IWDG counter active in STOP + * @param Iwdgstdby: Independent watchdog counter freeze in standby mode. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg OB_IWDG_STDBY_FREEZE: Freeze IWDG counter in STANDBY + * @arg OB_IWDG_STDBY_ACTIVE: IWDG counter active in STANDBY + * @retval HAL Status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_UserConfig(uint32_t Wwdg, uint32_t Iwdg, uint32_t Stop, uint32_t Stdby, uint32_t Iwdgstop, uint32_t Iwdgstdby ) +{ + uint32_t useroptionmask = 0x00; + uint32_t useroptionvalue = 0x00; + + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_OB_WWDG_SOURCE(Wwdg)); + assert_param(IS_OB_IWDG_SOURCE(Iwdg)); + assert_param(IS_OB_STOP_SOURCE(Stop)); + assert_param(IS_OB_STDBY_SOURCE(Stdby)); + assert_param(IS_OB_IWDG_STOP_FREEZE(Iwdgstop)); + assert_param(IS_OB_IWDG_STDBY_FREEZE(Iwdgstdby)); + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + + if(status == HAL_OK) + { + useroptionmask = (FLASH_OPTCR_WWDG_SW | FLASH_OPTCR_IWDG_SW | FLASH_OPTCR_nRST_STOP | \ + FLASH_OPTCR_nRST_STDBY | FLASH_OPTCR_IWDG_STOP | FLASH_OPTCR_IWDG_STDBY); + + useroptionvalue = (Iwdg | Wwdg | Stop | Stdby | Iwdgstop | Iwdgstdby); + + /* Update User Option Byte */ + MODIFY_REG(FLASH->OPTCR, useroptionmask, useroptionvalue); + } + + return status; + +} + +/** + * @brief Set the BOR Level. + * @param Level: specifies the Option Bytes BOR Reset Level. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg OB_BOR_LEVEL3: Supply voltage ranges from 2.7 to 3.6 V + * @arg OB_BOR_LEVEL2: Supply voltage ranges from 2.4 to 2.7 V + * @arg OB_BOR_LEVEL1: Supply voltage ranges from 2.1 to 2.4 V + * @arg OB_BOR_OFF: Supply voltage ranges from 1.62 to 2.1 V + * @retval HAL Status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_BOR_LevelConfig(uint8_t Level) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_OB_BOR_LEVEL(Level)); + + /* Set the BOR Level */ + MODIFY_REG(FLASH->OPTCR, FLASH_OPTCR_BOR_LEV, Level); + + return HAL_OK; + +} + +/** + * @brief Configure Boot base address. + * + * @param BootOption : specifies Boot base address depending from Boot pin = 0 or pin = 1 + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg OPTIONBYTE_BOOTADDR_0 : Boot address based when Boot pin = 0 + * @arg OPTIONBYTE_BOOTADDR_1 : Boot address based when Boot pin = 1 + * @param Address: specifies Boot base address + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg OB_BOOTADDR_ITCM_RAM : Boot from ITCM RAM (0x00000000) + * @arg OB_BOOTADDR_SYSTEM : Boot from System memory bootloader (0x00100000) + * @arg OB_BOOTADDR_ITCM_FLASH : Boot from Flash on ITCM interface (0x00200000) + * @arg OB_BOOTADDR_AXIM_FLASH : Boot from Flash on AXIM interface (0x08000000) + * @arg OB_BOOTADDR_DTCM_RAM : Boot from DTCM RAM (0x20000000) + * @arg OB_BOOTADDR_SRAM1 : Boot from SRAM1 (0x20010000) + * @arg OB_BOOTADDR_SRAM2 : Boot from SRAM2 (0x2004C000) + * + * @retval HAL Status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_BootAddressConfig(uint32_t BootOption, uint32_t Address) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_OB_BOOT_ADDRESS(Address)); + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + + if(status == HAL_OK) + { + if(BootOption == OPTIONBYTE_BOOTADDR_0) + { + MODIFY_REG(FLASH->OPTCR1, FLASH_OPTCR1_BOOT_ADD0, Address); + } + else + { + MODIFY_REG(FLASH->OPTCR1, FLASH_OPTCR1_BOOT_ADD1, (Address << 16)); + } + } + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Return the FLASH User Option Byte value. + * @retval uint32_t FLASH User Option Bytes values: IWDG_SW(Bit0), RST_STOP(Bit1) + * and RST_STDBY(Bit2). + */ +static uint32_t FLASH_OB_GetUser(void) +{ + /* Return the User Option Byte */ + return ((uint32_t)(FLASH->OPTCR & 0xC00000F0)); +} + +/** + * @brief Return the FLASH Write Protection Option Bytes value. + * @retval uint32_t FLASH Write Protection Option Bytes value + */ +static uint32_t FLASH_OB_GetWRP(void) +{ + /* Return the FLASH write protection Register value */ + return ((uint32_t)(FLASH->OPTCR & 0x00FF0000)); +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the FLASH Read Protection level. + * @retval FlagStatus FLASH ReadOut Protection Status: + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg OB_RDP_LEVEL_0: No protection + * @arg OB_RDP_LEVEL_1: Read protection of the memory + * @arg OB_RDP_LEVEL_2: Full chip protection + */ +static uint8_t FLASH_OB_GetRDP(void) +{ + uint8_t readstatus = OB_RDP_LEVEL_0; + + if (((FLASH->OPTCR & FLASH_OPTCR_RDP) >> 8) == OB_RDP_LEVEL_0) + { + readstatus = OB_RDP_LEVEL_0; + } + else if (((FLASH->OPTCR & FLASH_OPTCR_RDP) >> 8) == OB_RDP_LEVEL_2) + { + readstatus = OB_RDP_LEVEL_2; + } + else + { + readstatus = OB_RDP_LEVEL_1; + } + + return readstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the FLASH BOR level. + * @retval uint32_t The FLASH BOR level: + * - OB_BOR_LEVEL3: Supply voltage ranges from 2.7 to 3.6 V + * - OB_BOR_LEVEL2: Supply voltage ranges from 2.4 to 2.7 V + * - OB_BOR_LEVEL1: Supply voltage ranges from 2.1 to 2.4 V + * - OB_BOR_OFF : Supply voltage ranges from 1.62 to 2.1 V + */ +static uint32_t FLASH_OB_GetBOR(void) +{ + /* Return the FLASH BOR level */ + return ((uint32_t)(FLASH->OPTCR & 0x0C)); +} + +/** + * @brief Configure Boot base address. + * + * @param BootOption : specifies Boot base address depending from Boot pin = 0 or pin = 1 + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg OPTIONBYTE_BOOTADDR_0 : Boot address based when Boot pin = 0 + * @arg OPTIONBYTE_BOOTADDR_1 : Boot address based when Boot pin = 1 + * + * @retval uint32_t Boot Base Address: + * - OB_BOOTADDR_ITCM_RAM : Boot from ITCM RAM (0x00000000) + * - OB_BOOTADDR_SYSTEM : Boot from System memory bootloader (0x00100000) + * - OB_BOOTADDR_ITCM_FLASH : Boot from Flash on ITCM interface (0x00200000) + * - OB_BOOTADDR_AXIM_FLASH : Boot from Flash on AXIM interface (0x08000000) + * - OB_BOOTADDR_DTCM_RAM : Boot from DTCM RAM (0x20000000) + * - OB_BOOTADDR_SRAM1 : Boot from SRAM1 (0x20010000) + * - OB_BOOTADDR_SRAM2 : Boot from SRAM2 (0x2004C000) + */ +static uint32_t FLASH_OB_GetBootAddress(uint32_t BootOption) +{ + uint32_t Address = 0; + + /* Return the Boot base Address */ + if(BootOption == OPTIONBYTE_BOOTADDR_0) + { + Address = FLASH->OPTCR1 & FLASH_OPTCR1_BOOT_ADD0; + } + else + { + Address = ((FLASH->OPTCR1 & FLASH_OPTCR1_BOOT_ADD1) >> 16); + } + + return Address; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/stmhal/hal/f7/src/stm32f7xx_hal_gpio.c b/stmhal/hal/f7/src/stm32f7xx_hal_gpio.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..daec5d6258 --- /dev/null +++ b/stmhal/hal/f7/src/stm32f7xx_hal_gpio.c @@ -0,0 +1,540 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f7xx_hal_gpio.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.1 + * @date 25-June-2015 + * @brief GPIO HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the General Purpose Input/Output (GPIO) peripheral: + * + Initialization and de-initialization functions + * + IO operation functions + * + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### GPIO Peripheral features ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + Subject to the specific hardware characteristics of each I/O port listed in the datasheet, each + port bit of the General Purpose IO (GPIO) Ports, can be individually configured by software + in several modes: + (+) Input mode + (+) Analog mode + (+) Output mode + (+) Alternate function mode + (+) External interrupt/event lines + + [..] + During and just after reset, the alternate functions and external interrupt + lines are not active and the I/O ports are configured in input floating mode. + + [..] + All GPIO pins have weak internal pull-up and pull-down resistors, which can be + activated or not. + + [..] + In Output or Alternate mode, each IO can be configured on open-drain or push-pull + type and the IO speed can be selected depending on the VDD value. + + [..] + All ports have external interrupt/event capability. To use external interrupt + lines, the port must be configured in input mode. All available GPIO pins are + connected to the 16 external interrupt/event lines from EXTI0 to EXTI15. + + [..] + The external interrupt/event controller consists of up to 23 edge detectors + (16 lines are connected to GPIO) for generating event/interrupt requests (each + input line can be independently configured to select the type (interrupt or event) + and the corresponding trigger event (rising or falling or both). Each line can + also be masked independently. + + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + (#) Enable the GPIO AHB clock using the following function: __HAL_RCC_GPIOx_CLK_ENABLE(). + + (#) Configure the GPIO pin(s) using HAL_GPIO_Init(). + (++) Configure the IO mode using "Mode" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef structure + (++) Activate Pull-up, Pull-down resistor using "Pull" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef + structure. + (++) In case of Output or alternate function mode selection: the speed is + configured through "Speed" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef structure. + (++) In alternate mode is selection, the alternate function connected to the IO + is configured through "Alternate" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef structure. + (++) Analog mode is required when a pin is to be used as ADC channel + or DAC output. + (++) In case of external interrupt/event selection the "Mode" member from + GPIO_InitTypeDef structure select the type (interrupt or event) and + the corresponding trigger event (rising or falling or both). + + (#) In case of external interrupt/event mode selection, configure NVIC IRQ priority + mapped to the EXTI line using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() and enable it using + HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ(). + + (#) To get the level of a pin configured in input mode use HAL_GPIO_ReadPin(). + + (#) To set/reset the level of a pin configured in output mode use + HAL_GPIO_WritePin()/HAL_GPIO_TogglePin(). + + (#) To lock pin configuration until next reset use HAL_GPIO_LockPin(). + + + (#) During and just after reset, the alternate functions are not + active and the GPIO pins are configured in input floating mode (except JTAG + pins). + + (#) The LSE oscillator pins OSC32_IN and OSC32_OUT can be used as general purpose + (PC14 and PC15, respectively) when the LSE oscillator is off. The LSE has + priority over the GPIO function. + + (#) The HSE oscillator pins OSC_IN/OSC_OUT can be used as + general purpose PH0 and PH1, respectively, when the HSE oscillator is off. + The HSE has priority over the GPIO function. + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup GPIO GPIO + * @brief GPIO HAL module driver + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_GPIO_MODULE_ENABLED + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup GPIO_Private_Constants GPIO Private Constants + * @{ + */ +#define GPIO_MODE ((uint32_t)0x00000003) +#define EXTI_MODE ((uint32_t)0x10000000) +#define GPIO_MODE_IT ((uint32_t)0x00010000) +#define GPIO_MODE_EVT ((uint32_t)0x00020000) +#define RISING_EDGE ((uint32_t)0x00100000) +#define FALLING_EDGE ((uint32_t)0x00200000) +#define GPIO_OUTPUT_TYPE ((uint32_t)0x00000010) + +#define GPIO_NUMBER ((uint32_t)16) +/** + * @} + */ +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup GPIO_Exported_Functions GPIO Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup GPIO_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides functions allowing to initialize and de-initialize the GPIOs + to be ready for use. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Initializes the GPIOx peripheral according to the specified parameters in the GPIO_Init. + * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..K) to select the GPIO peripheral. + * @param GPIO_Init: pointer to a GPIO_InitTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified GPIO peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_GPIO_Init(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx, GPIO_InitTypeDef *GPIO_Init) +{ + uint32_t position = 0x00; + uint32_t ioposition = 0x00; + uint32_t iocurrent = 0x00; + uint32_t temp = 0x00; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_INSTANCE(GPIOx)); + assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Init->Pin)); + assert_param(IS_GPIO_MODE(GPIO_Init->Mode)); + assert_param(IS_GPIO_PULL(GPIO_Init->Pull)); + + /* Configure the port pins */ + for(position = 0; position < GPIO_NUMBER; position++) + { + /* Get the IO position */ + ioposition = ((uint32_t)0x01) << position; + /* Get the current IO position */ + iocurrent = (uint32_t)(GPIO_Init->Pin) & ioposition; + + if(iocurrent == ioposition) + { + /*--------------------- GPIO Mode Configuration ------------------------*/ + /* In case of Alternate function mode selection */ + if((GPIO_Init->Mode == GPIO_MODE_AF_PP) || (GPIO_Init->Mode == GPIO_MODE_AF_OD)) + { + /* Check the Alternate function parameter */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_AF(GPIO_Init->Alternate)); + + /* Configure Alternate function mapped with the current IO */ + temp = GPIOx->AFR[position >> 3]; + temp &= ~((uint32_t)0xF << ((uint32_t)(position & (uint32_t)0x07) * 4)) ; + temp |= ((uint32_t)(GPIO_Init->Alternate) << (((uint32_t)position & (uint32_t)0x07) * 4)); + GPIOx->AFR[position >> 3] = temp; + } + + /* Configure IO Direction mode (Input, Output, Alternate or Analog) */ + temp = GPIOx->MODER; + temp &= ~(GPIO_MODER_MODER0 << (position * 2)); + temp |= ((GPIO_Init->Mode & GPIO_MODE) << (position * 2)); + GPIOx->MODER = temp; + + /* In case of Output or Alternate function mode selection */ + if((GPIO_Init->Mode == GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT_PP) || (GPIO_Init->Mode == GPIO_MODE_AF_PP) || + (GPIO_Init->Mode == GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT_OD) || (GPIO_Init->Mode == GPIO_MODE_AF_OD)) + { + /* Check the Speed parameter */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_SPEED(GPIO_Init->Speed)); + /* Configure the IO Speed */ + temp = GPIOx->OSPEEDR; + temp &= ~(GPIO_OSPEEDER_OSPEEDR0 << (position * 2)); + temp |= (GPIO_Init->Speed << (position * 2)); + GPIOx->OSPEEDR = temp; + + /* Configure the IO Output Type */ + temp = GPIOx->OTYPER; + temp &= ~(GPIO_OTYPER_OT_0 << position) ; + temp |= (((GPIO_Init->Mode & GPIO_OUTPUT_TYPE) >> 4) << position); + GPIOx->OTYPER = temp; + } + + /* Activate the Pull-up or Pull down resistor for the current IO */ + temp = GPIOx->PUPDR; + temp &= ~(GPIO_PUPDR_PUPDR0 << (position * 2)); + temp |= ((GPIO_Init->Pull) << (position * 2)); + GPIOx->PUPDR = temp; + + /*--------------------- EXTI Mode Configuration ------------------------*/ + /* Configure the External Interrupt or event for the current IO */ + if((GPIO_Init->Mode & EXTI_MODE) == EXTI_MODE) + { + /* Enable SYSCFG Clock */ + __HAL_RCC_SYSCFG_CLK_ENABLE(); + + temp = SYSCFG->EXTICR[position >> 2]; + temp &= ~(((uint32_t)0x0F) << (4 * (position & 0x03))); + temp |= ((uint32_t)(GPIO_GET_INDEX(GPIOx)) << (4 * (position & 0x03))); + SYSCFG->EXTICR[position >> 2] = temp; + + /* Clear EXTI line configuration */ + temp = EXTI->IMR; + temp &= ~((uint32_t)iocurrent); + if((GPIO_Init->Mode & GPIO_MODE_IT) == GPIO_MODE_IT) + { + temp |= iocurrent; + } + EXTI->IMR = temp; + + temp = EXTI->EMR; + temp &= ~((uint32_t)iocurrent); + if((GPIO_Init->Mode & GPIO_MODE_EVT) == GPIO_MODE_EVT) + { + temp |= iocurrent; + } + EXTI->EMR = temp; + + /* Clear Rising Falling edge configuration */ + temp = EXTI->RTSR; + temp &= ~((uint32_t)iocurrent); + if((GPIO_Init->Mode & RISING_EDGE) == RISING_EDGE) + { + temp |= iocurrent; + } + EXTI->RTSR = temp; + + temp = EXTI->FTSR; + temp &= ~((uint32_t)iocurrent); + if((GPIO_Init->Mode & FALLING_EDGE) == FALLING_EDGE) + { + temp |= iocurrent; + } + EXTI->FTSR = temp; + } + } + } +} + +/** + * @brief De-initializes the GPIOx peripheral registers to their default reset values. + * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..K) to select the GPIO peripheral. + * @param GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to be written. + * This parameter can be one of GPIO_PIN_x where x can be (0..15). + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_GPIO_DeInit(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx, uint32_t GPIO_Pin) +{ + uint32_t position; + uint32_t ioposition = 0x00; + uint32_t iocurrent = 0x00; + uint32_t tmp = 0x00; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_INSTANCE(GPIOx)); + + /* Configure the port pins */ + for(position = 0; position < GPIO_NUMBER; position++) + { + /* Get the IO position */ + ioposition = ((uint32_t)0x01) << position; + /* Get the current IO position */ + iocurrent = (GPIO_Pin) & ioposition; + + if(iocurrent == ioposition) + { + /*------------------------- GPIO Mode Configuration --------------------*/ + /* Configure IO Direction in Input Floating Mode */ + GPIOx->MODER &= ~(GPIO_MODER_MODER0 << (position * 2)); + + /* Configure the default Alternate Function in current IO */ + GPIOx->AFR[position >> 3] &= ~((uint32_t)0xF << ((uint32_t)(position & (uint32_t)0x07) * 4)) ; + + /* Configure the default value for IO Speed */ + GPIOx->OSPEEDR &= ~(GPIO_OSPEEDER_OSPEEDR0 << (position * 2)); + + /* Configure the default value IO Output Type */ + GPIOx->OTYPER &= ~(GPIO_OTYPER_OT_0 << position) ; + + /* Deactivate the Pull-up and Pull-down resistor for the current IO */ + GPIOx->PUPDR &= ~(GPIO_PUPDR_PUPDR0 << (position * 2)); + + /*------------------------- EXTI Mode Configuration --------------------*/ + tmp = SYSCFG->EXTICR[position >> 2]; + tmp &= (((uint32_t)0x0F) << (4 * (position & 0x03))); + if(tmp == ((uint32_t)(GPIO_GET_INDEX(GPIOx)) << (4 * (position & 0x03)))) + { + /* Configure the External Interrupt or event for the current IO */ + tmp = ((uint32_t)0x0F) << (4 * (position & 0x03)); + SYSCFG->EXTICR[position >> 2] &= ~tmp; + + /* Clear EXTI line configuration */ + EXTI->IMR &= ~((uint32_t)iocurrent); + EXTI->EMR &= ~((uint32_t)iocurrent); + + /* Clear Rising Falling edge configuration */ + EXTI->RTSR &= ~((uint32_t)iocurrent); + EXTI->FTSR &= ~((uint32_t)iocurrent); + } + } + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup GPIO_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions + * @brief GPIO Read and Write + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### IO operation functions ##### + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Reads the specified input port pin. + * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..K) to select the GPIO peripheral. + * @param GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to read. + * This parameter can be GPIO_PIN_x where x can be (0..15). + * @retval The input port pin value. + */ +GPIO_PinState HAL_GPIO_ReadPin(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin) +{ + GPIO_PinState bitstatus; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin)); + + if((GPIOx->IDR & GPIO_Pin) != (uint32_t)GPIO_PIN_RESET) + { + bitstatus = GPIO_PIN_SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = GPIO_PIN_RESET; + } + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets or clears the selected data port bit. + * + * @note This function uses GPIOx_BSRR register to allow atomic read/modify + * accesses. In this way, there is no risk of an IRQ occurring between + * the read and the modify access. + * + * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..K) to select the GPIO peripheral. + * @param GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to be written. + * This parameter can be one of GPIO_PIN_x where x can be (0..15). + * @param PinState: specifies the value to be written to the selected bit. + * This parameter can be one of the GPIO_PinState enum values: + * @arg GPIO_PIN_RESET: to clear the port pin + * @arg GPIO_PIN_SET: to set the port pin + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_GPIO_WritePin(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin, GPIO_PinState PinState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin)); + assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN_ACTION(PinState)); + + if(PinState != GPIO_PIN_RESET) + { + GPIOx->BSRR = GPIO_Pin; + } + else + { + GPIOx->BSRR = (uint32_t)GPIO_Pin << 16; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Toggles the specified GPIO pins. + * @param GPIOx: Where x can be (A..I) to select the GPIO peripheral. + * @param GPIO_Pin: Specifies the pins to be toggled. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_GPIO_TogglePin(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin)); + + GPIOx->ODR ^= GPIO_Pin; +} + +/** + * @brief Locks GPIO Pins configuration registers. + * @note The locked registers are GPIOx_MODER, GPIOx_OTYPER, GPIOx_OSPEEDR, + * GPIOx_PUPDR, GPIOx_AFRL and GPIOx_AFRH. + * @note The configuration of the locked GPIO pins can no longer be modified + * until the next reset. + * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..F) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F7 family + * @param GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to be locked. + * This parameter can be any combination of GPIO_PIN_x where x can be (0..15). + * @retval None + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_GPIO_LockPin(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin) +{ + __IO uint32_t tmp = GPIO_LCKR_LCKK; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin)); + + /* Apply lock key write sequence */ + tmp |= GPIO_Pin; + /* Set LCKx bit(s): LCKK='1' + LCK[15-0] */ + GPIOx->LCKR = tmp; + /* Reset LCKx bit(s): LCKK='0' + LCK[15-0] */ + GPIOx->LCKR = GPIO_Pin; + /* Set LCKx bit(s): LCKK='1' + LCK[15-0] */ + GPIOx->LCKR = tmp; + /* Read LCKK bit*/ + tmp = GPIOx->LCKR; + + if((GPIOx->LCKR & GPIO_LCKR_LCKK) != RESET) + { + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles EXTI interrupt request. + * @param GPIO_Pin: Specifies the pins connected EXTI line + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_GPIO_EXTI_IRQHandler(uint16_t GPIO_Pin) +{ + /* EXTI line interrupt detected */ + if(__HAL_GPIO_EXTI_GET_IT(GPIO_Pin) != RESET) + { + __HAL_GPIO_EXTI_CLEAR_IT(GPIO_Pin); + HAL_GPIO_EXTI_Callback(GPIO_Pin); + } +} + +/** + * @brief EXTI line detection callbacks. + * @param GPIO_Pin: Specifies the pins connected EXTI line + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_GPIO_EXTI_Callback(uint16_t GPIO_Pin) +{ + /* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_GPIO_EXTI_Callback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_GPIO_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/stmhal/hal/f7/src/stm32f7xx_hal_i2c.c b/stmhal/hal/f7/src/stm32f7xx_hal_i2c.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2c51ee21da --- /dev/null +++ b/stmhal/hal/f7/src/stm32f7xx_hal_i2c.c @@ -0,0 +1,4110 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f7xx_hal_i2c.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.1 + * @date 25-June-2015 + * @brief I2C HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Inter Integrated Circuit (I2C) peripheral: + * + Initialization and de-initialization functions + * + IO operation functions + * + Peripheral State and Errors functions + * + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + The I2C HAL driver can be used as follows: + + (#) Declare a I2C_HandleTypeDef handle structure, for example: + I2C_HandleTypeDef hi2c; + + (#)Initialize the I2C low level resources by implement the HAL_I2C_MspInit ()API: + (##) Enable the I2Cx interface clock + (##) I2C pins configuration + (+++) Enable the clock for the I2C GPIOs + (+++) Configure I2C pins as alternate function open-drain + (##) NVIC configuration if you need to use interrupt process + (+++) Configure the I2Cx interrupt priority + (+++) Enable the NVIC I2C IRQ Channel + (##) DMA Configuration if you need to use DMA process + (+++) Declare a DMA_HandleTypeDef handle structure for the transmit or receive stream + (+++) Enable the DMAx interface clock using + (+++) Configure the DMA handle parameters + (+++) Configure the DMA Tx or Rx Stream + (+++) Associate the initialized DMA handle to the hi2c DMA Tx or Rx handle + (+++) Configure the priority and enable the NVIC for the transfer complete interrupt on the DMA Tx or Rx Stream + + (#) Configure the Communication Clock Timing, Own Address1, Master Addressing Mode, Dual Addressing mode, + Own Address2, Own Address2 Mask, General call and Nostretch mode in the hi2c Init structure. + + (#) Initialize the I2C registers by calling the HAL_I2C_Init(), configures also the low level Hardware + (GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC...etc) by calling the customed HAL_I2C_MspInit(&hi2c) API. + + (#) To check if target device is ready for communication, use the function HAL_I2C_IsDeviceReady() + + (#) For I2C IO and IO MEM operations, three operation modes are available within this driver : + + *** Polling mode IO operation *** + ================================= + [..] + (+) Transmit in master mode an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit() + (+) Receive in master mode an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_I2C_Master_Receive() + (+) Transmit in slave mode an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit() + (+) Receive in slave mode an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive() + + *** Polling mode IO MEM operation *** + ===================================== + [..] + (+) Write an amount of data in blocking mode to a specific memory address using HAL_I2C_Mem_Write() + (+) Read an amount of data in blocking mode from a specific memory address using HAL_I2C_Mem_Read() + + + *** Interrupt mode IO operation *** + =================================== + [..] + (+) Transmit in master mode an amount of data in non blocking mode using HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit_IT() + (+) At transmission end of transfer HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback + (+) Receive in master mode an amount of data in non blocking mode using HAL_I2C_Master_Receive_IT() + (+) At reception end of transfer HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback + (+) Transmit in slave mode an amount of data in non blocking mode using HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit_IT() + (+) At transmission end of transfer HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback + (+) Receive in slave mode an amount of data in non blocking mode using HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive_IT() + (+) At reception end of transfer HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback + (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback + + *** Interrupt mode IO MEM operation *** + ======================================= + [..] + (+) Write an amount of data in no-blocking mode with Interrupt to a specific memory address using + HAL_I2C_Mem_Write_IT() + (+) At MEM end of write transfer HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback + (+) Read an amount of data in no-blocking mode with Interrupt from a specific memory address using + HAL_I2C_Mem_Read_IT() + (+) At MEM end of read transfer HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback + (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback + + *** DMA mode IO operation *** + ============================== + [..] + (+) Transmit in master mode an amount of data in non blocking mode (DMA) using + HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit_DMA() + (+) At transmission end of transfer HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback + (+) Receive in master mode an amount of data in non blocking mode (DMA) using + HAL_I2C_Master_Receive_DMA() + (+) At reception end of transfer HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback + (+) Transmit in slave mode an amount of data in non blocking mode (DMA) using + HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit_DMA() + (+) At transmission end of transfer HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback + (+) Receive in slave mode an amount of data in non blocking mode (DMA) using + HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive_DMA() + (+) At reception end of transfer HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback + (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback + + *** DMA mode IO MEM operation *** + ================================= + [..] + (+) Write an amount of data in no-blocking mode with DMA to a specific memory address using + HAL_I2C_Mem_Write_DMA() + (+) At MEM end of write transfer HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback + (+) Read an amount of data in no-blocking mode with DMA from a specific memory address using + HAL_I2C_Mem_Read_DMA() + (+) At MEM end of read transfer HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback + (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback + + + *** I2C HAL driver macros list *** + ================================== + [..] + Below the list of most used macros in I2C HAL driver. + + (+) __HAL_I2C_ENABLE: Enable the I2C peripheral + (+) __HAL_I2C_DISABLE: Disable the I2C peripheral + (+) __HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG : Checks whether the specified I2C flag is set or not + (+) __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG : Clear the specified I2C pending flag + (+) __HAL_I2C_ENABLE_IT: Enable the specified I2C interrupt + (+) __HAL_I2C_DISABLE_IT: Disable the specified I2C interrupt + + [..] + (@) You can refer to the I2C HAL driver header file for more useful macros + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C I2C + * @brief I2C HAL module driver + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_I2C_MODULE_ENABLED + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup I2C_Private_Constants I2C Private Constants + * @{ + */ +#define TIMING_CLEAR_MASK ((uint32_t)0xF0FFFFFF) /*<! I2C TIMING clear register Mask */ +#define I2C_TIMEOUT_ADDR ((uint32_t)10000) /* 10 s */ +#define I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY ((uint32_t)25) /* 25 ms */ +#define I2C_TIMEOUT_DIR ((uint32_t)25) /* 25 ms */ +#define I2C_TIMEOUT_RXNE ((uint32_t)25) /* 25 ms */ +#define I2C_TIMEOUT_STOPF ((uint32_t)25) /* 25 ms */ +#define I2C_TIMEOUT_TC ((uint32_t)25) /* 25 ms */ +#define I2C_TIMEOUT_TCR ((uint32_t)25) /* 25 ms */ +#define I2C_TIMEOUT_TXIS ((uint32_t)25) /* 25 ms */ +#define I2C_TIMEOUT_FLAG ((uint32_t)25) /* 25 ms */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup I2C_Private_Functions I2C Private Functions + * @{ + */ +static void I2C_DMAMasterTransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void I2C_DMAMasterReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void I2C_DMASlaveTransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void I2C_DMASlaveReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void I2C_DMAMemTransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void I2C_DMAMemReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void I2C_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); + +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_RequestMemoryWrite(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint32_t Timeout); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_RequestMemoryRead(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint32_t Timeout); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t Flag, FlagStatus Status, uint32_t Timeout); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_WaitOnTXISFlagUntilTimeout(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t Timeout); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_WaitOnRXNEFlagUntilTimeout(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t Timeout); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t Timeout); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_IsAcknowledgeFailed(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t Timeout); + +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_MasterTransmit_ISR(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_MasterReceive_ISR(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c); + +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_SlaveTransmit_ISR(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_SlaveReceive_ISR(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c); + +static void I2C_TransferConfig(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t Size, uint32_t Mode, uint32_t Request); +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup I2C_Exported_Functions I2C Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize and + de-initialize the I2Cx peripheral: + + (+) User must Implement HAL_I2C_MspInit() function in which he configures + all related peripherals resources (CLOCK, GPIO, DMA, IT and NVIC ). + + (+) Call the function HAL_I2C_Init() to configure the selected device with + the selected configuration: + (++) Clock Timing + (++) Own Address 1 + (++) Addressing mode (Master, Slave) + (++) Dual Addressing mode + (++) Own Address 2 + (++) Own Address 2 Mask + (++) General call mode + (++) Nostretch mode + + (+) Call the function HAL_I2C_DeInit() to restore the default configuration + of the selected I2Cx peripheral. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Initializes the I2C according to the specified parameters + * in the I2C_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle. + * @param hi2c : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Init(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* Check the I2C handle allocation */ + if(hi2c == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_INSTANCE(hi2c->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_OWN_ADDRESS1(hi2c->Init.OwnAddress1)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_ADDRESSING_MODE(hi2c->Init.AddressingMode)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_DUAL_ADDRESS(hi2c->Init.DualAddressMode)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_OWN_ADDRESS2(hi2c->Init.OwnAddress2)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_OWN_ADDRESS2_MASK(hi2c->Init.OwnAddress2Masks)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_GENERAL_CALL(hi2c->Init.GeneralCallMode)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_NO_STRETCH(hi2c->Init.NoStretchMode)); + + if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_RESET) + { + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + hi2c->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, CORTEX...etc */ + HAL_I2C_MspInit(hi2c); + } + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the selected I2C peripheral */ + __HAL_I2C_DISABLE(hi2c); + + /*---------------------------- I2Cx TIMINGR Configuration ------------------*/ + /* Configure I2Cx: Frequency range */ + hi2c->Instance->TIMINGR = hi2c->Init.Timing & TIMING_CLEAR_MASK; + + /*---------------------------- I2Cx OAR1 Configuration ---------------------*/ + /* Configure I2Cx: Own Address1 and ack own address1 mode */ + hi2c->Instance->OAR1 &= ~I2C_OAR1_OA1EN; + if(hi2c->Init.OwnAddress1 != 0) + { + if(hi2c->Init.AddressingMode == I2C_ADDRESSINGMODE_7BIT) + { + hi2c->Instance->OAR1 = (I2C_OAR1_OA1EN | hi2c->Init.OwnAddress1); + } + else /* I2C_ADDRESSINGMODE_10BIT */ + { + hi2c->Instance->OAR1 = (I2C_OAR1_OA1EN | I2C_OAR1_OA1MODE | hi2c->Init.OwnAddress1); + } + } + + /*---------------------------- I2Cx CR2 Configuration ----------------------*/ + /* Configure I2Cx: Addressing Master mode */ + if(hi2c->Init.AddressingMode == I2C_ADDRESSINGMODE_10BIT) + { + hi2c->Instance->CR2 = (I2C_CR2_ADD10); + } + /* Enable the AUTOEND by default, and enable NACK (should be disable only during Slave process */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= (I2C_CR2_AUTOEND | I2C_CR2_NACK); + + /*---------------------------- I2Cx OAR2 Configuration ---------------------*/ + /* Configure I2Cx: Dual mode and Own Address2 */ + hi2c->Instance->OAR2 = (hi2c->Init.DualAddressMode | hi2c->Init.OwnAddress2 | (hi2c->Init.OwnAddress2Masks << 8)); + + /*---------------------------- I2Cx CR1 Configuration ----------------------*/ + /* Configure I2Cx: Generalcall and NoStretch mode */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 = (hi2c->Init.GeneralCallMode | hi2c->Init.NoStretchMode); + + /* Enable the selected I2C peripheral */ + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c); + + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes the I2C peripheral. + * @param hi2c : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_DeInit(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* Check the I2C handle allocation */ + if(hi2c == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_INSTANCE(hi2c->Instance)); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the I2C Peripheral Clock */ + __HAL_I2C_DISABLE(hi2c); + + /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */ + HAL_I2C_MspDeInit(hi2c); + + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_RESET; + + /* Release Lock */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief I2C MSP Init. + * @param hi2c : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @retval None + */ + __weak void HAL_I2C_MspInit(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_I2C_MspInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief I2C MSP DeInit + * @param hi2c : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @retval None + */ + __weak void HAL_I2C_MspDeInit(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_I2C_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_Exported_Functions_Group2 Input and Output operation functions + * @brief Data transfers functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### IO operation functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the I2C data + transfers. + + (#) There are two modes of transfer: + (++) Blocking mode : The communication is performed in the polling mode. + The status of all data processing is returned by the same function + after finishing transfer. + (++) No-Blocking mode : The communication is performed using Interrupts + or DMA. These functions return the status of the transfer startup. + The end of the data processing will be indicated through the + dedicated I2C IRQ when using Interrupt mode or the DMA IRQ when + using DMA mode. + + (#) Blocking mode functions are : + (++) HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit() + (++) HAL_I2C_Master_Receive() + (++) HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit() + (++) HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive() + (++) HAL_I2C_Mem_Write() + (++) HAL_I2C_Mem_Read() + (++) HAL_I2C_IsDeviceReady() + + (#) No-Blocking mode functions with Interrupt are : + (++) HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit_IT() + (++) HAL_I2C_Master_Receive_IT() + (++) HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit_IT() + (++) HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive_IT() + (++) HAL_I2C_Mem_Write_IT() + (++) HAL_I2C_Mem_Read_IT() + + (#) No-Blocking mode functions with DMA are : + (++) HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit_DMA() + (++) HAL_I2C_Master_Receive_DMA() + (++) HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit_DMA() + (++) HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive_DMA() + (++) HAL_I2C_Mem_Write_DMA() + (++) HAL_I2C_Mem_Read_DMA() + + (#) A set of Transfer Complete Callbacks are provided in non Blocking mode: + (++) HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback() + (++) HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback() + (++) HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback() + (++) HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback() + (++) HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback() + (++) HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback() + (++) HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Transmits in master mode an amount of data in blocking mode. + * @param hi2c : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param DevAddress: Target device address + * @param pData: Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size: Amount of data to be sent + * @param Timeout: Timeout duration + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint32_t sizetmp = 0; + + if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + if((pData == NULL ) || (Size == 0)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY) == SET) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_TX; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Send Slave Address */ + /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if size > 255 and generate RESTART */ + /* Size > 255, need to set RELOAD bit */ + if(Size > 255) + { + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c,DevAddress,255, I2C_RELOAD_MODE, I2C_GENERATE_START_WRITE); + sizetmp = 255; + } + else + { + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c,DevAddress,Size, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, I2C_GENERATE_START_WRITE); + sizetmp = Size; + } + + do + { + /* Wait until TXIS flag is set */ + if(I2C_WaitOnTXISFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout) != HAL_OK) + { + if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + /* Write data to TXDR */ + hi2c->Instance->TXDR = (*pData++); + sizetmp--; + Size--; + + if((sizetmp == 0)&&(Size!=0)) + { + /* Wait until TXE flag is set */ + if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TCR, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + + if(Size > 255) + { + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c,DevAddress,255, I2C_RELOAD_MODE, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP); + sizetmp = 255; + } + else + { + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c,DevAddress,Size, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP); + sizetmp = Size; + } + } + + }while(Size > 0); + + /* No need to Check TC flag, with AUTOEND mode the stop is automatically generated */ + /* Wait until STOPF flag is set */ + if(I2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout) != HAL_OK) + { + if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Clear STOP Flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF); + + /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */ + I2C_RESET_CR2(hi2c); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Receives in master mode an amount of data in blocking mode. + * @param hi2c : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param DevAddress: Target device address + * @param pData: Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size: Amount of data to be sent + * @param Timeout: Timeout duration + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Receive(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint32_t sizetmp = 0; + + if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + if((pData == NULL ) || (Size == 0)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY) == SET) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_RX; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Send Slave Address */ + /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if size > 255 and generate RESTART */ + /* Size > 255, need to set RELOAD bit */ + if(Size > 255) + { + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c,DevAddress,255, I2C_RELOAD_MODE, I2C_GENERATE_START_READ); + sizetmp = 255; + } + else + { + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c,DevAddress,Size, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, I2C_GENERATE_START_READ); + sizetmp = Size; + } + + do + { + /* Wait until RXNE flag is set */ + if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + + /* Write data to RXDR */ + (*pData++) =hi2c->Instance->RXDR; + sizetmp--; + Size--; + + if((sizetmp == 0)&&(Size!=0)) + { + /* Wait until TCR flag is set */ + if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TCR, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + + if(Size > 255) + { + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c,DevAddress,255, I2C_RELOAD_MODE, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP); + sizetmp = 255; + } + else + { + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c,DevAddress,Size, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP); + sizetmp = Size; + } + } + + }while(Size > 0); + + /* No need to Check TC flag, with AUTOEND mode the stop is automatically generated */ + /* Wait until STOPF flag is set */ + if(I2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_TIMEOUT_STOPF) != HAL_OK) + { + if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Clear STOP Flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF); + + /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */ + I2C_RESET_CR2(hi2c); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Transmits in slave mode an amount of data in blocking mode. + * @param hi2c : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param pData: Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size: Amount of data to be sent + * @param Timeout: Timeout duration + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + if((pData == NULL ) || (Size == 0)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_RX; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Enable Address Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 &= ~I2C_CR2_NACK; + + /* Wait until ADDR flag is set */ + if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Disable Address Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK; + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + + /* Clear ADDR flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c,I2C_FLAG_ADDR); + + /* If 10bit addressing mode is selected */ + if(hi2c->Init.AddressingMode == I2C_ADDRESSINGMODE_10BIT) + { + /* Wait until ADDR flag is set */ + if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Disable Address Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK; + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + + /* Clear ADDR flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c,I2C_FLAG_ADDR); + } + + /* Wait until DIR flag is set Transmitter mode */ + if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_DIR, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Disable Address Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK; + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + + do + { + /* Wait until TXIS flag is set */ + if(I2C_WaitOnTXISFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Disable Address Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK; + + if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Read data from TXDR */ + hi2c->Instance->TXDR = (*pData++); + Size--; + }while(Size > 0); + + /* Wait until STOP flag is set */ + if(I2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_TIMEOUT_STOPF) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Disable Address Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK; + + if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF) + { + /* Normal use case for Transmitter mode */ + /* A NACK is generated to confirm the end of transfer */ + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + } + else + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Clear STOP flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c,I2C_FLAG_STOPF); + + /* Wait until BUSY flag is reset */ + if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY, SET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Disable Address Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK; + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + + /* Disable Address Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK; + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Receive in slave mode an amount of data in blocking mode + * @param hi2c : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param pData: Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size: Amount of data to be sent + * @param Timeout: Timeout duration + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + if((pData == NULL ) || (Size == 0)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_RX; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Enable Address Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 &= ~I2C_CR2_NACK; + + /* Wait until ADDR flag is set */ + if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Disable Address Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK; + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + + /* Clear ADDR flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c,I2C_FLAG_ADDR); + + /* Wait until DIR flag is reset Receiver mode */ + if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_DIR, SET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Disable Address Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK; + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + + while(Size > 0) + { + /* Wait until RXNE flag is set */ + if(I2C_WaitOnRXNEFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Disable Address Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK; + if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + else + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + + /* Read data from RXDR */ + (*pData++) = hi2c->Instance->RXDR; + Size--; + } + + /* Wait until STOP flag is set */ + if(I2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_TIMEOUT_STOPF) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Disable Address Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK; + + if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Clear STOP flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c,I2C_FLAG_STOPF); + + /* Wait until BUSY flag is reset */ + if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY, SET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Disable Address Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK; + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + + + /* Disable Address Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK; + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Transmit in master mode an amount of data in no-blocking mode with Interrupt + * @param hi2c : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param DevAddress: Target device address + * @param pData: Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size: Amount of data to be sent + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY) == SET) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_TX; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + if(Size > 255) + { + hi2c->XferSize = 255; + } + else + { + hi2c->XferSize = Size; + } + + /* Send Slave Address */ + /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if size > 255 and generate RESTART */ + if( (hi2c->XferSize == 255) && (hi2c->XferSize < hi2c->XferCount) ) + { + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c,DevAddress,hi2c->XferSize, I2C_RELOAD_MODE, I2C_GENERATE_START_WRITE); + } + else + { + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c,DevAddress,hi2c->XferSize, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, I2C_GENERATE_START_WRITE); + } + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + + + /* Enable ERR, TC, STOP, NACK, TXI interrupt */ + /* possible to enable all of these */ + /* I2C_IT_ERRI | I2C_IT_TCI| I2C_IT_STOPI| I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_ADDRI | I2C_IT_RXI | I2C_IT_TXI */ + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE_IT(hi2c,I2C_IT_ERRI | I2C_IT_TCI| I2C_IT_STOPI| I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_TXI ); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Receive in master mode an amount of data in no-blocking mode with Interrupt + * @param hi2c : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param DevAddress: Target device address + * @param pData: Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size: Amount of data to be sent + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Receive_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY) == SET) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_RX; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + if(Size > 255) + { + hi2c->XferSize = 255; + } + else + { + hi2c->XferSize = Size; + } + + /* Send Slave Address */ + /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if size > 255 and generate RESTART */ + if( (hi2c->XferSize == 255) && (hi2c->XferSize < hi2c->XferCount) ) + { + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c,DevAddress,hi2c->XferSize, I2C_RELOAD_MODE, I2C_GENERATE_START_READ); + } + else + { + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c,DevAddress,hi2c->XferSize, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, I2C_GENERATE_START_READ); + } + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + + /* Enable ERR, TC, STOP, NACK, RXI interrupt */ + /* possible to enable all of these */ + /* I2C_IT_ERRI | I2C_IT_TCI| I2C_IT_STOPI| I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_ADDRI | I2C_IT_RXI | I2C_IT_TXI */ + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE_IT(hi2c,I2C_IT_ERRI | I2C_IT_TCI | I2C_IT_STOPI | I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_RXI ); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Transmit in slave mode an amount of data in no-blocking mode with Interrupt + * @param hi2c : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param pData: Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size: Amount of data to be sent + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_TX; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Enable Address Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 &= ~I2C_CR2_NACK; + + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferSize = Size; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + + /* Enable ERR, TC, STOP, NACK, TXI interrupt */ + /* possible to enable all of these */ + /* I2C_IT_ERRI | I2C_IT_TCI| I2C_IT_STOPI| I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_ADDRI | I2C_IT_RXI | I2C_IT_TXI */ + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE_IT(hi2c,I2C_IT_ERRI | I2C_IT_TCI| I2C_IT_STOPI | I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_ADDRI | I2C_IT_TXI ); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Receive in slave mode an amount of data in no-blocking mode with Interrupt + * @param hi2c : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param pData: Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size: Amount of data to be sent + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_RX; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Enable Address Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 &= ~I2C_CR2_NACK; + + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferSize = Size; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + + /* Enable ERR, TC, STOP, NACK, RXI interrupt */ + /* possible to enable all of these */ + /* I2C_IT_ERRI | I2C_IT_TCI| I2C_IT_STOPI| I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_ADDRI | I2C_IT_RXI | I2C_IT_TXI */ + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE_IT(hi2c,I2C_IT_ERRI | I2C_IT_TCI | I2C_IT_STOPI | I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_ADDRI | I2C_IT_RXI); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Transmit in master mode an amount of data in no-blocking mode with DMA + * @param hi2c : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param DevAddress: Target device address + * @param pData: Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size: Amount of data to be sent + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit_DMA(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY) == SET) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_TX; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + if(Size > 255) + { + hi2c->XferSize = 255; + } + else + { + hi2c->XferSize = Size; + } + + /* Set the I2C DMA transfer complete callback */ + hi2c->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = I2C_DMAMasterTransmitCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + hi2c->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = I2C_DMAError; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2c->hdmatx, (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&hi2c->Instance->TXDR, hi2c->XferSize); + + /* Send Slave Address */ + /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if size > 255 and generate RESTART */ + if( (hi2c->XferSize == 255) && (hi2c->XferSize < hi2c->XferCount) ) + { + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c,DevAddress,hi2c->XferSize, I2C_RELOAD_MODE, I2C_GENERATE_START_WRITE); + } + else + { + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c,DevAddress,hi2c->XferSize, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, I2C_GENERATE_START_WRITE); + } + + /* Wait until TXIS flag is set */ + if(I2C_WaitOnTXISFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_TIMEOUT_TXIS) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Disable Address Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK; + + if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + + /* Enable DMA Request */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Receive in master mode an amount of data in no-blocking mode with DMA + * @param hi2c : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param DevAddress: Target device address + * @param pData: Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size: Amount of data to be sent + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Receive_DMA(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY) == SET) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_RX; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + if(Size > 255) + { + hi2c->XferSize = 255; + } + else + { + hi2c->XferSize = Size; + } + + /* Set the I2C DMA transfer complete callback */ + hi2c->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = I2C_DMAMasterReceiveCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + hi2c->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = I2C_DMAError; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2c->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&hi2c->Instance->RXDR, (uint32_t)pData, hi2c->XferSize); + + /* Send Slave Address */ + /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if size > 255 and generate RESTART */ + if( (hi2c->XferSize == 255) && (hi2c->XferSize < hi2c->XferCount) ) + { + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c,DevAddress,hi2c->XferSize, I2C_RELOAD_MODE, I2C_GENERATE_START_READ); + } + else + { + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c,DevAddress,hi2c->XferSize, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, I2C_GENERATE_START_READ); + } + + /* Wait until RXNE flag is set */ + if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, I2C_TIMEOUT_RXNE) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + + + /* Enable DMA Request */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Transmit in slave mode an amount of data in no-blocking mode with DMA + * @param hi2c : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param pData: Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size: Amount of data to be sent + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit_DMA(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_TX; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferSize = Size; + + /* Set the I2C DMA transfer complete callback */ + hi2c->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = I2C_DMASlaveTransmitCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + hi2c->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = I2C_DMAError; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2c->hdmatx, (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&hi2c->Instance->TXDR, hi2c->XferSize); + + /* Enable Address Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 &= ~I2C_CR2_NACK; + + /* Wait until ADDR flag is set */ + if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR, RESET, I2C_TIMEOUT_ADDR) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Disable Address Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK; + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + + /* Clear ADDR flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c,I2C_FLAG_ADDR); + + /* If 10bits addressing mode is selected */ + if(hi2c->Init.AddressingMode == I2C_ADDRESSINGMODE_10BIT) + { + /* Wait until ADDR flag is set */ + if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR, RESET, I2C_TIMEOUT_ADDR) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Disable Address Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK; + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + + /* Clear ADDR flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c,I2C_FLAG_ADDR); + } + + /* Wait until DIR flag is set Transmitter mode */ + if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_DIR, RESET, I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Disable Address Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK; + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + + /* Enable DMA Request */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Receive in slave mode an amount of data in no-blocking mode with DMA + * @param hi2c : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param pData: Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size: Amount of data to be sent + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive_DMA(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_RX; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferSize = Size; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + + /* Set the I2C DMA transfer complete callback */ + hi2c->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = I2C_DMASlaveReceiveCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + hi2c->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = I2C_DMAError; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2c->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&hi2c->Instance->RXDR, (uint32_t)pData, Size); + + /* Enable Address Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 &= ~I2C_CR2_NACK; + + /* Wait until ADDR flag is set */ + if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR, RESET, I2C_TIMEOUT_ADDR) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Disable Address Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK; + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + + /* Clear ADDR flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c,I2C_FLAG_ADDR); + + /* Wait until DIR flag is set Receiver mode */ + if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_DIR, SET, I2C_TIMEOUT_DIR) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Disable Address Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK; + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + + /* Enable DMA Request */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} +/** + * @brief Write an amount of data in blocking mode to a specific memory address + * @param hi2c : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param DevAddress: Target device address + * @param MemAddress: Internal memory address + * @param MemAddSize: Size of internal memory address + * @param pData: Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size: Amount of data to be sent + * @param Timeout: Timeout duration + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Mem_Write(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint32_t Sizetmp = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_MEMADD_SIZE(MemAddSize)); + + if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY) == SET) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_MEM_BUSY_TX; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Send Slave Address and Memory Address */ + if(I2C_RequestMemoryWrite(hi2c, DevAddress, MemAddress, MemAddSize, Timeout) != HAL_OK) + { + if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF) + { + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if size > 255 */ + /* Size > 255, need to set RELOAD bit */ + if(Size > 255) + { + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c,DevAddress,255, I2C_RELOAD_MODE, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP); + Sizetmp = 255; + } + else + { + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c,DevAddress,Size, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP); + Sizetmp = Size; + } + + do + { + /* Wait until TXIS flag is set */ + if(I2C_WaitOnTXISFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout) != HAL_OK) + { + if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Write data to DR */ + hi2c->Instance->TXDR = (*pData++); + Sizetmp--; + Size--; + + if((Sizetmp == 0)&&(Size!=0)) + { + /* Wait until TCR flag is set */ + if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TCR, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + + + if(Size > 255) + { + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c,DevAddress,255, I2C_RELOAD_MODE, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP); + Sizetmp = 255; + } + else + { + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c,DevAddress,Size, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP); + Sizetmp = Size; + } + } + + }while(Size > 0); + + /* No need to Check TC flag, with AUTOEND mode the stop is automatically generated */ + /* Wait until STOPF flag is reset */ + if(I2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_TIMEOUT_STOPF) != HAL_OK) + { + if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Clear STOP Flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF); + + /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */ + I2C_RESET_CR2(hi2c); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Read an amount of data in blocking mode from a specific memory address + * @param hi2c : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param DevAddress: Target device address + * @param MemAddress: Internal memory address + * @param MemAddSize: Size of internal memory address + * @param pData: Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size: Amount of data to be sent + * @param Timeout: Timeout duration + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Mem_Read(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint32_t Sizetmp = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_MEMADD_SIZE(MemAddSize)); + + if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY) == SET) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_MEM_BUSY_RX; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Send Slave Address and Memory Address */ + if(I2C_RequestMemoryRead(hi2c, DevAddress, MemAddress, MemAddSize, Timeout) != HAL_OK) + { + if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF) + { + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Send Slave Address */ + /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if size > 255 and generate RESTART */ + /* Size > 255, need to set RELOAD bit */ + if(Size > 255) + { + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c,DevAddress,255, I2C_RELOAD_MODE, I2C_GENERATE_START_READ); + Sizetmp = 255; + } + else + { + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c,DevAddress,Size, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, I2C_GENERATE_START_READ); + Sizetmp = Size; + } + + do + { + /* Wait until RXNE flag is set */ + if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + + /* Read data from RXDR */ + (*pData++) = hi2c->Instance->RXDR; + + /* Decrement the Size counter */ + Sizetmp--; + Size--; + + if((Sizetmp == 0)&&(Size!=0)) + { + /* Wait until TCR flag is set */ + if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TCR, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + + if(Size > 255) + { + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c,DevAddress,255, I2C_RELOAD_MODE, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP); + Sizetmp = 255; + } + else + { + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c,DevAddress,Size, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP); + Sizetmp = Size; + } + } + + }while(Size > 0); + + /* No need to Check TC flag, with AUTOEND mode the stop is automatically generated */ + /* Wait until STOPF flag is reset */ + if(I2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_TIMEOUT_STOPF) != HAL_OK) + { + if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Clear STOP Flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF); + + /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */ + I2C_RESET_CR2(hi2c); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} +/** + * @brief Write an amount of data in no-blocking mode with Interrupt to a specific memory address + * @param hi2c : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param DevAddress: Target device address + * @param MemAddress: Internal memory address + * @param MemAddSize: Size of internal memory address + * @param pData: Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size: Amount of data to be sent + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Mem_Write_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_MEMADD_SIZE(MemAddSize)); + + if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY) == SET) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_MEM_BUSY_TX; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + if(Size > 255) + { + hi2c->XferSize = 255; + } + else + { + hi2c->XferSize = Size; + } + + /* Send Slave Address and Memory Address */ + if(I2C_RequestMemoryWrite(hi2c, DevAddress, MemAddress, MemAddSize, I2C_TIMEOUT_FLAG) != HAL_OK) + { + if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF) + { + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if size > 255 */ + /* Size > 255, need to set RELOAD bit */ + if( (hi2c->XferSize == 255) && (hi2c->XferSize < hi2c->XferCount) ) + { + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c,DevAddress,hi2c->XferSize, I2C_RELOAD_MODE, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP); + } + else + { + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c,DevAddress,hi2c->XferSize, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP); + } + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + + /* Enable ERR, TC, STOP, NACK, TXI interrupt */ + /* possible to enable all of these */ + /* I2C_IT_ERRI | I2C_IT_TCI| I2C_IT_STOPI| I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_ADDRI | I2C_IT_RXI | I2C_IT_TXI */ + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE_IT(hi2c,I2C_IT_ERRI | I2C_IT_TCI| I2C_IT_STOPI| I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_TXI ); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Read an amount of data in no-blocking mode with Interrupt from a specific memory address + * @param hi2c : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param DevAddress: Target device address + * @param MemAddress: Internal memory address + * @param MemAddSize: Size of internal memory address + * @param pData: Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size: Amount of data to be sent + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Mem_Read_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_MEMADD_SIZE(MemAddSize)); + + if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY) == SET) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_MEM_BUSY_RX; + + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + if(Size > 255) + { + hi2c->XferSize = 255; + } + else + { + hi2c->XferSize = Size; + } + + /* Send Slave Address and Memory Address */ + if(I2C_RequestMemoryRead(hi2c, DevAddress, MemAddress, MemAddSize, I2C_TIMEOUT_FLAG) != HAL_OK) + { + if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF) + { + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if size > 255 and generate RESTART */ + /* Size > 255, need to set RELOAD bit */ + if( (hi2c->XferSize == 255) && (hi2c->XferSize < hi2c->XferCount) ) + { + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c,DevAddress,hi2c->XferSize, I2C_RELOAD_MODE, I2C_GENERATE_START_READ); + } + else + { + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c,DevAddress,hi2c->XferSize, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, I2C_GENERATE_START_READ); + } + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + + /* Enable ERR, TC, STOP, NACK, RXI interrupt */ + /* possible to enable all of these */ + /* I2C_IT_ERRI | I2C_IT_TCI| I2C_IT_STOPI| I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_ADDRI | I2C_IT_RXI | I2C_IT_TXI */ + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE_IT(hi2c, I2C_IT_ERRI | I2C_IT_TCI| I2C_IT_STOPI| I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_RXI ); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} +/** + * @brief Write an amount of data in no-blocking mode with DMA to a specific memory address + * @param hi2c : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param DevAddress: Target device address + * @param MemAddress: Internal memory address + * @param MemAddSize: Size of internal memory address + * @param pData: Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size: Amount of data to be sent + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Mem_Write_DMA(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_MEMADD_SIZE(MemAddSize)); + + if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY) == SET) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_MEM_BUSY_TX; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + if(Size > 255) + { + hi2c->XferSize = 255; + } + else + { + hi2c->XferSize = Size; + } + + /* Set the I2C DMA transfer complete callback */ + hi2c->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = I2C_DMAMemTransmitCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + hi2c->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = I2C_DMAError; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2c->hdmatx, (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&hi2c->Instance->TXDR, hi2c->XferSize); + + /* Send Slave Address and Memory Address */ + if(I2C_RequestMemoryWrite(hi2c, DevAddress, MemAddress, MemAddSize, I2C_TIMEOUT_FLAG) != HAL_OK) + { + if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF) + { + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Send Slave Address */ + /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if size > 255 */ + if( (hi2c->XferSize == 255) && (hi2c->XferSize < hi2c->XferCount) ) + { + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c,DevAddress,hi2c->XferSize, I2C_RELOAD_MODE, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP); + } + else + { + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c,DevAddress,hi2c->XferSize, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP); + } + + /* Wait until TXIS flag is set */ + if(I2C_WaitOnTXISFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_TIMEOUT_TXIS) != HAL_OK) + { + if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Enable DMA Request */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Reads an amount of data in no-blocking mode with DMA from a specific memory address. + * @param hi2c : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param DevAddress: Target device address + * @param MemAddress: Internal memory address + * @param MemAddSize: Size of internal memory address + * @param pData: Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size: Amount of data to be read + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Mem_Read_DMA(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_MEMADD_SIZE(MemAddSize)); + + if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY) == SET) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_MEM_BUSY_RX; + + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + if(Size > 255) + { + hi2c->XferSize = 255; + } + else + { + hi2c->XferSize = Size; + } + + /* Set the I2C DMA transfer complete callback */ + hi2c->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = I2C_DMAMemReceiveCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + hi2c->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = I2C_DMAError; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2c->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&hi2c->Instance->RXDR, (uint32_t)pData, hi2c->XferSize); + + /* Send Slave Address and Memory Address */ + if(I2C_RequestMemoryRead(hi2c, DevAddress, MemAddress, MemAddSize, I2C_TIMEOUT_FLAG) != HAL_OK) + { + if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF) + { + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if size > 255 and generate RESTART */ + if( (hi2c->XferSize == 255) && (hi2c->XferSize < hi2c->XferCount) ) + { + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c,DevAddress,hi2c->XferSize, I2C_RELOAD_MODE, I2C_GENERATE_START_READ); + } + else + { + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c,DevAddress,hi2c->XferSize, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, I2C_GENERATE_START_READ); + } + + /* Wait until RXNE flag is set */ + if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, I2C_TIMEOUT_RXNE) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + + /* Enable DMA Request */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Checks if target device is ready for communication. + * @note This function is used with Memory devices + * @param hi2c : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param DevAddress: Target device address + * @param Trials: Number of trials + * @param Timeout: Timeout duration + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_IsDeviceReady(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint32_t Trials, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = 0; + + __IO uint32_t I2C_Trials = 0; + + if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + if(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY) == SET) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + do + { + /* Generate Start */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 = I2C_GENERATE_START(hi2c->Init.AddressingMode,DevAddress); + + /* No need to Check TC flag, with AUTOEND mode the stop is automatically generated */ + /* Wait until STOPF flag is set or a NACK flag is set*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + while((__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF) == RESET) && (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF) == RESET) && (hi2c->State != HAL_I2C_STATE_TIMEOUT)) + { + if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) + { + if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)) + { + /* Device is ready */ + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + + /* Check if the NACKF flag has not been set */ + if (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF) == RESET) + { + /* Wait until STOPF flag is reset */ + if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + + /* Clear STOP Flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF); + + /* Device is ready */ + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + /* Wait until STOPF flag is reset */ + if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + + /* Clear NACK Flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF); + + /* Clear STOP Flag, auto generated with autoend*/ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF); + } + + /* Check if the maximum allowed number of trials has been reached */ + if (I2C_Trials++ == Trials) + { + /* Generate Stop */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_STOP; + + /* Wait until STOPF flag is reset */ + if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + + /* Clear STOP Flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF); + } + }while(I2C_Trials < Trials); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup IRQ_Handler_and_Callbacks IRQ Handler and Callbacks + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief This function handles I2C event interrupt request. + * @param hi2c : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_I2C_EV_IRQHandler(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* I2C in mode Transmitter ---------------------------------------------------*/ + if (((__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TXIS) == SET) || (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TCR) == SET) || (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TC) == SET) || (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF) == SET) || (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF) == SET) || (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR) == SET)) && (__HAL_I2C_GET_IT_SOURCE(hi2c, (I2C_IT_TCI | I2C_IT_STOPI | I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_TXI | I2C_IT_ADDRI)) == SET)) + { + /* Slave mode selected */ + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_TX) + { + I2C_SlaveTransmit_ISR(hi2c); + } + } + + if (((__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TXIS) == SET) || (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TCR) == SET) || (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TC) == SET) || (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF) == SET) || (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF) == SET)) && (__HAL_I2C_GET_IT_SOURCE(hi2c, (I2C_IT_TCI | I2C_IT_STOPI | I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_TXI)) == SET)) + { + /* Master mode selected */ + if ((hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_TX) || (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_MEM_BUSY_TX)) + { + I2C_MasterTransmit_ISR(hi2c); + } + } + + /* I2C in mode Receiver ----------------------------------------------------*/ + if (((__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_RXNE) == SET) || (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TCR) == SET) || (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TC) == SET) || (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF) == SET) || (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF) == SET) || (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR) == SET)) && (__HAL_I2C_GET_IT_SOURCE(hi2c, (I2C_IT_TCI| I2C_IT_STOPI| I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_RXI | I2C_IT_ADDRI)) == SET)) + { + /* Slave mode selected */ + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_RX) + { + I2C_SlaveReceive_ISR(hi2c); + } + } + if (((__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_RXNE) == SET) || (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TCR) == SET) || (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TC) == SET) || (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF) == SET) || (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF) == SET)) && (__HAL_I2C_GET_IT_SOURCE(hi2c, (I2C_IT_TCI| I2C_IT_STOPI| I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_RXI)) == SET)) + { + /* Master mode selected */ + if ((hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_RX) || (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_MEM_BUSY_RX)) + { + I2C_MasterReceive_ISR(hi2c); + } + } +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles I2C error interrupt request. + * @param hi2c : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_I2C_ER_IRQHandler(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* I2C Bus error interrupt occurred ------------------------------------*/ + if((__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BERR) == SET) && (__HAL_I2C_GET_IT_SOURCE(hi2c, I2C_IT_ERRI) == SET)) + { + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_BERR; + + /* Clear BERR flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BERR); + } + + /* I2C Over-Run/Under-Run interrupt occurred ----------------------------------------*/ + if((__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_OVR) == SET) && (__HAL_I2C_GET_IT_SOURCE(hi2c, I2C_IT_ERRI) == SET)) + { + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_OVR; + + /* Clear OVR flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_OVR); + } + + /* I2C Arbitration Loss error interrupt occurred -------------------------------------*/ + if((__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ARLO) == SET) && (__HAL_I2C_GET_IT_SOURCE(hi2c, I2C_IT_ERRI) == SET)) + { + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_ARLO; + + /* Clear ARLO flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ARLO); + } + + /* Call the Error Callback in case of Error detected */ + if(hi2c->ErrorCode != HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE) + { + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + + HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback(hi2c); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Master Tx Transfer completed callbacks. + * @param hi2c : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @retval None + */ + __weak void HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_I2C_TxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Master Rx Transfer completed callbacks. + * @param hi2c : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_I2C_TxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** @brief Slave Tx Transfer completed callbacks. + * @param hi2c : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @retval None + */ + __weak void HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_I2C_TxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Slave Rx Transfer completed callbacks. + * @param hi2c : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_I2C_TxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Memory Tx Transfer completed callbacks. + * @param hi2c : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @retval None + */ + __weak void HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_I2C_TxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Memory Rx Transfer completed callbacks. + * @param hi2c : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_I2C_TxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief I2C error callbacks. + * @param hi2c : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @retval None + */ + __weak void HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral State and Errors functions + * @brief Peripheral State and Errors functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral State and Errors functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection permit to get in run-time the status of the peripheral + and the data flow. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Returns the I2C state. + * @param hi2c : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @retval HAL state + */ +HAL_I2C_StateTypeDef HAL_I2C_GetState(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + return hi2c->State; +} + +/** + * @brief Return the I2C error code + * @param hi2c : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. +* @retval I2C Error Code +*/ +uint32_t HAL_I2C_GetError(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + return hi2c->ErrorCode; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup I2C_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Handle Interrupt Flags Master Transmit Mode + * @param hi2c : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_MasterTransmit_ISR(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + uint16_t DevAddress; + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + if(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TXIS) == SET) + { + /* Write data to TXDR */ + hi2c->Instance->TXDR = (*hi2c->pBuffPtr++); + hi2c->XferSize--; + hi2c->XferCount--; + } + else if(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TCR) == SET) + { + if((hi2c->XferSize == 0)&&(hi2c->XferCount!=0)) + { + DevAddress = (hi2c->Instance->CR2 & I2C_CR2_SADD); + + if(hi2c->XferCount > 255) + { + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c,DevAddress,255, I2C_RELOAD_MODE, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP); + hi2c->XferSize = 255; + } + else + { + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c,DevAddress,hi2c->XferCount, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP); + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + } + } + else + { + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Wrong size Status regarding TCR flag event */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_SIZE; + HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback(hi2c); + } + } + else if(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TC) == SET) + { + if(hi2c->XferCount == 0) + { + /* Generate Stop */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_STOP; + } + else + { + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Wrong size Status regarding TCR flag event */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_SIZE; + HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback(hi2c); + } + } + else if(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF) == SET) + { + /* Disable ERR, TC, STOP, NACK, TXI interrupt */ + __HAL_I2C_DISABLE_IT(hi2c,I2C_IT_ERRI | I2C_IT_TCI| I2C_IT_STOPI| I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_TXI ); + + /* Clear STOP Flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF); + + /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */ + I2C_RESET_CR2(hi2c); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_MEM_BUSY_TX) + { + HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback(hi2c); + } + else + { + HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback(hi2c); + } + } + else if(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF) == SET) + { + /* Clear NACK Flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF; + HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback(hi2c); + } + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Handle Interrupt Flags Master Receive Mode + * @param hi2c : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_MasterReceive_ISR(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + uint16_t DevAddress; + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + if(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_RXNE) == SET) + { + /* Read data from RXDR */ + (*hi2c->pBuffPtr++) = hi2c->Instance->RXDR; + hi2c->XferSize--; + hi2c->XferCount--; + } + else if(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TCR) == SET) + { + if((hi2c->XferSize == 0)&&(hi2c->XferCount!=0)) + { + DevAddress = (hi2c->Instance->CR2 & I2C_CR2_SADD); + + if(hi2c->XferCount > 255) + { + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c,DevAddress,255, I2C_RELOAD_MODE, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP); + hi2c->XferSize = 255; + } + else + { + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c,DevAddress,hi2c->XferCount, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP); + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + } + } + else + { + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Wrong size Status regarding TCR flag event */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_SIZE; + HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback(hi2c); + } + } + else if(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TC) == SET) + { + if(hi2c->XferCount == 0) + { + /* Generate Stop */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_STOP; + } + else + { + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Wrong size Status regarding TCR flag event */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_SIZE; + HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback(hi2c); + } + } + else if(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF) == SET) + { + /* Disable ERR, TC, STOP, NACK, TXI interrupt */ + __HAL_I2C_DISABLE_IT(hi2c,I2C_IT_ERRI | I2C_IT_TCI| I2C_IT_STOPI| I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_RXI ); + + /* Clear STOP Flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF); + + /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */ + I2C_RESET_CR2(hi2c); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_MEM_BUSY_RX) + { + HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback(hi2c); + } + else + { + HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback(hi2c); + } + } + else if(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF) == SET) + { + /* Clear NACK Flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF; + HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback(hi2c); + } + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_OK; + +} + +/** + * @brief Handle Interrupt Flags Slave Transmit Mode + * @param hi2c : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_SlaveTransmit_ISR(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + if(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF) != RESET) + { + /* Check that I2C transfer finished */ + /* if yes, normal usecase, a NACK is sent by the MASTER when Transfer is finished */ + /* Mean XferCount == 0*/ + /* So clear Flag NACKF only */ + if(hi2c->XferCount == 0) + { + /* Clear NACK Flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + } + else + { + /* if no, error usecase, a Non-Acknowledge of last Data is generated by the MASTER*/ + /* Clear NACK Flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF); + + /* Set ErrorCode corresponding to a Non-Acknowledge */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Call the Error callback to prevent upper layer */ + HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback(hi2c); + } + } + else if(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR) == SET) + { + /* Clear ADDR flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR); + } + /* Check first if STOPF is set */ + /* to prevent a Write Data in TX buffer */ + /* which is stuck in TXDR until next */ + /* communication with Master */ + else if(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF) == SET) + { + /* Disable ERRI, TCI, STOPI, NACKI, ADDRI, RXI, TXI interrupt */ + __HAL_I2C_DISABLE_IT(hi2c,I2C_IT_ERRI | I2C_IT_TCI| I2C_IT_STOPI| I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_ADDRI | I2C_IT_RXI | I2C_IT_TXI ); + + /* Disable Address Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK; + + /* Clear STOP Flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback(hi2c); + } + else if(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TXIS) == SET) + { + /* Write data to TXDR only if XferCount not reach "0" */ + /* A TXIS flag can be set, during STOP treatment */ + if(hi2c->XferCount > 0) + { + /* Write data to TXDR */ + hi2c->Instance->TXDR = (*hi2c->pBuffPtr++); + hi2c->XferCount--; + } + } + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Handle Interrupt Flags Slave Receive Mode + * @param hi2c : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_SlaveReceive_ISR(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + if(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF) != RESET) + { + /* Clear NACK Flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF; + HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback(hi2c); + } + else if(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR) == SET) + { + /* Clear ADDR flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR); + } + else if(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_RXNE) == SET) + { + /* Read data from RXDR */ + (*hi2c->pBuffPtr++) = hi2c->Instance->RXDR; + hi2c->XferSize--; + hi2c->XferCount--; + } + else if(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF) == SET) + { + /* Disable ERRI, TCI, STOPI, NACKI, ADDRI, RXI, TXI interrupt */ + __HAL_I2C_DISABLE_IT(hi2c,I2C_IT_ERRI | I2C_IT_TCI| I2C_IT_STOPI| I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_ADDRI | I2C_IT_RXI | I2C_IT_RXI ); + + /* Disable Address Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK; + + /* Clear STOP Flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback(hi2c); + } + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Master sends target device address followed by internal memory address for write request. + * @param hi2c : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param DevAddress: Target device address + * @param MemAddress: Internal memory address + * @param MemAddSize: Size of internal memory address + * @param Timeout: Timeout duration + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_RequestMemoryWrite(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c,DevAddress,MemAddSize, I2C_RELOAD_MODE, I2C_GENERATE_START_WRITE); + + /* Wait until TXIS flag is set */ + if(I2C_WaitOnTXISFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout) != HAL_OK) + { + if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* If Memory address size is 8Bit */ + if(MemAddSize == I2C_MEMADD_SIZE_8BIT) + { + /* Send Memory Address */ + hi2c->Instance->TXDR = I2C_MEM_ADD_LSB(MemAddress); + } + /* If Memory address size is 16Bit */ + else + { + /* Send MSB of Memory Address */ + hi2c->Instance->TXDR = I2C_MEM_ADD_MSB(MemAddress); + + /* Wait until TXIS flag is set */ + if(I2C_WaitOnTXISFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout) != HAL_OK) + { + if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Send LSB of Memory Address */ + hi2c->Instance->TXDR = I2C_MEM_ADD_LSB(MemAddress); + } + + /* Wait until TCR flag is set */ + if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TCR, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + +return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Master sends target device address followed by internal memory address for read request. + * @param hi2c : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param DevAddress: Target device address + * @param MemAddress: Internal memory address + * @param MemAddSize: Size of internal memory address + * @param Timeout: Timeout duration + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_RequestMemoryRead(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c,DevAddress,MemAddSize, I2C_SOFTEND_MODE, I2C_GENERATE_START_WRITE); + + /* Wait until TXIS flag is set */ + if(I2C_WaitOnTXISFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout) != HAL_OK) + { + if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* If Memory address size is 8Bit */ + if(MemAddSize == I2C_MEMADD_SIZE_8BIT) + { + /* Send Memory Address */ + hi2c->Instance->TXDR = I2C_MEM_ADD_LSB(MemAddress); + } + /* If Memory address size is 16Bit */ + else + { + /* Send MSB of Memory Address */ + hi2c->Instance->TXDR = I2C_MEM_ADD_MSB(MemAddress); + + /* Wait until TXIS flag is set */ + if(I2C_WaitOnTXISFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout) != HAL_OK) + { + if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Send LSB of Memory Address */ + hi2c->Instance->TXDR = I2C_MEM_ADD_LSB(MemAddress); + } + + /* Wait until TC flag is set */ + if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TC, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief DMA I2C master transmit process complete callback. + * @param hdma: DMA handle + * @retval None + */ +static void I2C_DMAMasterTransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + uint16_t DevAddress; + I2C_HandleTypeDef* hi2c = (I2C_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef*)hdma)->Parent; + + /* Check if last DMA request was done with RELOAD */ + /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if size > 255 */ + if( (hi2c->XferSize == 255) && (hi2c->XferSize < hi2c->XferCount) ) + { + /* Wait until TCR flag is set */ + if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TCR, RESET, I2C_TIMEOUT_TCR) != HAL_OK) + { + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT; + } + + /* Disable DMA Request */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN; + + /* Check if Errors has been detected during transfer */ + if(hi2c->ErrorCode != HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE) + { + /* No need to Check TC flag, with AUTOEND mode the stop is automatically generated */ + /* Wait until STOPF flag is reset */ + if(I2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_TIMEOUT_STOPF) != HAL_OK) + { + if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF) + { + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF; + } + else + { + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Clear STOP Flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF); + + /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */ + I2C_RESET_CR2(hi2c); + + hi2c->XferCount = 0; + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback(hi2c); + } + else + { + hi2c->pBuffPtr += hi2c->XferSize; + hi2c->XferCount -= hi2c->XferSize; + if(hi2c->XferCount > 255) + { + hi2c->XferSize = 255; + } + else + { + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + } + + DevAddress = (hi2c->Instance->CR2 & I2C_CR2_SADD); + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2c->hdmatx, (uint32_t)hi2c->pBuffPtr, (uint32_t)&hi2c->Instance->TXDR, hi2c->XferSize); + + /* Send Slave Address */ + /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if size > 255 */ + if( (hi2c->XferSize == 255) && (hi2c->XferSize < hi2c->XferCount) ) + { + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c,DevAddress,hi2c->XferSize, I2C_RELOAD_MODE, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP); + } + else + { + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c,DevAddress,hi2c->XferSize, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP); + } + + /* Wait until TXIS flag is set */ + if(I2C_WaitOnTXISFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_TIMEOUT_TXIS) != HAL_OK) + { + /* No need to Check TC flag, with AUTOEND mode the stop is automatically generated */ + /* Wait until STOPF flag is reset */ + if(I2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_TIMEOUT_STOPF) != HAL_OK) + { + if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF) + { + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF; + } + else + { + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Clear STOP Flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF); + + /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */ + I2C_RESET_CR2(hi2c); + + hi2c->XferCount = 0; + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback(hi2c); + } + else + { + /* Enable DMA Request */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN; + } + } + } + else + { + /* No need to Check TC flag, with AUTOEND mode the stop is automatically generated */ + /* Wait until STOPF flag is reset */ + if(I2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_TIMEOUT_STOPF) != HAL_OK) + { + if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF) + { + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF; + } + else + { + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Clear STOP Flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF); + + /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */ + I2C_RESET_CR2(hi2c); + + /* Disable DMA Request */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN; + + hi2c->XferCount = 0; + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + + /* Check if Errors has been detected during transfer */ + if(hi2c->ErrorCode != HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE) + { + HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback(hi2c); + } + else + { + HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback(hi2c); + } + } +} + +/** + * @brief DMA I2C slave transmit process complete callback. + * @param hdma: DMA handle + * @retval None + */ +static void I2C_DMASlaveTransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + I2C_HandleTypeDef* hi2c = (I2C_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef*)hdma)->Parent; + + /* Wait until STOP flag is set */ + if(I2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_TIMEOUT_STOPF) != HAL_OK) + { + if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF) + { + /* Normal Use case, a AF is generated by master */ + /* to inform slave the end of transfer */ + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + } + else + { + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Clear STOP flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c,I2C_FLAG_STOPF); + + /* Wait until BUSY flag is reset */ + if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY, SET, I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY) != HAL_OK) + { + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT; + } + + /* Disable DMA Request */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN; + + hi2c->XferCount = 0; + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + + /* Check if Errors has been detected during transfer */ + if(hi2c->ErrorCode != HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE) + { + HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback(hi2c); + } + else + { + HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback(hi2c); + } +} + +/** + * @brief DMA I2C master receive process complete callback + * @param hdma: DMA handle + * @retval None + */ +static void I2C_DMAMasterReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + I2C_HandleTypeDef* hi2c = (I2C_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef*)hdma)->Parent; + uint16_t DevAddress; + + /* Check if last DMA request was done with RELOAD */ + /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if size > 255 */ + if( (hi2c->XferSize == 255) && (hi2c->XferSize < hi2c->XferCount) ) + { + /* Wait until TCR flag is set */ + if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TCR, RESET, I2C_TIMEOUT_TCR) != HAL_OK) + { + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT; + } + + /* Disable DMA Request */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN; + + /* Check if Errors has been detected during transfer */ + if(hi2c->ErrorCode != HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE) + { + /* No need to Check TC flag, with AUTOEND mode the stop is automatically generated */ + /* Wait until STOPF flag is reset */ + if(I2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_TIMEOUT_STOPF) != HAL_OK) + { + if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF) + { + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF; + } + else + { + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Clear STOP Flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF); + + /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */ + I2C_RESET_CR2(hi2c); + + hi2c->XferCount = 0; + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback(hi2c); + } + else + { + hi2c->pBuffPtr += hi2c->XferSize; + hi2c->XferCount -= hi2c->XferSize; + if(hi2c->XferCount > 255) + { + hi2c->XferSize = 255; + } + else + { + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + } + + DevAddress = (hi2c->Instance->CR2 & I2C_CR2_SADD); + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2c->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&hi2c->Instance->RXDR, (uint32_t)hi2c->pBuffPtr, hi2c->XferSize); + + /* Send Slave Address */ + /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if size > 255 */ + if( (hi2c->XferSize == 255) && (hi2c->XferSize < hi2c->XferCount) ) + { + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c,DevAddress,hi2c->XferSize, I2C_RELOAD_MODE, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP); + } + else + { + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c,DevAddress,hi2c->XferSize, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP); + } + + /* Wait until RXNE flag is set */ + if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, I2C_TIMEOUT_RXNE) != HAL_OK) + { + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT; + } + + /* Check if Errors has been detected during transfer */ + if(hi2c->ErrorCode != HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE) + { + /* No need to Check TC flag, with AUTOEND mode the stop is automatically generated */ + /* Wait until STOPF flag is reset */ + if(I2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_TIMEOUT_STOPF) != HAL_OK) + { + if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF) + { + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF; + } + else + { + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Clear STOP Flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF); + + /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */ + I2C_RESET_CR2(hi2c); + + hi2c->XferCount = 0; + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + + HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback(hi2c); + } + else + { + /* Enable DMA Request */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN; + } + } + } + else + { + /* No need to Check TC flag, with AUTOEND mode the stop is automatically generated */ + /* Wait until STOPF flag is reset */ + if(I2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_TIMEOUT_STOPF) != HAL_OK) + { + if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF) + { + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF; + } + else + { + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Clear STOP Flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF); + + /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */ + I2C_RESET_CR2(hi2c); + + /* Disable DMA Request */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN; + + hi2c->XferCount = 0; + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + + /* Check if Errors has been detected during transfer */ + if(hi2c->ErrorCode != HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE) + { + HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback(hi2c); + } + else + { + HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback(hi2c); + } + } +} + +/** + * @brief DMA I2C slave receive process complete callback. + * @param hdma: DMA handle + * @retval None + */ +static void I2C_DMASlaveReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + I2C_HandleTypeDef* hi2c = (I2C_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef*)hdma)->Parent; + + /* Wait until STOPF flag is reset */ + if(I2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_TIMEOUT_STOPF) != HAL_OK) + { + if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF) + { + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF; + } + else + { + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Clear STOPF flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF); + + /* Wait until BUSY flag is reset */ + if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY, SET, I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY) != HAL_OK) + { + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT; + } + + /* Disable DMA Request */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN; + + /* Disable Address Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK; + + hi2c->XferCount = 0; + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + + /* Check if Errors has been detected during transfer */ + if(hi2c->ErrorCode != HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE) + { + HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback(hi2c); + } + else + { + HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback(hi2c); + } +} + +/** + * @brief DMA I2C Memory Write process complete callback + * @param hdma : DMA handle + * @retval None + */ +static void I2C_DMAMemTransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + uint16_t DevAddress; + I2C_HandleTypeDef* hi2c = ( I2C_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; + + /* Check if last DMA request was done with RELOAD */ + /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if size > 255 */ + if( (hi2c->XferSize == 255) && (hi2c->XferSize < hi2c->XferCount) ) + { + /* Wait until TCR flag is set */ + if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TCR, RESET, I2C_TIMEOUT_TCR) != HAL_OK) + { + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT; + } + + /* Disable DMA Request */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN; + + /* Check if Errors has been detected during transfer */ + if(hi2c->ErrorCode != HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE) + { + /* No need to Check TC flag, with AUTOEND mode the stop is automatically generated */ + /* Wait until STOPF flag is reset */ + if(I2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_TIMEOUT_STOPF) != HAL_OK) + { + if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF) + { + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF; + } + else + { + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Clear STOP Flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF); + + /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */ + I2C_RESET_CR2(hi2c); + + hi2c->XferCount = 0; + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback(hi2c); + } + else + { + hi2c->pBuffPtr += hi2c->XferSize; + hi2c->XferCount -= hi2c->XferSize; + if(hi2c->XferCount > 255) + { + hi2c->XferSize = 255; + } + else + { + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + } + + DevAddress = (hi2c->Instance->CR2 & I2C_CR2_SADD); + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2c->hdmatx, (uint32_t)hi2c->pBuffPtr, (uint32_t)&hi2c->Instance->TXDR, hi2c->XferSize); + + /* Send Slave Address */ + /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if size > 255 */ + if( (hi2c->XferSize == 255) && (hi2c->XferSize < hi2c->XferCount) ) + { + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c,DevAddress,hi2c->XferSize, I2C_RELOAD_MODE, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP); + } + else + { + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c,DevAddress,hi2c->XferSize, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP); + } + + /* Wait until TXIS flag is set */ + if(I2C_WaitOnTXISFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_TIMEOUT_TXIS) != HAL_OK) + { + /* No need to Check TC flag, with AUTOEND mode the stop is automatically generated */ + /* Wait until STOPF flag is reset */ + if(I2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_TIMEOUT_STOPF) != HAL_OK) + { + if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF) + { + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF; + } + else + { + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Clear STOP Flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF); + + /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */ + I2C_RESET_CR2(hi2c); + + hi2c->XferCount = 0; + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback(hi2c); + } + else + { + /* Enable DMA Request */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN; + } + } + } + else + { + /* No need to Check TC flag, with AUTOEND mode the stop is automatically generated */ + /* Wait until STOPF flag is reset */ + if(I2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_TIMEOUT_STOPF) != HAL_OK) + { + if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF) + { + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF; + } + else + { + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Clear STOP Flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF); + + /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */ + I2C_RESET_CR2(hi2c); + + /* Disable DMA Request */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN; + + hi2c->XferCount = 0; + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + + /* Check if Errors has been detected during transfer */ + if(hi2c->ErrorCode != HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE) + { + HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback(hi2c); + } + else + { + HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback(hi2c); + } + } +} + +/** + * @brief DMA I2C Memory Read process complete callback + * @param hdma: DMA handle + * @retval None + */ +static void I2C_DMAMemReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + I2C_HandleTypeDef* hi2c = ( I2C_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; + uint16_t DevAddress; + + /* Check if last DMA request was done with RELOAD */ + /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if size > 255 */ + if( (hi2c->XferSize == 255) && (hi2c->XferSize < hi2c->XferCount) ) + { + /* Wait until TCR flag is set */ + if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TCR, RESET, I2C_TIMEOUT_TCR) != HAL_OK) + { + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT; + } + + /* Disable DMA Request */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN; + + /* Check if Errors has been detected during transfer */ + if(hi2c->ErrorCode != HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE) + { + /* No need to Check TC flag, with AUTOEND mode the stop is automatically generated */ + /* Wait until STOPF flag is reset */ + if(I2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_TIMEOUT_STOPF) != HAL_OK) + { + if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF) + { + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF; + } + else + { + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Clear STOP Flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF); + + /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */ + I2C_RESET_CR2(hi2c); + + hi2c->XferCount = 0; + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback(hi2c); + } + else + { + hi2c->pBuffPtr += hi2c->XferSize; + hi2c->XferCount -= hi2c->XferSize; + if(hi2c->XferCount > 255) + { + hi2c->XferSize = 255; + } + else + { + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + } + + DevAddress = (hi2c->Instance->CR2 & I2C_CR2_SADD); + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2c->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&hi2c->Instance->RXDR, (uint32_t)hi2c->pBuffPtr, hi2c->XferSize); + + /* Send Slave Address */ + /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if size > 255 */ + if( (hi2c->XferSize == 255) && (hi2c->XferSize < hi2c->XferCount) ) + { + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c,DevAddress,hi2c->XferSize, I2C_RELOAD_MODE, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP); + } + else + { + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c,DevAddress,hi2c->XferSize, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP); + } + + /* Wait until RXNE flag is set */ + if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, I2C_TIMEOUT_RXNE) != HAL_OK) + { + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT; + } + + /* Check if Errors has been detected during transfer */ + if(hi2c->ErrorCode != HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE) + { + /* No need to Check TC flag, with AUTOEND mode the stop is automatically generated */ + /* Wait until STOPF flag is reset */ + if(I2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_TIMEOUT_STOPF) != HAL_OK) + { + if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF) + { + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF; + } + else + { + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Clear STOP Flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF); + + /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */ + I2C_RESET_CR2(hi2c); + + hi2c->XferCount = 0; + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback(hi2c); + } + else + { + /* Enable DMA Request */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN; + } + } + } + else + { + /* No need to Check TC flag, with AUTOEND mode the stop is automatically generated */ + /* Wait until STOPF flag is reset */ + if(I2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_TIMEOUT_STOPF) != HAL_OK) + { + if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF) + { + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF; + } + else + { + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Clear STOP Flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF); + + /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */ + I2C_RESET_CR2(hi2c); + + /* Disable DMA Request */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN; + + hi2c->XferCount = 0; + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + + /* Check if Errors has been detected during transfer */ + if(hi2c->ErrorCode != HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE) + { + HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback(hi2c); + } + else + { + HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback(hi2c); + } + } +} + +/** + * @brief DMA I2C communication error callback. + * @param hdma : DMA handle + * @retval None + */ +static void I2C_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + I2C_HandleTypeDef* hi2c = ( I2C_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; + + /* Disable Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK; + + hi2c->XferCount = 0; + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA; + + HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback(hi2c); +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles I2C Communication Timeout. + * @param hi2c : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param Flag: specifies the I2C flag to check. + * @param Status: The new Flag status (SET or RESET). + * @param Timeout: Timeout duration + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t Flag, FlagStatus Status, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait until flag is set */ + if(Status == RESET) + { + while(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, Flag) == RESET) + { + /* Check for the Timeout */ + if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) + { + if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)) + { + hi2c->State= HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + } + else + { + while(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, Flag) != RESET) + { + /* Check for the Timeout */ + if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) + { + if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)) + { + hi2c->State= HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + } + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles I2C Communication Timeout for specific usage of TXIS flag. + * @param hi2c : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param Timeout: Timeout duration + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_WaitOnTXISFlagUntilTimeout(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + while(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TXIS) == RESET) + { + /* Check if a NACK is detected */ + if(I2C_IsAcknowledgeFailed(hi2c, Timeout) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check for the Timeout */ + if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) + { + if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)) + { + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT; + hi2c->State= HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles I2C Communication Timeout for specific usage of STOP flag. + * @param hi2c : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param Timeout: Timeout duration + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = 0x00; + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + while(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF) == RESET) + { + /* Check if a NACK is detected */ + if(I2C_IsAcknowledgeFailed(hi2c, Timeout) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check for the Timeout */ + if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)) + { + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT; + hi2c->State= HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles I2C Communication Timeout for specific usage of RXNE flag. + * @param hi2c : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param Timeout: Timeout duration + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_WaitOnRXNEFlagUntilTimeout(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = 0x00; + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + while(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_RXNE) == RESET) + { + /* Check if a STOPF is detected */ + if(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF) == SET) + { + /* Clear STOP Flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF); + + /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */ + I2C_RESET_CR2(hi2c); + + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + hi2c->State= HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check for the Timeout */ + if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)) + { + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT; + hi2c->State= HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles Acknowledge failed detection during an I2C Communication. + * @param hi2c : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param Timeout: Timeout duration + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_IsAcknowledgeFailed(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = 0x00; + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + if(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF) == SET) + { + /* Generate stop if necessary only in case of I2C peripheral in MASTER mode */ + if((hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_TX) || (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_MEM_BUSY_TX) + || (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_MEM_BUSY_RX)) + { + /* No need to generate the STOP condition if AUTOEND mode is enabled */ + /* Generate the STOP condition only in case of SOFTEND mode is enabled */ + if((hi2c->Instance->CR2 & I2C_AUTOEND_MODE) != I2C_AUTOEND_MODE) + { + /* Generate Stop */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_STOP; + } + } + + /* Wait until STOP Flag is reset */ + /* AutoEnd should be initiate after AF */ + while(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF) == RESET) + { + /* Check for the Timeout */ + if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) + { + if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)) + { + hi2c->State= HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + + /* Clear NACKF Flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF); + + /* Clear STOP Flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF); + + /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */ + I2C_RESET_CR2(hi2c); + + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF; + hi2c->State= HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Handles I2Cx communication when starting transfer or during transfer (TC or TCR flag are set). + * @param hi2c: I2C handle. + * @param DevAddress: specifies the slave address to be programmed. + * @param Size: specifies the number of bytes to be programmed. + * This parameter must be a value between 0 and 255. + * @param Mode: new state of the I2C START condition generation. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg I2C_RELOAD_MODE: Enable Reload mode . + * @arg I2C_AUTOEND_MODE: Enable Automatic end mode. + * @arg I2C_SOFTEND_MODE: Enable Software end mode. + * @param Request: new state of the I2C START condition generation. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg I2C_NO_STARTSTOP: Don't Generate stop and start condition. + * @arg I2C_GENERATE_STOP: Generate stop condition (Size should be set to 0). + * @arg I2C_GENERATE_START_READ: Generate Restart for read request. + * @arg I2C_GENERATE_START_WRITE: Generate Restart for write request. + * @retval None + */ +static void I2C_TransferConfig(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t Size, uint32_t Mode, uint32_t Request) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_INSTANCE(hi2c->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TRANSFER_MODE(Mode)); + assert_param(IS_TRANSFER_REQUEST(Request)); + + /* Get the CR2 register value */ + tmpreg = hi2c->Instance->CR2; + + /* clear tmpreg specific bits */ + tmpreg &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)(I2C_CR2_SADD | I2C_CR2_NBYTES | I2C_CR2_RELOAD | I2C_CR2_AUTOEND | I2C_CR2_RD_WRN | I2C_CR2_START | I2C_CR2_STOP)); + + /* update tmpreg */ + tmpreg |= (uint32_t)(((uint32_t)DevAddress & I2C_CR2_SADD) | (((uint32_t)Size << 16 ) & I2C_CR2_NBYTES) | \ + (uint32_t)Mode | (uint32_t)Request); + + /* update CR2 register */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_I2C_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/stmhal/hal/f7/src/stm32f7xx_hal_i2s.c b/stmhal/hal/f7/src/stm32f7xx_hal_i2s.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f0fd09a07e --- /dev/null +++ b/stmhal/hal/f7/src/stm32f7xx_hal_i2s.c @@ -0,0 +1,1535 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f7xx_hal_i2s.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.1 + * @date 25-June-2015 + * @brief I2S HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Integrated Interchip Sound (I2S) peripheral: + * + Initialization and de-initialization functions + * + IO operation functions + * + Peripheral State and Errors functions + @verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### How to use this driver ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + The I2S HAL driver can be used as follows: + + (#) Declare a I2S_HandleTypeDef handle structure. + (#) Initialize the I2S low level resources by implement the HAL_I2S_MspInit() API: + (##) Enable the SPIx interface clock. + (##) I2S pins configuration: + (+++) Enable the clock for the I2S GPIOs. + (+++) Configure these I2S pins as alternate function pull-up. + (##) NVIC configuration if you need to use interrupt process (HAL_I2S_Transmit_IT() + and HAL_I2S_Receive_IT() APIs). + (+++) Configure the I2Sx interrupt priority. + (+++) Enable the NVIC I2S IRQ handle. + (##) DMA Configuration if you need to use DMA process (HAL_I2S_Transmit_DMA() + and HAL_I2S_Receive_DMA() APIs: + (+++) Declare a DMA handle structure for the Tx/Rx channel. + (+++) Enable the DMAx interface clock. + (+++) Configure the declared DMA handle structure with the required Tx/Rx parameters. + (+++) Configure the DMA Tx/Rx Channel. + (+++) Associate the initialized DMA handle to the I2S DMA Tx/Rx handle. + (+++) Configure the priority and enable the NVIC for the transfer complete interrupt on the + DMA Tx/Rx Channel. + + (#) Program the Mode, Standard, Data Format, MCLK Output, Audio frequency and Polarity + using HAL_I2S_Init() function. + + -@- The specific I2S interrupts (Transmission complete interrupt, + RXNE interrupt and Error Interrupts) will be managed using the macros + __HAL_I2S_ENABLE_IT() and __HAL_I2S_DISABLE_IT() inside the transmit and receive process. + -@- Make sure that either: + (+@) I2S clock is configured based on SYSCLK or + (+@) External clock source is configured after setting correctly + the define constant EXTERNAL_CLOCK_VALUE in the stm32f3xx_hal_conf.h file. + + (#) Three mode of operations are available within this driver : + + *** Polling mode IO operation *** + ================================= + [..] + (+) Send an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_I2S_Transmit() + (+) Receive an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_I2S_Receive() + + *** Interrupt mode IO operation *** + =================================== + [..] + (+) Send an amount of data in non blocking mode using HAL_I2S_Transmit_IT() + (+) At transmission end of half transfer HAL_I2S_TxHalfCpltCallback is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_TxHalfCpltCallback + (+) At transmission end of transfer HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback + (+) Receive an amount of data in non blocking mode using HAL_I2S_Receive_IT() + (+) At reception end of half transfer HAL_I2S_RxHalfCpltCallback is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_RxHalfCpltCallback + (+) At reception end of transfer HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback + (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback + + *** DMA mode IO operation *** + ============================== + [..] + (+) Send an amount of data in non blocking mode (DMA) using HAL_I2S_Transmit_DMA() + (+) At transmission end of half transfer HAL_I2S_TxHalfCpltCallback is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_TxHalfCpltCallback + (+) At transmission end of transfer HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback + (+) Receive an amount of data in non blocking mode (DMA) using HAL_I2S_Receive_DMA() + (+) At reception end of half transfer HAL_I2S_RxHalfCpltCallback is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_RxHalfCpltCallback + (+) At reception end of transfer HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback + (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback + (+) Pause the DMA Transfer using HAL_I2S_DMAPause() + (+) Resume the DMA Transfer using HAL_I2S_DMAResume() + (+) Stop the DMA Transfer using HAL_I2S_DMAStop() + + *** I2S HAL driver macros list *** + ============================================= + [..] + Below the list of most used macros in I2S HAL driver. + + (+) __HAL_I2S_ENABLE: Enable the specified SPI peripheral (in I2S mode) + (+) __HAL_I2S_DISABLE: Disable the specified SPI peripheral (in I2S mode) + (+) __HAL_I2S_ENABLE_IT : Enable the specified I2S interrupts + (+) __HAL_I2S_DISABLE_IT : Disable the specified I2S interrupts + (+) __HAL_I2S_GET_FLAG: Check whether the specified I2S flag is set or not + + [..] + (@) You can refer to the I2S HAL driver header file for more useful macros + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup I2S I2S + * @brief I2S HAL module driver + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_I2S_MODULE_ENABLED + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup I2S_Private_Functions I2S Private Functions + * @{ + */ +static void I2S_DMATxCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void I2S_DMATxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void I2S_DMARxCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void I2S_DMARxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void I2S_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void I2S_Transmit_IT(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s); +static void I2S_Receive_IT(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s); +static uint32_t I2S_GetClockFreq(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2S_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s, uint32_t Flag, uint32_t State, uint32_t Timeout); +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup I2S_Exported_Functions I2S Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup I2S_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize and + de-initialize the I2Sx peripheral in simplex mode: + + (+) User must Implement HAL_I2S_MspInit() function in which he configures + all related peripherals resources (CLOCK, GPIO, DMA, IT and NVIC ). + + (+) Call the function HAL_I2S_Init() to configure the selected device with + the selected configuration: + (++) Mode + (++) Standard + (++) Data Format + (++) MCLK Output + (++) Audio frequency + (++) Polarity + (++) Full duplex mode + + (+) Call the function HAL_I2S_DeInit() to restore the default configuration + of the selected I2Sx peripheral. +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Initializes the I2S according to the specified parameters + * in the I2S_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle. + * @param hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2S module + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_Init(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s) +{ + uint16_t tmpreg = 0, i2sdiv = 2, i2sodd = 0, packetlength = 1; + uint32_t tmp = 0, i2sclk = 0; + + /* Check the I2S handle allocation */ + if(hi2s == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2S_ALL_INSTANCE(hi2s->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_I2S_MODE(hi2s->Init.Mode)); + assert_param(IS_I2S_STANDARD(hi2s->Init.Standard)); + assert_param(IS_I2S_DATA_FORMAT(hi2s->Init.DataFormat)); + assert_param(IS_I2S_MCLK_OUTPUT(hi2s->Init.MCLKOutput)); + assert_param(IS_I2S_AUDIO_FREQ(hi2s->Init.AudioFreq)); + assert_param(IS_I2S_CPOL(hi2s->Init.CPOL)); + assert_param(IS_I2S_CLOCKSOURCE(hi2s->Init.ClockSource)); + + if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_RESET) + { + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + hi2s->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, CORTEX...etc */ + HAL_I2S_MspInit(hi2s); + } + + hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY; + + /*----------------------- SPIx I2SCFGR & I2SPR Configuration -----------------*/ + /* Clear I2SMOD, I2SE, I2SCFG, PCMSYNC, I2SSTD, CKPOL, DATLEN and CHLEN bits */ + hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR &= ~(SPI_I2SCFGR_CHLEN | SPI_I2SCFGR_DATLEN | SPI_I2SCFGR_CKPOL | \ + SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SSTD | SPI_I2SCFGR_PCMSYNC | SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SCFG | \ + SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE | SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SMOD); + hi2s->Instance->I2SPR = 0x0002; + + /* Get the I2SCFGR register value */ + tmpreg = hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR; + + /* If the default value has to be written, reinitialize i2sdiv and i2sodd*/ + if(hi2s->Init.AudioFreq == I2S_AUDIOFREQ_DEFAULT) + { + i2sodd = (uint16_t)0; + i2sdiv = (uint16_t)2; + } + /* If the requested audio frequency is not the default, compute the prescaler */ + else + { + /* Check the frame length (For the Prescaler computing) *******************/ + if(hi2s->Init.DataFormat == I2S_DATAFORMAT_16B) + { + /* Packet length is 16 bits */ + packetlength = 1; + } + else + { + /* Packet length is 32 bits */ + packetlength = 2; + } + + /* Get I2S source Clock frequency ****************************************/ + + /* If an external I2S clock has to be used, the specific define should be set + in the project configuration or in the stm32f3xx_conf.h file */ + if(hi2s->Init.ClockSource == I2S_CLOCK_EXTERNAL) + { + /* Set the I2S clock to the external clock value */ + i2sclk = EXTERNAL_CLOCK_VALUE; + } + else + { + /* Get the I2S source clock value */ + i2sclk = I2S_GetClockFreq(hi2s); + } + + /* Compute the Real divider depending on the MCLK output state, with a floating point */ + if(hi2s->Init.MCLKOutput == I2S_MCLKOUTPUT_ENABLE) + { + /* MCLK output is enabled */ + tmp = (uint16_t)(((((i2sclk / 256) * 10) / hi2s->Init.AudioFreq)) + 5); + } + else + { + /* MCLK output is disabled */ + tmp = (uint16_t)(((((i2sclk / (32 * packetlength)) *10 ) / hi2s->Init.AudioFreq)) + 5); + } + + /* Remove the flatting point */ + tmp = tmp / 10; + + /* Check the parity of the divider */ + i2sodd = (uint16_t)(tmp & (uint16_t)0x0001); + + /* Compute the i2sdiv prescaler */ + i2sdiv = (uint16_t)((tmp - i2sodd) / 2); + + /* Get the Mask for the Odd bit (SPI_I2SPR[8]) register */ + i2sodd = (uint16_t) (i2sodd << 8); + } + + /* Test if the divider is 1 or 0 or greater than 0xFF */ + if((i2sdiv < 2) || (i2sdiv > 0xFF)) + { + /* Set the default values */ + i2sdiv = 2; + i2sodd = 0; + } + + /* Write to SPIx I2SPR register the computed value */ + hi2s->Instance->I2SPR = (uint16_t)((uint16_t)i2sdiv | (uint16_t)(i2sodd | (uint16_t)hi2s->Init.MCLKOutput)); + + /* Configure the I2S with the I2S_InitStruct values */ + tmpreg |= (uint16_t)((uint16_t)SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SMOD | (uint16_t)(hi2s->Init.Mode | \ + (uint16_t)(hi2s->Init.Standard | (uint16_t)(hi2s->Init.DataFormat | \ + (uint16_t)hi2s->Init.CPOL)))); + + /* Write to SPIx I2SCFGR */ + hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR = tmpreg; + + hi2s->ErrorCode = HAL_I2S_ERROR_NONE; + hi2s->State= HAL_I2S_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes the I2S peripheral + * @param hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2S module + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_DeInit(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s) +{ + /* Check the I2S handle allocation */ + if(hi2s == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2S_ALL_INSTANCE(hi2s->Instance)); + + hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY; + + /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC... */ + HAL_I2S_MspDeInit(hi2s); + + hi2s->ErrorCode = HAL_I2S_ERROR_NONE; + hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_RESET; + + /* Release Lock */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief I2S MSP Init + * @param hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2S module + * @retval None + */ + __weak void HAL_I2S_MspInit(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s) +{ + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_I2S_MspInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief I2S MSP DeInit + * @param hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2S module + * @retval None + */ + __weak void HAL_I2S_MspDeInit(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s) +{ + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_I2S_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2S_Exported_Functions_Group2 Input and Output operation functions + * @brief Data transfers functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### IO operation functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the I2S data + transfers. + + (#) There are two modes of transfer: + (++) Blocking mode : The communication is performed in the polling mode. + The status of all data processing is returned by the same function + after finishing transfer. + (++) No-Blocking mode : The communication is performed using Interrupts + or DMA. These functions return the status of the transfer startup. + The end of the data processing will be indicated through the + dedicated I2S IRQ when using Interrupt mode or the DMA IRQ when + using DMA mode. + + (#) Blocking mode functions are : + (++) HAL_I2S_Transmit() + (++) HAL_I2S_Receive() + + (#) No-Blocking mode functions with Interrupt are : + (++) HAL_I2S_Transmit_IT() + (++) HAL_I2S_Receive_IT() + + (#) No-Blocking mode functions with DMA are : + (++) HAL_I2S_Transmit_DMA() + (++) HAL_I2S_Receive_DMA() + + (#) A set of Transfer Complete Callbacks are provided in non Blocking mode: + (++) HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback() + (++) HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback() + (++) HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback() + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Transmit an amount of data in blocking mode + * @param hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2S module + * @param pData: a 16-bit pointer to data buffer. + * @param Size: number of data sample to be sent: + * @note When a 16-bit data frame or a 16-bit data frame extended is selected during the I2S + * configuration phase, the Size parameter means the number of 16-bit data length + * in the transaction and when a 24-bit data frame or a 32-bit data frame is selected + * the Size parameter means the number of 16-bit data length. + * @param Timeout: Timeout duration + * @note The I2S is kept enabled at the end of transaction to avoid the clock de-synchronization + * between Master and Slave(example: audio streaming). + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_Transmit(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s, uint16_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + if((pData == NULL ) || (Size == 0)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_READY) + { + if(((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & (SPI_I2SCFGR_DATLEN | SPI_I2SCFGR_CHLEN)) == I2S_DATAFORMAT_24B)||\ + ((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & (SPI_I2SCFGR_DATLEN | SPI_I2SCFGR_CHLEN)) == I2S_DATAFORMAT_32B)) + { + hi2s->TxXferSize = (Size << 1); + hi2s->TxXferCount = (Size << 1); + } + else + { + hi2s->TxXferSize = Size; + hi2s->TxXferCount = Size; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2s); + + hi2s->ErrorCode = HAL_I2S_ERROR_NONE; + hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_TX; + + /* Check if the I2S is already enabled */ + if((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR &SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE) != SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE) + { + /* Enable I2S peripheral */ + __HAL_I2S_ENABLE(hi2s); + } + + while(hi2s->TxXferCount > 0) + { + hi2s->Instance->DR = (*pData++); + hi2s->TxXferCount--; + /* Wait until TXE flag is set */ + if (I2S_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hi2s, I2S_FLAG_TXE, SET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Set the error code and execute error callback*/ + hi2s->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2S_ERROR_TIMEOUT; + HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback(hi2s); + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + + /* Check if an underrun occurs */ + if(__HAL_I2S_GET_FLAG(hi2s, I2S_FLAG_UDR) == SET) + { + /* Set the I2S State ready */ + hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s); + + /* Set the error code and execute error callback*/ + hi2s->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2S_ERROR_UDR; + HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback(hi2s); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + + /* Check if Slave mode is selected */ + if(((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SCFG) == I2S_MODE_SLAVE_TX) || ((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SCFG) == I2S_MODE_SLAVE_RX)) + { + /* Wait until Busy flag is reset */ + if (I2S_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hi2s, I2S_FLAG_BSY, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Set the error code and execute error callback*/ + hi2s->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2S_ERROR_TIMEOUT; + HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback(hi2s); + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Receive an amount of data in blocking mode + * @param hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2S module + * @param pData: a 16-bit pointer to data buffer. + * @param Size: number of data sample to be sent: + * @note When a 16-bit data frame or a 16-bit data frame extended is selected during the I2S + * configuration phase, the Size parameter means the number of 16-bit data length + * in the transaction and when a 24-bit data frame or a 32-bit data frame is selected + * the Size parameter means the number of 16-bit data length. + * @param Timeout: Timeout duration + * @note The I2S is kept enabled at the end of transaction to avoid the clock de-synchronization + * between Master and Slave(example: audio streaming). + * @note In I2S Master Receiver mode, just after enabling the peripheral the clock will be generate + * in continuous way and as the I2S is not disabled at the end of the I2S transaction. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_Receive(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s, uint16_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + if((pData == NULL ) || (Size == 0)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_READY) + { + if(((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & (SPI_I2SCFGR_DATLEN | SPI_I2SCFGR_CHLEN)) == I2S_DATAFORMAT_24B)||\ + ((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & (SPI_I2SCFGR_DATLEN | SPI_I2SCFGR_CHLEN)) == I2S_DATAFORMAT_32B)) + { + hi2s->RxXferSize = (Size << 1); + hi2s->RxXferCount = (Size << 1); + } + else + { + hi2s->RxXferSize = Size; + hi2s->RxXferCount = Size; + } + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2s); + + hi2s->ErrorCode = HAL_I2S_ERROR_NONE; + hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_RX; + + /* Check if the I2S is already enabled */ + if((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE) != SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE) + { + /* Enable I2S peripheral */ + __HAL_I2S_ENABLE(hi2s); + } + + /* Check if Master Receiver mode is selected */ + if((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SCFG) == I2S_MODE_MASTER_RX) + { + /* Clear the Overrun Flag by a read operation on the SPI_DR register followed by a read + access to the SPI_SR register. */ + __HAL_I2S_CLEAR_OVRFLAG(hi2s); + } + + /* Receive data */ + while(hi2s->RxXferCount > 0) + { + /* Wait until RXNE flag is set */ + if (I2S_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hi2s, I2S_FLAG_RXNE, SET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Set the error code and execute error callback*/ + hi2s->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2S_ERROR_TIMEOUT; + HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback(hi2s); + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + + /* Check if an overrun occurs */ + if(__HAL_I2S_GET_FLAG(hi2s, I2S_FLAG_OVR) == SET) + { + /* Set the I2S State ready */ + hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s); + + /* Set the error code and execute error callback*/ + hi2s->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2S_ERROR_OVR; + HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback(hi2s); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + (*pData++) = hi2s->Instance->DR; + hi2s->RxXferCount--; + } + + hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Transmit an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt + * @param hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2S module + * @param pData: a 16-bit pointer to data buffer. + * @param Size: number of data sample to be sent: + * @note When a 16-bit data frame or a 16-bit data frame extended is selected during the I2S + * configuration phase, the Size parameter means the number of 16-bit data length + * in the transaction and when a 24-bit data frame or a 32-bit data frame is selected + * the Size parameter means the number of 16-bit data length. + * @note The I2S is kept enabled at the end of transaction to avoid the clock de-synchronization + * between Master and Slave(example: audio streaming). + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_Transmit_IT(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s, uint16_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_READY) + { + if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + hi2s->pTxBuffPtr = pData; + if(((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & (SPI_I2SCFGR_DATLEN | SPI_I2SCFGR_CHLEN)) == I2S_DATAFORMAT_24B)||\ + ((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & (SPI_I2SCFGR_DATLEN | SPI_I2SCFGR_CHLEN)) == I2S_DATAFORMAT_32B)) + { + hi2s->TxXferSize = (Size << 1); + hi2s->TxXferCount = (Size << 1); + } + else + { + hi2s->TxXferSize = Size; + hi2s->TxXferCount = Size; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2s); + + hi2s->ErrorCode = HAL_I2S_ERROR_NONE; + hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_TX; + + /* Enable TXE and ERR interrupt */ + __HAL_I2S_ENABLE_IT(hi2s, (I2S_IT_TXE | I2S_IT_ERR)); + + /* Check if the I2S is already enabled */ + if((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR &SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE) != SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE) + { + /* Enable I2S peripheral */ + __HAL_I2S_ENABLE(hi2s); + } + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Receive an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt + * @param hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2S module + * @param pData: a 16-bit pointer to the Receive data buffer. + * @param Size: number of data sample to be sent: + * @note When a 16-bit data frame or a 16-bit data frame extended is selected during the I2S + * configuration phase, the Size parameter means the number of 16-bit data length + * in the transaction and when a 24-bit data frame or a 32-bit data frame is selected + * the Size parameter means the number of 16-bit data length. + * @note The I2S is kept enabled at the end of transaction to avoid the clock de-synchronization + * between Master and Slave(example: audio streaming). + * @note It is recommended to use DMA for the I2S receiver to avoid de-synchronisation + * between Master and Slave otherwise the I2S interrupt should be optimized. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_Receive_IT(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s, uint16_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_READY) + { + if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + hi2s->pRxBuffPtr = pData; + if(((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & (SPI_I2SCFGR_DATLEN | SPI_I2SCFGR_CHLEN)) == I2S_DATAFORMAT_24B)||\ + ((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & (SPI_I2SCFGR_DATLEN | SPI_I2SCFGR_CHLEN)) == I2S_DATAFORMAT_32B)) + { + hi2s->RxXferSize = (Size << 1); + hi2s->RxXferCount = (Size << 1); + } + else + { + hi2s->RxXferSize = Size; + hi2s->RxXferCount = Size; + } + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2s); + + hi2s->ErrorCode = HAL_I2S_ERROR_NONE; + hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_RX; + + /* Enable TXE and ERR interrupt */ + __HAL_I2S_ENABLE_IT(hi2s, (I2S_IT_RXNE | I2S_IT_ERR)); + + /* Check if the I2S is already enabled */ + if((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR &SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE) != SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE) + { + /* Enable I2S peripheral */ + __HAL_I2S_ENABLE(hi2s); + } + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Transmit an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA + * @param hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2S module + * @param pData: a 16-bit pointer to the Transmit data buffer. + * @param Size: number of data sample to be sent: + * @note When a 16-bit data frame or a 16-bit data frame extended is selected during the I2S + * configuration phase, the Size parameter means the number of 16-bit data length + * in the transaction and when a 24-bit data frame or a 32-bit data frame is selected + * the Size parameter means the number of 16-bit data length. + * @note The I2S is kept enabled at the end of transaction to avoid the clock de-synchronization + * between Master and Slave(example: audio streaming). + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_Transmit_DMA(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s, uint16_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + uint32_t *tmp; + + if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_READY) + { + hi2s->pTxBuffPtr = pData; + if(((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & (SPI_I2SCFGR_DATLEN | SPI_I2SCFGR_CHLEN)) == I2S_DATAFORMAT_24B)||\ + ((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & (SPI_I2SCFGR_DATLEN | SPI_I2SCFGR_CHLEN)) == I2S_DATAFORMAT_32B)) + { + hi2s->TxXferSize = (Size << 1); + hi2s->TxXferCount = (Size << 1); + } + else + { + hi2s->TxXferSize = Size; + hi2s->TxXferCount = Size; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2s); + + hi2s->ErrorCode = HAL_I2S_ERROR_NONE; + hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_TX; + + /* Set the I2S Tx DMA Half transfer complete callback */ + hi2s->hdmatx->XferHalfCpltCallback = I2S_DMATxHalfCplt; + + /* Set the I2S TxDMA transfer complete callback */ + hi2s->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = I2S_DMATxCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + hi2s->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = I2S_DMAError; + + /* Enable the Tx DMA Channel */ + tmp = (uint32_t*)&pData; + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2s->hdmatx, *(uint32_t*)tmp, (uint32_t)&hi2s->Instance->DR, hi2s->TxXferSize); + + /* Check if the I2S is already enabled */ + if((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR &SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE) != SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE) + { + /* Enable I2S peripheral */ + __HAL_I2S_ENABLE(hi2s); + } + + /* Enable Tx DMA Request */ + hi2s->Instance->CR2 |= SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Receive an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA + * @param hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2S module + * @param pData: a 16-bit pointer to the Receive data buffer. + * @param Size: number of data sample to be sent: + * @note When a 16-bit data frame or a 16-bit data frame extended is selected during the I2S + * configuration phase, the Size parameter means the number of 16-bit data length + * in the transaction and when a 24-bit data frame or a 32-bit data frame is selected + * the Size parameter means the number of 16-bit data length. + * @note The I2S is kept enabled at the end of transaction to avoid the clock de-synchronization + * between Master and Slave(example: audio streaming). + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_Receive_DMA(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s, uint16_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + uint32_t *tmp; + + if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_READY) + { + hi2s->pRxBuffPtr = pData; + if(((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & (SPI_I2SCFGR_DATLEN | SPI_I2SCFGR_CHLEN)) == I2S_DATAFORMAT_24B)||\ + ((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & (SPI_I2SCFGR_DATLEN | SPI_I2SCFGR_CHLEN)) == I2S_DATAFORMAT_32B)) + { + hi2s->RxXferSize = (Size << 1); + hi2s->RxXferCount = (Size << 1); + } + else + { + hi2s->RxXferSize = Size; + hi2s->RxXferCount = Size; + } + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2s); + + hi2s->ErrorCode = HAL_I2S_ERROR_NONE; + hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_RX; + + /* Set the I2S Rx DMA Half transfer complete callback */ + hi2s->hdmarx->XferHalfCpltCallback = I2S_DMARxHalfCplt; + + /* Set the I2S Rx DMA transfer complete callback */ + hi2s->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = I2S_DMARxCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + hi2s->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = I2S_DMAError; + + /* Check if Master Receiver mode is selected */ + if((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SCFG) == I2S_MODE_MASTER_RX) + { + /* Clear the Overrun Flag by a read operation to the SPI_DR register followed by a read + access to the SPI_SR register. */ + __HAL_I2S_CLEAR_OVRFLAG(hi2s); + } + + /* Enable the Rx DMA Channel */ + tmp = (uint32_t*)&pData; + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2s->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&hi2s->Instance->DR, *(uint32_t*)tmp, hi2s->RxXferSize); + + /* Check if the I2S is already enabled */ + if((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR &SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE) != SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE) + { + /* Enable I2S peripheral */ + __HAL_I2S_ENABLE(hi2s); + } + + /* Enable Rx DMA Request */ + hi2s->Instance->CR2 |= SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Pauses the audio stream playing from the Media. + * @param hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2S module + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_DMAPause(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s) +{ + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2s); + + if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_TX) + { + /* Disable the I2S DMA Tx request */ + hi2s->Instance->CR2 &= (uint32_t)(~SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN); + } + else if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_RX) + { + /* Disable the I2S DMA Rx request */ + hi2s->Instance->CR2 &= (uint32_t)(~SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN); + } + else if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX) + { + if((hi2s->Init.Mode == I2S_MODE_SLAVE_TX)||(hi2s->Init.Mode == I2S_MODE_MASTER_TX)) + { + /* Disable the I2S DMA Tx request */ + hi2s->Instance->CR2 &= (uint32_t)(~SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN); + } + else + { + /* Disable the I2S DMA Rx request */ + hi2s->Instance->CR2 &= (uint32_t)(~SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN); + } + } + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Resumes the audio stream playing from the Media. + * @param hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2S module + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_DMAResume(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s) +{ + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2s); + + if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_TX) + { + /* Enable the I2S DMA Tx request */ + SET_BIT(hi2s->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN); + } + else if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_RX) + { + /* Enable the I2S DMA Rx request */ + SET_BIT(hi2s->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN); + } + + /* If the I2S peripheral is still not enabled, enable it */ + if(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR, SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE)) + { + /* Enable I2S peripheral */ + __HAL_I2S_ENABLE(hi2s); + } + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the audio stream playing from the Media. + * @param hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2S module + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_DMAStop(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s) +{ + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2s); + + /* Disable the I2S Tx/Rx DMA requests */ + CLEAR_BIT(hi2s->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN); + CLEAR_BIT(hi2s->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN); + + /* Abort the I2S DMA Channel tx */ + if(hi2s->hdmatx != NULL) + { + /* Disable the I2S DMA channel */ + __HAL_DMA_DISABLE(hi2s->hdmatx); + HAL_DMA_Abort(hi2s->hdmatx); + } + /* Abort the I2S DMA Channel rx */ + if(hi2s->hdmarx != NULL) + { + /* Disable the I2S DMA channel */ + __HAL_DMA_DISABLE(hi2s->hdmarx); + HAL_DMA_Abort(hi2s->hdmarx); + } + + /* Disable I2S peripheral */ + __HAL_I2S_DISABLE(hi2s); + + hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles I2S interrupt request. + * @param hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2S module + * @retval HAL status + */ +void HAL_I2S_IRQHandler(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s) +{ + __IO uint32_t i2ssr = hi2s->Instance->SR; + + if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_RX) + { + /* I2S in mode Receiver ----------------------------------------------------*/ + if(((i2ssr & I2S_FLAG_RXNE) == I2S_FLAG_RXNE) && (__HAL_I2S_GET_IT_SOURCE(hi2s, I2S_IT_RXNE) != RESET)) + { + I2S_Receive_IT(hi2s); + } + + /* I2S Overrun error interrupt occurred -------------------------------------*/ + if(((i2ssr & I2S_FLAG_OVR) == I2S_FLAG_OVR) && (__HAL_I2S_GET_IT_SOURCE(hi2s, I2S_IT_ERR) != RESET)) + { + /* Disable RXNE and ERR interrupt */ + __HAL_I2S_DISABLE_IT(hi2s, (I2S_IT_RXNE | I2S_IT_ERR)); + + /* Set the I2S State ready */ + hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_READY; + + /* Set the error code and execute error callback*/ + hi2s->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2S_ERROR_OVR; + HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback(hi2s); + } + } + else if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_TX) + { + /* I2S in mode Transmitter ---------------------------------------------------*/ + if(((i2ssr & I2S_FLAG_TXE) == I2S_FLAG_TXE) && (__HAL_I2S_GET_IT_SOURCE(hi2s, I2S_IT_TXE) != RESET)) + { + I2S_Transmit_IT(hi2s); + } + + /* I2S Underrun error interrupt occurred ------------------------------------*/ + if(((i2ssr & I2S_FLAG_UDR) == I2S_FLAG_UDR) && (__HAL_I2S_GET_IT_SOURCE(hi2s, I2S_IT_ERR) != RESET)) + { + /* Disable TXE and ERR interrupt */ + __HAL_I2S_DISABLE_IT(hi2s, (I2S_IT_TXE | I2S_IT_ERR)); + + /* Set the I2S State ready */ + hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_READY; + + /* Set the error code and execute error callback*/ + hi2s->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2S_ERROR_UDR; + HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback(hi2s); + } + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup I2S_Private_Functions I2S Private Functions + * @{ + */ +/** + * @brief This function handles I2S Communication Timeout. + * @param hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2S module + * @param Flag: Flag checked + * @param State: Value of the flag expected + * @param Timeout: Duration of the timeout + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2S_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s, uint32_t Flag, + uint32_t State, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = 0; + + /* Get tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait until flag is set */ + if(State == RESET) + { + while(__HAL_I2S_GET_FLAG(hi2s, Flag) == RESET) + { + if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) + { + if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)) + { + /* Set the I2S State ready */ + hi2s->State= HAL_I2S_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s); + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + } + else + { + while(__HAL_I2S_GET_FLAG(hi2s, Flag) != RESET) + { + if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) + { + if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)) + { + /* Set the I2S State ready */ + hi2s->State= HAL_I2S_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s); + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + } + return HAL_OK; +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup I2S_Exported_Functions I2S Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup I2S_Exported_Functions_Group2 Input and Output operation functions + * @{ + */ +/** + * @brief Tx Transfer Half completed callbacks + * @param hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2S module + * @retval None + */ + __weak void HAL_I2S_TxHalfCpltCallback(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s) +{ + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_I2S_TxHalfCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Tx Transfer completed callbacks + * @param hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2S module + * @retval None + */ + __weak void HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s) +{ + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Rx Transfer half completed callbacks + * @param hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2S module + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_I2S_RxHalfCpltCallback(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s) +{ + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Rx Transfer completed callbacks + * @param hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2S module + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s) +{ + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief I2S error callbacks + * @param hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2S module + * @retval None + */ + __weak void HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s) +{ + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2S_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral State and Errors functions + * @brief Peripheral State functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral State and Errors functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral + and the data flow. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Return the I2S state + * @param hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2S module + * @retval HAL state + */ +HAL_I2S_StateTypeDef HAL_I2S_GetState(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s) +{ + return hi2s->State; +} + +/** + * @brief Return the I2S error code + * @param hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2S module + * @retval I2S Error Code + */ +uint32_t HAL_I2S_GetError(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s) +{ + return hi2s->ErrorCode; +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + + /** + * @brief Get I2S Input Clock based on I2S source clock selection + * @param hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2S module. + * @retval I2S Clock Input + */ +static uint32_t I2S_GetClockFreq(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + /* This variable used to store the VCO Input (value in Hz) */ + uint32_t vcoinput = 0; + /* This variable used to store the I2S_CK_x (value in Hz) */ + uint32_t i2sclocksource = 0; + + /* Configure I2S Clock based on I2S source clock selection */ + + /* I2S_CLK_x : I2S Block Clock configuration for different clock sources selected */ + switch(hi2s->Init.ClockSource) + { + case I2S_CLOCK_SYSCLK : + { + /* Configure the PLLI2S division factor */ + /* PLLI2S_VCO Input = PLL_SOURCE/PLLI2SM */ + if((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC) == RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSI) + { + /* In Case the PLL Source is HSI (Internal Clock) */ + vcoinput = (HSI_VALUE / (uint32_t)(RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM)); + } + else + { + /* In Case the PLL Source is HSE (External Clock) */ + vcoinput = ((HSE_VALUE / (uint32_t)(RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM))); + } + + /* PLLI2S_VCO Output = PLLI2S_VCO Input * PLLI2SN */ + /* I2S_CLK(first level) = PLLI2S_VCO Output/PLLI2SR */ + tmpreg = (RCC->PLLI2SCFGR & RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SR) >> 28; + i2sclocksource = (vcoinput * ((RCC->PLLI2SCFGR & RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SN) >> 6))/(tmpreg); + + break; + } + case I2S_CLOCK_EXTERNAL : + { + i2sclocksource = EXTERNAL_CLOCK_VALUE; + break; + } + default : + { + break; + } + } + + /* the return result is the value of I2S clock */ + return i2sclocksource; +} + +/** @addtogroup I2S_Private_Functions I2S Private Functions + * @{ + */ +/** + * @brief DMA I2S transmit process complete callback + * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. + * @retval None + */ +static void I2S_DMATxCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + I2S_HandleTypeDef* hi2s = (I2S_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef*)hdma)->Parent; + + if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CIRC) == 0) + { + hi2s->TxXferCount = 0; + + /* Disable Tx DMA Request */ + hi2s->Instance->CR2 &= (uint32_t)(~SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN); + + if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX) + { + if(hi2s->RxXferCount == 0) + { + hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_READY; + } + } + else + { + hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_READY; + } + } + HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback(hi2s); +} + +/** + * @brief DMA I2S transmit process half complete callback + * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. + * @retval None + */ +static void I2S_DMATxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + I2S_HandleTypeDef* hi2s = (I2S_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef*)hdma)->Parent; + + HAL_I2S_TxHalfCpltCallback(hi2s); +} + +/** + * @brief DMA I2S receive process complete callback + * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. + * @retval None + */ +static void I2S_DMARxCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + I2S_HandleTypeDef* hi2s = (I2S_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef*)hdma)->Parent; + + if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CIRC) == 0) + { + /* Disable Rx DMA Request */ + hi2s->Instance->CR2 &= (uint32_t)(~SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN); + + hi2s->RxXferCount = 0; + if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX) + { + if(hi2s->TxXferCount == 0) + { + hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_READY; + } + } + else + { + hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_READY; + } + } + HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback(hi2s); +} + +/** + * @brief DMA I2S receive process half complete callback + * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. + * @retval None + */ +static void I2S_DMARxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + I2S_HandleTypeDef* hi2s = (I2S_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef*)hdma)->Parent; + + HAL_I2S_RxHalfCpltCallback(hi2s); +} + +/** + * @brief DMA I2S communication error callback + * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. + * @retval None + */ +static void I2S_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + I2S_HandleTypeDef* hi2s = ( I2S_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; + + /* Disable Rx and Tx DMA Request */ + hi2s->Instance->CR2 &= (uint32_t)(~(SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN | SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN)); + hi2s->TxXferCount = 0; + hi2s->RxXferCount = 0; + + hi2s->State= HAL_I2S_STATE_READY; + + /* Set the error code and execute error callback*/ + hi2s->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2S_ERROR_DMA; + HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback(hi2s); +} + +/** + * @brief Transmit an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt + * @param hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2S module + * @retval None + */ +static void I2S_Transmit_IT(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s) +{ + /* Transmit data */ + hi2s->Instance->DR = (*hi2s->pTxBuffPtr++); + hi2s->TxXferCount--; + + if(hi2s->TxXferCount == 0) + { + /* Disable TXE and ERR interrupt */ + __HAL_I2S_DISABLE_IT(hi2s, (I2S_IT_TXE | I2S_IT_ERR)); + + hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_READY; + HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback(hi2s); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Receive an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt + * @param hi2s: I2S handle + * @retval None + */ +static void I2S_Receive_IT(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s) +{ + /* Receive data */ + (*hi2s->pRxBuffPtr++) = hi2s->Instance->DR; + hi2s->RxXferCount--; + + if(hi2s->RxXferCount == 0) + { + /* Disable RXNE and ERR interrupt */ + __HAL_I2S_DISABLE_IT(hi2s, (I2S_IT_RXNE | I2S_IT_ERR)); + + hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_READY; + HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback(hi2s); + } +} +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_I2S_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/stmhal/hal/f7/src/stm32f7xx_hal_pcd.c b/stmhal/hal/f7/src/stm32f7xx_hal_pcd.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1e132b9e82 --- /dev/null +++ b/stmhal/hal/f7/src/stm32f7xx_hal_pcd.c @@ -0,0 +1,1202 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f7xx_hal_pcd.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.1 + * @date 25-June-2015 + * @brief PCD HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the USB Peripheral Controller: + * + Initialization and de-initialization functions + * + IO operation functions + * + Peripheral Control functions + * + Peripheral State functions + * + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + The PCD HAL driver can be used as follows: + + (#) Declare a PCD_HandleTypeDef handle structure, for example: + PCD_HandleTypeDef hpcd; + + (#) Fill parameters of Init structure in HCD handle + + (#) Call HAL_PCD_Init() API to initialize the HCD peripheral (Core, Device core, ...) + + (#) Initialize the PCD low level resources through the HAL_PCD_MspInit() API: + (##) Enable the PCD/USB Low Level interface clock using + (+++) __OTGFS-OTG_CLK_ENABLE()/__OTGHS-OTG_CLK_ENABLE(); + (+++) __OTGHSULPI_CLK_ENABLE(); (For High Speed Mode) + + (##) Initialize the related GPIO clocks + (##) Configure PCD pin-out + (##) Configure PCD NVIC interrupt + + (#)Associate the Upper USB device stack to the HAL PCD Driver: + (##) hpcd.pData = pdev; + + (#)Enable HCD transmission and reception: + (##) HAL_PCD_Start(); + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup PCD PCD + * @brief PCD HAL module driver + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED + +/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup PCD_Private_Macros PCD Private Macros + * @{ + */ +#define PCD_MIN(a, b) (((a) < (b)) ? (a) : (b)) +#define PCD_MAX(a, b) (((a) > (b)) ? (a) : (b)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private functions prototypes ----------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup PCD_Private_Functions PCD Private Functions + * @{ + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef PCD_WriteEmptyTxFifo(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint32_t epnum); +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup PCD_Exported_Functions PCD Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup PCD_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to: + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Initializes the PCD according to the specified + * parameters in the PCD_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle. + * @param hpcd: PCD handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_Init(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) +{ + uint32_t i = 0; + + /* Check the PCD handle allocation */ + if(hpcd == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_PCD_ALL_INSTANCE(hpcd->Instance)); + + hpcd->State = HAL_PCD_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC... */ + HAL_PCD_MspInit(hpcd); + + /* Disable the Interrupts */ + __HAL_PCD_DISABLE(hpcd); + + /*Init the Core (common init.) */ + USB_CoreInit(hpcd->Instance, hpcd->Init); + + /* Force Device Mode*/ + USB_SetCurrentMode(hpcd->Instance , USB_OTG_DEVICE_MODE); + + /* Init endpoints structures */ + for (i = 0; i < 15 ; i++) + { + /* Init ep structure */ + hpcd->IN_ep[i].is_in = 1; + hpcd->IN_ep[i].num = i; + hpcd->IN_ep[i].tx_fifo_num = i; + /* Control until ep is activated */ + hpcd->IN_ep[i].type = EP_TYPE_CTRL; + hpcd->IN_ep[i].maxpacket = 0; + hpcd->IN_ep[i].xfer_buff = 0; + hpcd->IN_ep[i].xfer_len = 0; + } + + for (i = 0; i < 15 ; i++) + { + hpcd->OUT_ep[i].is_in = 0; + hpcd->OUT_ep[i].num = i; + hpcd->IN_ep[i].tx_fifo_num = i; + /* Control until ep is activated */ + hpcd->OUT_ep[i].type = EP_TYPE_CTRL; + hpcd->OUT_ep[i].maxpacket = 0; + hpcd->OUT_ep[i].xfer_buff = 0; + hpcd->OUT_ep[i].xfer_len = 0; + + hpcd->Instance->DIEPTXF[i] = 0; + } + + /* Init Device */ + USB_DevInit(hpcd->Instance, hpcd->Init); + + hpcd->State= HAL_PCD_STATE_READY; + + /* Activate LPM */ + if (hpcd->Init.lpm_enable == 1) + { + HAL_PCDEx_ActivateLPM(hpcd); + } + + USB_DevDisconnect (hpcd->Instance); + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes the PCD peripheral + * @param hpcd: PCD handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_DeInit(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) +{ + /* Check the PCD handle allocation */ + if(hpcd == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + hpcd->State = HAL_PCD_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Stop Device */ + HAL_PCD_Stop(hpcd); + + /* DeInit the low level hardware */ + HAL_PCD_MspDeInit(hpcd); + + hpcd->State = HAL_PCD_STATE_RESET; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the PCD MSP. + * @param hpcd: PCD handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_PCD_MspInit(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) +{ + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_PCD_MspInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes PCD MSP. + * @param hpcd: PCD handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_PCD_MspDeInit(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) +{ + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_PCD_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup PCD_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions + * @brief Data transfers functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### IO operation functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the PCD data + transfers. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Start The USB OTG Device. + * @param hpcd: PCD handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_Start(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) +{ + __HAL_LOCK(hpcd); + USB_DevConnect (hpcd->Instance); + __HAL_PCD_ENABLE(hpcd); + __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd); + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stop The USB OTG Device. + * @param hpcd: PCD handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_Stop(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) +{ + __HAL_LOCK(hpcd); + __HAL_PCD_DISABLE(hpcd); + USB_StopDevice(hpcd->Instance); + USB_DevDisconnect (hpcd->Instance); + __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd); + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles PCD interrupt request. + * @param hpcd: PCD handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +void HAL_PCD_IRQHandler(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) +{ + USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx = hpcd->Instance; + uint32_t i = 0, ep_intr = 0, epint = 0, epnum = 0; + uint32_t fifoemptymsk = 0, temp = 0; + USB_OTG_EPTypeDef *ep; + + /* ensure that we are in device mode */ + if (USB_GetMode(hpcd->Instance) == USB_OTG_MODE_DEVICE) + { + /* avoid spurious interrupt */ + if(__HAL_PCD_IS_INVALID_INTERRUPT(hpcd)) + { + return; + } + + if(__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_MMIS)) + { + /* incorrect mode, acknowledge the interrupt */ + __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_MMIS); + } + + if(__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_OEPINT)) + { + epnum = 0; + + /* Read in the device interrupt bits */ + ep_intr = USB_ReadDevAllOutEpInterrupt(hpcd->Instance); + + while ( ep_intr ) + { + if (ep_intr & 0x1) + { + epint = USB_ReadDevOutEPInterrupt(hpcd->Instance, epnum); + + if(( epint & USB_OTG_DOEPINT_XFRC) == USB_OTG_DOEPINT_XFRC) + { + CLEAR_OUT_EP_INTR(epnum, USB_OTG_DOEPINT_XFRC); + + if(hpcd->Init.dma_enable == 1) + { + hpcd->OUT_ep[epnum].xfer_count = hpcd->OUT_ep[epnum].maxpacket- (USBx_OUTEP(epnum)->DOEPTSIZ & USB_OTG_DOEPTSIZ_XFRSIZ); + hpcd->OUT_ep[epnum].xfer_buff += hpcd->OUT_ep[epnum].maxpacket; + } + + HAL_PCD_DataOutStageCallback(hpcd, epnum); + if(hpcd->Init.dma_enable == 1) + { + if((epnum == 0) && (hpcd->OUT_ep[epnum].xfer_len == 0)) + { + /* this is ZLP, so prepare EP0 for next setup */ + USB_EP0_OutStart(hpcd->Instance, 1, (uint8_t *)hpcd->Setup); + } + } + } + + if(( epint & USB_OTG_DOEPINT_STUP) == USB_OTG_DOEPINT_STUP) + { + /* Inform the upper layer that a setup packet is available */ + HAL_PCD_SetupStageCallback(hpcd); + CLEAR_OUT_EP_INTR(epnum, USB_OTG_DOEPINT_STUP); + } + + if(( epint & USB_OTG_DOEPINT_OTEPDIS) == USB_OTG_DOEPINT_OTEPDIS) + { + CLEAR_OUT_EP_INTR(epnum, USB_OTG_DOEPINT_OTEPDIS); + } + } + epnum++; + ep_intr >>= 1; + } + } + + if(__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_IEPINT)) + { + /* Read in the device interrupt bits */ + ep_intr = USB_ReadDevAllInEpInterrupt(hpcd->Instance); + + epnum = 0; + + while ( ep_intr ) + { + if (ep_intr & 0x1) /* In ITR */ + { + epint = USB_ReadDevInEPInterrupt(hpcd->Instance, epnum); + + if(( epint & USB_OTG_DIEPINT_XFRC) == USB_OTG_DIEPINT_XFRC) + { + fifoemptymsk = 0x1 << epnum; + USBx_DEVICE->DIEPEMPMSK &= ~fifoemptymsk; + + CLEAR_IN_EP_INTR(epnum, USB_OTG_DIEPINT_XFRC); + + if (hpcd->Init.dma_enable == 1) + { + hpcd->IN_ep[epnum].xfer_buff += hpcd->IN_ep[epnum].maxpacket; + } + + HAL_PCD_DataInStageCallback(hpcd, epnum); + + if (hpcd->Init.dma_enable == 1) + { + /* this is ZLP, so prepare EP0 for next setup */ + if((epnum == 0) && (hpcd->IN_ep[epnum].xfer_len == 0)) + { + /* prepare to rx more setup packets */ + USB_EP0_OutStart(hpcd->Instance, 1, (uint8_t *)hpcd->Setup); + } + } + } + if(( epint & USB_OTG_DIEPINT_TOC) == USB_OTG_DIEPINT_TOC) + { + CLEAR_IN_EP_INTR(epnum, USB_OTG_DIEPINT_TOC); + } + if(( epint & USB_OTG_DIEPINT_ITTXFE) == USB_OTG_DIEPINT_ITTXFE) + { + CLEAR_IN_EP_INTR(epnum, USB_OTG_DIEPINT_ITTXFE); + } + if(( epint & USB_OTG_DIEPINT_INEPNE) == USB_OTG_DIEPINT_INEPNE) + { + CLEAR_IN_EP_INTR(epnum, USB_OTG_DIEPINT_INEPNE); + } + if(( epint & USB_OTG_DIEPINT_EPDISD) == USB_OTG_DIEPINT_EPDISD) + { + CLEAR_IN_EP_INTR(epnum, USB_OTG_DIEPINT_EPDISD); + } + if(( epint & USB_OTG_DIEPINT_TXFE) == USB_OTG_DIEPINT_TXFE) + { + PCD_WriteEmptyTxFifo(hpcd , epnum); + } + } + epnum++; + ep_intr >>= 1; + } + } + + /* Handle Resume Interrupt */ + if(__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_WKUINT)) + { + /* Clear the Remote Wake-up Signaling */ + USBx_DEVICE->DCTL &= ~USB_OTG_DCTL_RWUSIG; + + if(hpcd->LPM_State == LPM_L1) + { + hpcd->LPM_State = LPM_L0; + HAL_PCDEx_LPM_Callback(hpcd, PCD_LPM_L0_ACTIVE); + } + else + { + HAL_PCD_ResumeCallback(hpcd); + } + __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_WKUINT); + } + + /* Handle Suspend Interrupt */ + if(__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_USBSUSP)) + { + + if((USBx_DEVICE->DSTS & USB_OTG_DSTS_SUSPSTS) == USB_OTG_DSTS_SUSPSTS) + { + + HAL_PCD_SuspendCallback(hpcd); + } + __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_USBSUSP); + } + + /* Handle LPM Interrupt */ + if(__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_LPMINT)) + { + __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_LPMINT); + if( hpcd->LPM_State == LPM_L0) + { + hpcd->LPM_State = LPM_L1; + hpcd->BESL = (hpcd->Instance->GLPMCFG & USB_OTG_GLPMCFG_BESL) >>2 ; + HAL_PCDEx_LPM_Callback(hpcd, PCD_LPM_L1_ACTIVE); + } + else + { + HAL_PCD_SuspendCallback(hpcd); + } + } + + /* Handle Reset Interrupt */ + if(__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_USBRST)) + { + USBx_DEVICE->DCTL &= ~USB_OTG_DCTL_RWUSIG; + USB_FlushTxFifo(hpcd->Instance , 0 ); + + for (i = 0; i < hpcd->Init.dev_endpoints ; i++) + { + USBx_INEP(i)->DIEPINT = 0xFF; + USBx_OUTEP(i)->DOEPINT = 0xFF; + } + USBx_DEVICE->DAINT = 0xFFFFFFFF; + USBx_DEVICE->DAINTMSK |= 0x10001; + + if(hpcd->Init.use_dedicated_ep1) + { + USBx_DEVICE->DOUTEP1MSK |= (USB_OTG_DOEPMSK_STUPM | USB_OTG_DOEPMSK_XFRCM | USB_OTG_DOEPMSK_EPDM); + USBx_DEVICE->DINEP1MSK |= (USB_OTG_DIEPMSK_TOM | USB_OTG_DIEPMSK_XFRCM | USB_OTG_DIEPMSK_EPDM); + } + else + { + USBx_DEVICE->DOEPMSK |= (USB_OTG_DOEPMSK_STUPM | USB_OTG_DOEPMSK_XFRCM | USB_OTG_DOEPMSK_EPDM); + USBx_DEVICE->DIEPMSK |= (USB_OTG_DIEPMSK_TOM | USB_OTG_DIEPMSK_XFRCM | USB_OTG_DIEPMSK_EPDM); + } + + /* Set Default Address to 0 */ + USBx_DEVICE->DCFG &= ~USB_OTG_DCFG_DAD; + + /* setup EP0 to receive SETUP packets */ + USB_EP0_OutStart(hpcd->Instance, hpcd->Init.dma_enable, (uint8_t *)hpcd->Setup); + + __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_USBRST); + } + + /* Handle Enumeration done Interrupt */ + if(__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_ENUMDNE)) + { + USB_ActivateSetup(hpcd->Instance); + hpcd->Instance->GUSBCFG &= ~USB_OTG_GUSBCFG_TRDT; + + if ( USB_GetDevSpeed(hpcd->Instance) == USB_OTG_SPEED_HIGH) + { + hpcd->Init.speed = USB_OTG_SPEED_HIGH; + hpcd->Init.ep0_mps = USB_OTG_HS_MAX_PACKET_SIZE ; + hpcd->Instance->GUSBCFG |= (uint32_t)((USBD_HS_TRDT_VALUE << 10) & USB_OTG_GUSBCFG_TRDT); + } + else + { + hpcd->Init.speed = USB_OTG_SPEED_FULL; + hpcd->Init.ep0_mps = USB_OTG_FS_MAX_PACKET_SIZE ; + hpcd->Instance->GUSBCFG |= (uint32_t)((USBD_FS_TRDT_VALUE << 10) & USB_OTG_GUSBCFG_TRDT); + } + + HAL_PCD_ResetCallback(hpcd); + + __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_ENUMDNE); + } + + /* Handle RxQLevel Interrupt */ + if(__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_RXFLVL)) + { + USB_MASK_INTERRUPT(hpcd->Instance, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_RXFLVL); + temp = USBx->GRXSTSP; + ep = &hpcd->OUT_ep[temp & USB_OTG_GRXSTSP_EPNUM]; + + if(((temp & USB_OTG_GRXSTSP_PKTSTS) >> 17) == STS_DATA_UPDT) + { + if((temp & USB_OTG_GRXSTSP_BCNT) != 0) + { + USB_ReadPacket(USBx, ep->xfer_buff, (temp & USB_OTG_GRXSTSP_BCNT) >> 4); + ep->xfer_buff += (temp & USB_OTG_GRXSTSP_BCNT) >> 4; + ep->xfer_count += (temp & USB_OTG_GRXSTSP_BCNT) >> 4; + } + } + else if (((temp & USB_OTG_GRXSTSP_PKTSTS) >> 17) == STS_SETUP_UPDT) + { + USB_ReadPacket(USBx, (uint8_t *)hpcd->Setup, 8); + ep->xfer_count += (temp & USB_OTG_GRXSTSP_BCNT) >> 4; + } + USB_UNMASK_INTERRUPT(hpcd->Instance, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_RXFLVL); + } + + /* Handle SOF Interrupt */ + if(__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_SOF)) + { + HAL_PCD_SOFCallback(hpcd); + __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_SOF); + } + + /* Handle Incomplete ISO IN Interrupt */ + if(__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_IISOIXFR)) + { + HAL_PCD_ISOINIncompleteCallback(hpcd, epnum); + __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_IISOIXFR); + } + + /* Handle Incomplete ISO OUT Interrupt */ + if(__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_PXFR_INCOMPISOOUT)) + { + HAL_PCD_ISOOUTIncompleteCallback(hpcd, epnum); + __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_PXFR_INCOMPISOOUT); + } + + /* Handle Connection event Interrupt */ + if(__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_SRQINT)) + { + HAL_PCD_ConnectCallback(hpcd); + __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_SRQINT); + } + + /* Handle Disconnection event Interrupt */ + if(__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_OTGINT)) + { + temp = hpcd->Instance->GOTGINT; + + if((temp & USB_OTG_GOTGINT_SEDET) == USB_OTG_GOTGINT_SEDET) + { + HAL_PCD_DisconnectCallback(hpcd); + } + hpcd->Instance->GOTGINT |= temp; + } + } +} + +/** + * @brief Data out stage callbacks + * @param hpcd: PCD handle + * @param epnum: endpoint number + * @retval None + */ + __weak void HAL_PCD_DataOutStageCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t epnum) +{ + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_PCD_DataOutStageCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Data IN stage callbacks + * @param hpcd: PCD handle + * @param epnum: endpoint number + * @retval None + */ + __weak void HAL_PCD_DataInStageCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t epnum) +{ + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_PCD_DataInStageCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} +/** + * @brief Setup stage callback + * @param hpcd: PCD handle + * @retval None + */ + __weak void HAL_PCD_SetupStageCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) +{ + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_PCD_SetupStageCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief USB Start Of Frame callbacks + * @param hpcd: PCD handle + * @retval None + */ + __weak void HAL_PCD_SOFCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) +{ + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_PCD_SOFCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief USB Reset callbacks + * @param hpcd: PCD handle + * @retval None + */ + __weak void HAL_PCD_ResetCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) +{ + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_PCD_ResetCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + + +/** + * @brief Suspend event callbacks + * @param hpcd: PCD handle + * @retval None + */ + __weak void HAL_PCD_SuspendCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) +{ + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_PCD_SuspendCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Resume event callbacks + * @param hpcd: PCD handle + * @retval None + */ + __weak void HAL_PCD_ResumeCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) +{ + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_PCD_ResumeCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Incomplete ISO OUT callbacks + * @param hpcd: PCD handle + * @param epnum: endpoint number + * @retval None + */ + __weak void HAL_PCD_ISOOUTIncompleteCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t epnum) +{ + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_PCD_ISOOUTIncompleteCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Incomplete ISO IN callbacks + * @param hpcd: PCD handle + * @param epnum: endpoint number + * @retval None + */ + __weak void HAL_PCD_ISOINIncompleteCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t epnum) +{ + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_PCD_ISOINIncompleteCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Connection event callbacks + * @param hpcd: PCD handle + * @retval None + */ + __weak void HAL_PCD_ConnectCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) +{ + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_PCD_ConnectCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Disconnection event callbacks + * @param hpcd: PCD handle + * @retval None + */ + __weak void HAL_PCD_DisconnectCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) +{ + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_PCD_DisconnectCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup PCD_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral Control functions + * @brief management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral Control functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the PCD data + transfers. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Connect the USB device + * @param hpcd: PCD handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_DevConnect(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) +{ + __HAL_LOCK(hpcd); + USB_DevConnect(hpcd->Instance); + __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd); + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Disconnect the USB device + * @param hpcd: PCD handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_DevDisconnect(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) +{ + __HAL_LOCK(hpcd); + USB_DevDisconnect(hpcd->Instance); + __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd); + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Set the USB Device address + * @param hpcd: PCD handle + * @param address: new device address + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_SetAddress(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t address) +{ + __HAL_LOCK(hpcd); + USB_SetDevAddress(hpcd->Instance, address); + __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd); + return HAL_OK; +} +/** + * @brief Open and configure an endpoint + * @param hpcd: PCD handle + * @param ep_addr: endpoint address + * @param ep_mps: endpoint max packet size + * @param ep_type: endpoint type + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_EP_Open(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t ep_addr, uint16_t ep_mps, uint8_t ep_type) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef ret = HAL_OK; + USB_OTG_EPTypeDef *ep; + + if ((ep_addr & 0x80) == 0x80) + { + ep = &hpcd->IN_ep[ep_addr & 0x7F]; + } + else + { + ep = &hpcd->OUT_ep[ep_addr & 0x7F]; + } + ep->num = ep_addr & 0x7F; + + ep->is_in = (0x80 & ep_addr) != 0; + ep->maxpacket = ep_mps; + ep->type = ep_type; + if (ep->is_in) + { + /* Assign a Tx FIFO */ + ep->tx_fifo_num = ep->num; + } + /* Set initial data PID. */ + if (ep_type == EP_TYPE_BULK ) + { + ep->data_pid_start = 0; + } + + __HAL_LOCK(hpcd); + USB_ActivateEndpoint(hpcd->Instance , ep); + __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd); + return ret; +} + + +/** + * @brief Deactivate an endpoint + * @param hpcd: PCD handle + * @param ep_addr: endpoint address + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_EP_Close(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t ep_addr) +{ + USB_OTG_EPTypeDef *ep; + + if ((ep_addr & 0x80) == 0x80) + { + ep = &hpcd->IN_ep[ep_addr & 0x7F]; + } + else + { + ep = &hpcd->OUT_ep[ep_addr & 0x7F]; + } + ep->num = ep_addr & 0x7F; + + ep->is_in = (0x80 & ep_addr) != 0; + + __HAL_LOCK(hpcd); + USB_DeactivateEndpoint(hpcd->Instance , ep); + __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd); + return HAL_OK; +} + + +/** + * @brief Receive an amount of data + * @param hpcd: PCD handle + * @param ep_addr: endpoint address + * @param pBuf: pointer to the reception buffer + * @param len: amount of data to be received + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_EP_Receive(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t ep_addr, uint8_t *pBuf, uint32_t len) +{ + USB_OTG_EPTypeDef *ep; + + ep = &hpcd->OUT_ep[ep_addr & 0x7F]; + + /*setup and start the Xfer */ + ep->xfer_buff = pBuf; + ep->xfer_len = len; + ep->xfer_count = 0; + ep->is_in = 0; + ep->num = ep_addr & 0x7F; + + if (hpcd->Init.dma_enable == 1) + { + ep->dma_addr = (uint32_t)pBuf; + } + + __HAL_LOCK(hpcd); + + if ((ep_addr & 0x7F) == 0 ) + { + USB_EP0StartXfer(hpcd->Instance , ep, hpcd->Init.dma_enable); + } + else + { + USB_EPStartXfer(hpcd->Instance , ep, hpcd->Init.dma_enable); + } + __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Get Received Data Size + * @param hpcd: PCD handle + * @param ep_addr: endpoint address + * @retval Data Size + */ +uint16_t HAL_PCD_EP_GetRxCount(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t ep_addr) +{ + return hpcd->OUT_ep[ep_addr & 0x7F].xfer_count; +} +/** + * @brief Send an amount of data + * @param hpcd: PCD handle + * @param ep_addr: endpoint address + * @param pBuf: pointer to the transmission buffer + * @param len: amount of data to be sent + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_EP_Transmit(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t ep_addr, uint8_t *pBuf, uint32_t len) +{ + USB_OTG_EPTypeDef *ep; + + ep = &hpcd->IN_ep[ep_addr & 0x7F]; + + /*setup and start the Xfer */ + ep->xfer_buff = pBuf; + ep->xfer_len = len; + ep->xfer_count = 0; + ep->is_in = 1; + ep->num = ep_addr & 0x7F; + + if (hpcd->Init.dma_enable == 1) + { + ep->dma_addr = (uint32_t)pBuf; + } + + __HAL_LOCK(hpcd); + + if ((ep_addr & 0x7F) == 0 ) + { + USB_EP0StartXfer(hpcd->Instance , ep, hpcd->Init.dma_enable); + } + else + { + USB_EPStartXfer(hpcd->Instance , ep, hpcd->Init.dma_enable); + } + + __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Set a STALL condition over an endpoint + * @param hpcd: PCD handle + * @param ep_addr: endpoint address + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_EP_SetStall(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t ep_addr) +{ + USB_OTG_EPTypeDef *ep; + + if ((0x80 & ep_addr) == 0x80) + { + ep = &hpcd->IN_ep[ep_addr & 0x7F]; + } + else + { + ep = &hpcd->OUT_ep[ep_addr]; + } + + ep->is_stall = 1; + ep->num = ep_addr & 0x7F; + ep->is_in = ((ep_addr & 0x80) == 0x80); + + + __HAL_LOCK(hpcd); + USB_EPSetStall(hpcd->Instance , ep); + if((ep_addr & 0x7F) == 0) + { + USB_EP0_OutStart(hpcd->Instance, hpcd->Init.dma_enable, (uint8_t *)hpcd->Setup); + } + __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Clear a STALL condition over in an endpoint + * @param hpcd: PCD handle + * @param ep_addr: endpoint address + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_EP_ClrStall(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t ep_addr) +{ + USB_OTG_EPTypeDef *ep; + + if ((0x80 & ep_addr) == 0x80) + { + ep = &hpcd->IN_ep[ep_addr & 0x7F]; + } + else + { + ep = &hpcd->OUT_ep[ep_addr]; + } + + ep->is_stall = 0; + ep->num = ep_addr & 0x7F; + ep->is_in = ((ep_addr & 0x80) == 0x80); + + __HAL_LOCK(hpcd); + USB_EPClearStall(hpcd->Instance , ep); + __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Flush an endpoint + * @param hpcd: PCD handle + * @param ep_addr: endpoint address + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_EP_Flush(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t ep_addr) +{ + __HAL_LOCK(hpcd); + + if ((ep_addr & 0x80) == 0x80) + { + USB_FlushTxFifo(hpcd->Instance, ep_addr & 0x7F); + } + else + { + USB_FlushRxFifo(hpcd->Instance); + } + + __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief HAL_PCD_ActivateRemoteWakeup : Active remote wake-up signalling + * @param hpcd: PCD handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_ActivateRemoteWakeup(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) +{ + USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx = hpcd->Instance; + + if((USBx_DEVICE->DSTS & USB_OTG_DSTS_SUSPSTS) == USB_OTG_DSTS_SUSPSTS) + { + /* Activate Remote wake-up signaling */ + USBx_DEVICE->DCTL |= USB_OTG_DCTL_RWUSIG; + } + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief HAL_PCD_DeActivateRemoteWakeup : de-active remote wake-up signalling + * @param hpcd: PCD handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_DeActivateRemoteWakeup(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) +{ + USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx = hpcd->Instance; + + /* De-activate Remote wake-up signaling */ + USBx_DEVICE->DCTL &= ~(USB_OTG_DCTL_RWUSIG); + return HAL_OK; +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup PCD_Exported_Functions_Group4 Peripheral State functions + * @brief Peripheral State functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral State functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral + and the data flow. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Return the PCD state + * @param hpcd: PCD handle + * @retval HAL state + */ +PCD_StateTypeDef HAL_PCD_GetState(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) +{ + return hpcd->State; +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup PCD_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief DCD_WriteEmptyTxFifo + * check FIFO for the next packet to be loaded + * @param hpcd: PCD handle + * @param epnum : endpoint number + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef PCD_WriteEmptyTxFifo(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint32_t epnum) +{ + USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx = hpcd->Instance; + USB_OTG_EPTypeDef *ep; + int32_t len = 0; + uint32_t len32b; + uint32_t fifoemptymsk = 0; + + ep = &hpcd->IN_ep[epnum]; + len = ep->xfer_len - ep->xfer_count; + + if (len > ep->maxpacket) + { + len = ep->maxpacket; + } + + + len32b = (len + 3) / 4; + + while ( (USBx_INEP(epnum)->DTXFSTS & USB_OTG_DTXFSTS_INEPTFSAV) > len32b && + ep->xfer_count < ep->xfer_len && + ep->xfer_len != 0) + { + /* Write the FIFO */ + len = ep->xfer_len - ep->xfer_count; + + if (len > ep->maxpacket) + { + len = ep->maxpacket; + } + len32b = (len + 3) / 4; + + USB_WritePacket(USBx, ep->xfer_buff, epnum, len, hpcd->Init.dma_enable); + + ep->xfer_buff += len; + ep->xfer_count += len; + } + + if(len <= 0) + { + fifoemptymsk = 0x1 << epnum; + USBx_DEVICE->DIEPEMPMSK &= ~fifoemptymsk; + + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/stmhal/hal/f7/src/stm32f7xx_hal_pcd_ex.c b/stmhal/hal/f7/src/stm32f7xx_hal_pcd_ex.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..69b0d5ad13 --- /dev/null +++ b/stmhal/hal/f7/src/stm32f7xx_hal_pcd_ex.c @@ -0,0 +1,197 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f7xx_hal_pcd_ex.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.1 + * @date 25-June-2015 + * @brief PCD HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the USB Peripheral Controller: + * + Extended features functions + * + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup PCDEx PCDEx + * @brief PCD Extended HAL module driver + * @{ + */ +#ifdef HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED + +/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup PCDEx_Exported_Functions PCDEx Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup PCDEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Peripheral Control functions + * @brief PCDEx control functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Extended features functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Update FIFO configuration + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Set Tx FIFO + * @param hpcd: PCD handle + * @param fifo: The number of Tx fifo + * @param size: Fifo size + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCDEx_SetTxFiFo(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t fifo, uint16_t size) +{ + uint8_t i = 0; + uint32_t Tx_Offset = 0; + + /* TXn min size = 16 words. (n : Transmit FIFO index) + When a TxFIFO is not used, the Configuration should be as follows: + case 1 : n > m and Txn is not used (n,m : Transmit FIFO indexes) + --> Txm can use the space allocated for Txn. + case2 : n < m and Txn is not used (n,m : Transmit FIFO indexes) + --> Txn should be configured with the minimum space of 16 words + The FIFO is used optimally when used TxFIFOs are allocated in the top + of the FIFO.Ex: use EP1 and EP2 as IN instead of EP1 and EP3 as IN ones. + When DMA is used 3n * FIFO locations should be reserved for internal DMA registers */ + + Tx_Offset = hpcd->Instance->GRXFSIZ; + + if(fifo == 0) + { + hpcd->Instance->DIEPTXF0_HNPTXFSIZ = (size << 16) | Tx_Offset; + } + else + { + Tx_Offset += (hpcd->Instance->DIEPTXF0_HNPTXFSIZ) >> 16; + for (i = 0; i < (fifo - 1); i++) + { + Tx_Offset += (hpcd->Instance->DIEPTXF[i] >> 16); + } + + /* Multiply Tx_Size by 2 to get higher performance */ + hpcd->Instance->DIEPTXF[fifo - 1] = (size << 16) | Tx_Offset; + + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Set Rx FIFO + * @param hpcd: PCD handle + * @param size: Size of Rx fifo + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCDEx_SetRxFiFo(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint16_t size) +{ + hpcd->Instance->GRXFSIZ = size; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief HAL_PCDEx_ActivateLPM : active LPM Feature + * @param hpcd: PCD handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCDEx_ActivateLPM(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) +{ + USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx = hpcd->Instance; + + hpcd->lpm_active = ENABLE; + hpcd->LPM_State = LPM_L0; + USBx->GINTMSK |= USB_OTG_GINTMSK_LPMINTM; + USBx->GLPMCFG |= (USB_OTG_GLPMCFG_LPMEN | USB_OTG_GLPMCFG_LPMACK | USB_OTG_GLPMCFG_ENBESL); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief HAL_PCDEx_DeActivateLPM : de-active LPM feature + * @param hpcd: PCD handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCDEx_DeActivateLPM(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) +{ + USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx = hpcd->Instance; + + hpcd->lpm_active = DISABLE; + USBx->GINTMSK &= ~USB_OTG_GINTMSK_LPMINTM; + USBx->GLPMCFG &= ~(USB_OTG_GLPMCFG_LPMEN | USB_OTG_GLPMCFG_LPMACK | USB_OTG_GLPMCFG_ENBESL); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief HAL_PCDEx_LPM_Callback : Send LPM message to user layer + * @param hpcd: PCD handle + * @param msg: LPM message + * @retval HAL status + */ +__weak void HAL_PCDEx_LPM_Callback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, PCD_LPM_MsgTypeDef msg) +{ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/stmhal/hal/f7/src/stm32f7xx_hal_pwr.c b/stmhal/hal/f7/src/stm32f7xx_hal_pwr.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6d7d5660b4 --- /dev/null +++ b/stmhal/hal/f7/src/stm32f7xx_hal_pwr.c @@ -0,0 +1,609 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f7xx_hal_pwr.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.1 + * @date 25-June-2015 + * @brief PWR HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Power Controller (PWR) peripheral: + * + Initialization and de-initialization functions + * + Peripheral Control functions + * + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup PWR PWR + * @brief PWR HAL module driver + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup PWR_Private_Constants + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup PWR_PVD_Mode_Mask PWR PVD Mode Mask + * @{ + */ +#define PVD_MODE_IT ((uint32_t)0x00010000) +#define PVD_MODE_EVT ((uint32_t)0x00020000) +#define PVD_RISING_EDGE ((uint32_t)0x00000001) +#define PVD_FALLING_EDGE ((uint32_t)0x00000002) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup PWR_ENABLE_WUP_Mask PWR Enable WUP Mask + * @{ + */ +#define PWR_EWUP_MASK ((uint32_t)0x00003F00) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup PWR_Exported_Functions PWR Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup PWR_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions + * @brief Initialization and de-initialization functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + After reset, the backup domain (RTC registers, RTC backup data + registers and backup SRAM) is protected against possible unwanted + write accesses. + To enable access to the RTC Domain and RTC registers, proceed as follows: + (+) Enable the Power Controller (PWR) APB1 interface clock using the + __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE() macro. + (+) Enable access to RTC domain using the HAL_PWR_EnableBkUpAccess() function. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Deinitializes the HAL PWR peripheral registers to their default reset values. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWR_DeInit(void) +{ + __HAL_RCC_PWR_FORCE_RESET(); + __HAL_RCC_PWR_RELEASE_RESET(); +} + +/** + * @brief Enables access to the backup domain (RTC registers, RTC + * backup data registers and backup SRAM). + * @note If the HSE divided by 2, 3, ..31 is used as the RTC clock, the + * Backup Domain Access should be kept enabled. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWR_EnableBkUpAccess(void) +{ + /* Enable access to RTC and backup registers */ + SET_BIT(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_DBP); +} + +/** + * @brief Disables access to the backup domain (RTC registers, RTC + * backup data registers and backup SRAM). + * @note If the HSE divided by 2, 3, ..31 is used as the RTC clock, the + * Backup Domain Access should be kept enabled. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWR_DisableBkUpAccess(void) +{ + /* Disable access to RTC and backup registers */ + CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_DBP); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup PWR_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral Control functions + * @brief Low Power modes configuration functions + * +@verbatim + + =============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral Control functions ##### + =============================================================================== + + *** PVD configuration *** + ========================= + [..] + (+) The PVD is used to monitor the VDD power supply by comparing it to a + threshold selected by the PVD Level (PLS[2:0] bits in the PWR_CR). + (+) A PVDO flag is available to indicate if VDD/VDDA is higher or lower + than the PVD threshold. This event is internally connected to the EXTI + line16 and can generate an interrupt if enabled. This is done through + __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_IT() macro. + (+) The PVD is stopped in Standby mode. + + *** Wake-up pin configuration *** + ================================ + [..] + (+) Wake-up pin is used to wake up the system from Standby mode. This pin is + forced in input pull-down configuration and is active on rising edges. + (+) There are to 6 Wake-up pin in the STM32F7 devices family + + *** Low Power modes configuration *** + ===================================== + [..] + The devices feature 3 low-power modes: + (+) Sleep mode: Cortex-M7 core stopped, peripherals kept running. + (+) Stop mode: all clocks are stopped, regulator running, regulator + in low power mode + (+) Standby mode: 1.2V domain powered off. + + *** Sleep mode *** + ================== + [..] + (+) Entry: + The Sleep mode is entered by using the HAL_PWR_EnterSLEEPMode(PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON, PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI) + functions with + (++) PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI: enter SLEEP mode with WFI instruction + (++) PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFE: enter SLEEP mode with WFE instruction + + -@@- The Regulator parameter is not used for the STM32F7 family + and is kept as parameter just to maintain compatibility with the + lower power families (STM32L). + (+) Exit: + Any peripheral interrupt acknowledged by the nested vectored interrupt + controller (NVIC) can wake up the device from Sleep mode. + + *** Stop mode *** + ================= + [..] + In Stop mode, all clocks in the 1.2V domain are stopped, the PLL, the HSI, + and the HSE RC oscillators are disabled. Internal SRAM and register contents + are preserved. + The voltage regulator can be configured either in normal or low-power mode. + To minimize the consumption In Stop mode, FLASH can be powered off before + entering the Stop mode using the HAL_PWREx_EnableFlashPowerDown() function. + It can be switched on again by software after exiting the Stop mode using + the HAL_PWREx_DisableFlashPowerDown() function. + + (+) Entry: + The Stop mode is entered using the HAL_PWR_EnterSTOPMode(PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON) + function with: + (++) Main regulator ON. + (++) Low Power regulator ON. + (+) Exit: + Any EXTI Line (Internal or External) configured in Interrupt/Event mode. + + *** Standby mode *** + ==================== + [..] + (+) + The Standby mode allows to achieve the lowest power consumption. It is based + on the Cortex-M7 deep sleep mode, with the voltage regulator disabled. + The 1.2V domain is consequently powered off. The PLL, the HSI oscillator and + the HSE oscillator are also switched off. SRAM and register contents are lost + except for the RTC registers, RTC backup registers, backup SRAM and Standby + circuitry. + + The voltage regulator is OFF. + + (++) Entry: + (+++) The Standby mode is entered using the HAL_PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode() function. + (++) Exit: + (+++) WKUP pin rising or falling edge, RTC alarm (Alarm A and Alarm B), RTC + wakeup, tamper event, time stamp event, external reset in NRST pin, IWDG reset. + + *** Auto-wakeup (AWU) from low-power mode *** + ============================================= + [..] + + (+) The MCU can be woken up from low-power mode by an RTC Alarm event, an RTC + Wakeup event, a tamper event or a time-stamp event, without depending on + an external interrupt (Auto-wakeup mode). + + (+) RTC auto-wakeup (AWU) from the Stop and Standby modes + + (++) To wake up from the Stop mode with an RTC alarm event, it is necessary to + configure the RTC to generate the RTC alarm using the HAL_RTC_SetAlarm_IT() function. + + (++) To wake up from the Stop mode with an RTC Tamper or time stamp event, it + is necessary to configure the RTC to detect the tamper or time stamp event using the + HAL_RTCEx_SetTimeStamp_IT() or HAL_RTCEx_SetTamper_IT() functions. + + (++) To wake up from the Stop mode with an RTC WakeUp event, it is necessary to + configure the RTC to generate the RTC WakeUp event using the HAL_RTCEx_SetWakeUpTimer_IT() function. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Configures the voltage threshold detected by the Power Voltage Detector(PVD). + * @param sConfigPVD: pointer to an PWR_PVDTypeDef structure that contains the configuration + * information for the PVD. + * @note Refer to the electrical characteristics of your device datasheet for + * more details about the voltage threshold corresponding to each + * detection level. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWR_ConfigPVD(PWR_PVDTypeDef *sConfigPVD) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_PWR_PVD_LEVEL(sConfigPVD->PVDLevel)); + assert_param(IS_PWR_PVD_MODE(sConfigPVD->Mode)); + + /* Set PLS[7:5] bits according to PVDLevel value */ + MODIFY_REG(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_PLS, sConfigPVD->PVDLevel); + + /* Clear any previous config. Keep it clear if no event or IT mode is selected */ + __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_EVENT(); + __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_IT(); + __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_RISING_EDGE(); + __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_FALLING_EDGE(); + + /* Configure interrupt mode */ + if((sConfigPVD->Mode & PVD_MODE_IT) == PVD_MODE_IT) + { + __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_IT(); + } + + /* Configure event mode */ + if((sConfigPVD->Mode & PVD_MODE_EVT) == PVD_MODE_EVT) + { + __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_EVENT(); + } + + /* Configure the edge */ + if((sConfigPVD->Mode & PVD_RISING_EDGE) == PVD_RISING_EDGE) + { + __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_EDGE(); + } + + if((sConfigPVD->Mode & PVD_FALLING_EDGE) == PVD_FALLING_EDGE) + { + __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_FALLING_EDGE(); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables the Power Voltage Detector(PVD). + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWR_EnablePVD(void) +{ + /* Enable the power voltage detector */ + SET_BIT(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_PVDE); +} + +/** + * @brief Disables the Power Voltage Detector(PVD). + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWR_DisablePVD(void) +{ + /* Disable the power voltage detector */ + CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_PVDE); +} + +/** + * @brief Enable the WakeUp PINx functionality. + * @param WakeUpPinPolarity: Specifies which Wake-Up pin to enable. + * This parameter can be one of the following legacy values, which sets the default polarity: + * detection on high level (rising edge): + * @arg PWR_WAKEUP_PIN1, PWR_WAKEUP_PIN2, PWR_WAKEUP_PIN3, PWR_WAKEUP_PIN4, PWR_WAKEUP_PIN5, PWR_WAKEUP_PIN6 + * or one of the following value where the user can explicitly states the enabled pin and + * the chosen polarity + * @arg PWR_WAKEUP_PIN1_HIGH or PWR_WAKEUP_PIN1_LOW + * @arg PWR_WAKEUP_PIN2_HIGH or PWR_WAKEUP_PIN2_LOW + * @arg PWR_WAKEUP_PIN3_HIGH or PWR_WAKEUP_PIN3_LOW + * @arg PWR_WAKEUP_PIN4_HIGH or PWR_WAKEUP_PIN4_LOW + * @arg PWR_WAKEUP_PIN5_HIGH or PWR_WAKEUP_PIN5_LOW + * @arg PWR_WAKEUP_PIN6_HIGH or PWR_WAKEUP_PIN6_LOW + * @note PWR_WAKEUP_PINx and PWR_WAKEUP_PINx_HIGH are equivalent. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWR_EnableWakeUpPin(uint32_t WakeUpPinPolarity) +{ + assert_param(IS_PWR_WAKEUP_PIN(WakeUpPinPolarity)); + + /* Enable wake-up pin */ + SET_BIT(PWR->CSR2, (PWR_EWUP_MASK & WakeUpPinPolarity)); + + /* Specifies the Wake-Up pin polarity for the event detection + (rising or falling edge) */ + MODIFY_REG(PWR->CR2, (PWR_EWUP_MASK & WakeUpPinPolarity), (WakeUpPinPolarity >> 0x06)); +} + +/** + * @brief Disables the WakeUp PINx functionality. + * @param WakeUpPinx: Specifies the Power Wake-Up pin to disable. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg PWR_WAKEUP_PIN1 + * @arg PWR_WAKEUP_PIN2 + * @arg PWR_WAKEUP_PIN3 + * @arg PWR_WAKEUP_PIN4 + * @arg PWR_WAKEUP_PIN5 + * @arg PWR_WAKEUP_PIN6 + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWR_DisableWakeUpPin(uint32_t WakeUpPinx) +{ + assert_param(IS_PWR_WAKEUP_PIN(WakeUpPinx)); + + CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CSR2, WakeUpPinx); +} + +/** + * @brief Enters Sleep mode. + * + * @note In Sleep mode, all I/O pins keep the same state as in Run mode. + * + * @note In Sleep mode, the systick is stopped to avoid exit from this mode with + * systick interrupt when used as time base for Timeout + * + * @param Regulator: Specifies the regulator state in SLEEP mode. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON: SLEEP mode with regulator ON + * @arg PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_ON: SLEEP mode with low power regulator ON + * @note This parameter is not used for the STM32F7 family and is kept as parameter + * just to maintain compatibility with the lower power families. + * @param SLEEPEntry: Specifies if SLEEP mode in entered with WFI or WFE instruction. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI: enter SLEEP mode with WFI instruction + * @arg PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFE: enter SLEEP mode with WFE instruction + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWR_EnterSLEEPMode(uint32_t Regulator, uint8_t SLEEPEntry) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_PWR_REGULATOR(Regulator)); + assert_param(IS_PWR_SLEEP_ENTRY(SLEEPEntry)); + + /* Clear SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */ + CLEAR_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk)); + + /* Select SLEEP mode entry -------------------------------------------------*/ + if(SLEEPEntry == PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI) + { + /* Request Wait For Interrupt */ + __WFI(); + } + else + { + /* Request Wait For Event */ + __SEV(); + __WFE(); + __WFE(); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enters Stop mode. + * @note In Stop mode, all I/O pins keep the same state as in Run mode. + * @note When exiting Stop mode by issuing an interrupt or a wakeup event, + * the HSI RC oscillator is selected as system clock. + * @note When the voltage regulator operates in low power mode, an additional + * startup delay is incurred when waking up from Stop mode. + * By keeping the internal regulator ON during Stop mode, the consumption + * is higher although the startup time is reduced. + * @param Regulator: Specifies the regulator state in Stop mode. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON: Stop mode with regulator ON + * @arg PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_ON: Stop mode with low power regulator ON + * @param STOPEntry: Specifies if Stop mode in entered with WFI or WFE instruction. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg PWR_STOPENTRY_WFI: Enter Stop mode with WFI instruction + * @arg PWR_STOPENTRY_WFE: Enter Stop mode with WFE instruction + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWR_EnterSTOPMode(uint32_t Regulator, uint8_t STOPEntry) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_PWR_REGULATOR(Regulator)); + assert_param(IS_PWR_STOP_ENTRY(STOPEntry)); + + /* Select the regulator state in Stop mode ---------------------------------*/ + tmpreg = PWR->CR1; + /* Clear PDDS and LPDS bits */ + tmpreg &= (uint32_t)~(PWR_CR1_PDDS | PWR_CR1_LPDS); + + /* Set LPDS, MRLVDS and LPLVDS bits according to Regulator value */ + tmpreg |= Regulator; + + /* Store the new value */ + PWR->CR1 = tmpreg; + + /* Set SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */ + SCB->SCR |= SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk; + + /* Select Stop mode entry --------------------------------------------------*/ + if(STOPEntry == PWR_STOPENTRY_WFI) + { + /* Request Wait For Interrupt */ + __WFI(); + } + else + { + /* Request Wait For Event */ + __SEV(); + __WFE(); + __WFE(); + } + /* Reset SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */ + SCB->SCR &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk); +} + +/** + * @brief Enters Standby mode. + * @note In Standby mode, all I/O pins are high impedance except for: + * - Reset pad (still available) + * - RTC_AF1 pin (PC13) if configured for tamper, time-stamp, RTC + * Alarm out, or RTC clock calibration out. + * - RTC_AF2 pin (PI8) if configured for tamper or time-stamp. + * - WKUP pins if enabled. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode(void) +{ + /* Select Standby mode */ + PWR->CR1 |= PWR_CR1_PDDS; + + /* Set SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */ + SCB->SCR |= SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk; + + /* This option is used to ensure that store operations are completed */ +#if defined ( __CC_ARM) + __force_stores(); +#endif + /* Request Wait For Interrupt */ + __WFI(); +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles the PWR PVD interrupt request. + * @note This API should be called under the PVD_IRQHandler(). + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWR_PVD_IRQHandler(void) +{ + /* Check PWR Exti flag */ + if(__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_GET_FLAG() != RESET) + { + /* PWR PVD interrupt user callback */ + HAL_PWR_PVDCallback(); + + /* Clear PWR Exti pending bit */ + __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_CLEAR_FLAG(); + } +} + +/** + * @brief PWR PVD interrupt callback + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_PWR_PVDCallback(void) +{ + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_PWR_PVDCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Indicates Sleep-On-Exit when returning from Handler mode to Thread mode. + * @note Set SLEEPONEXIT bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, the processor + * re-enters SLEEP mode when an interruption handling is over. + * Setting this bit is useful when the processor is expected to run only on + * interruptions handling. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWR_EnableSleepOnExit(void) +{ + /* Set SLEEPONEXIT bit of Cortex System Control Register */ + SET_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPONEXIT_Msk)); +} + +/** + * @brief Disables Sleep-On-Exit feature when returning from Handler mode to Thread mode. + * @note Clears SLEEPONEXIT bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, the processor + * re-enters SLEEP mode when an interruption handling is over. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWR_DisableSleepOnExit(void) +{ + /* Clear SLEEPONEXIT bit of Cortex System Control Register */ + CLEAR_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPONEXIT_Msk)); +} + +/** + * @brief Enables CORTEX M4 SEVONPEND bit. + * @note Sets SEVONPEND bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, this causes + * WFE to wake up when an interrupt moves from inactive to pended. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWR_EnableSEVOnPend(void) +{ + /* Set SEVONPEND bit of Cortex System Control Register */ + SET_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SEVONPEND_Msk)); +} + +/** + * @brief Disables CORTEX M4 SEVONPEND bit. + * @note Clears SEVONPEND bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, this causes + * WFE to wake up when an interrupt moves from inactive to pended. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWR_DisableSEVOnPend(void) +{ + /* Clear SEVONPEND bit of Cortex System Control Register */ + CLEAR_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SEVONPEND_Msk)); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/stmhal/hal/f7/src/stm32f7xx_hal_pwr_ex.c b/stmhal/hal/f7/src/stm32f7xx_hal_pwr_ex.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..19ca4c8ce3 --- /dev/null +++ b/stmhal/hal/f7/src/stm32f7xx_hal_pwr_ex.c @@ -0,0 +1,564 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f7xx_hal_pwr_ex.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.1 + * @date 25-June-2015 + * @brief Extended PWR HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of PWR extension peripheral: + * + Peripheral Extended features functions + * + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup PWREx PWREx + * @brief PWR HAL module driver + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup PWREx_Private_Constants + * @{ + */ +#define PWR_OVERDRIVE_TIMEOUT_VALUE 1000 +#define PWR_UDERDRIVE_TIMEOUT_VALUE 1000 +#define PWR_BKPREG_TIMEOUT_VALUE 1000 +#define PWR_VOSRDY_TIMEOUT_VALUE 1000 +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup PWREx_Exported_Functions PWREx Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup PWREx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Peripheral Extended features functions + * @brief Peripheral Extended features functions + * +@verbatim + + =============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral extended features functions ##### + =============================================================================== + + *** Main and Backup Regulators configuration *** + ================================================ + [..] + (+) The backup domain includes 4 Kbytes of backup SRAM accessible only from + the CPU, and address in 32-bit, 16-bit or 8-bit mode. Its content is + retained even in Standby or VBAT mode when the low power backup regulator + is enabled. It can be considered as an internal EEPROM when VBAT is + always present. You can use the HAL_PWREx_EnableBkUpReg() function to + enable the low power backup regulator. + + (+) When the backup domain is supplied by VDD (analog switch connected to VDD) + the backup SRAM is powered from VDD which replaces the VBAT power supply to + save battery life. + + (+) The backup SRAM is not mass erased by a tamper event. It is read + protected to prevent confidential data, such as cryptographic private + key, from being accessed. The backup SRAM can be erased only through + the Flash interface when a protection level change from level 1 to + level 0 is requested. + -@- Refer to the description of Read protection (RDP) in the Flash + programming manual. + + (+) The main internal regulator can be configured to have a tradeoff between + performance and power consumption when the device does not operate at + the maximum frequency. This is done through __HAL_PWR_MAINREGULATORMODE_CONFIG() + macro which configure VOS bit in PWR_CR register + + Refer to the product datasheets for more details. + + *** FLASH Power Down configuration **** + ======================================= + [..] + (+) By setting the FPDS bit in the PWR_CR register by using the + HAL_PWREx_EnableFlashPowerDown() function, the Flash memory also enters power + down mode when the device enters Stop mode. When the Flash memory + is in power down mode, an additional startup delay is incurred when + waking up from Stop mode. + + *** Over-Drive and Under-Drive configuration **** + ================================================= + [..] + (+) In Run mode: the main regulator has 2 operating modes available: + (++) Normal mode: The CPU and core logic operate at maximum frequency at a given + voltage scaling (scale 1, scale 2 or scale 3) + (++) Over-drive mode: This mode allows the CPU and the core logic to operate at a + higher frequency than the normal mode for a given voltage scaling (scale 1, + scale 2 or scale 3). This mode is enabled through HAL_PWREx_EnableOverDrive() function and + disabled by HAL_PWREx_DisableOverDrive() function, to enter or exit from Over-drive mode please follow + the sequence described in Reference manual. + + (+) In Stop mode: the main regulator or low power regulator supplies a low power + voltage to the 1.2V domain, thus preserving the content of registers + and internal SRAM. 2 operating modes are available: + (++) Normal mode: the 1.2V domain is preserved in nominal leakage mode. This mode is only + available when the main regulator or the low power regulator is used in Scale 3 or + low voltage mode. + (++) Under-drive mode: the 1.2V domain is preserved in reduced leakage mode. This mode is only + available when the main regulator or the low power regulator is in low voltage mode. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables the Backup Regulator. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PWREx_EnableBkUpReg(void) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = 0; + + /* Enable Backup regulator */ + PWR->CSR1 |= PWR_CSR1_BRE; + + /* Get tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till Backup regulator ready flag is set */ + while(__HAL_PWR_GET_FLAG(PWR_FLAG_BRR) == RESET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PWR_BKPREG_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Disables the Backup Regulator. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PWREx_DisableBkUpReg(void) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = 0; + + /* Disable Backup regulator */ + PWR->CSR1 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)PWR_CSR1_BRE); + + /* Get tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till Backup regulator ready flag is set */ + while(__HAL_PWR_GET_FLAG(PWR_FLAG_BRR) != RESET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PWR_BKPREG_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables the Flash Power Down in Stop mode. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWREx_EnableFlashPowerDown(void) +{ + /* Enable the Flash Power Down */ + PWR->CR1 |= PWR_CR1_FPDS; +} + +/** + * @brief Disables the Flash Power Down in Stop mode. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWREx_DisableFlashPowerDown(void) +{ + /* Disable the Flash Power Down */ + PWR->CR1 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)PWR_CR1_FPDS); +} + +/** + * @brief Enables Main Regulator low voltage mode. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWREx_EnableMainRegulatorLowVoltage(void) +{ + /* Enable Main regulator low voltage */ + PWR->CR1 |= PWR_CR1_MRUDS; +} + +/** + * @brief Disables Main Regulator low voltage mode. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWREx_DisableMainRegulatorLowVoltage(void) +{ + /* Disable Main regulator low voltage */ + PWR->CR1 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)PWR_CR1_MRUDS); +} + +/** + * @brief Enables Low Power Regulator low voltage mode. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWREx_EnableLowRegulatorLowVoltage(void) +{ + /* Enable low power regulator */ + PWR->CR1 |= PWR_CR1_LPUDS; +} + +/** + * @brief Disables Low Power Regulator low voltage mode. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWREx_DisableLowRegulatorLowVoltage(void) +{ + /* Disable low power regulator */ + PWR->CR1 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)PWR_CR1_LPUDS); +} + +/** + * @brief Activates the Over-Drive mode. + * @note This mode allows the CPU and the core logic to operate at a higher frequency + * than the normal mode for a given voltage scaling (scale 1, scale 2 or scale 3). + * @note It is recommended to enter or exit Over-drive mode when the application is not running + * critical tasks and when the system clock source is either HSI or HSE. + * During the Over-drive switch activation, no peripheral clocks should be enabled. + * The peripheral clocks must be enabled once the Over-drive mode is activated. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PWREx_EnableOverDrive(void) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = 0; + + __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE(); + + /* Enable the Over-drive to extend the clock frequency to 216 MHz */ + __HAL_PWR_OVERDRIVE_ENABLE(); + + /* Get tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + while(!__HAL_PWR_GET_FLAG(PWR_FLAG_ODRDY)) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PWR_OVERDRIVE_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Enable the Over-drive switch */ + __HAL_PWR_OVERDRIVESWITCHING_ENABLE(); + + /* Get tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + while(!__HAL_PWR_GET_FLAG(PWR_FLAG_ODSWRDY)) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PWR_OVERDRIVE_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Deactivates the Over-Drive mode. + * @note This mode allows the CPU and the core logic to operate at a higher frequency + * than the normal mode for a given voltage scaling (scale 1, scale 2 or scale 3). + * @note It is recommended to enter or exit Over-drive mode when the application is not running + * critical tasks and when the system clock source is either HSI or HSE. + * During the Over-drive switch activation, no peripheral clocks should be enabled. + * The peripheral clocks must be enabled once the Over-drive mode is activated. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PWREx_DisableOverDrive(void) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = 0; + + __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE(); + + /* Disable the Over-drive switch */ + __HAL_PWR_OVERDRIVESWITCHING_DISABLE(); + + /* Get tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + while(__HAL_PWR_GET_FLAG(PWR_FLAG_ODSWRDY)) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PWR_OVERDRIVE_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Disable the Over-drive */ + __HAL_PWR_OVERDRIVE_DISABLE(); + + /* Get tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + while(__HAL_PWR_GET_FLAG(PWR_FLAG_ODRDY)) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PWR_OVERDRIVE_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Enters in Under-Drive STOP mode. + * + * @note This mode can be selected only when the Under-Drive is already active + * + * @note This mode is enabled only with STOP low power mode. + * In this mode, the 1.2V domain is preserved in reduced leakage mode. This + * mode is only available when the main regulator or the low power regulator + * is in low voltage mode + * + * @note If the Under-drive mode was enabled, it is automatically disabled after + * exiting Stop mode. + * When the voltage regulator operates in Under-drive mode, an additional + * startup delay is induced when waking up from Stop mode. + * + * @note In Stop mode, all I/O pins keep the same state as in Run mode. + * + * @note When exiting Stop mode by issuing an interrupt or a wakeup event, + * the HSI RC oscillator is selected as system clock. + * + * @note When the voltage regulator operates in low power mode, an additional + * startup delay is incurred when waking up from Stop mode. + * By keeping the internal regulator ON during Stop mode, the consumption + * is higher although the startup time is reduced. + * + * @param Regulator: specifies the regulator state in STOP mode. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg PWR_MAINREGULATOR_UNDERDRIVE_ON: Main Regulator in under-drive mode + * and Flash memory in power-down when the device is in Stop under-drive mode + * @arg PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_UNDERDRIVE_ON: Low Power Regulator in under-drive mode + * and Flash memory in power-down when the device is in Stop under-drive mode + * @param STOPEntry: specifies if STOP mode in entered with WFI or WFE instruction. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI: enter STOP mode with WFI instruction + * @arg PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFE: enter STOP mode with WFE instruction + * @retval None + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PWREx_EnterUnderDriveSTOPMode(uint32_t Regulator, uint8_t STOPEntry) +{ + uint32_t tempreg = 0; + uint32_t tickstart = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_PWR_REGULATOR_UNDERDRIVE(Regulator)); + assert_param(IS_PWR_STOP_ENTRY(STOPEntry)); + + /* Enable Power ctrl clock */ + __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE(); + /* Enable the Under-drive Mode ---------------------------------------------*/ + /* Clear Under-drive flag */ + __HAL_PWR_CLEAR_ODRUDR_FLAG(); + + /* Enable the Under-drive */ + __HAL_PWR_UNDERDRIVE_ENABLE(); + + /* Get tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait for UnderDrive mode is ready */ + while(__HAL_PWR_GET_FLAG(PWR_FLAG_UDRDY)) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PWR_UDERDRIVE_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Select the regulator state in STOP mode ---------------------------------*/ + tempreg = PWR->CR1; + /* Clear PDDS, LPDS, MRLUDS and LPLUDS bits */ + tempreg &= (uint32_t)~(PWR_CR1_PDDS | PWR_CR1_LPDS | PWR_CR1_LPUDS | PWR_CR1_MRUDS); + + /* Set LPDS, MRLUDS and LPLUDS bits according to PWR_Regulator value */ + tempreg |= Regulator; + + /* Store the new value */ + PWR->CR1 = tempreg; + + /* Set SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */ + SCB->SCR |= SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk; + + /* Select STOP mode entry --------------------------------------------------*/ + if(STOPEntry == PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI) + { + /* Request Wait For Interrupt */ + __WFI(); + } + else + { + /* Request Wait For Event */ + __WFE(); + } + /* Reset SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */ + SCB->SCR &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns Voltage Scaling Range. + * @retval VOS bit field (PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE1, PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE2 or + * PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE3)PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE1 + */ +uint32_t HAL_PWREx_GetVoltageRange(void) +{ + return (PWR->CR1 & PWR_CR1_VOS); +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the main internal regulator output voltage. + * @param VoltageScaling: specifies the regulator output voltage to achieve + * a tradeoff between performance and power consumption. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE1: Regulator voltage output range 1 mode, + * typical output voltage at 1.4 V, + * system frequency up to 216 MHz. + * @arg PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE2: Regulator voltage output range 2 mode, + * typical output voltage at 1.2 V, + * system frequency up to 180 MHz. + * @arg PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE3: Regulator voltage output range 2 mode, + * typical output voltage at 1.00 V, + * system frequency up to 151 MHz. + * @note To update the system clock frequency(SYSCLK): + * - Set the HSI or HSE as system clock frequency using the HAL_RCC_ClockConfig(). + * - Call the HAL_RCC_OscConfig() to configure the PLL. + * - Call HAL_PWREx_ConfigVoltageScaling() API to adjust the voltage scale. + * - Set the new system clock frequency using the HAL_RCC_ClockConfig(). + * @note The scale can be modified only when the HSI or HSE clock source is selected + * as system clock source, otherwise the API returns HAL_ERROR. + * @note When the PLL is OFF, the voltage scale 3 is automatically selected and the VOS bits + * value in the PWR_CR1 register are not taken in account. + * @note This API forces the PLL state ON to allow the possibility to configure the voltage scale 1 or 2. + * @note The new voltage scale is active only when the PLL is ON. + * @retval HAL Status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PWREx_ControlVoltageScaling(uint32_t VoltageScaling) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = 0; + + assert_param(IS_PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE(VoltageScaling)); + + /* Enable Power ctrl clock */ + __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE(); + + /* Check if the PLL is used as system clock or not */ + if(__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() != RCC_CFGR_SWS_PLL) + { + /* Disable the main PLL */ + __HAL_RCC_PLL_DISABLE(); + + /* Get Start Tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + /* Wait till PLL is disabled */ + while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLLRDY) != RESET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PLL_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Set Range */ + __HAL_PWR_VOLTAGESCALING_CONFIG(VoltageScaling); + + /* Enable the main PLL */ + __HAL_RCC_PLL_ENABLE(); + + /* Get Start Tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + /* Wait till PLL is ready */ + while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLLRDY) == RESET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PLL_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Get Start Tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + while((__HAL_PWR_GET_FLAG(PWR_FLAG_VOSRDY) == RESET)) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PWR_VOSRDY_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + else + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/stmhal/hal/f7/src/stm32f7xx_hal_rcc.c b/stmhal/hal/f7/src/stm32f7xx_hal_rcc.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e131f4ef11 --- /dev/null +++ b/stmhal/hal/f7/src/stm32f7xx_hal_rcc.c @@ -0,0 +1,1197 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f7xx_hal_rcc.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.1 + * @date 25-June-2015 + * @brief RCC HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Reset and Clock Control (RCC) peripheral: + * + Initialization and de-initialization functions + * + Peripheral Control functions + * + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### RCC specific features ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + After reset the device is running from Internal High Speed oscillator + (HSI 16MHz) with Flash 0 wait state, Flash prefetch buffer, D-Cache + and I-Cache are disabled, and all peripherals are off except internal + SRAM, Flash and JTAG. + (+) There is no prescaler on High speed (AHB) and Low speed (APB) busses; + all peripherals mapped on these busses are running at HSI speed. + (+) The clock for all peripherals is switched off, except the SRAM and FLASH. + (+) All GPIOs are in input floating state, except the JTAG pins which + are assigned to be used for debug purpose. + + [..] + Once the device started from reset, the user application has to: + (+) Configure the clock source to be used to drive the System clock + (if the application needs higher frequency/performance) + (+) Configure the System clock frequency and Flash settings + (+) Configure the AHB and APB busses prescalers + (+) Enable the clock for the peripheral(s) to be used + (+) Configure the clock source(s) for peripherals which clocks are not + derived from the System clock (I2S, RTC, ADC, USB OTG FS/SDIO/RNG) + + ##### RCC Limitations ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + A delay between an RCC peripheral clock enable and the effective peripheral + enabling should be taken into account in order to manage the peripheral read/write + from/to registers. + (+) This delay depends on the peripheral mapping. + (+) If peripheral is mapped on AHB: the delay is 2 AHB clock cycle + after the clock enable bit is set on the hardware register + (+) If peripheral is mapped on APB: the delay is 2 APB clock cycle + after the clock enable bit is set on the hardware register + + [..] + Implemented Workaround: + (+) For AHB & APB peripherals, a dummy read to the peripheral register has been + inserted in each __HAL_RCC_PPP_CLK_ENABLE() macro. + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC RCC + * @brief RCC HAL module driver + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_RCC_MODULE_ENABLED + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup RCC_Private_Macros RCC Private Macros + * @{ + */ + +#define MCO1_CLK_ENABLE() __HAL_RCC_GPIOA_CLK_ENABLE() +#define MCO1_GPIO_PORT GPIOA +#define MCO1_PIN GPIO_PIN_8 + +#define MCO2_CLK_ENABLE() __HAL_RCC_GPIOC_CLK_ENABLE() +#define MCO2_GPIO_PORT GPIOC +#define MCO2_PIN GPIO_PIN_9 + +/** + * @} + */ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup RCC_Private_Variables RCC Private Variables + * @{ + */ +const uint8_t APBAHBPrescTable[16] = {0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9}; + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup RCC_Exported_Functions RCC Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * + @verbatim + =============================================================================== +##### Initialization and de-initialization functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides functions allowing to configure the internal/external oscillators + (HSE, HSI, LSE, LSI, PLL, CSS and MCO) and the System buses clocks (SYSCLK, AHB, APB1 + and APB2). + + [..] Internal/external clock and PLL configuration + (#) HSI (high-speed internal), 16 MHz factory-trimmed RC used directly or through + the PLL as System clock source. + + (#) LSI (low-speed internal), 32 KHz low consumption RC used as IWDG and/or RTC + clock source. + + (#) HSE (high-speed external), 4 to 26 MHz crystal oscillator used directly or + through the PLL as System clock source. Can be used also as RTC clock source. + + (#) LSE (low-speed external), 32 KHz oscillator used as RTC clock source. + + (#) PLL (clocked by HSI or HSE), featuring two different output clocks: + (++) The first output is used to generate the high speed system clock (up to 216 MHz) + (++) The second output is used to generate the clock for the USB OTG FS (48 MHz), + the random analog generator (<=48 MHz) and the SDIO (<= 48 MHz). + + (#) CSS (Clock security system), once enable using the function HAL_RCC_EnableCSS() + and if a HSE clock failure occurs(HSE used directly or through PLL as System + clock source), the System clock is automatically switched to HSI and an interrupt + is generated if enabled. The interrupt is linked to the Cortex-M7 NMI + (Non-Maskable Interrupt) exception vector. + + (#) MCO1 (microcontroller clock output), used to output HSI, LSE, HSE or PLL + clock (through a configurable prescaler) on PA8 pin. + + (#) MCO2 (microcontroller clock output), used to output HSE, PLL, SYSCLK or PLLI2S + clock (through a configurable prescaler) on PC9 pin. + + [..] System, AHB and APB busses clocks configuration + (#) Several clock sources can be used to drive the System clock (SYSCLK): HSI, + HSE and PLL. + The AHB clock (HCLK) is derived from System clock through configurable + prescaler and used to clock the CPU, memory and peripherals mapped + on AHB bus (DMA, GPIO...). APB1 (PCLK1) and APB2 (PCLK2) clocks are derived + from AHB clock through configurable prescalers and used to clock + the peripherals mapped on these busses. You can use + "HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq()" function to retrieve the frequencies of these clocks. + + -@- All the peripheral clocks are derived from the System clock (SYSCLK) except: + (+@) I2S: the I2S clock can be derived either from a specific PLL (PLLI2S) or + from an external clock mapped on the I2S_CKIN pin. + You have to use __HAL_RCC_PLLI2S_CONFIG() macro to configure this clock. + (+@) SAI: the SAI clock can be derived either from a specific PLL (PLLI2S) or (PLLSAI) or + from an external clock mapped on the I2S_CKIN pin. + You have to use __HAL_RCC_PLLI2S_CONFIG() macro to configure this clock. + (+@) RTC: the RTC clock can be derived either from the LSI, LSE or HSE clock + divided by 2 to 31. You have to use __HAL_RCC_RTC_CONFIG() and __HAL_RCC_RTC_ENABLE() + macros to configure this clock. + (+@) USB OTG FS, SDIO and RTC: USB OTG FS require a frequency equal to 48 MHz + to work correctly, while the SDIO require a frequency equal or lower than + to 48. This clock is derived of the main PLL through PLLQ divider. + (+@) IWDG clock which is always the LSI clock. +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Resets the RCC clock configuration to the default reset state. + * @note The default reset state of the clock configuration is given below: + * - HSI ON and used as system clock source + * - HSE, PLL and PLLI2S OFF + * - AHB, APB1 and APB2 prescaler set to 1. + * - CSS, MCO1 and MCO2 OFF + * - All interrupts disabled + * @note This function doesn't modify the configuration of the + * - Peripheral clocks + * - LSI, LSE and RTC clocks + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_RCC_DeInit(void) +{ + /* Set HSION bit */ + SET_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSION | RCC_CR_HSITRIM_4); + + /* Reset CFGR register */ + CLEAR_REG(RCC->CFGR); + + /* Reset HSEON, CSSON, PLLON, PLLI2S */ + CLEAR_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSEON | RCC_CR_CSSON | RCC_CR_PLLON| RCC_CR_PLLI2SON); + + /* Reset PLLCFGR register */ + CLEAR_REG(RCC->PLLCFGR); + SET_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM_4 | RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN_6 | RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN_7 | RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLQ_2); + + /* Reset PLLI2SCFGR register */ + CLEAR_REG(RCC->PLLI2SCFGR); + SET_BIT(RCC->PLLI2SCFGR, RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SN_6 | RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SN_7 | RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SR_1); + + /* Reset HSEBYP bit */ + CLEAR_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSEBYP); + + /* Disable all interrupts */ + CLEAR_REG(RCC->CIR); +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the RCC Oscillators according to the specified parameters in the + * RCC_OscInitTypeDef. + * @param RCC_OscInitStruct: pointer to an RCC_OscInitTypeDef structure that + * contains the configuration information for the RCC Oscillators. + * @note The PLL is not disabled when used as system clock. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RCC_OscConfig(RCC_OscInitTypeDef *RCC_OscInitStruct) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE(RCC_OscInitStruct->OscillatorType)); + + /*------------------------------- HSE Configuration ------------------------*/ + if(((RCC_OscInitStruct->OscillatorType) & RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSE) == RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSE) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_HSE(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSEState)); + /* When the HSE is used as system clock or clock source for PLL, It can not be disabled */ + if((__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_HSE) + || ((__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_PLLCLK) && ((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC) == RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC_HSE))) + { + if((__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSERDY) != RESET) && (RCC_OscInitStruct->HSEState == RCC_HSE_OFF)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + else + { + /* Reset HSEON and HSEBYP bits before configuring the HSE --------------*/ + __HAL_RCC_HSE_CONFIG(RCC_HSE_OFF); + + /* Get Start Tick*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till HSE is disabled */ + while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSERDY) != RESET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > HSE_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Set the new HSE configuration ---------------------------------------*/ + __HAL_RCC_HSE_CONFIG(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSEState); + + /* Check the HSE State */ + if(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSEState != RCC_HSE_OFF) + { + /* Get Start Tick*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till HSE is ready */ + while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSERDY) == RESET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > HSE_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + else + { + /* Get Start Tick*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till HSE is bypassed or disabled */ + while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSERDY) != RESET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > HSE_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + } + } + /*----------------------------- HSI Configuration --------------------------*/ + if(((RCC_OscInitStruct->OscillatorType) & RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSI) == RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSI) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_HSI(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSIState)); + assert_param(IS_RCC_CALIBRATION_VALUE(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSICalibrationValue)); + + /* Check if HSI is used as system clock or as PLL source when PLL is selected as system clock */ + if((__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_HSI) + || ((__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_PLLCLK) && ((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC) == RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC_HSI))) + { + /* When HSI is used as system clock it will not disabled */ + if((__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSIRDY) != RESET) && (RCC_OscInitStruct->HSIState != RCC_HSI_ON)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + /* Otherwise, just the calibration is allowed */ + else + { + /* Adjusts the Internal High Speed oscillator (HSI) calibration value.*/ + __HAL_RCC_HSI_CALIBRATIONVALUE_ADJUST(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSICalibrationValue); + } + } + else + { + /* Check the HSI State */ + if((RCC_OscInitStruct->HSIState)!= RCC_HSI_OFF) + { + /* Enable the Internal High Speed oscillator (HSI). */ + __HAL_RCC_HSI_ENABLE(); + + /* Get Start Tick*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till HSI is ready */ + while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSIRDY) == RESET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > HSI_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Adjusts the Internal High Speed oscillator (HSI) calibration value.*/ + __HAL_RCC_HSI_CALIBRATIONVALUE_ADJUST(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSICalibrationValue); + } + else + { + /* Disable the Internal High Speed oscillator (HSI). */ + __HAL_RCC_HSI_DISABLE(); + + /* Get Start Tick*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till HSI is ready */ + while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSIRDY) != RESET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > HSI_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + } + } + /*------------------------------ LSI Configuration -------------------------*/ + if(((RCC_OscInitStruct->OscillatorType) & RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSI) == RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSI) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_LSI(RCC_OscInitStruct->LSIState)); + + /* Check the LSI State */ + if((RCC_OscInitStruct->LSIState)!= RCC_LSI_OFF) + { + /* Enable the Internal Low Speed oscillator (LSI). */ + __HAL_RCC_LSI_ENABLE(); + + /* Get Start Tick*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till LSI is ready */ + while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_LSIRDY) == RESET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > LSI_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + else + { + /* Disable the Internal Low Speed oscillator (LSI). */ + __HAL_RCC_LSI_DISABLE(); + + /* Get Start Tick*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till LSI is ready */ + while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_LSIRDY) != RESET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > LSI_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + } + /*------------------------------ LSE Configuration -------------------------*/ + if(((RCC_OscInitStruct->OscillatorType) & RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSE) == RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSE) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_LSE(RCC_OscInitStruct->LSEState)); + + /* Enable Power Clock*/ + __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE(); + + /* Enable write access to Backup domain */ + PWR->CR1 |= PWR_CR1_DBP; + + /* Wait for Backup domain Write protection disable */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + while((PWR->CR1 & PWR_CR1_DBP) == RESET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RCC_DBP_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Reset LSEON and LSEBYP bits before configuring the LSE ----------------*/ + __HAL_RCC_LSE_CONFIG(RCC_LSE_OFF); + + /* Get Start Tick*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till LSE is ready */ + while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_LSERDY) != RESET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RCC_LSE_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Set the new LSE configuration -----------------------------------------*/ + __HAL_RCC_LSE_CONFIG(RCC_OscInitStruct->LSEState); + /* Check the LSE State */ + if((RCC_OscInitStruct->LSEState) != RCC_LSE_OFF) + { + /* Get Start Tick*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till LSE is ready */ + while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_LSERDY) == RESET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RCC_LSE_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + else + { + /* Get Start Tick*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till LSE is ready */ + while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_LSERDY) != RESET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RCC_LSE_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + } + /*-------------------------------- PLL Configuration -----------------------*/ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLL(RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLState)); + if ((RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLState) != RCC_PLL_NONE) + { + /* Check if the PLL is used as system clock or not */ + if(__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() != RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_PLLCLK) + { + if((RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLState) == RCC_PLL_ON) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSOURCE(RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLSource)); + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLM_VALUE(RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLM)); + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLN_VALUE(RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLN)); + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLP_VALUE(RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLP)); + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLQ_VALUE(RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLQ)); + + /* Disable the main PLL. */ + __HAL_RCC_PLL_DISABLE(); + + /* Get Start Tick*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till PLL is ready */ + while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLLRDY) != RESET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PLL_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Configure the main PLL clock source, multiplication and division factors. */ + __HAL_RCC_PLL_CONFIG(RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLSource, + RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLM, + RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLN, + RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLP, + RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLQ); + /* Enable the main PLL. */ + __HAL_RCC_PLL_ENABLE(); + + /* Get Start Tick*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till PLL is ready */ + while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLLRDY) == RESET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PLL_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + else + { + /* Disable the main PLL. */ + __HAL_RCC_PLL_DISABLE(); + + /* Get Start Tick*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till PLL is ready */ + while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLLRDY) != RESET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PLL_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + } + else + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the CPU, AHB and APB busses clocks according to the specified + * parameters in the RCC_ClkInitStruct. + * @param RCC_ClkInitStruct: pointer to an RCC_OscInitTypeDef structure that + * contains the configuration information for the RCC peripheral. + * @param FLatency: FLASH Latency, this parameter depend on device selected + * + * @note The SystemCoreClock CMSIS variable is used to store System Clock Frequency + * and updated by HAL_RCC_GetHCLKFreq() function called within this function + * + * @note The HSI is used (enabled by hardware) as system clock source after + * startup from Reset, wake-up from STOP and STANDBY mode, or in case + * of failure of the HSE used directly or indirectly as system clock + * (if the Clock Security System CSS is enabled). + * + * @note A switch from one clock source to another occurs only if the target + * clock source is ready (clock stable after startup delay or PLL locked). + * If a clock source which is not yet ready is selected, the switch will + * occur when the clock source will be ready. + * You can use HAL_RCC_GetClockConfig() function to know which clock is + * currently used as system clock source. + * @note Depending on the device voltage range, the software has to set correctly + * HPRE[3:0] bits to ensure that HCLK not exceed the maximum allowed frequency + * (for more details refer to section above "Initialization/de-initialization functions") + * @retval None + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RCC_ClockConfig(RCC_ClkInitTypeDef *RCC_ClkInitStruct, uint32_t FLatency) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_CLOCKTYPE(RCC_ClkInitStruct->ClockType)); + assert_param(IS_FLASH_LATENCY(FLatency)); + + /* To correctly read data from FLASH memory, the number of wait states (LATENCY) + must be correctly programmed according to the frequency of the CPU clock + (HCLK) and the supply voltage of the device. */ + + /* Increasing the CPU frequency */ + if(FLatency > (FLASH->ACR & FLASH_ACR_LATENCY)) + { + /* Program the new number of wait states to the LATENCY bits in the FLASH_ACR register */ + __HAL_FLASH_SET_LATENCY(FLatency); + + /* Check that the new number of wait states is taken into account to access the Flash + memory by reading the FLASH_ACR register */ + if((FLASH->ACR & FLASH_ACR_LATENCY) != FLatency) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /*-------------------------- HCLK Configuration --------------------------*/ + if(((RCC_ClkInitStruct->ClockType) & RCC_CLOCKTYPE_HCLK) == RCC_CLOCKTYPE_HCLK) + { + assert_param(IS_RCC_HCLK(RCC_ClkInitStruct->AHBCLKDivider)); + MODIFY_REG(RCC->CFGR, RCC_CFGR_HPRE, RCC_ClkInitStruct->AHBCLKDivider); + } + + /*------------------------- SYSCLK Configuration ---------------------------*/ + if(((RCC_ClkInitStruct->ClockType) & RCC_CLOCKTYPE_SYSCLK) == RCC_CLOCKTYPE_SYSCLK) + { + assert_param(IS_RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE(RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource)); + + /* HSE is selected as System Clock Source */ + if(RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_HSE) + { + /* Check the HSE ready flag */ + if(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSERDY) == RESET) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + /* PLL is selected as System Clock Source */ + else if(RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_PLLCLK) + { + /* Check the PLL ready flag */ + if(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLLRDY) == RESET) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + /* HSI is selected as System Clock Source */ + else + { + /* Check the HSI ready flag */ + if(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSIRDY) == RESET) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + + __HAL_RCC_SYSCLK_CONFIG(RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource); + /* Get Start Tick*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + if(RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_HSE) + { + while (__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() != RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_HSE) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > CLOCKSWITCH_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + else if(RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_PLLCLK) + { + while (__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() != RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_PLLCLK) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > CLOCKSWITCH_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + else + { + while(__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() != RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_HSI) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > CLOCKSWITCH_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + } + } + /* Decreasing the CPU frequency */ + else + { + /*-------------------------- HCLK Configuration --------------------------*/ + if(((RCC_ClkInitStruct->ClockType) & RCC_CLOCKTYPE_HCLK) == RCC_CLOCKTYPE_HCLK) + { + assert_param(IS_RCC_HCLK(RCC_ClkInitStruct->AHBCLKDivider)); + MODIFY_REG(RCC->CFGR, RCC_CFGR_HPRE, RCC_ClkInitStruct->AHBCLKDivider); + } + + /*------------------------- SYSCLK Configuration -------------------------*/ + if(((RCC_ClkInitStruct->ClockType) & RCC_CLOCKTYPE_SYSCLK) == RCC_CLOCKTYPE_SYSCLK) + { + assert_param(IS_RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE(RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource)); + + /* HSE is selected as System Clock Source */ + if(RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_HSE) + { + /* Check the HSE ready flag */ + if(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSERDY) == RESET) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + /* PLL is selected as System Clock Source */ + else if(RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_PLLCLK) + { + /* Check the PLL ready flag */ + if(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLLRDY) == RESET) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + /* HSI is selected as System Clock Source */ + else + { + /* Check the HSI ready flag */ + if(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSIRDY) == RESET) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + __HAL_RCC_SYSCLK_CONFIG(RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource); + /* Get Start Tick*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + if(RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_HSE) + { + while (__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() != RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_HSE) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > CLOCKSWITCH_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + else if(RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_PLLCLK) + { + while (__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() != RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_PLLCLK) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > CLOCKSWITCH_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + else + { + while(__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() != RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_HSI) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > CLOCKSWITCH_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + } + + /* Program the new number of wait states to the LATENCY bits in the FLASH_ACR register */ + __HAL_FLASH_SET_LATENCY(FLatency); + + /* Check that the new number of wait states is taken into account to access the Flash + memory by reading the FLASH_ACR register */ + if((FLASH->ACR & FLASH_ACR_LATENCY) != FLatency) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + + /*-------------------------- PCLK1 Configuration ---------------------------*/ + if(((RCC_ClkInitStruct->ClockType) & RCC_CLOCKTYPE_PCLK1) == RCC_CLOCKTYPE_PCLK1) + { + assert_param(IS_RCC_PCLK(RCC_ClkInitStruct->APB1CLKDivider)); + MODIFY_REG(RCC->CFGR, RCC_CFGR_PPRE1, RCC_ClkInitStruct->APB1CLKDivider); + } + + /*-------------------------- PCLK2 Configuration ---------------------------*/ + if(((RCC_ClkInitStruct->ClockType) & RCC_CLOCKTYPE_PCLK2) == RCC_CLOCKTYPE_PCLK2) + { + assert_param(IS_RCC_PCLK(RCC_ClkInitStruct->APB2CLKDivider)); + MODIFY_REG(RCC->CFGR, RCC_CFGR_PPRE2, ((RCC_ClkInitStruct->APB2CLKDivider) << 3)); + } + + /* Configure the source of time base considering new system clocks settings*/ + HAL_InitTick (TICK_INT_PRIORITY); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral Control functions + * @brief RCC clocks control functions + * + @verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral Control functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the RCC Clocks + frequencies. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Selects the clock source to output on MCO1 pin(PA8) or on MCO2 pin(PC9). + * @note PA8/PC9 should be configured in alternate function mode. + * @param RCC_MCOx: specifies the output direction for the clock source. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RCC_MCO1: Clock source to output on MCO1 pin(PA8). + * @arg RCC_MCO2: Clock source to output on MCO2 pin(PC9). + * @param RCC_MCOSource: specifies the clock source to output. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RCC_MCO1SOURCE_HSI: HSI clock selected as MCO1 source + * @arg RCC_MCO1SOURCE_LSE: LSE clock selected as MCO1 source + * @arg RCC_MCO1SOURCE_HSE: HSE clock selected as MCO1 source + * @arg RCC_MCO1SOURCE_PLLCLK: main PLL clock selected as MCO1 source + * @arg RCC_MCO2SOURCE_SYSCLK: System clock (SYSCLK) selected as MCO2 source + * @arg RCC_MCO2SOURCE_PLLI2SCLK: PLLI2S clock selected as MCO2 source + * @arg RCC_MCO2SOURCE_HSE: HSE clock selected as MCO2 source + * @arg RCC_MCO2SOURCE_PLLCLK: main PLL clock selected as MCO2 source + * @param RCC_MCODiv: specifies the MCOx prescaler. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RCC_MCODIV_1: no division applied to MCOx clock + * @arg RCC_MCODIV_2: division by 2 applied to MCOx clock + * @arg RCC_MCODIV_3: division by 3 applied to MCOx clock + * @arg RCC_MCODIV_4: division by 4 applied to MCOx clock + * @arg RCC_MCODIV_5: division by 5 applied to MCOx clock + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_RCC_MCOConfig(uint32_t RCC_MCOx, uint32_t RCC_MCOSource, uint32_t RCC_MCODiv) +{ + GPIO_InitTypeDef GPIO_InitStruct; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_MCO(RCC_MCOx)); + assert_param(IS_RCC_MCODIV(RCC_MCODiv)); + /* RCC_MCO1 */ + if(RCC_MCOx == RCC_MCO1) + { + assert_param(IS_RCC_MCO1SOURCE(RCC_MCOSource)); + + /* MCO1 Clock Enable */ + MCO1_CLK_ENABLE(); + + /* Configure the MCO1 pin in alternate function mode */ + GPIO_InitStruct.Pin = MCO1_PIN; + GPIO_InitStruct.Mode = GPIO_MODE_AF_PP; + GPIO_InitStruct.Speed = GPIO_SPEED_HIGH; + GPIO_InitStruct.Pull = GPIO_NOPULL; + GPIO_InitStruct.Alternate = GPIO_AF0_MCO; + HAL_GPIO_Init(MCO1_GPIO_PORT, &GPIO_InitStruct); + + /* Mask MCO1 and MCO1PRE[2:0] bits then Select MCO1 clock source and prescaler */ + MODIFY_REG(RCC->CFGR, (RCC_CFGR_MCO1 | RCC_CFGR_MCO1PRE), (RCC_MCOSource | RCC_MCODiv)); + } + else + { + assert_param(IS_RCC_MCO2SOURCE(RCC_MCOSource)); + + /* MCO2 Clock Enable */ + MCO2_CLK_ENABLE(); + + /* Configure the MCO2 pin in alternate function mode */ + GPIO_InitStruct.Pin = MCO2_PIN; + GPIO_InitStruct.Mode = GPIO_MODE_AF_PP; + GPIO_InitStruct.Speed = GPIO_SPEED_HIGH; + GPIO_InitStruct.Pull = GPIO_NOPULL; + GPIO_InitStruct.Alternate = GPIO_AF0_MCO; + HAL_GPIO_Init(MCO2_GPIO_PORT, &GPIO_InitStruct); + + /* Mask MCO2 and MCO2PRE[2:0] bits then Select MCO2 clock source and prescaler */ + MODIFY_REG(RCC->CFGR, (RCC_CFGR_MCO2 | RCC_CFGR_MCO2PRE), (RCC_MCOSource | (RCC_MCODiv << 3))); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables the Clock Security System. + * @note If a failure is detected on the HSE oscillator clock, this oscillator + * is automatically disabled and an interrupt is generated to inform the + * software about the failure (Clock Security System Interrupt, CSSI), + * allowing the MCU to perform rescue operations. The CSSI is linked to + * the Cortex-M7 NMI (Non-Maskable Interrupt) exception vector. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_RCC_EnableCSS(void) +{ + SET_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_CSSON); +} + +/** + * @brief Disables the Clock Security System. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_RCC_DisableCSS(void) +{ + CLEAR_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_CSSON); +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the SYSCLK frequency + * + * @note The system frequency computed by this function is not the real + * frequency in the chip. It is calculated based on the predefined + * constant and the selected clock source: + * @note If SYSCLK source is HSI, function returns values based on HSI_VALUE(*) + * @note If SYSCLK source is HSE, function returns values based on HSE_VALUE(**) + * @note If SYSCLK source is PLL, function returns values based on HSE_VALUE(**) + * or HSI_VALUE(*) multiplied/divided by the PLL factors. + * @note (*) HSI_VALUE is a constant defined in stm32f7xx_hal_conf.h file (default value + * 16 MHz) but the real value may vary depending on the variations + * in voltage and temperature. + * @note (**) HSE_VALUE is a constant defined in stm32f7xx_hal_conf.h file (default value + * 25 MHz), user has to ensure that HSE_VALUE is same as the real + * frequency of the crystal used. Otherwise, this function may + * have wrong result. + * + * @note The result of this function could be not correct when using fractional + * value for HSE crystal. + * + * @note This function can be used by the user application to compute the + * baudrate for the communication peripherals or configure other parameters. + * + * @note Each time SYSCLK changes, this function must be called to update the + * right SYSCLK value. Otherwise, any configuration based on this function will be incorrect. + * + * + * @retval SYSCLK frequency + */ +uint32_t HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq(void) +{ + uint32_t pllm = 0, pllvco = 0, pllp = 0; + uint32_t sysclockfreq = 0; + + /* Get SYSCLK source -------------------------------------------------------*/ + switch (RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_SWS) + { + case RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_HSI: /* HSI used as system clock source */ + { + sysclockfreq = HSI_VALUE; + break; + } + case RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_HSE: /* HSE used as system clock source */ + { + sysclockfreq = HSE_VALUE; + break; + } + case RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_PLLCLK: /* PLL used as system clock source */ + { + /* PLL_VCO = (HSE_VALUE or HSI_VALUE / PLLM) * PLLN + SYSCLK = PLL_VCO / PLLP */ + pllm = RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM; + if (__HAL_RCC_GET_PLL_OSCSOURCE() != RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC_HSI) + { + /* HSE used as PLL clock source */ + pllvco = ((HSE_VALUE / pllm) * ((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN))); + } + else + { + /* HSI used as PLL clock source */ + pllvco = ((HSI_VALUE / pllm) * ((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN))); + } + pllp = ((((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLP) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLP)) + 1 ) *2); + + sysclockfreq = pllvco/pllp; + break; + } + default: + { + sysclockfreq = HSI_VALUE; + break; + } + } + return sysclockfreq; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the HCLK frequency + * @note Each time HCLK changes, this function must be called to update the + * right HCLK value. Otherwise, any configuration based on this function will be incorrect. + * + * @note The SystemCoreClock CMSIS variable is used to store System Clock Frequency + * and updated within this function + * @retval HCLK frequency + */ +uint32_t HAL_RCC_GetHCLKFreq(void) +{ + SystemCoreClock = HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq() >> APBAHBPrescTable[(RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_HPRE)>> POSITION_VAL(RCC_CFGR_HPRE)]; + return SystemCoreClock; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the PCLK1 frequency + * @note Each time PCLK1 changes, this function must be called to update the + * right PCLK1 value. Otherwise, any configuration based on this function will be incorrect. + * @retval PCLK1 frequency + */ +uint32_t HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq(void) +{ + /* Get HCLK source and Compute PCLK1 frequency ---------------------------*/ + return (HAL_RCC_GetHCLKFreq() >> APBAHBPrescTable[(RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_PPRE1)>> POSITION_VAL(RCC_CFGR_PPRE1)]); +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the PCLK2 frequency + * @note Each time PCLK2 changes, this function must be called to update the + * right PCLK2 value. Otherwise, any configuration based on this function will be incorrect. + * @retval PCLK2 frequency + */ +uint32_t HAL_RCC_GetPCLK2Freq(void) +{ + /* Get HCLK source and Compute PCLK2 frequency ---------------------------*/ + return (HAL_RCC_GetHCLKFreq()>> APBAHBPrescTable[(RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_PPRE2)>> POSITION_VAL(RCC_CFGR_PPRE2)]); +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the RCC_OscInitStruct according to the internal + * RCC configuration registers. + * @param RCC_OscInitStruct: pointer to an RCC_OscInitTypeDef structure that + * will be configured. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_RCC_GetOscConfig(RCC_OscInitTypeDef *RCC_OscInitStruct) +{ + /* Set all possible values for the Oscillator type parameter ---------------*/ + RCC_OscInitStruct->OscillatorType = RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSE | RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSI | RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSE | RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSI; + + /* Get the HSE configuration -----------------------------------------------*/ + if((RCC->CR &RCC_CR_HSEBYP) == RCC_CR_HSEBYP) + { + RCC_OscInitStruct->HSEState = RCC_HSE_BYPASS; + } + else if((RCC->CR &RCC_CR_HSEON) == RCC_CR_HSEON) + { + RCC_OscInitStruct->HSEState = RCC_HSE_ON; + } + else + { + RCC_OscInitStruct->HSEState = RCC_HSE_OFF; + } + + /* Get the HSI configuration -----------------------------------------------*/ + if((RCC->CR &RCC_CR_HSION) == RCC_CR_HSION) + { + RCC_OscInitStruct->HSIState = RCC_HSI_ON; + } + else + { + RCC_OscInitStruct->HSIState = RCC_HSI_OFF; + } + + RCC_OscInitStruct->HSICalibrationValue = (uint32_t)((RCC->CR &RCC_CR_HSITRIM) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_CR_HSITRIM)); + + /* Get the LSE configuration -----------------------------------------------*/ + if((RCC->BDCR &RCC_BDCR_LSEBYP) == RCC_BDCR_LSEBYP) + { + RCC_OscInitStruct->LSEState = RCC_LSE_BYPASS; + } + else if((RCC->BDCR &RCC_BDCR_LSEON) == RCC_BDCR_LSEON) + { + RCC_OscInitStruct->LSEState = RCC_LSE_ON; + } + else + { + RCC_OscInitStruct->LSEState = RCC_LSE_OFF; + } + + /* Get the LSI configuration -----------------------------------------------*/ + if((RCC->CSR &RCC_CSR_LSION) == RCC_CSR_LSION) + { + RCC_OscInitStruct->LSIState = RCC_LSI_ON; + } + else + { + RCC_OscInitStruct->LSIState = RCC_LSI_OFF; + } + + /* Get the PLL configuration -----------------------------------------------*/ + if((RCC->CR &RCC_CR_PLLON) == RCC_CR_PLLON) + { + RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLState = RCC_PLL_ON; + } + else + { + RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLState = RCC_PLL_OFF; + } + RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLSource = (uint32_t)(RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC); + RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLM = (uint32_t)(RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM); + RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLN = (uint32_t)((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN)); + RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLP = (uint32_t)((((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLP) + RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLP_0) << 1) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLP)); + RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLQ = (uint32_t)((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLQ) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLQ)); +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the RCC_ClkInitStruct according to the internal + * RCC configuration registers. + * @param RCC_ClkInitStruct: pointer to an RCC_ClkInitTypeDef structure that + * will be configured. + * @param pFLatency: Pointer on the Flash Latency. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_RCC_GetClockConfig(RCC_ClkInitTypeDef *RCC_ClkInitStruct, uint32_t *pFLatency) +{ + /* Set all possible values for the Clock type parameter --------------------*/ + RCC_ClkInitStruct->ClockType = RCC_CLOCKTYPE_SYSCLK | RCC_CLOCKTYPE_HCLK | RCC_CLOCKTYPE_PCLK1 | RCC_CLOCKTYPE_PCLK2; + + /* Get the SYSCLK configuration --------------------------------------------*/ + RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource = (uint32_t)(RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_SW); + + /* Get the HCLK configuration ----------------------------------------------*/ + RCC_ClkInitStruct->AHBCLKDivider = (uint32_t)(RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_HPRE); + + /* Get the APB1 configuration ----------------------------------------------*/ + RCC_ClkInitStruct->APB1CLKDivider = (uint32_t)(RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_PPRE1); + + /* Get the APB2 configuration ----------------------------------------------*/ + RCC_ClkInitStruct->APB2CLKDivider = (uint32_t)((RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_PPRE2) >> 3); + + /* Get the Flash Wait State (Latency) configuration ------------------------*/ + *pFLatency = (uint32_t)(FLASH->ACR & FLASH_ACR_LATENCY); +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles the RCC CSS interrupt request. + * @note This API should be called under the NMI_Handler(). + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_RCC_NMI_IRQHandler(void) +{ + /* Check RCC CSSF flag */ + if(__HAL_RCC_GET_IT(RCC_IT_CSS)) + { + /* RCC Clock Security System interrupt user callback */ + HAL_RCC_CSSCallback(); + + /* Clear RCC CSS pending bit */ + __HAL_RCC_CLEAR_IT(RCC_IT_CSS); + } +} + +/** + * @brief RCC Clock Security System interrupt callback + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_RCC_CSSCallback(void) +{ + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_RCC_CSSCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_RCC_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/stmhal/hal/f7/src/stm32f7xx_hal_rcc_ex.c b/stmhal/hal/f7/src/stm32f7xx_hal_rcc_ex.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e04960d33e --- /dev/null +++ b/stmhal/hal/f7/src/stm32f7xx_hal_rcc_ex.c @@ -0,0 +1,861 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f7xx_hal_rcc_ex.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.1 + * @date 25-June-2015 + * @brief Extension RCC HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities RCC extension peripheral: + * + Extended Peripheral Control functions + * + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup RCCEx RCCEx + * @brief RCCEx HAL module driver + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_RCC_MODULE_ENABLED + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup RCCEx_Private_Defines RCCEx Private Defines + * @{ + */ + +#define PLLI2S_TIMEOUT_VALUE 100 /* Timeout value fixed to 100 ms */ +#define PLLSAI_TIMEOUT_VALUE 100 /* Timeout value fixed to 100 ms */ + +/** + * @} + */ +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup RCCEx_Private_Macros RCCEx Private Macros + * @{ + */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RCCEx_Private_Macros RCCEx Private Macros + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup RCCEx_Exported_Functions RCCEx Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup RCCEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Extended Peripheral Control functions + * @brief Extended Peripheral Control functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Extended Peripheral Control functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the RCC Clocks + frequencies. + [..] + (@) Important note: Care must be taken when HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig() is used to + select the RTC clock source; in this case the Backup domain will be reset in + order to modify the RTC Clock source, as consequence RTC registers (including + the backup registers) and RCC_BDCR register will be set to their reset values. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ +/** + * @brief Initializes the RCC extended peripherals clocks according to the specified + * parameters in the RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef. + * @param PeriphClkInit: pointer to an RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef structure that + * contains the configuration information for the Extended Peripherals + * clocks(I2S, SAI, LTDC RTC, TIM, UARTs, USARTs, LTPIM, SDMMC...). + * + * @note Care must be taken when HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig() is used to select + * the RTC clock source; in this case the Backup domain will be reset in + * order to modify the RTC Clock source, as consequence RTC registers (including + * the backup registers) and RCC_BDCR register are set to their reset values. + * + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig(RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef *PeriphClkInit) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = 0; + uint32_t tmpreg0 = 0; + uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0; + uint32_t plli2sused = 0; + uint32_t pllsaiused = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_PERIPHCLOCK(PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection)); + + /*----------------------------------- I2S configuration ----------------------------------*/ + if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S) == (RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S)) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_I2SCLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->I2sClockSelection)); + + /* Configure I2S Clock source */ + __HAL_RCC_I2S_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->I2sClockSelection); + + /* Enable the PLLI2S when it's used as clock source for I2S */ + if(PeriphClkInit->I2sClockSelection == RCC_I2SCLKSOURCE_PLLI2S) + { + plli2sused = 1; + } + } + + /*------------------------------------ SAI1 configuration --------------------------------------*/ + if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI1) == (RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI1)) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_SAI1CLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->Sai1ClockSelection)); + + /* Configure SAI1 Clock source */ + __HAL_RCC_SAI1_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->Sai1ClockSelection); + /* Enable the PLLI2S when it's used as clock source for SAI */ + if(PeriphClkInit->Sai1ClockSelection == RCC_SAI1CLKSOURCE_PLLI2S) + { + plli2sused = 1; + } + /* Enable the PLLSAI when it's used as clock source for SAI */ + if(PeriphClkInit->Sai1ClockSelection == RCC_SAI1CLKSOURCE_PLLSAI) + { + pllsaiused = 1; + } + } + + /*------------------------------------ SAI2 configuration --------------------------------------*/ + if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI2) == (RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI2)) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_SAI2CLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->Sai2ClockSelection)); + + /* Configure SAI2 Clock source */ + __HAL_RCC_SAI2_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->Sai2ClockSelection); + + /* Enable the PLLI2S when it's used as clock source for SAI */ + if(PeriphClkInit->Sai2ClockSelection == RCC_SAI2CLKSOURCE_PLLI2S) + { + plli2sused = 1; + } + /* Enable the PLLSAI when it's used as clock source for SAI */ + if(PeriphClkInit->Sai2ClockSelection == RCC_SAI2CLKSOURCE_PLLSAI) + { + pllsaiused = 1; + } + } + + /*-------------------------------------- SPDIF-RX Configuration -----------------------------------*/ + if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_SPDIFRX) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_SPDIFRX) + { + plli2sused = 1; + } + + /*------------------------------------ RTC configuration --------------------------------------*/ + if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC) == (RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC)) + { + /* Reset the Backup domain only if the RTC Clock source selection is modified */ + if((RCC->BDCR & RCC_BDCR_RTCSEL) != (PeriphClkInit->RTCClockSelection & RCC_BDCR_RTCSEL)) + { + /* Enable Power Clock*/ + __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE(); + + /* Enable write access to Backup domain */ + PWR->CR1 |= PWR_CR1_DBP; + + /* Get Start Tick*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait for Backup domain Write protection disable */ + while((PWR->CR1 & PWR_CR1_DBP) == RESET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > RCC_DBP_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Store the content of BDCR register before the reset of Backup Domain */ + tmpreg0 = (RCC->BDCR & ~(RCC_BDCR_RTCSEL)); + + /* RTC Clock selection can be changed only if the Backup Domain is reset */ + __HAL_RCC_BACKUPRESET_FORCE(); + __HAL_RCC_BACKUPRESET_RELEASE(); + + /* Restore the Content of BDCR register */ + RCC->BDCR = tmpreg0; + + /* If LSE is selected as RTC clock source, wait for LSE reactivation */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(tmpreg0, RCC_BDCR_LSERDY)) + { + /* Get Start Tick*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till LSE is ready */ + while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_LSERDY) == RESET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RCC_LSE_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + __HAL_RCC_RTC_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->RTCClockSelection); + } + } + + /*------------------------------------ TIM configuration --------------------------------------*/ + if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_TIM) == (RCC_PERIPHCLK_TIM)) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_TIMPRES(PeriphClkInit->TIMPresSelection)); + + /* Configure Timer Prescaler */ + __HAL_RCC_TIMCLKPRESCALER(PeriphClkInit->TIMPresSelection); + } + + /*-------------------------------------- I2C1 Configuration -----------------------------------*/ + if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C1) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C1) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_I2C1CLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->I2c1ClockSelection)); + + /* Configure the I2C1 clock source */ + __HAL_RCC_I2C1_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->I2c1ClockSelection); + } + + /*-------------------------------------- I2C2 Configuration -----------------------------------*/ + if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C2) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C2) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_I2C2CLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->I2c2ClockSelection)); + + /* Configure the I2C2 clock source */ + __HAL_RCC_I2C2_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->I2c2ClockSelection); + } + + /*-------------------------------------- I2C3 Configuration -----------------------------------*/ + if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C3) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C3) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_I2C3CLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->I2c3ClockSelection)); + + /* Configure the I2C3 clock source */ + __HAL_RCC_I2C3_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->I2c3ClockSelection); + } + + /*-------------------------------------- I2C4 Configuration -----------------------------------*/ + if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C4) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C4) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_I2C4CLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->I2c4ClockSelection)); + + /* Configure the I2C4 clock source */ + __HAL_RCC_I2C4_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->I2c4ClockSelection); + } + + /*-------------------------------------- USART1 Configuration -----------------------------------*/ + if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART1) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART1) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_USART1CLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->Usart1ClockSelection)); + + /* Configure the USART1 clock source */ + __HAL_RCC_USART1_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->Usart1ClockSelection); + } + + /*-------------------------------------- USART2 Configuration -----------------------------------*/ + if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART2) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART2) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_USART2CLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->Usart2ClockSelection)); + + /* Configure the USART2 clock source */ + __HAL_RCC_USART2_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->Usart2ClockSelection); + } + + /*-------------------------------------- USART3 Configuration -----------------------------------*/ + if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART3) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART3) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_USART3CLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->Usart3ClockSelection)); + + /* Configure the USART3 clock source */ + __HAL_RCC_USART3_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->Usart3ClockSelection); + } + + /*-------------------------------------- UART4 Configuration -----------------------------------*/ + if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART4) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART4) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_UART4CLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->Uart4ClockSelection)); + + /* Configure the UART4 clock source */ + __HAL_RCC_UART4_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->Uart4ClockSelection); + } + + /*-------------------------------------- UART5 Configuration -----------------------------------*/ + if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART5) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART5) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_UART5CLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->Uart5ClockSelection)); + + /* Configure the UART5 clock source */ + __HAL_RCC_UART5_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->Uart5ClockSelection); + } + + /*-------------------------------------- USART6 Configuration -----------------------------------*/ + if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART6) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART6) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_USART6CLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->Usart6ClockSelection)); + + /* Configure the USART6 clock source */ + __HAL_RCC_USART6_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->Usart6ClockSelection); + } + + /*-------------------------------------- UART7 Configuration -----------------------------------*/ + if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART7) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART7) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_UART7CLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->Uart7ClockSelection)); + + /* Configure the UART7 clock source */ + __HAL_RCC_UART7_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->Uart7ClockSelection); + } + + /*-------------------------------------- UART8 Configuration -----------------------------------*/ + if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART8) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART8) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_UART8CLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->Uart8ClockSelection)); + + /* Configure the UART8 clock source */ + __HAL_RCC_UART8_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->Uart8ClockSelection); + } + + /*--------------------------------------- CEC Configuration -----------------------------------*/ + if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_CEC) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_CEC) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_CECCLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->CecClockSelection)); + + /* Configure the CEC clock source */ + __HAL_RCC_CEC_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->CecClockSelection); + } + + /*-------------------------------------- CK48 Configuration -----------------------------------*/ + if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_CLK48) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_CLK48) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_CLK48SOURCE(PeriphClkInit->Clk48ClockSelection)); + + /* Configure the CLK48 source */ + __HAL_RCC_CLK48_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->Clk48ClockSelection); + + /* Enable the PLLSAI when it's used as clock source for CK48 */ + if(PeriphClkInit->Clk48ClockSelection == RCC_CLK48SOURCE_PLLSAIP) + { + pllsaiused = 1; + } + } + + /*-------------------------------------- LTDC Configuration -----------------------------------*/ +#if defined(STM32F756xx) || defined(STM32F746xx) + if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_LTDC) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_LTDC) + { + pllsaiused = 1; + } +#endif /* STM32F756xx || STM32F746xx */ + /*-------------------------------------- LPTIM1 Configuration -----------------------------------*/ + if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPTIM1) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPTIM1) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_LPTIM1CLK(PeriphClkInit->Lptim1ClockSelection)); + + /* Configure the LTPIM1 clock source */ + __HAL_RCC_LPTIM1_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->Lptim1ClockSelection); + } + + /*------------------------------------- SDMMC Configuration ------------------------------------*/ + if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_SDMMC1) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_SDMMC1) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_SDMMC1CLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->Sdmmc1ClockSelection)); + + /* Configure the SDMMC1 clock source */ + __HAL_RCC_SDMMC1_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->Sdmmc1ClockSelection); + } + + /*-------------------------------------- PLLI2S Configuration ---------------------------------*/ + /* PLLI2S is configured when a peripheral will use it as source clock : SAI1, SAI2, I2S or SPDIF-RX */ + if((plli2sused == 1) || (PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection == RCC_PERIPHCLK_PLLI2S)) + { + /* Disable the PLLI2S */ + __HAL_RCC_PLLI2S_DISABLE(); + + /* Get Start Tick*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till PLLI2S is disabled */ + while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLLI2SRDY) != RESET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > PLLI2S_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + /* return in case of Timeout detected */ + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* check for common PLLI2S Parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLI2SN_VALUE(PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SN)); + + /*----------------- In Case of PLLI2S is selected as source clock for I2S -------------------*/ + if(((((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S) && (PeriphClkInit->I2sClockSelection == RCC_I2SCLKSOURCE_PLLI2S))) + { + /* check for Parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLI2SR_VALUE(PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SR)); + + /* Read PLLI2SP and PLLI2SQ value from PLLI2SCFGR register (this value is not needed for I2S configuration) */ + tmpreg0 = ((RCC->PLLI2SCFGR & RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SP) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SP)); + tmpreg1 = ((RCC->PLLI2SCFGR & RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SQ) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SQ)); + /* Configure the PLLI2S division factors */ + /* PLLI2S_VCO = f(VCO clock) = f(PLLI2S clock input) x (PLLI2SN/PLLM) */ + /* I2SCLK = f(PLLI2S clock output) = f(VCO clock) / PLLI2SR */ + __HAL_RCC_PLLI2S_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SN , tmpreg0, tmpreg1, PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SR); + } + + /*----------------- In Case of PLLI2S is selected as source clock for SAI -------------------*/ + if(((((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI1) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI1) && (PeriphClkInit->Sai1ClockSelection == RCC_SAI1CLKSOURCE_PLLI2S)) || + ((((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI2) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI2) && (PeriphClkInit->Sai2ClockSelection == RCC_SAI2CLKSOURCE_PLLI2S))) + { + /* Check for PLLI2S Parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLI2SQ_VALUE(PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SQ)); + /* Check for PLLI2S/DIVQ parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLI2S_DIVQ_VALUE(PeriphClkInit->PLLI2SDivQ)); + + /* Read PLLI2SP and PLLI2SR values from PLLI2SCFGR register (this value is not needed for SAI configuration) */ + tmpreg0 = ((RCC->PLLI2SCFGR & RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SP) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SP)); + tmpreg1 = ((RCC->PLLI2SCFGR & RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SR) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SR)); + /* Configure the PLLI2S division factors */ + /* PLLI2S_VCO Input = PLL_SOURCE/PLLM */ + /* PLLI2S_VCO Output = PLLI2S_VCO Input * PLLI2SN */ + /* SAI_CLK(first level) = PLLI2S_VCO Output/PLLI2SQ */ + __HAL_RCC_PLLI2S_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SN, tmpreg0, PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SQ, tmpreg1); + + /* SAI_CLK_x = SAI_CLK(first level)/PLLI2SDIVQ */ + __HAL_RCC_PLLI2S_PLLSAICLKDIVQ_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->PLLI2SDivQ); + } + + /*----------------- In Case of PLLI2S is selected as source clock for SPDIF-RX -------------------*/ + if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_SPDIFRX) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_SPDIFRX) + { + /* check for Parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLI2SP_VALUE(PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SP)); + + /* Read PLLI2SR value from PLLI2SCFGR register (this value is not needed for SPDIF-RX configuration) */ + tmpreg0 = ((RCC->PLLI2SCFGR & RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SQ) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SQ)); + tmpreg1 = ((RCC->PLLI2SCFGR & RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SR) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SR)); + /* Configure the PLLI2S division factors */ + /* PLLI2S_VCO = f(VCO clock) = f(PLLI2S clock input) x (PLLI2SN/PLLM) */ + /* SPDIFCLK = f(PLLI2S clock output) = f(VCO clock) / PLLI2SP */ + __HAL_RCC_PLLI2S_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SN , PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SP, tmpreg0, tmpreg1); + } + + /*----------------- In Case of PLLI2S is just selected -----------------*/ + if((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection & RCC_PERIPHCLK_PLLI2S) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_PLLI2S) + { + /* Check for Parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLI2SN_VALUE(PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SN)); + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLI2SP_VALUE(PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SP)); + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLI2SR_VALUE(PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SR)); + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLI2SQ_VALUE(PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SQ)); + + /* Configure the PLLI2S division factors */ + /* PLLI2S_VCO = f(VCO clock) = f(PLLI2S clock input) x (PLLI2SN/PLLI2SM) */ + /* SPDIFRXCLK = f(PLLI2S clock output) = f(VCO clock) / PLLI2SP */ + __HAL_RCC_PLLI2S_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SN , PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SP, PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SQ, PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SR); + } + + /* Enable the PLLI2S */ + __HAL_RCC_PLLI2S_ENABLE(); + + /* Get Start Tick*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till PLLI2S is ready */ + while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLLI2SRDY) == RESET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > PLLI2S_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + /* return in case of Timeout detected */ + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + + /*-------------------------------------- PLLSAI Configuration ---------------------------------*/ + /* PLLSAI is configured when a peripheral will use it as source clock : SAI1, SAI2, LTDC or CK48 */ + if(pllsaiused == 1) + { + /* Disable PLLSAI Clock */ + __HAL_RCC_PLLSAI_DISABLE(); + + /* Get Start Tick*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till PLLSAI is disabled */ + while(__HAL_RCC_PLLSAI_GET_FLAG() != RESET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > PLLSAI_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + /* return in case of Timeout detected */ + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Check the PLLSAI division factors */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAIN_VALUE(PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI.PLLSAIN)); + + /*----------------- In Case of PLLSAI is selected as source clock for SAI -------------------*/ + if(((((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI1) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI1) && (PeriphClkInit->Sai1ClockSelection == RCC_SAI1CLKSOURCE_PLLSAI)) || + ((((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI2) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI2) && (PeriphClkInit->Sai2ClockSelection == RCC_SAI2CLKSOURCE_PLLSAI))) + { + /* check for PLLSAIQ Parameter */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAIQ_VALUE(PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI.PLLSAIQ)); + /* check for PLLSAI/DIVQ Parameter */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAI_DIVQ_VALUE(PeriphClkInit->PLLSAIDivQ)); + + /* Read PLLSAIP value from PLLSAICFGR register (this value is not needed for SAI configuration) */ + tmpreg0 = ((RCC->PLLSAICFGR & RCC_PLLSAICFGR_PLLSAIP) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLSAICFGR_PLLSAIP)); + tmpreg1 = ((RCC->PLLSAICFGR & RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SR) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLSAICFGR_PLLSAIR)); + /* PLLSAI_VCO Input = PLL_SOURCE/PLLM */ + /* PLLSAI_VCO Output = PLLSAI_VCO Input * PLLSAIN */ + /* SAI_CLK(first level) = PLLSAI_VCO Output/PLLSAIQ */ + __HAL_RCC_PLLSAI_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI.PLLSAIN , tmpreg0, PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI.PLLSAIQ, tmpreg1); + + /* SAI_CLK_x = SAI_CLK(first level)/PLLSAIDIVQ */ + __HAL_RCC_PLLSAI_PLLSAICLKDIVQ_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->PLLSAIDivQ); + } + + /*----------------- In Case of PLLSAI is selected as source clock for CLK48 -------------------*/ + /* In Case of PLLI2S is selected as source clock for CK48 */ + if((((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_CLK48) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_CLK48) && (PeriphClkInit->Clk48ClockSelection == RCC_CLK48SOURCE_PLLSAIP)) + { + /* check for Parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAIP_VALUE(PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI.PLLSAIP)); + /* Read PLLSAIQ and PLLSAIR value from PLLSAICFGR register (this value is not needed for CK48 configuration) */ + tmpreg0 = ((RCC->PLLSAICFGR & RCC_PLLSAICFGR_PLLSAIQ) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLSAICFGR_PLLSAIQ)); + tmpreg1 = ((RCC->PLLSAICFGR & RCC_PLLSAICFGR_PLLSAIR) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLSAICFGR_PLLSAIR)); + + /* Configure the PLLSAI division factors */ + /* PLLSAI_VCO = f(VCO clock) = f(PLLSAI clock input) x (PLLI2SN/PLLM) */ + /* 48CLK = f(PLLSAI clock output) = f(VCO clock) / PLLSAIP */ + __HAL_RCC_PLLSAI_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI.PLLSAIN , PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI.PLLSAIP, tmpreg0, tmpreg1); + } + +#if defined(STM32F756xx) || defined(STM32F746xx) + /*---------------------------- LTDC configuration -------------------------------*/ + if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_LTDC) == (RCC_PERIPHCLK_LTDC)) + { + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAIR_VALUE(PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI.PLLSAIR)); + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAI_DIVR_VALUE(PeriphClkInit->PLLSAIDivR)); + + /* Read PLLSAIP and PLLSAIQ value from PLLSAICFGR register (these value are not needed for LTDC configuration) */ + tmpreg0 = ((RCC->PLLSAICFGR & RCC_PLLSAICFGR_PLLSAIQ) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLSAICFGR_PLLSAIQ)); + tmpreg1 = ((RCC->PLLSAICFGR & RCC_PLLSAICFGR_PLLSAIP) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLSAICFGR_PLLSAIP)); + + /* PLLSAI_VCO Input = PLL_SOURCE/PLLM */ + /* PLLSAI_VCO Output = PLLSAI_VCO Input * PLLSAIN */ + /* LTDC_CLK(first level) = PLLSAI_VCO Output/PLLSAIR */ + __HAL_RCC_PLLSAI_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI.PLLSAIN , tmpreg1, tmpreg0, PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI.PLLSAIR); + + /* LTDC_CLK = LTDC_CLK(first level)/PLLSAIDIVR */ + __HAL_RCC_PLLSAI_PLLSAICLKDIVR_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->PLLSAIDivR); + } +#endif /* STM32F756xx || STM32F746xx */ + + /* Enable PLLSAI Clock */ + __HAL_RCC_PLLSAI_ENABLE(); + + /* Get Start Tick*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till PLLSAI is ready */ + while(__HAL_RCC_PLLSAI_GET_FLAG() == RESET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > PLLSAI_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + /* return in case of Timeout detected */ + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Get the RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef according to the internal + * RCC configuration registers. + * @param PeriphClkInit: pointer to the configured RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef structure + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_RCCEx_GetPeriphCLKConfig(RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef *PeriphClkInit) +{ + uint32_t tempreg = 0; + + /* Set all possible values for the extended clock type parameter------------*/ + PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection = RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S | RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPTIM1 |\ + RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI2 |\ + RCC_PERIPHCLK_TIM | RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC |\ + RCC_PERIPHCLK_CEC | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C4 |\ + RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C2 |\ + RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C3 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART1 |\ + RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART2 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART3 |\ + RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART4 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART5 |\ + RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART6 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART7 |\ + RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART8 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_SDMMC1 |\ + RCC_PERIPHCLK_CLK48; + + /* Get the PLLI2S Clock configuration -----------------------------------------------*/ + PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SN = (uint32_t)((RCC->PLLI2SCFGR & RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SN) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SN)); + PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SP = (uint32_t)((RCC->PLLI2SCFGR & RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SP) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SP)); + PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SQ = (uint32_t)((RCC->PLLI2SCFGR & RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SQ) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SQ)); + PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SR = (uint32_t)((RCC->PLLI2SCFGR & RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SR) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SR)); + + /* Get the PLLSAI Clock configuration -----------------------------------------------*/ + PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI.PLLSAIN = (uint32_t)((RCC->PLLSAICFGR & RCC_PLLSAICFGR_PLLSAIN) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLSAICFGR_PLLSAIN)); + PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI.PLLSAIP = (uint32_t)((RCC->PLLSAICFGR & RCC_PLLSAICFGR_PLLSAIP) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLSAICFGR_PLLSAIP)); + PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI.PLLSAIQ = (uint32_t)((RCC->PLLSAICFGR & RCC_PLLSAICFGR_PLLSAIQ) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLSAICFGR_PLLSAIQ)); + PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI.PLLSAIR = (uint32_t)((RCC->PLLSAICFGR & RCC_PLLSAICFGR_PLLSAIR) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLSAICFGR_PLLSAIR)); + + /* Get the PLLSAI/PLLI2S division factors -------------------------------------------*/ + PeriphClkInit->PLLI2SDivQ = (uint32_t)((RCC->DCKCFGR1 & RCC_DCKCFGR1_PLLI2SDIVQ) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_DCKCFGR1_PLLI2SDIVQ)); + PeriphClkInit->PLLSAIDivQ = (uint32_t)((RCC->DCKCFGR1 & RCC_DCKCFGR1_PLLSAIDIVQ) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_DCKCFGR1_PLLSAIDIVQ)); + PeriphClkInit->PLLSAIDivR = (uint32_t)((RCC->DCKCFGR1 & RCC_DCKCFGR1_PLLSAIDIVR) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_DCKCFGR1_PLLSAIDIVR)); + + /* Get the SAI1 clock configuration ----------------------------------------------*/ + PeriphClkInit->Sai1ClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_SAI1_SOURCE(); + + /* Get the SAI2 clock configuration ----------------------------------------------*/ + PeriphClkInit->Sai2ClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_SAI2_SOURCE(); + + /* Get the I2S clock configuration ------------------------------------------*/ + PeriphClkInit->I2sClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_I2SCLKSOURCE(); + + /* Get the I2C1 clock configuration ------------------------------------------*/ + PeriphClkInit->I2c1ClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_I2C1_SOURCE(); + + /* Get the I2C2 clock configuration ------------------------------------------*/ + PeriphClkInit->I2c2ClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_I2C2_SOURCE(); + + /* Get the I2C3 clock configuration ------------------------------------------*/ + PeriphClkInit->I2c3ClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_I2C3_SOURCE(); + + /* Get the I2C4 clock configuration ------------------------------------------*/ + PeriphClkInit->I2c4ClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_I2C4_SOURCE(); + + /* Get the USART1 clock configuration ------------------------------------------*/ + PeriphClkInit->Usart1ClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_USART1_SOURCE(); + + /* Get the USART2 clock configuration ------------------------------------------*/ + PeriphClkInit->Usart2ClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_USART2_SOURCE(); + + /* Get the USART3 clock configuration ------------------------------------------*/ + PeriphClkInit->Usart3ClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_USART3_SOURCE(); + + /* Get the UART4 clock configuration ------------------------------------------*/ + PeriphClkInit->Uart4ClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_UART4_SOURCE(); + + /* Get the UART5 clock configuration ------------------------------------------*/ + PeriphClkInit->Uart5ClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_UART5_SOURCE(); + + /* Get the USART6 clock configuration ------------------------------------------*/ + PeriphClkInit->Usart6ClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_USART6_SOURCE(); + + /* Get the UART7 clock configuration ------------------------------------------*/ + PeriphClkInit->Uart7ClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_UART7_SOURCE(); + + /* Get the UART8 clock configuration ------------------------------------------*/ + PeriphClkInit->Uart8ClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_UART8_SOURCE(); + + /* Get the LPTIM1 clock configuration ------------------------------------------*/ + PeriphClkInit->Lptim1ClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_LPTIM1_SOURCE(); + + /* Get the CEC clock configuration -----------------------------------------------*/ + PeriphClkInit->CecClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_CEC_SOURCE(); + + /* Get the CK48 clock configuration -----------------------------------------------*/ + PeriphClkInit->Clk48ClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_CLK48_SOURCE(); + + /* Get the SDMMC clock configuration -----------------------------------------------*/ + PeriphClkInit->Sdmmc1ClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_SDMMC1_SOURCE(); + + /* Get the RTC Clock configuration -----------------------------------------------*/ + tempreg = (RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_RTCPRE); + PeriphClkInit->RTCClockSelection = (uint32_t)((tempreg) | (RCC->BDCR & RCC_BDCR_RTCSEL)); + + /* Get the TIM Prescaler configuration --------------------------------------------*/ + if ((RCC->DCKCFGR1 & RCC_DCKCFGR1_TIMPRE) == RESET) + { + PeriphClkInit->TIMPresSelection = RCC_TIMPRES_DESACTIVATED; + } + else + { + PeriphClkInit->TIMPresSelection = RCC_TIMPRES_ACTIVATED; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Return the peripheral clock frequency for a given peripheral(SAI..) + * @note Return 0 if peripheral clock identifier not managed by this API + * @param PeriphClk: Peripheral clock identifier + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI1: SAI1 peripheral clock + * @arg RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI2: SAI2 peripheral clock + * @retval Frequency in KHz + */ +uint32_t HAL_RCCEx_GetPeriphCLKFreq(uint32_t PeriphClk) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + /* This variable used to store the SAI clock frequency (value in Hz) */ + uint32_t frequency = 0; + /* This variable used to store the VCO Input (value in Hz) */ + uint32_t vcoinput = 0; + /* This variable used to store the SAI clock source */ + uint32_t saiclocksource = 0; + if ((PeriphClk == RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI1) || (PeriphClk == RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI2)) + { + saiclocksource = RCC->DCKCFGR1; + saiclocksource &= (RCC_DCKCFGR1_SAI1SEL | RCC_DCKCFGR1_SAI2SEL); + switch (saiclocksource) + { + case 0: /* PLLSAI is the clock source for SAI*/ + { + /* Configure the PLLSAI division factor */ + /* PLLSAI_VCO Input = PLL_SOURCE/PLLM */ + if((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC) == RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSI) + { + /* In Case the PLL Source is HSI (Internal Clock) */ + vcoinput = (HSI_VALUE / (uint32_t)(RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM)); + } + else + { + /* In Case the PLL Source is HSE (External Clock) */ + vcoinput = ((HSE_VALUE / (uint32_t)(RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM))); + } + /* PLLSAI_VCO Output = PLLSAI_VCO Input * PLLSAIN */ + /* SAI_CLK(first level) = PLLSAI_VCO Output/PLLSAIQ */ + tmpreg = (RCC->PLLSAICFGR & RCC_PLLSAICFGR_PLLSAIQ) >> 24; + frequency = (vcoinput * ((RCC->PLLSAICFGR & RCC_PLLSAICFGR_PLLSAIN) >> 6))/(tmpreg); + + /* SAI_CLK_x = SAI_CLK(first level)/PLLSAIDIVQ */ + tmpreg = (((RCC->DCKCFGR1 & RCC_DCKCFGR1_PLLSAIDIVQ) >> 8) + 1); + frequency = frequency/(tmpreg); + break; + } + case RCC_DCKCFGR1_SAI1SEL_0: /* PLLI2S is the clock source for SAI*/ + case RCC_DCKCFGR1_SAI2SEL_0: /* PLLI2S is the clock source for SAI*/ + { + /* Configure the PLLI2S division factor */ + /* PLLI2S_VCO Input = PLL_SOURCE/PLLM */ + if((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC) == RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSI) + { + /* In Case the PLL Source is HSI (Internal Clock) */ + vcoinput = (HSI_VALUE / (uint32_t)(RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM)); + } + else + { + /* In Case the PLL Source is HSE (External Clock) */ + vcoinput = ((HSE_VALUE / (uint32_t)(RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM))); + } + + /* PLLI2S_VCO Output = PLLI2S_VCO Input * PLLI2SN */ + /* SAI_CLK(first level) = PLLI2S_VCO Output/PLLI2SQ */ + tmpreg = (RCC->PLLI2SCFGR & RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SQ) >> 24; + frequency = (vcoinput * ((RCC->PLLI2SCFGR & RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SN) >> 6))/(tmpreg); + + /* SAI_CLK_x = SAI_CLK(first level)/PLLI2SDIVQ */ + tmpreg = ((RCC->DCKCFGR1 & RCC_DCKCFGR1_PLLI2SDIVQ) + 1); + frequency = frequency/(tmpreg); + break; + } + case RCC_DCKCFGR1_SAI1SEL_1: /* External clock is the clock source for SAI*/ + case RCC_DCKCFGR1_SAI2SEL_1: /* External clock is the clock source for SAI*/ + { + frequency = EXTERNAL_CLOCK_VALUE; + break; + } + default : + { + break; + } + } + } + return frequency; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_RCC_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/stmhal/hal/f7/src/stm32f7xx_hal_rng.c b/stmhal/hal/f7/src/stm32f7xx_hal_rng.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e4b3d20380 --- /dev/null +++ b/stmhal/hal/f7/src/stm32f7xx_hal_rng.c @@ -0,0 +1,510 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f7xx_hal_rng.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.1 + * @date 25-June-2015 + * @brief RNG HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Random Number Generator (RNG) peripheral: + * + Initialization/de-initialization functions + * + Peripheral Control functions + * + Peripheral State functions + * + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + The RNG HAL driver can be used as follows: + + (#) Enable the RNG controller clock using __HAL_RCC_RNG_CLK_ENABLE() macro + in HAL_RNG_MspInit(). + (#) Activate the RNG peripheral using HAL_RNG_Init() function. + (#) Wait until the 32 bit Random Number Generator contains a valid + random data using (polling/interrupt) mode. + (#) Get the 32 bit random number using HAL_RNG_GenerateRandomNumber() function. + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup RNG + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_RNG_MODULE_ENABLED + +/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private defines -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup RNG_Private_Constants + * @{ + */ +#define RNG_TIMEOUT_VALUE 2 +/** + * @} + */ +/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions prototypes ----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @addtogroup RNG_Exported_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup RNG_Exported_Functions_Group1 + * @brief Initialization and de-initialization functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Initialize the RNG according to the specified parameters + in the RNG_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle + (+) DeInitialize the RNG peripheral + (+) Initialize the RNG MSP + (+) DeInitialize RNG MSP + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Initializes the RNG peripheral and creates the associated handle. + * @param hrng: pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for RNG. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RNG_Init(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng) +{ + /* Check the RNG handle allocation */ + if(hrng == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + __HAL_LOCK(hrng); + + if(hrng->State == HAL_RNG_STATE_RESET) + { + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + hrng->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + + /* Init the low level hardware */ + HAL_RNG_MspInit(hrng); + } + + /* Change RNG peripheral state */ + hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Enable the RNG Peripheral */ + __HAL_RNG_ENABLE(hrng); + + /* Initialize the RNG state */ + hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_READY; + + __HAL_UNLOCK(hrng); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes the RNG peripheral. + * @param hrng: pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for RNG. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RNG_DeInit(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng) +{ + /* Check the RNG handle allocation */ + if(hrng == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + /* Disable the RNG Peripheral */ + CLEAR_BIT(hrng->Instance->CR, RNG_CR_IE | RNG_CR_RNGEN); + + /* Clear RNG interrupt status flags */ + CLEAR_BIT(hrng->Instance->SR, RNG_SR_CEIS | RNG_SR_SEIS); + + /* DeInit the low level hardware */ + HAL_RNG_MspDeInit(hrng); + + /* Update the RNG state */ + hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_RESET; + + /* Release Lock */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hrng); + + /* Return the function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the RNG MSP. + * @param hrng: pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for RNG. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_RNG_MspInit(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng) +{ + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified. When the callback is needed, + function HAL_RNG_MspInit must be implemented in the user file. + */ +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes the RNG MSP. + * @param hrng: pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for RNG. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_RNG_MspDeInit(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng) +{ + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified. When the callback is needed, + function HAL_RNG_MspDeInit must be implemented in the user file. + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup RNG_Exported_Functions_Group2 + * @brief Peripheral Control functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral Control functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Get the 32 bit Random number + (+) Get the 32 bit Random number with interrupt enabled + (+) Handle RNG interrupt request + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Generates a 32-bit random number. + * @note Each time the random number data is read the RNG_FLAG_DRDY flag + * is automatically cleared. + * @param hrng: pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for RNG. + * @param random32bit: pointer to generated random number variable if successful. + * @retval HAL status + */ + +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RNG_GenerateRandomNumber(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng, uint32_t *random32bit) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = 0; + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hrng); + + /* Check RNG peripheral state */ + if(hrng->State == HAL_RNG_STATE_READY) + { + /* Change RNG peripheral state */ + hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Get tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Check if data register contains valid random data */ + while(__HAL_RNG_GET_FLAG(hrng, RNG_FLAG_DRDY) == RESET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RNG_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_ERROR; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hrng); + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Get a 32bit Random number */ + hrng->RandomNumber = hrng->Instance->DR; + *random32bit = hrng->RandomNumber; + + hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_READY; + } + else + { + status = HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hrng); + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Generates a 32-bit random number in interrupt mode. + * @param hrng: pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for RNG. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RNG_GenerateRandomNumber_IT(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hrng); + + /* Check RNG peripheral state */ + if(hrng->State == HAL_RNG_STATE_READY) + { + /* Change RNG peripheral state */ + hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hrng); + + /* Enable the RNG Interrupts: Data Ready, Clock error, Seed error */ + __HAL_RNG_ENABLE_IT(hrng); + } + else + { + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hrng); + + status = HAL_ERROR; + } + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Handles RNG interrupt request. + * @note In the case of a clock error, the RNG is no more able to generate + * random numbers because the PLL48CLK clock is not correct. User has + * to check that the clock controller is correctly configured to provide + * the RNG clock and clear the CEIS bit using __HAL_RNG_CLEAR_IT(). + * The clock error has no impact on the previously generated + * random numbers, and the RNG_DR register contents can be used. + * @note In the case of a seed error, the generation of random numbers is + * interrupted as long as the SECS bit is '1'. If a number is + * available in the RNG_DR register, it must not be used because it may + * not have enough entropy. In this case, it is recommended to clear the + * SEIS bit using __HAL_RNG_CLEAR_IT(), then disable and enable + * the RNG peripheral to reinitialize and restart the RNG. + * @note User-written HAL_RNG_ErrorCallback() API is called once whether SEIS + * or CEIS are set. + * @param hrng: pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for RNG. + * @retval None + + */ +void HAL_RNG_IRQHandler(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng) +{ + /* RNG clock error interrupt occurred */ + if((__HAL_RNG_GET_IT(hrng, RNG_IT_CEI) != RESET) || (__HAL_RNG_GET_IT(hrng, RNG_IT_SEI) != RESET)) + { + /* Change RNG peripheral state */ + hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_ERROR; + + HAL_RNG_ErrorCallback(hrng); + + /* Clear the clock error flag */ + __HAL_RNG_CLEAR_IT(hrng, RNG_IT_CEI|RNG_IT_SEI); + + } + + /* Check RNG data ready interrupt occurred */ + if(__HAL_RNG_GET_IT(hrng, RNG_IT_DRDY) != RESET) + { + /* Generate random number once, so disable the IT */ + __HAL_RNG_DISABLE_IT(hrng); + + /* Get the 32bit Random number (DRDY flag automatically cleared) */ + hrng->RandomNumber = hrng->Instance->DR; + + if(hrng->State != HAL_RNG_STATE_ERROR) + { + /* Change RNG peripheral state */ + hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_READY; + + /* Data Ready callback */ + HAL_RNG_ReadyDataCallback(hrng, hrng->RandomNumber); + } + } +} + +/** + * @brief Returns generated random number in polling mode (Obsolete) + * Use HAL_RNG_GenerateRandomNumber() API instead. + * @param hrng: pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for RNG. + * @retval Random value + */ +uint32_t HAL_RNG_GetRandomNumber(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng) +{ + if(HAL_RNG_GenerateRandomNumber(hrng, &(hrng->RandomNumber)) == HAL_OK) + { + return hrng->RandomNumber; + } + else + { + return 0; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Returns a 32-bit random number with interrupt enabled (Obsolete), + * Use HAL_RNG_GenerateRandomNumber_IT() API instead. + * @param hrng: pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for RNG. + * @retval 32-bit random number + */ +uint32_t HAL_RNG_GetRandomNumber_IT(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng) +{ + uint32_t random32bit = 0; + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hrng); + + /* Change RNG peripheral state */ + hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Get a 32bit Random number */ + random32bit = hrng->Instance->DR; + + /* Enable the RNG Interrupts: Data Ready, Clock error, Seed error */ + __HAL_RNG_ENABLE_IT(hrng); + + /* Return the 32 bit random number */ + return random32bit; +} + +/** + * @brief Read latest generated random number. + * @param hrng: pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for RNG. + * @retval random value + */ +uint32_t HAL_RNG_ReadLastRandomNumber(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng) +{ + return(hrng->RandomNumber); +} + +/** + * @brief Data Ready callback in non-blocking mode. + * @param hrng: pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for RNG. + * @param random32bit: generated random number. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_RNG_ReadyDataCallback(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng, uint32_t random32bit) +{ + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified. When the callback is needed, + function HAL_RNG_ReadyDataCallback must be implemented in the user file. + */ +} + +/** + * @brief RNG error callbacks. + * @param hrng: pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for RNG. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_RNG_ErrorCallback(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng) +{ + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified. When the callback is needed, + function HAL_RNG_ErrorCallback must be implemented in the user file. + */ +} +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @addtogroup RNG_Exported_Functions_Group3 + * @brief Peripheral State functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral State functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral + and the data flow. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Returns the RNG state. + * @param hrng: pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for RNG. + * @retval HAL state + */ +HAL_RNG_StateTypeDef HAL_RNG_GetState(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng) +{ + return hrng->State; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_RNG_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/stmhal/hal/f7/src/stm32f7xx_hal_rtc.c b/stmhal/hal/f7/src/stm32f7xx_hal_rtc.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..83bfcc6589 --- /dev/null +++ b/stmhal/hal/f7/src/stm32f7xx_hal_rtc.c @@ -0,0 +1,1555 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f7xx_hal_rtc.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.1 + * @date 25-June-2015 + * @brief RTC HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Real Time Clock (RTC) peripheral: + * + Initialization and de-initialization functions + * + RTC Time and Date functions + * + RTC Alarm functions + * + Peripheral Control functions + * + Peripheral State functions + * + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Backup Domain Operating Condition ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] The real-time clock (RTC), the RTC backup registers, and the backup + SRAM (BKP SRAM) can be powered from the VBAT voltage when the main + VDD supply is powered off. + To retain the content of the RTC backup registers, backup SRAM, and supply + the RTC when VDD is turned off, VBAT pin can be connected to an optional + standby voltage supplied by a battery or by another source. + + [..] To allow the RTC operating even when the main digital supply (VDD) is turned + off, the VBAT pin powers the following blocks: + (#) The RTC + (#) The LSE oscillator + (#) The backup SRAM when the low power backup regulator is enabled + (#) PC13 to PC15 I/Os, plus PI8 I/O (when available) + + [..] When the backup domain is supplied by VDD (analog switch connected to VDD), + the following pins are available: + (#) PC14 and PC15 can be used as either GPIO or LSE pins + (#) PC13 can be used as a GPIO or as the RTC_AF1 pin + (#) PI8 can be used as a GPIO or as the RTC_AF2 pin + + [..] When the backup domain is supplied by VBAT (analog switch connected to VBAT + because VDD is not present), the following pins are available: + (#) PC14 and PC15 can be used as LSE pins only + (#) PC13 can be used as the RTC_AF1 pin + (#) PI8 can be used as the RTC_AF2 pin + (#) PC1 can be used as the RTC_AF3 pin + + ##### Backup Domain Reset ##### + ================================================================== + [..] The backup domain reset sets all RTC registers and the RCC_BDCR register + to their reset values. The BKPSRAM is not affected by this reset. The only + way to reset the BKPSRAM is through the Flash interface by requesting + a protection level change from 1 to 0. + [..] A backup domain reset is generated when one of the following events occurs: + (#) Software reset, triggered by setting the BDRST bit in the + RCC Backup domain control register (RCC_BDCR). + (#) VDD or VBAT power on, if both supplies have previously been powered off. + + ##### Backup Domain Access ##### + ================================================================== + [..] After reset, the backup domain (RTC registers, RTC backup data + registers and backup SRAM) is protected against possible unwanted write + accesses. + [..] To enable access to the RTC Domain and RTC registers, proceed as follows: + (+) Enable the Power Controller (PWR) APB1 interface clock using the + __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE() function. + (+) Enable access to RTC domain using the HAL_PWR_EnableBkUpAccess() function. + (+) Select the RTC clock source using the __HAL_RCC_RTC_CONFIG() function. + (+) Enable RTC Clock using the __HAL_RCC_RTC_ENABLE() function. + + + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ================================================================== + [..] + (+) Enable the RTC domain access (see description in the section above). + (+) Configure the RTC Prescaler (Asynchronous and Synchronous) and RTC hour + format using the HAL_RTC_Init() function. + + *** Time and Date configuration *** + =================================== + [..] + (+) To configure the RTC Calendar (Time and Date) use the HAL_RTC_SetTime() + and HAL_RTC_SetDate() functions. + (+) To read the RTC Calendar, use the HAL_RTC_GetTime() and HAL_RTC_GetDate() functions. + + *** Alarm configuration *** + =========================== + [..] + (+) To configure the RTC Alarm use the HAL_RTC_SetAlarm() function. + You can also configure the RTC Alarm with interrupt mode using the HAL_RTC_SetAlarm_IT() function. + (+) To read the RTC Alarm, use the HAL_RTC_GetAlarm() function. + + ##### RTC and low power modes ##### + ================================================================== + [..] The MCU can be woken up from a low power mode by an RTC alternate + function. + [..] The RTC alternate functions are the RTC alarms (Alarm A and Alarm B), + RTC wakeup, RTC tamper event detection and RTC time stamp event detection. + These RTC alternate functions can wake up the system from the Stop and + Standby low power modes. + [..] The system can also wake up from low power modes without depending + on an external interrupt (Auto-wakeup mode), by using the RTC alarm + or the RTC wakeup events. + [..] The RTC provides a programmable time base for waking up from the + Stop or Standby mode at regular intervals. + Wakeup from STOP and STANDBY modes is possible only when the RTC clock source + is LSE or LSI. + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC RTC + * @brief RTC HAL module driver + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_RTC_MODULE_ENABLED + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Exported_Functions RTC Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to initialize and configure the + RTC Prescaler (Synchronous and Asynchronous), RTC Hour format, disable + RTC registers Write protection, enter and exit the RTC initialization mode, + RTC registers synchronization check and reference clock detection enable. + (#) The RTC Prescaler is programmed to generate the RTC 1Hz time base. + It is split into 2 programmable prescalers to minimize power consumption. + (++) A 7-bit asynchronous prescaler and a 13-bit synchronous prescaler. + (++) When both prescalers are used, it is recommended to configure the + asynchronous prescaler to a high value to minimize power consumption. + (#) All RTC registers are Write protected. Writing to the RTC registers + is enabled by writing a key into the Write Protection register, RTC_WPR. + (#) To configure the RTC Calendar, user application should enter + initialization mode. In this mode, the calendar counter is stopped + and its value can be updated. When the initialization sequence is + complete, the calendar restarts counting after 4 RTCCLK cycles. + (#) To read the calendar through the shadow registers after Calendar + initialization, calendar update or after wakeup from low power modes + the software must first clear the RSF flag. The software must then + wait until it is set again before reading the calendar, which means + that the calendar registers have been correctly copied into the + RTC_TR and RTC_DR shadow registers.The HAL_RTC_WaitForSynchro() function + implements the above software sequence (RSF clear and RSF check). + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Initializes the RTC peripheral + * @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for RTC. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_Init(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc) +{ + /* Check the RTC peripheral state */ + if(hrtc == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_ALL_INSTANCE(hrtc->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR_FORMAT(hrtc->Init.HourFormat)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_ASYNCH_PREDIV(hrtc->Init.AsynchPrediv)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_SYNCH_PREDIV(hrtc->Init.SynchPrediv)); + assert_param (IS_RTC_OUTPUT(hrtc->Init.OutPut)); + assert_param (IS_RTC_OUTPUT_POL(hrtc->Init.OutPutPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_OUTPUT_TYPE(hrtc->Init.OutPutType)); + + if(hrtc->State == HAL_RTC_STATE_RESET) + { + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + hrtc->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + /* Initialize RTC MSP */ + HAL_RTC_MspInit(hrtc); + } + + /* Set RTC state */ + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc); + + /* Set Initialization mode */ + if(RTC_EnterInitMode(hrtc) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); + + /* Set RTC state */ + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_ERROR; + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + /* Clear RTC_CR FMT, OSEL and POL Bits */ + hrtc->Instance->CR &= ((uint32_t)~(RTC_CR_FMT | RTC_CR_OSEL | RTC_CR_POL)); + /* Set RTC_CR register */ + hrtc->Instance->CR |= (uint32_t)(hrtc->Init.HourFormat | hrtc->Init.OutPut | hrtc->Init.OutPutPolarity); + + /* Configure the RTC PRER */ + hrtc->Instance->PRER = (uint32_t)(hrtc->Init.SynchPrediv); + hrtc->Instance->PRER |= (uint32_t)(hrtc->Init.AsynchPrediv << 16); + + /* Exit Initialization mode */ + hrtc->Instance->ISR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_ISR_INIT; + + hrtc->Instance->OR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_OR_ALARMTYPE; + hrtc->Instance->OR |= (uint32_t)(hrtc->Init.OutPutType); + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); + + /* Set RTC state */ + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; + } +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes the RTC peripheral + * @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for RTC. + * @note This function doesn't reset the RTC Backup Data registers. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_DeInit(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_ALL_INSTANCE(hrtc->Instance)); + + /* Set RTC state */ + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc); + + /* Set Initialization mode */ + if(RTC_EnterInitMode(hrtc) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); + + /* Set RTC state */ + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_ERROR; + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + /* Reset TR, DR and CR registers */ + hrtc->Instance->TR = (uint32_t)0x00000000; + hrtc->Instance->DR = (uint32_t)0x00002101; + /* Reset All CR bits except CR[2:0] */ + hrtc->Instance->CR &= (uint32_t)0x00000007; + + /* Get tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till WUTWF flag is set and if Time out is reached exit */ + while(((hrtc->Instance->ISR) & RTC_ISR_WUTWF) == (uint32_t)RESET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RTC_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); + + /* Set RTC state */ + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_TIMEOUT; + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Reset all RTC CR register bits */ + hrtc->Instance->CR &= (uint32_t)0x00000000; + hrtc->Instance->WUTR = (uint32_t)0x0000FFFF; + hrtc->Instance->PRER = (uint32_t)0x007F00FF; + hrtc->Instance->ALRMAR = (uint32_t)0x00000000; + hrtc->Instance->ALRMBR = (uint32_t)0x00000000; + hrtc->Instance->SHIFTR = (uint32_t)0x00000000; + hrtc->Instance->CALR = (uint32_t)0x00000000; + hrtc->Instance->ALRMASSR = (uint32_t)0x00000000; + hrtc->Instance->ALRMBSSR = (uint32_t)0x00000000; + + /* Reset ISR register and exit initialization mode */ + hrtc->Instance->ISR = (uint32_t)0x00000000; + + /* Reset Tamper and alternate functions configuration register */ + hrtc->Instance->TAMPCR = 0x00000000; + + /* Reset Option register */ + hrtc->Instance->OR = 0x00000000; + + /* If RTC_CR_BYPSHAD bit = 0, wait for synchro else this check is not needed */ + if((hrtc->Instance->CR & RTC_CR_BYPSHAD) == RESET) + { + if(HAL_RTC_WaitForSynchro(hrtc) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); + + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_ERROR; + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + } + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); + + /* De-Initialize RTC MSP */ + HAL_RTC_MspDeInit(hrtc); + + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_RESET; + + /* Release Lock */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the RTC MSP. + * @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for RTC. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_RTC_MspInit(RTC_HandleTypeDef* hrtc) +{ + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_RTC_MspInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes the RTC MSP. + * @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for RTC. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_RTC_MspDeInit(RTC_HandleTypeDef* hrtc) +{ + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_RTC_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Group2 RTC Time and Date functions + * @brief RTC Time and Date functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### RTC Time and Date functions ##### + =============================================================================== + + [..] This section provides functions allowing to configure Time and Date features + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Sets RTC current time. + * @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for RTC. + * @param sTime: Pointer to Time structure + * @param Format: Specifies the format of the entered parameters. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg FORMAT_BIN: Binary data format + * @arg FORMAT_BCD: BCD data format + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_SetTime(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, RTC_TimeTypeDef *sTime, uint32_t Format) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_FORMAT(Format)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_DAYLIGHT_SAVING(sTime->DayLightSaving)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_STORE_OPERATION(sTime->StoreOperation)); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hrtc); + + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY; + + if(Format == RTC_FORMAT_BIN) + { + if((hrtc->Instance->CR & RTC_CR_FMT) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR12(sTime->Hours)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_HOURFORMAT12(sTime->TimeFormat)); + } + else + { + sTime->TimeFormat = 0x00; + assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR24(sTime->Hours)); + } + assert_param(IS_RTC_MINUTES(sTime->Minutes)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_SECONDS(sTime->Seconds)); + + tmpreg = (uint32_t)(((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(sTime->Hours) << 16) | \ + ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(sTime->Minutes) << 8) | \ + ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(sTime->Seconds)) | \ + (((uint32_t)sTime->TimeFormat) << 16)); + } + else + { + if((hrtc->Instance->CR & RTC_CR_FMT) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + tmpreg = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sTime->Hours); + assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR12(tmpreg)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_HOURFORMAT12(sTime->TimeFormat)); + } + else + { + sTime->TimeFormat = 0x00; + assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR24(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sTime->Hours))); + } + assert_param(IS_RTC_MINUTES(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sTime->Minutes))); + assert_param(IS_RTC_SECONDS(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sTime->Seconds))); + tmpreg = (((uint32_t)(sTime->Hours) << 16) | \ + ((uint32_t)(sTime->Minutes) << 8) | \ + ((uint32_t)sTime->Seconds) | \ + ((uint32_t)(sTime->TimeFormat) << 16)); + } + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc); + + /* Set Initialization mode */ + if(RTC_EnterInitMode(hrtc) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); + + /* Set RTC state */ + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_ERROR; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + /* Set the RTC_TR register */ + hrtc->Instance->TR = (uint32_t)(tmpreg & RTC_TR_RESERVED_MASK); + + /* Clear the bits to be configured */ + hrtc->Instance->CR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_CR_BCK; + + /* Configure the RTC_CR register */ + hrtc->Instance->CR |= (uint32_t)(sTime->DayLightSaving | sTime->StoreOperation); + + /* Exit Initialization mode */ + hrtc->Instance->ISR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_ISR_INIT; + + /* If CR_BYPSHAD bit = 0, wait for synchro else this check is not needed */ + if((hrtc->Instance->CR & RTC_CR_BYPSHAD) == RESET) + { + if(HAL_RTC_WaitForSynchro(hrtc) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); + + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_ERROR; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); + + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY; + + __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); + + return HAL_OK; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Gets RTC current time. + * @param hrtc: RTC handle + * @param sTime: Pointer to Time structure with Hours, Minutes and Seconds fields returned + * with input format (BIN or BCD), also SubSeconds field returning the + * RTC_SSR register content and SecondFraction field the Synchronous pre-scaler + * factor to be used for second fraction ratio computation. + * @param Format: Specifies the format of the entered parameters. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_FORMAT_BIN: Binary data format + * @arg RTC_FORMAT_BCD: BCD data format + * @note You can use SubSeconds and SecondFraction (sTime structure fields returned) to convert SubSeconds + * value in second fraction ratio with time unit following generic formula: + * Second fraction ratio * time_unit= [(SecondFraction-SubSeconds)/(SecondFraction+1)] * time_unit + * This conversion can be performed only if no shift operation is pending (ie. SHFP=0) when PREDIV_S >= SS + * @note You must call HAL_RTC_GetDate() after HAL_RTC_GetTime() to unlock the values + * in the higher-order calendar shadow registers to ensure consistency between the time and date values. + * Reading RTC current time locks the values in calendar shadow registers until Current date is read + * to ensure consistency between the time and date values. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_GetTime(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, RTC_TimeTypeDef *sTime, uint32_t Format) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_FORMAT(Format)); + + /* Get subseconds values from the correspondent registers*/ + sTime->SubSeconds = (uint32_t)(hrtc->Instance->SSR); + + /* Get the TR register */ + tmpreg = (uint32_t)(hrtc->Instance->TR & RTC_TR_RESERVED_MASK); + + /* Fill the structure fields with the read parameters */ + sTime->Hours = (uint8_t)((tmpreg & (RTC_TR_HT | RTC_TR_HU)) >> 16); + sTime->Minutes = (uint8_t)((tmpreg & (RTC_TR_MNT | RTC_TR_MNU)) >>8); + sTime->Seconds = (uint8_t)(tmpreg & (RTC_TR_ST | RTC_TR_SU)); + sTime->TimeFormat = (uint8_t)((tmpreg & (RTC_TR_PM)) >> 16); + + /* Check the input parameters format */ + if(Format == RTC_FORMAT_BIN) + { + /* Convert the time structure parameters to Binary format */ + sTime->Hours = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sTime->Hours); + sTime->Minutes = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sTime->Minutes); + sTime->Seconds = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sTime->Seconds); + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets RTC current date. + * @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for RTC. + * @param sDate: Pointer to date structure + * @param Format: specifies the format of the entered parameters. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_FORMAT_BIN: Binary data format + * @arg RTC_FORMAT_BCD: BCD data format + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_SetDate(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, RTC_DateTypeDef *sDate, uint32_t Format) +{ + uint32_t datetmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_FORMAT(Format)); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hrtc); + + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY; + + if((Format == RTC_FORMAT_BIN) && ((sDate->Month & 0x10) == 0x10)) + { + sDate->Month = (uint8_t)((sDate->Month & (uint8_t)~(0x10)) + (uint8_t)0x0A); + } + + assert_param(IS_RTC_WEEKDAY(sDate->WeekDay)); + + if(Format == RTC_FORMAT_BIN) + { + assert_param(IS_RTC_YEAR(sDate->Year)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_MONTH(sDate->Month)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_DATE(sDate->Date)); + + datetmpreg = (((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(sDate->Year) << 16) | \ + ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(sDate->Month) << 8) | \ + ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(sDate->Date)) | \ + ((uint32_t)sDate->WeekDay << 13)); + } + else + { + assert_param(IS_RTC_YEAR(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sDate->Year))); + datetmpreg = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sDate->Month); + assert_param(IS_RTC_MONTH(datetmpreg)); + datetmpreg = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sDate->Date); + assert_param(IS_RTC_DATE(datetmpreg)); + + datetmpreg = ((((uint32_t)sDate->Year) << 16) | \ + (((uint32_t)sDate->Month) << 8) | \ + ((uint32_t)sDate->Date) | \ + (((uint32_t)sDate->WeekDay) << 13)); + } + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc); + + /* Set Initialization mode */ + if(RTC_EnterInitMode(hrtc) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); + + /* Set RTC state*/ + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_ERROR; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + /* Set the RTC_DR register */ + hrtc->Instance->DR = (uint32_t)(datetmpreg & RTC_DR_RESERVED_MASK); + + /* Exit Initialization mode */ + hrtc->Instance->ISR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_ISR_INIT; + + /* If CR_BYPSHAD bit = 0, wait for synchro else this check is not needed */ + if((hrtc->Instance->CR & RTC_CR_BYPSHAD) == RESET) + { + if(HAL_RTC_WaitForSynchro(hrtc) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); + + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_ERROR; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); + + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY ; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); + + return HAL_OK; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Gets RTC current date. + * @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for RTC. + * @param sDate: Pointer to Date structure + * @param Format: Specifies the format of the entered parameters. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_FORMAT_BIN: Binary data format + * @arg RTC_FORMAT_BCD: BCD data format + * @note You must call HAL_RTC_GetDate() after HAL_RTC_GetTime() to unlock the values + * in the higher-order calendar shadow registers to ensure consistency between the time and date values. + * Reading RTC current time locks the values in calendar shadow registers until Current date is read. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_GetDate(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, RTC_DateTypeDef *sDate, uint32_t Format) +{ + uint32_t datetmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_FORMAT(Format)); + + /* Get the DR register */ + datetmpreg = (uint32_t)(hrtc->Instance->DR & RTC_DR_RESERVED_MASK); + + /* Fill the structure fields with the read parameters */ + sDate->Year = (uint8_t)((datetmpreg & (RTC_DR_YT | RTC_DR_YU)) >> 16); + sDate->Month = (uint8_t)((datetmpreg & (RTC_DR_MT | RTC_DR_MU)) >> 8); + sDate->Date = (uint8_t)(datetmpreg & (RTC_DR_DT | RTC_DR_DU)); + sDate->WeekDay = (uint8_t)((datetmpreg & (RTC_DR_WDU)) >> 13); + + /* Check the input parameters format */ + if(Format == RTC_FORMAT_BIN) + { + /* Convert the date structure parameters to Binary format */ + sDate->Year = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sDate->Year); + sDate->Month = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sDate->Month); + sDate->Date = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sDate->Date); + } + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Group3 RTC Alarm functions + * @brief RTC Alarm functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### RTC Alarm functions ##### + =============================================================================== + + [..] This section provides functions allowing to configure Alarm feature + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ +/** + * @brief Sets the specified RTC Alarm. + * @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for RTC. + * @param sAlarm: Pointer to Alarm structure + * @param Format: Specifies the format of the entered parameters. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg FORMAT_BIN: Binary data format + * @arg FORMAT_BCD: BCD data format + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_SetAlarm(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, RTC_AlarmTypeDef *sAlarm, uint32_t Format) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = 0; + uint32_t tmpreg = 0, subsecondtmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_FORMAT(Format)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM(sAlarm->Alarm)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_MASK(sAlarm->AlarmMask)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_SEL(sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDaySel)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_SUB_SECOND_VALUE(sAlarm->AlarmTime.SubSeconds)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_SUB_SECOND_MASK(sAlarm->AlarmSubSecondMask)); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hrtc); + + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY; + + if(Format == RTC_FORMAT_BIN) + { + if((hrtc->Instance->CR & RTC_CR_FMT) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR12(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Hours)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_HOURFORMAT12(sAlarm->AlarmTime.TimeFormat)); + } + else + { + sAlarm->AlarmTime.TimeFormat = 0x00; + assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR24(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Hours)); + } + assert_param(IS_RTC_MINUTES(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Minutes)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_SECONDS(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Seconds)); + + if(sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDaySel == RTC_ALARMDATEWEEKDAYSEL_DATE) + { + assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_DATE(sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDay)); + } + else + { + assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_WEEKDAY(sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDay)); + } + + tmpreg = (((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Hours) << 16) | \ + ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Minutes) << 8) | \ + ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Seconds)) | \ + ((uint32_t)(sAlarm->AlarmTime.TimeFormat) << 16) | \ + ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDay) << 24) | \ + ((uint32_t)sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDaySel) | \ + ((uint32_t)sAlarm->AlarmMask)); + } + else + { + if((hrtc->Instance->CR & RTC_CR_FMT) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + tmpreg = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Hours); + assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR12(tmpreg)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_HOURFORMAT12(sAlarm->AlarmTime.TimeFormat)); + } + else + { + sAlarm->AlarmTime.TimeFormat = 0x00; + assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR24(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Hours))); + } + + assert_param(IS_RTC_MINUTES(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Minutes))); + assert_param(IS_RTC_SECONDS(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Seconds))); + + if(sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDaySel == RTC_ALARMDATEWEEKDAYSEL_DATE) + { + tmpreg = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDay); + assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_DATE(tmpreg)); + } + else + { + tmpreg = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDay); + assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_WEEKDAY(tmpreg)); + } + + tmpreg = (((uint32_t)(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Hours) << 16) | \ + ((uint32_t)(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Minutes) << 8) | \ + ((uint32_t) sAlarm->AlarmTime.Seconds) | \ + ((uint32_t)(sAlarm->AlarmTime.TimeFormat) << 16) | \ + ((uint32_t)(sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDay) << 24) | \ + ((uint32_t)sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDaySel) | \ + ((uint32_t)sAlarm->AlarmMask)); + } + + /* Configure the Alarm A or Alarm B Sub Second registers */ + subsecondtmpreg = (uint32_t)((uint32_t)(sAlarm->AlarmTime.SubSeconds) | (uint32_t)(sAlarm->AlarmSubSecondMask)); + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc); + + /* Configure the Alarm register */ + if(sAlarm->Alarm == RTC_ALARM_A) + { + /* Disable the Alarm A interrupt */ + __HAL_RTC_ALARMA_DISABLE(hrtc); + + /* In case of interrupt mode is used, the interrupt source must disabled */ + __HAL_RTC_ALARM_DISABLE_IT(hrtc, RTC_IT_ALRA); + + /* Get tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till RTC ALRAWF flag is set and if Time out is reached exit */ + while(__HAL_RTC_ALARM_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_ALRAWF) == RESET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RTC_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); + + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_TIMEOUT; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + hrtc->Instance->ALRMAR = (uint32_t)tmpreg; + /* Configure the Alarm A Sub Second register */ + hrtc->Instance->ALRMASSR = subsecondtmpreg; + /* Configure the Alarm state: Enable Alarm */ + __HAL_RTC_ALARMA_ENABLE(hrtc); + } + else + { + /* Disable the Alarm B interrupt */ + __HAL_RTC_ALARMB_DISABLE(hrtc); + + /* In case of interrupt mode is used, the interrupt source must disabled */ + __HAL_RTC_ALARM_DISABLE_IT(hrtc, RTC_IT_ALRB); + + /* Get tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till RTC ALRBWF flag is set and if Time out is reached exit */ + while(__HAL_RTC_ALARM_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_ALRBWF) == RESET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RTC_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); + + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_TIMEOUT; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + hrtc->Instance->ALRMBR = (uint32_t)tmpreg; + /* Configure the Alarm B Sub Second register */ + hrtc->Instance->ALRMBSSR = subsecondtmpreg; + /* Configure the Alarm state: Enable Alarm */ + __HAL_RTC_ALARMB_ENABLE(hrtc); + } + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); + + /* Change RTC state */ + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the specified RTC Alarm with Interrupt + * @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for RTC. + * @param sAlarm: Pointer to Alarm structure + * @param Format: Specifies the format of the entered parameters. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg FORMAT_BIN: Binary data format + * @arg FORMAT_BCD: BCD data format + * @note The Alarm register can only be written when the corresponding Alarm + * is disabled (Use the HAL_RTC_DeactivateAlarm()). + * @note The HAL_RTC_SetTime() must be called before enabling the Alarm feature. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_SetAlarm_IT(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, RTC_AlarmTypeDef *sAlarm, uint32_t Format) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = 0; + uint32_t tmpreg = 0, subsecondtmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_FORMAT(Format)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM(sAlarm->Alarm)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_MASK(sAlarm->AlarmMask)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_SEL(sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDaySel)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_SUB_SECOND_VALUE(sAlarm->AlarmTime.SubSeconds)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_SUB_SECOND_MASK(sAlarm->AlarmSubSecondMask)); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hrtc); + + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY; + + if(Format == RTC_FORMAT_BIN) + { + if((hrtc->Instance->CR & RTC_CR_FMT) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR12(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Hours)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_HOURFORMAT12(sAlarm->AlarmTime.TimeFormat)); + } + else + { + sAlarm->AlarmTime.TimeFormat = 0x00; + assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR24(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Hours)); + } + assert_param(IS_RTC_MINUTES(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Minutes)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_SECONDS(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Seconds)); + + if(sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDaySel == RTC_ALARMDATEWEEKDAYSEL_DATE) + { + assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_DATE(sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDay)); + } + else + { + assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_WEEKDAY(sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDay)); + } + tmpreg = (((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Hours) << 16) | \ + ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Minutes) << 8) | \ + ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Seconds)) | \ + ((uint32_t)(sAlarm->AlarmTime.TimeFormat) << 16) | \ + ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDay) << 24) | \ + ((uint32_t)sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDaySel) | \ + ((uint32_t)sAlarm->AlarmMask)); + } + else + { + if((hrtc->Instance->CR & RTC_CR_FMT) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + tmpreg = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Hours); + assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR12(tmpreg)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_HOURFORMAT12(sAlarm->AlarmTime.TimeFormat)); + } + else + { + sAlarm->AlarmTime.TimeFormat = 0x00; + assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR24(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Hours))); + } + + assert_param(IS_RTC_MINUTES(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Minutes))); + assert_param(IS_RTC_SECONDS(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Seconds))); + + if(sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDaySel == RTC_ALARMDATEWEEKDAYSEL_DATE) + { + tmpreg = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDay); + assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_DATE(tmpreg)); + } + else + { + tmpreg = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDay); + assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_WEEKDAY(tmpreg)); + } + tmpreg = (((uint32_t)(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Hours) << 16) | \ + ((uint32_t)(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Minutes) << 8) | \ + ((uint32_t) sAlarm->AlarmTime.Seconds) | \ + ((uint32_t)(sAlarm->AlarmTime.TimeFormat) << 16) | \ + ((uint32_t)(sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDay) << 24) | \ + ((uint32_t)sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDaySel) | \ + ((uint32_t)sAlarm->AlarmMask)); + } + /* Configure the Alarm A or Alarm B Sub Second registers */ + subsecondtmpreg = (uint32_t)((uint32_t)(sAlarm->AlarmTime.SubSeconds) | (uint32_t)(sAlarm->AlarmSubSecondMask)); + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc); + + /* Configure the Alarm register */ + if(sAlarm->Alarm == RTC_ALARM_A) + { + /* Disable the Alarm A interrupt */ + __HAL_RTC_ALARMA_DISABLE(hrtc); + + /* Clear flag alarm A */ + __HAL_RTC_ALARM_CLEAR_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_ALRAF); + + /* Get tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till RTC ALRAWF flag is set and if Time out is reached exit */ + while(__HAL_RTC_ALARM_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_ALRAWF) == RESET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RTC_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); + + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_TIMEOUT; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + hrtc->Instance->ALRMAR = (uint32_t)tmpreg; + /* Configure the Alarm A Sub Second register */ + hrtc->Instance->ALRMASSR = subsecondtmpreg; + /* Configure the Alarm state: Enable Alarm */ + __HAL_RTC_ALARMA_ENABLE(hrtc); + /* Configure the Alarm interrupt */ + __HAL_RTC_ALARM_ENABLE_IT(hrtc,RTC_IT_ALRA); + } + else + { + /* Disable the Alarm B interrupt */ + __HAL_RTC_ALARMB_DISABLE(hrtc); + + /* Clear flag alarm B */ + __HAL_RTC_ALARM_CLEAR_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_ALRBF); + + /* Get tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till RTC ALRBWF flag is set and if Time out is reached exit */ + while(__HAL_RTC_ALARM_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_ALRBWF) == RESET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RTC_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); + + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_TIMEOUT; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + hrtc->Instance->ALRMBR = (uint32_t)tmpreg; + /* Configure the Alarm B Sub Second register */ + hrtc->Instance->ALRMBSSR = subsecondtmpreg; + /* Configure the Alarm state: Enable Alarm */ + __HAL_RTC_ALARMB_ENABLE(hrtc); + /* Configure the Alarm interrupt */ + __HAL_RTC_ALARM_ENABLE_IT(hrtc, RTC_IT_ALRB); + } + + /* RTC Alarm Interrupt Configuration: EXTI configuration */ + __HAL_RTC_ALARM_EXTI_ENABLE_IT(); + + EXTI->RTSR |= RTC_EXTI_LINE_ALARM_EVENT; + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); + + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Deactive the specified RTC Alarm + * @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for RTC. + * @param Alarm: Specifies the Alarm. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_ALARM_A: AlarmA + * @arg RTC_ALARM_B: AlarmB + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_DeactivateAlarm(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, uint32_t Alarm) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM(Alarm)); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hrtc); + + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc); + + if(Alarm == RTC_ALARM_A) + { + /* AlarmA */ + __HAL_RTC_ALARMA_DISABLE(hrtc); + + /* In case of interrupt mode is used, the interrupt source must disabled */ + __HAL_RTC_ALARM_DISABLE_IT(hrtc, RTC_IT_ALRA); + + /* Get tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till RTC ALRxWF flag is set and if Time out is reached exit */ + while(__HAL_RTC_ALARM_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_ALRAWF) == RESET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RTC_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); + + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_TIMEOUT; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + else + { + /* AlarmB */ + __HAL_RTC_ALARMB_DISABLE(hrtc); + + /* In case of interrupt mode is used, the interrupt source must disabled */ + __HAL_RTC_ALARM_DISABLE_IT(hrtc,RTC_IT_ALRB); + + /* Get tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till RTC ALRxWF flag is set and if Time out is reached exit */ + while(__HAL_RTC_ALARM_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_ALRBWF) == RESET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RTC_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); + + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_TIMEOUT; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); + + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Gets the RTC Alarm value and masks. + * @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for RTC. + * @param sAlarm: Pointer to Date structure + * @param Alarm: Specifies the Alarm. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_ALARM_A: AlarmA + * @arg RTC_ALARM_B: AlarmB + * @param Format: Specifies the format of the entered parameters. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_FORMAT_BIN: Binary data format + * @arg RTC_FORMAT_BCD: BCD data format + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_GetAlarm(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, RTC_AlarmTypeDef *sAlarm, uint32_t Alarm, uint32_t Format) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0, subsecondtmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_FORMAT(Format)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM(Alarm)); + + if(Alarm == RTC_ALARM_A) + { + /* AlarmA */ + sAlarm->Alarm = RTC_ALARM_A; + + tmpreg = (uint32_t)(hrtc->Instance->ALRMAR); + subsecondtmpreg = (uint32_t)((hrtc->Instance->ALRMASSR ) & RTC_ALRMASSR_SS); + } + else + { + sAlarm->Alarm = RTC_ALARM_B; + + tmpreg = (uint32_t)(hrtc->Instance->ALRMBR); + subsecondtmpreg = (uint32_t)((hrtc->Instance->ALRMBSSR) & RTC_ALRMBSSR_SS); + } + + /* Fill the structure with the read parameters */ + sAlarm->AlarmTime.Hours = (uint32_t)((tmpreg & (RTC_ALRMAR_HT | RTC_ALRMAR_HU)) >> 16); + sAlarm->AlarmTime.Minutes = (uint32_t)((tmpreg & (RTC_ALRMAR_MNT | RTC_ALRMAR_MNU)) >> 8); + sAlarm->AlarmTime.Seconds = (uint32_t)(tmpreg & (RTC_ALRMAR_ST | RTC_ALRMAR_SU)); + sAlarm->AlarmTime.TimeFormat = (uint32_t)((tmpreg & RTC_ALRMAR_PM) >> 16); + sAlarm->AlarmTime.SubSeconds = (uint32_t) subsecondtmpreg; + sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDay = (uint32_t)((tmpreg & (RTC_ALRMAR_DT | RTC_ALRMAR_DU)) >> 24); + sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDaySel = (uint32_t)(tmpreg & RTC_ALRMAR_WDSEL); + sAlarm->AlarmMask = (uint32_t)(tmpreg & RTC_ALARMMASK_ALL); + + if(Format == RTC_FORMAT_BIN) + { + sAlarm->AlarmTime.Hours = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Hours); + sAlarm->AlarmTime.Minutes = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Minutes); + sAlarm->AlarmTime.Seconds = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Seconds); + sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDay = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDay); + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles Alarm interrupt request. + * @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for RTC. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_RTC_AlarmIRQHandler(RTC_HandleTypeDef* hrtc) +{ + if(__HAL_RTC_ALARM_GET_IT(hrtc, RTC_IT_ALRA)) + { + /* Get the status of the Interrupt */ + if((uint32_t)(hrtc->Instance->CR & RTC_IT_ALRA) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* AlarmA callback */ + HAL_RTC_AlarmAEventCallback(hrtc); + + /* Clear the Alarm interrupt pending bit */ + __HAL_RTC_ALARM_CLEAR_FLAG(hrtc,RTC_FLAG_ALRAF); + } + } + + if(__HAL_RTC_ALARM_GET_IT(hrtc, RTC_IT_ALRB)) + { + /* Get the status of the Interrupt */ + if((uint32_t)(hrtc->Instance->CR & RTC_IT_ALRB) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* AlarmB callback */ + HAL_RTCEx_AlarmBEventCallback(hrtc); + + /* Clear the Alarm interrupt pending bit */ + __HAL_RTC_ALARM_CLEAR_FLAG(hrtc,RTC_FLAG_ALRBF); + } + } + + /* Clear the EXTI's line Flag for RTC Alarm */ + __HAL_RTC_ALARM_EXTI_CLEAR_FLAG(); + + /* Change RTC state */ + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY; +} + +/** + * @brief Alarm A callback. + * @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for RTC. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_RTC_AlarmAEventCallback(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc) +{ + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_RTC_AlarmAEventCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles AlarmA Polling request. + * @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for RTC. + * @param Timeout: Timeout duration + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_PollForAlarmAEvent(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = 0; + + /* Get tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + while(__HAL_RTC_ALARM_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_ALRAF) == RESET) + { + if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) + { + if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)) + { + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_TIMEOUT; + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + + /* Clear the Alarm interrupt pending bit */ + __HAL_RTC_ALARM_CLEAR_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_ALRAF); + + /* Change RTC state */ + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Group4 Peripheral Control functions + * @brief Peripheral Control functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral Control functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides functions allowing to + (+) Wait for RTC Time and Date Synchronization + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Waits until the RTC Time and Date registers (RTC_TR and RTC_DR) are + * synchronized with RTC APB clock. + * @note The RTC Resynchronization mode is write protected, use the + * __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE() before calling this function. + * @note To read the calendar through the shadow registers after Calendar + * initialization, calendar update or after wakeup from low power modes + * the software must first clear the RSF flag. + * The software must then wait until it is set again before reading + * the calendar, which means that the calendar registers have been + * correctly copied into the RTC_TR and RTC_DR shadow registers. + * @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for RTC. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_WaitForSynchro(RTC_HandleTypeDef* hrtc) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = 0; + + /* Clear RSF flag */ + hrtc->Instance->ISR &= (uint32_t)RTC_RSF_MASK; + + /* Get tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait the registers to be synchronised */ + while((hrtc->Instance->ISR & RTC_ISR_RSF) == (uint32_t)RESET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RTC_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Group5 Peripheral State functions + * @brief Peripheral State functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral State functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides functions allowing to + (+) Get RTC state + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ +/** + * @brief Returns the RTC state. + * @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for RTC. + * @retval HAL state + */ +HAL_RTCStateTypeDef HAL_RTC_GetState(RTC_HandleTypeDef* hrtc) +{ + return hrtc->State; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @brief Enters the RTC Initialization mode. + * @note The RTC Initialization mode is write protected, use the + * __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE() before calling this function. + * @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for RTC. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef RTC_EnterInitMode(RTC_HandleTypeDef* hrtc) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = 0; + + /* Check if the Initialization mode is set */ + if((hrtc->Instance->ISR & RTC_ISR_INITF) == (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* Set the Initialization mode */ + hrtc->Instance->ISR = (uint32_t)RTC_INIT_MASK; + + /* Get tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till RTC is in INIT state and if Time out is reached exit */ + while((hrtc->Instance->ISR & RTC_ISR_INITF) == (uint32_t)RESET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RTC_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + + +/** + * @brief Converts a 2 digit decimal to BCD format. + * @param Value: Byte to be converted + * @retval Converted byte + */ +uint8_t RTC_ByteToBcd2(uint8_t Value) +{ + uint32_t bcdhigh = 0; + + while(Value >= 10) + { + bcdhigh++; + Value -= 10; + } + + return ((uint8_t)(bcdhigh << 4) | Value); +} + +/** + * @brief Converts from 2 digit BCD to Binary. + * @param Value: BCD value to be converted + * @retval Converted word + */ +uint8_t RTC_Bcd2ToByte(uint8_t Value) +{ + uint32_t tmp = 0; + tmp = ((uint8_t)(Value & (uint8_t)0xF0) >> (uint8_t)0x4) * 10; + return (tmp + (Value & (uint8_t)0x0F)); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_RTC_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/stmhal/hal/f7/src/stm32f7xx_hal_rtc_ex.c b/stmhal/hal/f7/src/stm32f7xx_hal_rtc_ex.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c541b7b29d --- /dev/null +++ b/stmhal/hal/f7/src/stm32f7xx_hal_rtc_ex.c @@ -0,0 +1,1813 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f7xx_hal_rtc_ex.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.1 + * @date 25-June-2015 + * @brief RTC HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Real Time Clock (RTC) Extension peripheral: + * + RTC Time Stamp functions + * + RTC Tamper functions + * + RTC Wake-up functions + * + Extension Control functions + * + Extension RTC features functions + * + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + (+) Enable the RTC domain access. + (+) Configure the RTC Prescaler (Asynchronous and Synchronous) and RTC hour + format using the HAL_RTC_Init() function. + + *** RTC Wakeup configuration *** + ================================ + [..] + (+) To configure the RTC Wakeup Clock source and Counter use the HAL_RTC_SetWakeUpTimer() + function. You can also configure the RTC Wakeup timer in interrupt mode + using the HAL_RTC_SetWakeUpTimer_IT() function. + (+) To read the RTC WakeUp Counter register, use the HAL_RTC_GetWakeUpTimer() + function. + + *** TimeStamp configuration *** + =============================== + [..] + (+) Enables the RTC TimeStamp using the HAL_RTC_SetTimeStamp() function. + You can also configure the RTC TimeStamp with interrupt mode using the + HAL_RTC_SetTimeStamp_IT() function. + (+) To read the RTC TimeStamp Time and Date register, use the HAL_RTC_GetTimeStamp() + function. + + *** Internal TimeStamp configuration *** + =============================== + [..] + (+) Enables the RTC internal TimeStamp using the HAL_RTC_SetInternalTimeStamp() function. + (+) To read the RTC TimeStamp Time and Date register, use the HAL_RTC_GetTimeStamp() + function. + + *** Tamper configuration *** + ============================ + [..] + (+) Enable the RTC Tamper and Configure the Tamper filter count, trigger Edge + or Level according to the Tamper filter (if equal to 0 Edge else Level) + value, sampling frequency, NoErase, MaskFlag, precharge or discharge and + Pull-UP using the HAL_RTC_SetTamper() function. You can configure RTC Tamper + with interrupt mode using HAL_RTC_SetTamper_IT() function. + (+) The default configuration of the Tamper erases the backup registers. To avoid + erase, enable the NoErase field on the RTC_TAMPCR register. + + *** Backup Data Registers configuration *** + =========================================== + [..] + (+) To write to the RTC Backup Data registers, use the HAL_RTC_BKUPWrite() + function. + (+) To read the RTC Backup Data registers, use the HAL_RTC_BKUPRead() + function. + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup RTCEx RTCEx + * @brief RTC Extended HAL module driver + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_RTC_MODULE_ENABLED + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup RTCEx_Exported_Functions RTCEx Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + + +/** @defgroup RTCEx_Group1 RTC TimeStamp and Tamper functions + * @brief RTC TimeStamp and Tamper functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### RTC TimeStamp and Tamper functions ##### + =============================================================================== + + [..] This section provides functions allowing to configure TimeStamp feature + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Sets TimeStamp. + * @note This API must be called before enabling the TimeStamp feature. + * @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for RTC. + * @param TimeStampEdge: Specifies the pin edge on which the TimeStamp is + * activated. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_TIMESTAMPEDGE_RISING: the Time stamp event occurs on the + * rising edge of the related pin. + * @arg RTC_TIMESTAMPEDGE_FALLING: the Time stamp event occurs on the + * falling edge of the related pin. + * @param RTC_TimeStampPin: specifies the RTC TimeStamp Pin. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_TIMESTAMPPIN_PC13: PC13 is selected as RTC TimeStamp Pin. + * @arg RTC_TIMESTAMPPIN_PI8: PI8 is selected as RTC TimeStamp Pin. + * @arg RTC_TIMESTAMPPIN_PC1: PC1 is selected as RTC TimeStamp Pin. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_SetTimeStamp(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, uint32_t TimeStampEdge, uint32_t RTC_TimeStampPin) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIMESTAMP_EDGE(TimeStampEdge)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_TIMESTAMP_PIN(RTC_TimeStampPin)); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hrtc); + + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Get the RTC_CR register and clear the bits to be configured */ + tmpreg = (uint32_t)(hrtc->Instance->CR & (uint32_t)~(RTC_CR_TSEDGE | RTC_CR_TSE)); + + tmpreg|= TimeStampEdge; + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc); + + hrtc->Instance->OR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_OR_TSINSEL; + hrtc->Instance->OR |= (uint32_t)(RTC_TimeStampPin); + + /* Configure the Time Stamp TSEDGE and Enable bits */ + hrtc->Instance->CR = (uint32_t)tmpreg; + + __HAL_RTC_TIMESTAMP_ENABLE(hrtc); + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); + + /* Change RTC state */ + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets TimeStamp with Interrupt. + * @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for RTC. + * @note This API must be called before enabling the TimeStamp feature. + * @param TimeStampEdge: Specifies the pin edge on which the TimeStamp is + * activated. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_TIMESTAMPEDGE_RISING: the Time stamp event occurs on the + * rising edge of the related pin. + * @arg RTC_TIMESTAMPEDGE_FALLING: the Time stamp event occurs on the + * falling edge of the related pin. + * @param RTC_TimeStampPin: Specifies the RTC TimeStamp Pin. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_TIMESTAMPPIN_PC13: PC13 is selected as RTC TimeStamp Pin. + * @arg RTC_TIMESTAMPPIN_PI8: PI8 is selected as RTC TimeStamp Pin. + * @arg RTC_TIMESTAMPPIN_PC1: PC1 is selected as RTC TimeStamp Pin. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_SetTimeStamp_IT(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, uint32_t TimeStampEdge, uint32_t RTC_TimeStampPin) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIMESTAMP_EDGE(TimeStampEdge)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_TIMESTAMP_PIN(RTC_TimeStampPin)); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hrtc); + + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Get the RTC_CR register and clear the bits to be configured */ + tmpreg = (uint32_t)(hrtc->Instance->CR & (uint32_t)~(RTC_CR_TSEDGE | RTC_CR_TSE)); + + tmpreg |= TimeStampEdge; + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc); + + /* Configure the Time Stamp TSEDGE and Enable bits */ + hrtc->Instance->CR = (uint32_t)tmpreg; + + hrtc->Instance->OR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_OR_TSINSEL; + hrtc->Instance->OR |= (uint32_t)(RTC_TimeStampPin); + + __HAL_RTC_TIMESTAMP_ENABLE(hrtc); + + /* Enable IT timestamp */ + __HAL_RTC_TIMESTAMP_ENABLE_IT(hrtc,RTC_IT_TS); + + /* RTC timestamp Interrupt Configuration: EXTI configuration */ + __HAL_RTC_TAMPER_TIMESTAMP_EXTI_ENABLE_IT(); + + EXTI->RTSR |= RTC_EXTI_LINE_TAMPER_TIMESTAMP_EVENT; + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); + + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Deactivates TimeStamp. + * @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for RTC. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_DeactivateTimeStamp(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hrtc); + + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc); + + /* In case of interrupt mode is used, the interrupt source must disabled */ + __HAL_RTC_TIMESTAMP_DISABLE_IT(hrtc, RTC_IT_TS); + + /* Get the RTC_CR register and clear the bits to be configured */ + tmpreg = (uint32_t)(hrtc->Instance->CR & (uint32_t)~(RTC_CR_TSEDGE | RTC_CR_TSE)); + + /* Configure the Time Stamp TSEDGE and Enable bits */ + hrtc->Instance->CR = (uint32_t)tmpreg; + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); + + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets Internal TimeStamp. + * @note This API must be called before enabling the internal TimeStamp feature. + * @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for RTC. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_SetInternalTimeStamp(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc) +{ + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hrtc); + + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc); + + /* Configure the internal Time Stamp Enable bits */ + __HAL_RTC_INTERNAL_TIMESTAMP_ENABLE(hrtc); + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); + + /* Change RTC state */ + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Deactivates internal TimeStamp. + * @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for RTC. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_DeactivateInternalTimeStamp(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc) +{ + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hrtc); + + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc); + + /* Configure the internal Time Stamp Enable bits */ + __HAL_RTC_INTERNAL_TIMESTAMP_DISABLE(hrtc); + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); + + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Gets the RTC TimeStamp value. + * @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for RTC. + * @param sTimeStamp: Pointer to Time structure + * @param sTimeStampDate: Pointer to Date structure + * @param Format: specifies the format of the entered parameters. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * FORMAT_BIN: Binary data format + * FORMAT_BCD: BCD data format + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_GetTimeStamp(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, RTC_TimeTypeDef* sTimeStamp, RTC_DateTypeDef* sTimeStampDate, uint32_t Format) +{ + uint32_t tmptime = 0, tmpdate = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_FORMAT(Format)); + + /* Get the TimeStamp time and date registers values */ + tmptime = (uint32_t)(hrtc->Instance->TSTR & RTC_TR_RESERVED_MASK); + tmpdate = (uint32_t)(hrtc->Instance->TSDR & RTC_DR_RESERVED_MASK); + + /* Fill the Time structure fields with the read parameters */ + sTimeStamp->Hours = (uint8_t)((tmptime & (RTC_TR_HT | RTC_TR_HU)) >> 16); + sTimeStamp->Minutes = (uint8_t)((tmptime & (RTC_TR_MNT | RTC_TR_MNU)) >> 8); + sTimeStamp->Seconds = (uint8_t)(tmptime & (RTC_TR_ST | RTC_TR_SU)); + sTimeStamp->TimeFormat = (uint8_t)((tmptime & (RTC_TR_PM)) >> 16); + sTimeStamp->SubSeconds = (uint32_t) hrtc->Instance->TSSSR; + + /* Fill the Date structure fields with the read parameters */ + sTimeStampDate->Year = 0; + sTimeStampDate->Month = (uint8_t)((tmpdate & (RTC_DR_MT | RTC_DR_MU)) >> 8); + sTimeStampDate->Date = (uint8_t)(tmpdate & (RTC_DR_DT | RTC_DR_DU)); + sTimeStampDate->WeekDay = (uint8_t)((tmpdate & (RTC_DR_WDU)) >> 13); + + /* Check the input parameters format */ + if(Format == RTC_FORMAT_BIN) + { + /* Convert the TimeStamp structure parameters to Binary format */ + sTimeStamp->Hours = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sTimeStamp->Hours); + sTimeStamp->Minutes = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sTimeStamp->Minutes); + sTimeStamp->Seconds = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sTimeStamp->Seconds); + + /* Convert the DateTimeStamp structure parameters to Binary format */ + sTimeStampDate->Month = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sTimeStampDate->Month); + sTimeStampDate->Date = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sTimeStampDate->Date); + sTimeStampDate->WeekDay = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sTimeStampDate->WeekDay); + } + + /* Clear the TIMESTAMP Flag */ + __HAL_RTC_TIMESTAMP_CLEAR_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_TSF); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets Tamper + * @note By calling this API we disable the tamper interrupt for all tampers. + * @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for RTC. + * @param sTamper: Pointer to Tamper Structure. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_SetTamper(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, RTC_TamperTypeDef* sTamper) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER(sTamper->Tamper)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_TRIGGER(sTamper->Trigger)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_ERASE_MODE(sTamper->NoErase)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_MASKFLAG_STATE(sTamper->MaskFlag)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_FILTER(sTamper->Filter)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_SAMPLING_FREQ(sTamper->SamplingFrequency)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_PRECHARGE_DURATION(sTamper->PrechargeDuration)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_PULLUP_STATE(sTamper->TamperPullUp)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_TIMESTAMPONTAMPER_DETECTION(sTamper->TimeStampOnTamperDetection)); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hrtc); + + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY; + + if(sTamper->Trigger != RTC_TAMPERTRIGGER_RISINGEDGE) + { + sTamper->Trigger = (uint32_t)(sTamper->Tamper << 1); + } + + if(sTamper->NoErase != RTC_TAMPER_ERASE_BACKUP_ENABLE) + { + sTamper->NoErase = 0; + if((sTamper->Tamper & RTC_TAMPER_1) != 0) + { + sTamper->NoErase |= RTC_TAMPCR_TAMP1NOERASE; + } + if((sTamper->Tamper & RTC_TAMPER_2) != 0) + { + sTamper->NoErase |= RTC_TAMPCR_TAMP2NOERASE; + } + if((sTamper->Tamper & RTC_TAMPER_3) != 0) + { + sTamper->NoErase |= RTC_TAMPCR_TAMP3NOERASE; + } + } + + if(sTamper->MaskFlag != RTC_TAMPERMASK_FLAG_DISABLE) + { + sTamper->MaskFlag = 0; + if((sTamper->Tamper & RTC_TAMPER_1) != 0) + { + sTamper->MaskFlag |= RTC_TAMPCR_TAMP1MF; + } + if((sTamper->Tamper & RTC_TAMPER_2) != 0) + { + sTamper->MaskFlag |= RTC_TAMPCR_TAMP2MF; + } + if((sTamper->Tamper & RTC_TAMPER_3) != 0) + { + sTamper->MaskFlag |= RTC_TAMPCR_TAMP3MF; + } + } + + tmpreg = ((uint32_t)sTamper->Tamper | (uint32_t)sTamper->Trigger | (uint32_t)sTamper->NoErase |\ + (uint32_t)sTamper->MaskFlag | (uint32_t)sTamper->Filter | (uint32_t)sTamper->SamplingFrequency |\ + (uint32_t)sTamper->PrechargeDuration | (uint32_t)sTamper->TamperPullUp | sTamper->TimeStampOnTamperDetection); + + hrtc->Instance->TAMPCR &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)sTamper->Tamper | (uint32_t)(sTamper->Tamper << 1) | (uint32_t)RTC_TAMPCR_TAMPTS |\ + (uint32_t)RTC_TAMPCR_TAMPFREQ | (uint32_t)RTC_TAMPCR_TAMPFLT | (uint32_t)RTC_TAMPCR_TAMPPRCH |\ + (uint32_t)RTC_TAMPCR_TAMPPUDIS | (uint32_t)RTC_TAMPCR_TAMPIE | (uint32_t)RTC_TAMPCR_TAMP1IE |\ + (uint32_t)RTC_TAMPCR_TAMP2IE | (uint32_t)RTC_TAMPCR_TAMP3IE | (uint32_t)RTC_TAMPCR_TAMP1NOERASE |\ + (uint32_t)RTC_TAMPCR_TAMP2NOERASE | (uint32_t)RTC_TAMPCR_TAMP3NOERASE | (uint32_t)RTC_TAMPCR_TAMP1MF |\ + (uint32_t)RTC_TAMPCR_TAMP2MF | (uint32_t)RTC_TAMPCR_TAMP3MF); + + hrtc->Instance->TAMPCR |= tmpreg; + + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets Tamper with interrupt. + * @note By calling this API we force the tamper interrupt for all tampers. + * @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for RTC. + * @param sTamper: Pointer to RTC Tamper. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_SetTamper_IT(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, RTC_TamperTypeDef* sTamper) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER(sTamper->Tamper)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_INTERRUPT(sTamper->Interrupt)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_TRIGGER(sTamper->Trigger)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_ERASE_MODE(sTamper->NoErase)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_MASKFLAG_STATE(sTamper->MaskFlag)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_FILTER(sTamper->Filter)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_SAMPLING_FREQ(sTamper->SamplingFrequency)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_PRECHARGE_DURATION(sTamper->PrechargeDuration)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_PULLUP_STATE(sTamper->TamperPullUp)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_TIMESTAMPONTAMPER_DETECTION(sTamper->TimeStampOnTamperDetection)); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hrtc); + + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Configure the tamper trigger */ + if(sTamper->Trigger != RTC_TAMPERTRIGGER_RISINGEDGE) + { + sTamper->Trigger = (uint32_t)(sTamper->Tamper << 1); + } + + if(sTamper->NoErase != RTC_TAMPER_ERASE_BACKUP_ENABLE) + { + sTamper->NoErase = 0; + if((sTamper->Tamper & RTC_TAMPER_1) != 0) + { + sTamper->NoErase |= RTC_TAMPCR_TAMP1NOERASE; + } + if((sTamper->Tamper & RTC_TAMPER_2) != 0) + { + sTamper->NoErase |= RTC_TAMPCR_TAMP2NOERASE; + } + if((sTamper->Tamper & RTC_TAMPER_3) != 0) + { + sTamper->NoErase |= RTC_TAMPCR_TAMP3NOERASE; + } + } + + if(sTamper->MaskFlag != RTC_TAMPERMASK_FLAG_DISABLE) + { + sTamper->MaskFlag = 0; + if((sTamper->Tamper & RTC_TAMPER_1) != 0) + { + sTamper->MaskFlag |= RTC_TAMPCR_TAMP1MF; + } + if((sTamper->Tamper & RTC_TAMPER_2) != 0) + { + sTamper->MaskFlag |= RTC_TAMPCR_TAMP2MF; + } + if((sTamper->Tamper & RTC_TAMPER_3) != 0) + { + sTamper->MaskFlag |= RTC_TAMPCR_TAMP3MF; + } + } + + tmpreg = ((uint32_t)sTamper->Tamper | (uint32_t)sTamper->Interrupt | (uint32_t)sTamper->Trigger | (uint32_t)sTamper->NoErase |\ + (uint32_t)sTamper->MaskFlag | (uint32_t)sTamper->Filter | (uint32_t)sTamper->SamplingFrequency |\ + (uint32_t)sTamper->PrechargeDuration | (uint32_t)sTamper->TamperPullUp | sTamper->TimeStampOnTamperDetection); + + hrtc->Instance->TAMPCR &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)sTamper->Tamper | (uint32_t)(sTamper->Tamper << 1) | (uint32_t)RTC_TAMPCR_TAMPTS |\ + (uint32_t)RTC_TAMPCR_TAMPFREQ | (uint32_t)RTC_TAMPCR_TAMPFLT | (uint32_t)RTC_TAMPCR_TAMPPRCH |\ + (uint32_t)RTC_TAMPCR_TAMPPUDIS | (uint32_t)RTC_TAMPCR_TAMPIE | (uint32_t)RTC_TAMPCR_TAMP1IE |\ + (uint32_t)RTC_TAMPCR_TAMP2IE | (uint32_t)RTC_TAMPCR_TAMP3IE | (uint32_t)RTC_TAMPCR_TAMP1NOERASE |\ + (uint32_t)RTC_TAMPCR_TAMP2NOERASE | (uint32_t)RTC_TAMPCR_TAMP3NOERASE | (uint32_t)RTC_TAMPCR_TAMP1MF |\ + (uint32_t)RTC_TAMPCR_TAMP2MF | (uint32_t)RTC_TAMPCR_TAMP3MF); + + hrtc->Instance->TAMPCR |= tmpreg; + + /* RTC Tamper Interrupt Configuration: EXTI configuration */ + __HAL_RTC_TAMPER_TIMESTAMP_EXTI_ENABLE_IT(); + + EXTI->RTSR |= RTC_EXTI_LINE_TAMPER_TIMESTAMP_EVENT; + + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Deactivates Tamper. + * @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for RTC. + * @param Tamper: Selected tamper pin. + * This parameter can be RTC_Tamper_1 and/or RTC_TAMPER_2. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_DeactivateTamper(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, uint32_t Tamper) +{ + assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER(Tamper)); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hrtc); + + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY; + +/* Disable the selected Tamper pin */ + hrtc->Instance->TAMPCR &= (uint32_t)~Tamper; + + if ((Tamper & RTC_TAMPER_1) != 0) + { + /* Disable the Tamper1 interrupt */ + hrtc->Instance->TAMPCR &= (uint32_t)~(RTC_IT_TAMP | RTC_IT_TAMP1); + } + if ((Tamper & RTC_TAMPER_2) != 0) + { + /* Disable the Tamper2 interrupt */ + hrtc->Instance->TAMPCR &= (uint32_t)~(RTC_IT_TAMP | RTC_IT_TAMP2); + } + if ((Tamper & RTC_TAMPER_3) != 0) + { + /* Disable the Tamper2 interrupt */ + hrtc->Instance->TAMPCR &= (uint32_t)~(RTC_IT_TAMP | RTC_IT_TAMP3); + } + + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles TimeStamp interrupt request. + * @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for RTC. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_RTCEx_TamperTimeStampIRQHandler(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc) +{ + if(__HAL_RTC_TIMESTAMP_GET_IT(hrtc, RTC_IT_TS)) + { + /* Get the status of the Interrupt */ + if((uint32_t)(hrtc->Instance->CR & RTC_IT_TS) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* TIMESTAMP callback */ + HAL_RTCEx_TimeStampEventCallback(hrtc); + + /* Clear the TIMESTAMP interrupt pending bit */ + __HAL_RTC_TIMESTAMP_CLEAR_FLAG(hrtc,RTC_FLAG_TSF); + } + } + + /* Get the status of the Interrupt */ + if(__HAL_RTC_TAMPER_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_TAMP1F)== SET) + { + /* Get the TAMPER Interrupt enable bit and pending bit */ + if((((hrtc->Instance->TAMPCR & RTC_TAMPCR_TAMPIE)) != (uint32_t)RESET) || \ + (((hrtc->Instance->TAMPCR & RTC_TAMPCR_TAMP1IE)) != (uint32_t)RESET)) + { + /* Tamper callback */ + HAL_RTCEx_Tamper1EventCallback(hrtc); + + /* Clear the Tamper interrupt pending bit */ + __HAL_RTC_TAMPER_CLEAR_FLAG(hrtc,RTC_FLAG_TAMP1F); + } + } + + /* Get the status of the Interrupt */ + if(__HAL_RTC_TAMPER_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_TAMP2F)== SET) + { + /* Get the TAMPER Interrupt enable bit and pending bit */ + if((((hrtc->Instance->TAMPCR & RTC_TAMPCR_TAMPIE)) != (uint32_t)RESET) || \ + (((hrtc->Instance->TAMPCR & RTC_TAMPCR_TAMP2IE)) != (uint32_t)RESET)) + { + /* Tamper callback */ + HAL_RTCEx_Tamper2EventCallback(hrtc); + + /* Clear the Tamper interrupt pending bit */ + __HAL_RTC_TAMPER_CLEAR_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_TAMP2F); + } + } + + /* Get the status of the Interrupt */ + if(__HAL_RTC_TAMPER_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_TAMP3F)== SET) + { + /* Get the TAMPER Interrupt enable bit and pending bit */ + if((((hrtc->Instance->TAMPCR & RTC_TAMPCR_TAMPIE)) != (uint32_t)RESET) || \ + (((hrtc->Instance->TAMPCR & RTC_TAMPCR_TAMP3IE)) != (uint32_t)RESET)) + { + /* Tamper callback */ + HAL_RTCEx_Tamper3EventCallback(hrtc); + + /* Clear the Tamper interrupt pending bit */ + __HAL_RTC_TAMPER_CLEAR_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_TAMP3F); + } + } + + /* Clear the EXTI's Flag for RTC TimeStamp and Tamper */ + __HAL_RTC_TAMPER_TIMESTAMP_EXTI_CLEAR_FLAG(); + + /* Change RTC state */ + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY; +} + +/** + * @brief TimeStamp callback. + * @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for RTC. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_RTCEx_TimeStampEventCallback(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc) +{ + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_RTC_TimeStampEventCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Tamper 1 callback. + * @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for RTC. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_RTCEx_Tamper1EventCallback(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc) +{ + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_RTC_Tamper1EventCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Tamper 2 callback. + * @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for RTC. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_RTCEx_Tamper2EventCallback(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc) +{ + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_RTC_Tamper2EventCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Tamper 3 callback. + * @param hrtc: RTC handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_RTCEx_Tamper3EventCallback(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc) +{ + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_RTCEx_Tamper3EventCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles TimeStamp polling request. + * @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for RTC. + * @param Timeout: Timeout duration + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_PollForTimeStampEvent(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = 0; + + /* Get tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + while(__HAL_RTC_TIMESTAMP_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_TSF) == RESET) + { + if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) + { + if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)) + { + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_TIMEOUT; + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + + if(__HAL_RTC_TIMESTAMP_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_TSOVF) != RESET) + { + /* Clear the TIMESTAMP OverRun Flag */ + __HAL_RTC_TIMESTAMP_CLEAR_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_TSOVF); + + /* Change TIMESTAMP state */ + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_ERROR; + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Change RTC state */ + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles Tamper1 Polling. + * @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for RTC. + * @param Timeout: Timeout duration + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_PollForTamper1Event(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = 0; + + /* Get tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Get the status of the Interrupt */ + while(__HAL_RTC_TAMPER_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_TAMP1F)== RESET) + { + if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) + { + if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)) + { + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_TIMEOUT; + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + + /* Clear the Tamper Flag */ + __HAL_RTC_TAMPER_CLEAR_FLAG(hrtc,RTC_FLAG_TAMP1F); + + /* Change RTC state */ + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles Tamper2 Polling. + * @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for RTC. + * @param Timeout: Timeout duration + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_PollForTamper2Event(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = 0; + + /* Get tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Get the status of the Interrupt */ + while(__HAL_RTC_TAMPER_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_TAMP2F) == RESET) + { + if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) + { + if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)) + { + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_TIMEOUT; + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + + /* Clear the Tamper Flag */ + __HAL_RTC_TAMPER_CLEAR_FLAG(hrtc,RTC_FLAG_TAMP2F); + + /* Change RTC state */ + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles Tamper3 Polling. + * @param hrtc: RTC handle + * @param Timeout: Timeout duration + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_PollForTamper3Event(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Get the status of the Interrupt */ + while(__HAL_RTC_TAMPER_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_TAMP3F) == RESET) + { + if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) + { + if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)) + { + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_TIMEOUT; + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + + /* Clear the Tamper Flag */ + __HAL_RTC_TAMPER_CLEAR_FLAG(hrtc,RTC_FLAG_TAMP3F); + + /* Change RTC state */ + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTCEx_Group2 RTC Wake-up functions + * @brief RTC Wake-up functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### RTC Wake-up functions ##### + =============================================================================== + + [..] This section provides functions allowing to configure Wake-up feature + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Sets wake up timer. + * @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for RTC. + * @param WakeUpCounter: Wake up counter + * @param WakeUpClock: Wake up clock + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_SetWakeUpTimer(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, uint32_t WakeUpCounter, uint32_t WakeUpClock) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_WAKEUP_CLOCK(WakeUpClock)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_WAKEUP_COUNTER(WakeUpCounter)); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hrtc); + + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc); + + __HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_DISABLE(hrtc); + + /* Get tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /*Check RTC WUTWF flag is reset only when wake up timer enabled*/ + if((hrtc->Instance->CR & RTC_CR_WUTE) != RESET) + { + /* Wait till RTC WUTWF flag is set and if Time out is reached exit */ + while(__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_WUTWF) == RESET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RTC_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); + + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_TIMEOUT; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + + /* Clear the Wakeup Timer clock source bits in CR register */ + hrtc->Instance->CR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_CR_WUCKSEL; + + /* Configure the clock source */ + hrtc->Instance->CR |= (uint32_t)WakeUpClock; + + /* Configure the Wakeup Timer counter */ + hrtc->Instance->WUTR = (uint32_t)WakeUpCounter; + + /* Enable the Wakeup Timer */ + __HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_ENABLE(hrtc); + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); + + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets wake up timer with interrupt + * @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for RTC. + * @param WakeUpCounter: Wake up counter + * @param WakeUpClock: Wake up clock + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_SetWakeUpTimer_IT(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, uint32_t WakeUpCounter, uint32_t WakeUpClock) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_WAKEUP_CLOCK(WakeUpClock)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_WAKEUP_COUNTER(WakeUpCounter)); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hrtc); + + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc); + + __HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_DISABLE(hrtc); + + /* Get tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /*Check RTC WUTWF flag is reset only when wake up timer enabled*/ + if((hrtc->Instance->CR & RTC_CR_WUTE) != RESET) + { + /* Wait till RTC WUTWF flag is set and if Time out is reached exit */ + while(__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_WUTWF) == RESET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RTC_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); + + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_TIMEOUT; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + + /* Configure the Wakeup Timer counter */ + hrtc->Instance->WUTR = (uint32_t)WakeUpCounter; + + /* Clear the Wakeup Timer clock source bits in CR register */ + hrtc->Instance->CR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_CR_WUCKSEL; + + /* Configure the clock source */ + hrtc->Instance->CR |= (uint32_t)WakeUpClock; + + /* RTC WakeUpTimer Interrupt Configuration: EXTI configuration */ + __HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_EXTI_ENABLE_IT(); + + EXTI->RTSR |= RTC_EXTI_LINE_WAKEUPTIMER_EVENT; + + /* Configure the Interrupt in the RTC_CR register */ + __HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_ENABLE_IT(hrtc,RTC_IT_WUT); + + /* Enable the Wakeup Timer */ + __HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_ENABLE(hrtc); + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); + + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Deactivates wake up timer counter. + * @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for RTC. + * @retval HAL status + */ +uint32_t HAL_RTCEx_DeactivateWakeUpTimer(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = 0; + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hrtc); + + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc); + + /* Disable the Wakeup Timer */ + __HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_DISABLE(hrtc); + + /* In case of interrupt mode is used, the interrupt source must disabled */ + __HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_DISABLE_IT(hrtc,RTC_IT_WUT); + + /* Get tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till RTC WUTWF flag is set and if Time out is reached exit */ + while(__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_WUTWF) == RESET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RTC_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); + + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_TIMEOUT; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); + + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Gets wake up timer counter. + * @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for RTC. + * @retval Counter value + */ +uint32_t HAL_RTCEx_GetWakeUpTimer(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc) +{ + /* Get the counter value */ + return ((uint32_t)(hrtc->Instance->WUTR & RTC_WUTR_WUT)); +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles Wake Up Timer interrupt request. + * @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for RTC. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_RTCEx_WakeUpTimerIRQHandler(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc) +{ + if(__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_GET_IT(hrtc, RTC_IT_WUT)) + { + /* Get the status of the Interrupt */ + if((uint32_t)(hrtc->Instance->CR & RTC_IT_WUT) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* WAKEUPTIMER callback */ + HAL_RTCEx_WakeUpTimerEventCallback(hrtc); + + /* Clear the WAKEUPTIMER interrupt pending bit */ + __HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_CLEAR_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_WUTF); + } + } + + /* Clear the EXTI's line Flag for RTC WakeUpTimer */ + __HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_EXTI_CLEAR_FLAG(); + + /* Change RTC state */ + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY; +} + +/** + * @brief Wake Up Timer callback. + * @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for RTC. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_RTCEx_WakeUpTimerEventCallback(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc) +{ + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_RTC_WakeUpTimerEventCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles Wake Up Timer Polling. + * @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for RTC. + * @param Timeout: Timeout duration + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_PollForWakeUpTimerEvent(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = 0; + + /* Get tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + while(__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_WUTF) == RESET) + { + if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) + { + if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)) + { + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_TIMEOUT; + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + + /* Clear the WAKEUPTIMER Flag */ + __HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_CLEAR_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_WUTF); + + /* Change RTC state */ + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup RTCEx_Group3 Extension Peripheral Control functions + * @brief Extension Peripheral Control functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Extension Peripheral Control functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides functions allowing to + (+) Write a data in a specified RTC Backup data register + (+) Read a data in a specified RTC Backup data register + (+) Set the Coarse calibration parameters. + (+) Deactivate the Coarse calibration parameters + (+) Set the Smooth calibration parameters. + (+) Configure the Synchronization Shift Control Settings. + (+) Configure the Calibration Pinout (RTC_CALIB) Selection (1Hz or 512Hz). + (+) Deactivate the Calibration Pinout (RTC_CALIB) Selection (1Hz or 512Hz). + (+) Enable the RTC reference clock detection. + (+) Disable the RTC reference clock detection. + (+) Enable the Bypass Shadow feature. + (+) Disable the Bypass Shadow feature. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Writes a data in a specified RTC Backup data register. + * @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for RTC. + * @param BackupRegister: RTC Backup data Register number. + * This parameter can be: RTC_BKP_DRx where x can be from 0 to 19 to + * specify the register. + * @param Data: Data to be written in the specified RTC Backup data register. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_RTCEx_BKUPWrite(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, uint32_t BackupRegister, uint32_t Data) +{ + uint32_t tmp = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_BKP(BackupRegister)); + + tmp = (uint32_t)&(hrtc->Instance->BKP0R); + tmp += (BackupRegister * 4); + + /* Write the specified register */ + *(__IO uint32_t *)tmp = (uint32_t)Data; +} + +/** + * @brief Reads data from the specified RTC Backup data Register. + * @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for RTC. + * @param BackupRegister: RTC Backup data Register number. + * This parameter can be: RTC_BKP_DRx where x can be from 0 to 19 to + * specify the register. + * @retval Read value + */ +uint32_t HAL_RTCEx_BKUPRead(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, uint32_t BackupRegister) +{ + uint32_t tmp = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_BKP(BackupRegister)); + + tmp = (uint32_t)&(hrtc->Instance->BKP0R); + tmp += (BackupRegister * 4); + + /* Read the specified register */ + return (*(__IO uint32_t *)tmp); +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the Smooth calibration parameters. + * @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for RTC. + * @param SmoothCalibPeriod: Select the Smooth Calibration Period. + * This parameter can be can be one of the following values : + * @arg RTC_SMOOTHCALIB_PERIOD_32SEC: The smooth calibration period is 32s. + * @arg RTC_SMOOTHCALIB_PERIOD_16SEC: The smooth calibration period is 16s. + * @arg RTC_SMOOTHCALIB_PERIOD_8SEC: The smooth calibration period is 8s. + * @param SmoothCalibPlusPulses: Select to Set or reset the CALP bit. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_SMOOTHCALIB_PLUSPULSES_SET: Add one RTCCLK pulses every 2*11 pulses. + * @arg RTC_SMOOTHCALIB_PLUSPULSES_RESET: No RTCCLK pulses are added. + * @param SmouthCalibMinusPulsesValue: Select the value of CALM[8:0] bits. + * This parameter can be one any value from 0 to 0x000001FF. + * @note To deactivate the smooth calibration, the field SmoothCalibPlusPulses + * must be equal to SMOOTHCALIB_PLUSPULSES_RESET and the field + * SmouthCalibMinusPulsesValue must be equal to 0. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_SetSmoothCalib(RTC_HandleTypeDef* hrtc, uint32_t SmoothCalibPeriod, uint32_t SmoothCalibPlusPulses, uint32_t SmouthCalibMinusPulsesValue) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_SMOOTH_CALIB_PERIOD(SmoothCalibPeriod)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_SMOOTH_CALIB_PLUS(SmoothCalibPlusPulses)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_SMOOTH_CALIB_MINUS(SmouthCalibMinusPulsesValue)); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hrtc); + + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc); + + /* check if a calibration is pending*/ + if((hrtc->Instance->ISR & RTC_ISR_RECALPF) != RESET) + { + /* Get tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* check if a calibration is pending*/ + while((hrtc->Instance->ISR & RTC_ISR_RECALPF) != RESET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RTC_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); + + /* Change RTC state */ + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_TIMEOUT; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + + /* Configure the Smooth calibration settings */ + hrtc->Instance->CALR = (uint32_t)((uint32_t)SmoothCalibPeriod | (uint32_t)SmoothCalibPlusPulses | (uint32_t)SmouthCalibMinusPulsesValue); + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); + + /* Change RTC state */ + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the Synchronization Shift Control Settings. + * @note When REFCKON is set, firmware must not write to Shift control register. + * @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for RTC. + * @param ShiftAdd1S: Select to add or not 1 second to the time calendar. + * This parameter can be one of the following values : + * @arg RTC_SHIFTADD1S_SET: Add one second to the clock calendar. + * @arg RTC_SHIFTADD1S_RESET: No effect. + * @param ShiftSubFS: Select the number of Second Fractions to substitute. + * This parameter can be one any value from 0 to 0x7FFF. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_SetSynchroShift(RTC_HandleTypeDef* hrtc, uint32_t ShiftAdd1S, uint32_t ShiftSubFS) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_SHIFT_ADD1S(ShiftAdd1S)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_SHIFT_SUBFS(ShiftSubFS)); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hrtc); + + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc); + + /* Get tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait until the shift is completed*/ + while((hrtc->Instance->ISR & RTC_ISR_SHPF) != RESET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RTC_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); + + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_TIMEOUT; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Check if the reference clock detection is disabled */ + if((hrtc->Instance->CR & RTC_CR_REFCKON) == RESET) + { + /* Configure the Shift settings */ + hrtc->Instance->SHIFTR = (uint32_t)(uint32_t)(ShiftSubFS) | (uint32_t)(ShiftAdd1S); + + /* If RTC_CR_BYPSHAD bit = 0, wait for synchro else this check is not needed */ + if((hrtc->Instance->CR & RTC_CR_BYPSHAD) == RESET) + { + if(HAL_RTC_WaitForSynchro(hrtc) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); + + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_ERROR; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + } + else + { + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); + + /* Change RTC state */ + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_ERROR; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); + + /* Change RTC state */ + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the Calibration Pinout (RTC_CALIB) Selection (1Hz or 512Hz). + * @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for RTC. + * @param CalibOutput: Select the Calibration output Selection . + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_CALIBOUTPUT_512HZ: A signal has a regular waveform at 512Hz. + * @arg RTC_CALIBOUTPUT_1HZ: A signal has a regular waveform at 1Hz. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_SetCalibrationOutPut(RTC_HandleTypeDef* hrtc, uint32_t CalibOutput) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_CALIB_OUTPUT(CalibOutput)); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hrtc); + + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc); + + /* Clear flags before config */ + hrtc->Instance->CR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_CR_COSEL; + + /* Configure the RTC_CR register */ + hrtc->Instance->CR |= (uint32_t)CalibOutput; + + __HAL_RTC_CALIBRATION_OUTPUT_ENABLE(hrtc); + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); + + /* Change RTC state */ + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Deactivates the Calibration Pinout (RTC_CALIB) Selection (1Hz or 512Hz). + * @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for RTC. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_DeactivateCalibrationOutPut(RTC_HandleTypeDef* hrtc) +{ + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hrtc); + + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc); + + __HAL_RTC_CALIBRATION_OUTPUT_DISABLE(hrtc); + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); + + /* Change RTC state */ + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables the RTC reference clock detection. + * @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for RTC. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_SetRefClock(RTC_HandleTypeDef* hrtc) +{ + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hrtc); + + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc); + + /* Set Initialization mode */ + if(RTC_EnterInitMode(hrtc) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); + + /* Set RTC state*/ + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_ERROR; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + __HAL_RTC_CLOCKREF_DETECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); + + /* Exit Initialization mode */ + hrtc->Instance->ISR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_ISR_INIT; + } + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); + + /* Change RTC state */ + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Disable the RTC reference clock detection. + * @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for RTC. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_DeactivateRefClock(RTC_HandleTypeDef* hrtc) +{ + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hrtc); + + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc); + + /* Set Initialization mode */ + if(RTC_EnterInitMode(hrtc) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); + + /* Set RTC state*/ + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_ERROR; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + __HAL_RTC_CLOCKREF_DETECTION_DISABLE(hrtc); + + /* Exit Initialization mode */ + hrtc->Instance->ISR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_ISR_INIT; + } + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); + + /* Change RTC state */ + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables the Bypass Shadow feature. + * @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for RTC. + * @note When the Bypass Shadow is enabled the calendar value are taken + * directly from the Calendar counter. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_EnableBypassShadow(RTC_HandleTypeDef* hrtc) +{ + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hrtc); + + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc); + + /* Set the BYPSHAD bit */ + hrtc->Instance->CR |= (uint8_t)RTC_CR_BYPSHAD; + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); + + /* Change RTC state */ + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Disables the Bypass Shadow feature. + * @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for RTC. + * @note When the Bypass Shadow is enabled the calendar value are taken + * directly from the Calendar counter. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_DisableBypassShadow(RTC_HandleTypeDef* hrtc) +{ + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hrtc); + + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc); + + /* Reset the BYPSHAD bit */ + hrtc->Instance->CR &= (uint8_t)~RTC_CR_BYPSHAD; + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); + + /* Change RTC state */ + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + + /** @defgroup RTCEx_Group4 Extended features functions + * @brief Extended features functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Extended features functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) RTC Alram B callback + (+) RTC Poll for Alarm B request + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Alarm B callback. + * @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for RTC. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_RTCEx_AlarmBEventCallback(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc) +{ + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_RTC_AlarmBEventCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles AlarmB Polling request. + * @param hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for RTC. + * @param Timeout: Timeout duration + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_PollForAlarmBEvent(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = 0; + + /* Get tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + while(__HAL_RTC_ALARM_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_ALRBF) == RESET) + { + if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) + { + if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)) + { + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_TIMEOUT; + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + + /* Clear the Alarm Flag */ + __HAL_RTC_ALARM_CLEAR_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_ALRBF); + + /* Change RTC state */ + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_RTC_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/stmhal/hal/f7/src/stm32f7xx_hal_sd.c b/stmhal/hal/f7/src/stm32f7xx_hal_sd.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4aa28dbfdf --- /dev/null +++ b/stmhal/hal/f7/src/stm32f7xx_hal_sd.c @@ -0,0 +1,3381 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f7xx_hal_sd.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.1 + * @date 25-June-2015 + * @brief SD card HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Secure Digital (SD) peripheral: + * + Initialization and de-initialization functions + * + IO operation functions + * + Peripheral Control functions + * + Peripheral State functions + * + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This driver implements a high level communication layer for read and write from/to + this memory. The needed STM32 hardware resources (SDMMC and GPIO) are performed by + the user in HAL_SD_MspInit() function (MSP layer). + Basically, the MSP layer configuration should be the same as we provide in the + examples. + You can easily tailor this configuration according to hardware resources. + + [..] + This driver is a generic layered driver for SDMMC memories which uses the HAL + SDMMC driver functions to interface with SD and uSD cards devices. + It is used as follows: + + (#)Initialize the SDMMC low level resources by implement the HAL_SD_MspInit() API: + (##) Enable the SDMMC interface clock using __HAL_RCC_SDMMC_CLK_ENABLE(); + (##) SDMMC pins configuration for SD card + (+++) Enable the clock for the SDMMC GPIOs using the functions __HAL_RCC_GPIOx_CLK_ENABLE(); + (+++) Configure these SDMMC pins as alternate function pull-up using HAL_GPIO_Init() + and according to your pin assignment; + (##) DMA Configuration if you need to use DMA process (HAL_SD_ReadBlocks_DMA() + and HAL_SD_WriteBlocks_DMA() APIs). + (+++) Enable the DMAx interface clock using __HAL_RCC_DMAx_CLK_ENABLE(); + (+++) Configure the DMA using the function HAL_DMA_Init() with predeclared and filled. + (##) NVIC configuration if you need to use interrupt process when using DMA transfer. + (+++) Configure the SDMMC and DMA interrupt priorities using functions + HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(); DMA priority is superior to SDMMC's priority + (+++) Enable the NVIC DMA and SDMMC IRQs using function HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ() + (+++) SDMMC interrupts are managed using the macros __HAL_SD_SDMMC_ENABLE_IT() + and __HAL_SD_SDMMC_DISABLE_IT() inside the communication process. + (+++) SDMMC interrupts pending bits are managed using the macros __HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_IT() + and __HAL_SD_SDMMC_CLEAR_IT() + (#) At this stage, you can perform SD read/write/erase operations after SD card initialization + + + *** SD Card Initialization and configuration *** + ================================================ + [..] + To initialize the SD Card, use the HAL_SD_Init() function. It Initializes + the SD Card and put it into StandBy State (Ready for data transfer). + This function provide the following operations: + + (#) Apply the SD Card initialization process at 400KHz and check the SD Card + type (Standard Capacity or High Capacity). You can change or adapt this + frequency by adjusting the "ClockDiv" field. + The SD Card frequency (SDMMC_CK) is computed as follows: + + SDMMC_CK = SDMMCCLK / (ClockDiv + 2) + + In initialization mode and according to the SD Card standard, + make sure that the SDMMC_CK frequency doesn't exceed 400KHz. + + (#) Get the SD CID and CSD data. All these information are managed by the SDCardInfo + structure. This structure provide also ready computed SD Card capacity + and Block size. + + -@- These information are stored in SD handle structure in case of future use. + + (#) Configure the SD Card Data transfer frequency. By Default, the card transfer + frequency is set to 24MHz. You can change or adapt this frequency by adjusting + the "ClockDiv" field. + In transfer mode and according to the SD Card standard, make sure that the + SDMMC_CK frequency doesn't exceed 25MHz and 50MHz in High-speed mode switch. + To be able to use a frequency higher than 24MHz, you should use the SDMMC + peripheral in bypass mode. Refer to the corresponding reference manual + for more details. + + (#) Select the corresponding SD Card according to the address read with the step 2. + + (#) Configure the SD Card in wide bus mode: 4-bits data. + + *** SD Card Read operation *** + ============================== + [..] + (+) You can read from SD card in polling mode by using function HAL_SD_ReadBlocks(). + This function support only 512-bytes block length (the block size should be + chosen as 512 bytes). + You can choose either one block read operation or multiple block read operation + by adjusting the "NumberOfBlocks" parameter. + + (+) You can read from SD card in DMA mode by using function HAL_SD_ReadBlocks_DMA(). + This function support only 512-bytes block length (the block size should be + chosen as 512 bytes). + You can choose either one block read operation or multiple block read operation + by adjusting the "NumberOfBlocks" parameter. + After this, you have to call the function HAL_SD_CheckReadOperation(), to insure + that the read transfer is done correctly in both DMA and SD sides. + + *** SD Card Write operation *** + =============================== + [..] + (+) You can write to SD card in polling mode by using function HAL_SD_WriteBlocks(). + This function support only 512-bytes block length (the block size should be + chosen as 512 bytes). + You can choose either one block read operation or multiple block read operation + by adjusting the "NumberOfBlocks" parameter. + + (+) You can write to SD card in DMA mode by using function HAL_SD_WriteBlocks_DMA(). + This function support only 512-bytes block length (the block size should be + chosen as 512 byte). + You can choose either one block read operation or multiple block read operation + by adjusting the "NumberOfBlocks" parameter. + After this, you have to call the function HAL_SD_CheckWriteOperation(), to insure + that the write transfer is done correctly in both DMA and SD sides. + + *** SD card status *** + ====================== + [..] + (+) At any time, you can check the SD Card status and get the SD card state + by using the HAL_SD_GetStatus() function. This function checks first if the + SD card is still connected and then get the internal SD Card transfer state. + (+) You can also get the SD card SD Status register by using the HAL_SD_SendSDStatus() + function. + + *** SD HAL driver macros list *** + ================================== + [..] + Below the list of most used macros in SD HAL driver. + + (+) __HAL_SD_SDMMC_ENABLE : Enable the SD device + (+) __HAL_SD_SDMMC_DISABLE : Disable the SD device + (+) __HAL_SD_SDMMC_DMA_ENABLE: Enable the SDMMC DMA transfer + (+) __HAL_SD_SDMMC_DMA_DISABLE: Disable the SDMMC DMA transfer + (+) __HAL_SD_SDMMC_ENABLE_IT: Enable the SD device interrupt + (+) __HAL_SD_SDMMC_DISABLE_IT: Disable the SD device interrupt + (+) __HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG:Check whether the specified SD flag is set or not + (+) __HAL_SD_SDMMC_CLEAR_FLAG: Clear the SD's pending flags + + (@) You can refer to the SD HAL driver header file for more useful macros + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup SD + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_SD_MODULE_ENABLED + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup SD_Private_Defines + * @{ + */ +/** + * @brief SDMMC Data block size + */ +#define DATA_BLOCK_SIZE ((uint32_t)(9 << 4)) +/** + * @brief SDMMC Static flags, Timeout, FIFO Address + */ +#define SDMMC_STATIC_FLAGS ((uint32_t)(SDMMC_FLAG_CCRCFAIL | SDMMC_FLAG_DCRCFAIL | SDMMC_FLAG_CTIMEOUT |\ + SDMMC_FLAG_DTIMEOUT | SDMMC_FLAG_TXUNDERR | SDMMC_FLAG_RXOVERR |\ + SDMMC_FLAG_CMDREND | SDMMC_FLAG_CMDSENT | SDMMC_FLAG_DATAEND |\ + SDMMC_FLAG_DBCKEND)) + +#define SDMMC_CMD0TIMEOUT ((uint32_t)0x00010000) + +/** + * @brief Mask for errors Card Status R1 (OCR Register) + */ +#define SD_OCR_ADDR_OUT_OF_RANGE ((uint32_t)0x80000000) +#define SD_OCR_ADDR_MISALIGNED ((uint32_t)0x40000000) +#define SD_OCR_BLOCK_LEN_ERR ((uint32_t)0x20000000) +#define SD_OCR_ERASE_SEQ_ERR ((uint32_t)0x10000000) +#define SD_OCR_BAD_ERASE_PARAM ((uint32_t)0x08000000) +#define SD_OCR_WRITE_PROT_VIOLATION ((uint32_t)0x04000000) +#define SD_OCR_LOCK_UNLOCK_FAILED ((uint32_t)0x01000000) +#define SD_OCR_COM_CRC_FAILED ((uint32_t)0x00800000) +#define SD_OCR_ILLEGAL_CMD ((uint32_t)0x00400000) +#define SD_OCR_CARD_ECC_FAILED ((uint32_t)0x00200000) +#define SD_OCR_CC_ERROR ((uint32_t)0x00100000) +#define SD_OCR_GENERAL_UNKNOWN_ERROR ((uint32_t)0x00080000) +#define SD_OCR_STREAM_READ_UNDERRUN ((uint32_t)0x00040000) +#define SD_OCR_STREAM_WRITE_OVERRUN ((uint32_t)0x00020000) +#define SD_OCR_CID_CSD_OVERWRITE ((uint32_t)0x00010000) +#define SD_OCR_WP_ERASE_SKIP ((uint32_t)0x00008000) +#define SD_OCR_CARD_ECC_DISABLED ((uint32_t)0x00004000) +#define SD_OCR_ERASE_RESET ((uint32_t)0x00002000) +#define SD_OCR_AKE_SEQ_ERROR ((uint32_t)0x00000008) +#define SD_OCR_ERRORBITS ((uint32_t)0xFDFFE008) + +/** + * @brief Masks for R6 Response + */ +#define SD_R6_GENERAL_UNKNOWN_ERROR ((uint32_t)0x00002000) +#define SD_R6_ILLEGAL_CMD ((uint32_t)0x00004000) +#define SD_R6_COM_CRC_FAILED ((uint32_t)0x00008000) + +#define SD_VOLTAGE_WINDOW_SD ((uint32_t)0x80100000) +#define SD_HIGH_CAPACITY ((uint32_t)0x40000000) +#define SD_STD_CAPACITY ((uint32_t)0x00000000) +#define SD_CHECK_PATTERN ((uint32_t)0x000001AA) + +#define SD_MAX_VOLT_TRIAL ((uint32_t)0x0000FFFF) +#define SD_ALLZERO ((uint32_t)0x00000000) + +#define SD_WIDE_BUS_SUPPORT ((uint32_t)0x00040000) +#define SD_SINGLE_BUS_SUPPORT ((uint32_t)0x00010000) +#define SD_CARD_LOCKED ((uint32_t)0x02000000) + +#define SD_DATATIMEOUT ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFFFF) +#define SD_0TO7BITS ((uint32_t)0x000000FF) +#define SD_8TO15BITS ((uint32_t)0x0000FF00) +#define SD_16TO23BITS ((uint32_t)0x00FF0000) +#define SD_24TO31BITS ((uint32_t)0xFF000000) +#define SD_MAX_DATA_LENGTH ((uint32_t)0x01FFFFFF) + +#define SD_HALFFIFO ((uint32_t)0x00000008) +#define SD_HALFFIFOBYTES ((uint32_t)0x00000020) + +/** + * @brief Command Class Supported + */ +#define SD_CCCC_LOCK_UNLOCK ((uint32_t)0x00000080) +#define SD_CCCC_WRITE_PROT ((uint32_t)0x00000040) +#define SD_CCCC_ERASE ((uint32_t)0x00000020) + +/** + * @brief Following commands are SD Card Specific commands. + * SDMMC_APP_CMD should be sent before sending these commands. + */ +#define SD_SDMMC_SEND_IF_COND ((uint32_t)SD_CMD_HS_SEND_EXT_CSD) +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup SD_Private_Functions SD Private Functions + * @{ + */ +static HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef SD_Initialize_Cards(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd); +static HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef SD_Select_Deselect(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, uint64_t addr); +static HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef SD_PowerON(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd); +static HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef SD_PowerOFF(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd); +static HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef SD_SendStatus(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, uint32_t *pCardStatus); +static HAL_SD_CardStateTypedef SD_GetState(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd); +static HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef SD_IsCardProgramming(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, uint8_t *pStatus); +static HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef SD_CmdError(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd); +static HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef SD_CmdResp1Error(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, uint8_t SD_CMD); +static HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef SD_CmdResp7Error(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd); +static HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef SD_CmdResp3Error(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd); +static HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef SD_CmdResp2Error(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd); +static HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef SD_CmdResp6Error(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, uint8_t SD_CMD, uint16_t *pRCA); +static HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef SD_WideBus_Enable(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd); +static HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef SD_WideBus_Disable(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd); +static HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef SD_FindSCR(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, uint32_t *pSCR); +static void SD_DMA_RxCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void SD_DMA_RxError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void SD_DMA_TxCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void SD_DMA_TxError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +/** + * @} + */ +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup SD_Exported_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup SD_Exported_Functions_Group1 + * @brief Initialization and de-initialization functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides functions allowing to initialize/de-initialize the SD + card device to be ready for use. + + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Initializes the SD card according to the specified parameters in the + SD_HandleTypeDef and create the associated handle. + * @param hsd: SD handle + * @param SDCardInfo: HAL_SD_CardInfoTypedef structure for SD card information + * @retval HAL SD error state + */ +HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef HAL_SD_Init(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, HAL_SD_CardInfoTypedef *SDCardInfo) +{ + __IO HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef errorstate = SD_OK; + SD_InitTypeDef tmpinit; + + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + hsd->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + + /* Initialize the low level hardware (MSP) */ + HAL_SD_MspInit(hsd); + + /* Default SDMMC peripheral configuration for SD card initialization */ + tmpinit.ClockEdge = SDMMC_CLOCK_EDGE_RISING; + tmpinit.ClockBypass = SDMMC_CLOCK_BYPASS_DISABLE; + tmpinit.ClockPowerSave = SDMMC_CLOCK_POWER_SAVE_DISABLE; + tmpinit.BusWide = SDMMC_BUS_WIDE_1B; + tmpinit.HardwareFlowControl = SDMMC_HARDWARE_FLOW_CONTROL_DISABLE; + tmpinit.ClockDiv = SDMMC_INIT_CLK_DIV; + + /* Initialize SDMMC peripheral interface with default configuration */ + SDMMC_Init(hsd->Instance, tmpinit); + + /* Identify card operating voltage */ + errorstate = SD_PowerON(hsd); + + if(errorstate != SD_OK) + { + return errorstate; + } + + /* Initialize the present SDMMC card(s) and put them in idle state */ + errorstate = SD_Initialize_Cards(hsd); + + if (errorstate != SD_OK) + { + return errorstate; + } + + /* Read CSD/CID MSD registers */ + errorstate = HAL_SD_Get_CardInfo(hsd, SDCardInfo); + + if (errorstate == SD_OK) + { + /* Select the Card */ + errorstate = SD_Select_Deselect(hsd, (uint32_t)(((uint32_t)SDCardInfo->RCA) << 16)); + } + + /* Configure SDMMC peripheral interface */ + SDMMC_Init(hsd->Instance, hsd->Init); + + return errorstate; +} + +/** + * @brief De-Initializes the SD card. + * @param hsd: SD handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SD_DeInit(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd) +{ + + /* Set SD power state to off */ + SD_PowerOFF(hsd); + + /* De-Initialize the MSP layer */ + HAL_SD_MspDeInit(hsd); + + return HAL_OK; +} + + +/** + * @brief Initializes the SD MSP. + * @param hsd: SD handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_SD_MspInit(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd) +{ + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_SD_MspInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief De-Initialize SD MSP. + * @param hsd: SD handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_SD_MspDeInit(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd) +{ + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_SD_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup SD_Exported_Functions_Group2 + * @brief Data transfer functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### IO operation functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the data + transfer from/to SD card. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Reads block(s) from a specified address in a card. The Data transfer + * is managed by polling mode. + * @param hsd: SD handle + * @param pReadBuffer: pointer to the buffer that will contain the received data + * @param ReadAddr: Address from where data is to be read + * @param BlockSize: SD card Data block size + * @note BlockSize must be 512 bytes. + * @param NumberOfBlocks: Number of SD blocks to read + * @retval SD Card error state + */ +HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef HAL_SD_ReadBlocks(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, uint32_t *pReadBuffer, uint64_t ReadAddr, uint32_t BlockSize, uint32_t NumberOfBlocks) +{ + SDMMC_CmdInitTypeDef sdmmc_cmdinitstructure; + SDMMC_DataInitTypeDef sdmmc_datainitstructure; + HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef errorstate = SD_OK; + uint32_t count = 0, *tempbuff = (uint32_t *)pReadBuffer; + + /* Initialize data control register */ + hsd->Instance->DCTRL = 0; + + if (hsd->CardType == HIGH_CAPACITY_SD_CARD) + { + BlockSize = 512; + ReadAddr /= 512; + } + + /* Set Block Size for Card */ + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.Argument = (uint32_t) BlockSize; + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex = SD_CMD_SET_BLOCKLEN; + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.Response = SDMMC_RESPONSE_SHORT; + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.WaitForInterrupt = SDMMC_WAIT_NO; + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.CPSM = SDMMC_CPSM_ENABLE; + SDMMC_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdmmc_cmdinitstructure); + + /* Check for error conditions */ + errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_SET_BLOCKLEN); + + if (errorstate != SD_OK) + { + return errorstate; + } + + /* Configure the SD DPSM (Data Path State Machine) */ + sdmmc_datainitstructure.DataTimeOut = SD_DATATIMEOUT; + sdmmc_datainitstructure.DataLength = NumberOfBlocks * BlockSize; + sdmmc_datainitstructure.DataBlockSize = DATA_BLOCK_SIZE; + sdmmc_datainitstructure.TransferDir = SDMMC_TRANSFER_DIR_TO_SDMMC; + sdmmc_datainitstructure.TransferMode = SDMMC_TRANSFER_MODE_BLOCK; + sdmmc_datainitstructure.DPSM = SDMMC_DPSM_ENABLE; + SDMMC_DataConfig(hsd->Instance, &sdmmc_datainitstructure); + + if(NumberOfBlocks > 1) + { + /* Send CMD18 READ_MULT_BLOCK with argument data address */ + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex = SD_CMD_READ_MULT_BLOCK; + } + else + { + /* Send CMD17 READ_SINGLE_BLOCK */ + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex = SD_CMD_READ_SINGLE_BLOCK; + } + + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.Argument = (uint32_t)ReadAddr; + SDMMC_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdmmc_cmdinitstructure); + + /* Read block(s) in polling mode */ + if(NumberOfBlocks > 1) + { + /* Check for error conditions */ + errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_READ_MULT_BLOCK); + + if (errorstate != SD_OK) + { + return errorstate; + } + + /* Poll on SDMMC flags */ + while(!__HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_RXOVERR | SDMMC_FLAG_DCRCFAIL | SDMMC_FLAG_DTIMEOUT | SDMMC_FLAG_DATAEND)) + { + if (__HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_RXFIFOHF)) + { + /* Read data from SDMMC Rx FIFO */ + for (count = 0; count < 8; count++) + { + *(tempbuff + count) = SDMMC_ReadFIFO(hsd->Instance); + } + + tempbuff += 8; + } + } + } + else + { + /* Check for error conditions */ + errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_READ_SINGLE_BLOCK); + + if (errorstate != SD_OK) + { + return errorstate; + } + + /* In case of single block transfer, no need of stop transfer at all */ + while(!__HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_RXOVERR | SDMMC_FLAG_DCRCFAIL | SDMMC_FLAG_DTIMEOUT | SDMMC_FLAG_DBCKEND)) + { + if (__HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_RXFIFOHF)) + { + /* Read data from SDMMC Rx FIFO */ + for (count = 0; count < 8; count++) + { + *(tempbuff + count) = SDMMC_ReadFIFO(hsd->Instance); + } + + tempbuff += 8; + } + } + } + + /* Send stop transmission command in case of multiblock read */ + if (__HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_DATAEND) && (NumberOfBlocks > 1)) + { + if ((hsd->CardType == STD_CAPACITY_SD_CARD_V1_1) ||\ + (hsd->CardType == STD_CAPACITY_SD_CARD_V2_0) ||\ + (hsd->CardType == HIGH_CAPACITY_SD_CARD)) + { + /* Send stop transmission command */ + errorstate = HAL_SD_StopTransfer(hsd); + } + } + + /* Get error state */ + if (__HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_DTIMEOUT)) + { + __HAL_SD_SDMMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_DTIMEOUT); + + errorstate = SD_DATA_TIMEOUT; + + return errorstate; + } + else if (__HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_DCRCFAIL)) + { + __HAL_SD_SDMMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_DCRCFAIL); + + errorstate = SD_DATA_CRC_FAIL; + + return errorstate; + } + else if (__HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_RXOVERR)) + { + __HAL_SD_SDMMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_RXOVERR); + + errorstate = SD_RX_OVERRUN; + + return errorstate; + } + else + { + /* No error flag set */ + } + + count = SD_DATATIMEOUT; + + /* Empty FIFO if there is still any data */ + while ((__HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_RXDAVL)) && (count > 0)) + { + *tempbuff = SDMMC_ReadFIFO(hsd->Instance); + tempbuff++; + count--; + } + + /* Clear all the static flags */ + __HAL_SD_SDMMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_STATIC_FLAGS); + + return errorstate; +} + +/** + * @brief Allows to write block(s) to a specified address in a card. The Data + * transfer is managed by polling mode. + * @param hsd: SD handle + * @param pWriteBuffer: pointer to the buffer that will contain the data to transmit + * @param WriteAddr: Address from where data is to be written + * @param BlockSize: SD card Data block size + * @note BlockSize must be 512 bytes. + * @param NumberOfBlocks: Number of SD blocks to write + * @retval SD Card error state + */ +HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef HAL_SD_WriteBlocks(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, uint32_t *pWriteBuffer, uint64_t WriteAddr, uint32_t BlockSize, uint32_t NumberOfBlocks) +{ + SDMMC_CmdInitTypeDef sdmmc_cmdinitstructure; + SDMMC_DataInitTypeDef sdmmc_datainitstructure; + HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef errorstate = SD_OK; + uint32_t totalnumberofbytes = 0, bytestransferred = 0, count = 0, restwords = 0; + uint32_t *tempbuff = (uint32_t *)pWriteBuffer; + uint8_t cardstate = 0; + + /* Initialize data control register */ + hsd->Instance->DCTRL = 0; + + if (hsd->CardType == HIGH_CAPACITY_SD_CARD) + { + BlockSize = 512; + WriteAddr /= 512; + } + + /* Set Block Size for Card */ + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.Argument = (uint32_t)BlockSize; + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex = SD_CMD_SET_BLOCKLEN; + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.Response = SDMMC_RESPONSE_SHORT; + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.WaitForInterrupt = SDMMC_WAIT_NO; + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.CPSM = SDMMC_CPSM_ENABLE; + SDMMC_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdmmc_cmdinitstructure); + + /* Check for error conditions */ + errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_SET_BLOCKLEN); + + if (errorstate != SD_OK) + { + return errorstate; + } + + if(NumberOfBlocks > 1) + { + /* Send CMD25 WRITE_MULT_BLOCK with argument data address */ + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex = SD_CMD_WRITE_MULT_BLOCK; + } + else + { + /* Send CMD24 WRITE_SINGLE_BLOCK */ + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex = SD_CMD_WRITE_SINGLE_BLOCK; + } + + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.Argument = (uint32_t)WriteAddr; + SDMMC_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdmmc_cmdinitstructure); + + /* Check for error conditions */ + if(NumberOfBlocks > 1) + { + errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_WRITE_MULT_BLOCK); + } + else + { + errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_WRITE_SINGLE_BLOCK); + } + + if (errorstate != SD_OK) + { + return errorstate; + } + + /* Set total number of bytes to write */ + totalnumberofbytes = NumberOfBlocks * BlockSize; + + /* Configure the SD DPSM (Data Path State Machine) */ + sdmmc_datainitstructure.DataTimeOut = SD_DATATIMEOUT; + sdmmc_datainitstructure.DataLength = NumberOfBlocks * BlockSize; + sdmmc_datainitstructure.DataBlockSize = SDMMC_DATABLOCK_SIZE_512B; + sdmmc_datainitstructure.TransferDir = SDMMC_TRANSFER_DIR_TO_CARD; + sdmmc_datainitstructure.TransferMode = SDMMC_TRANSFER_MODE_BLOCK; + sdmmc_datainitstructure.DPSM = SDMMC_DPSM_ENABLE; + SDMMC_DataConfig(hsd->Instance, &sdmmc_datainitstructure); + + /* Write block(s) in polling mode */ + if(NumberOfBlocks > 1) + { + while(!__HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_TXUNDERR | SDMMC_FLAG_DCRCFAIL | SDMMC_FLAG_DTIMEOUT | SDMMC_FLAG_DATAEND)) + { + if (__HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_TXFIFOHE)) + { + if ((totalnumberofbytes - bytestransferred) < 32) + { + restwords = ((totalnumberofbytes - bytestransferred) % 4 == 0) ? ((totalnumberofbytes - bytestransferred) / 4) : (( totalnumberofbytes - bytestransferred) / 4 + 1); + + /* Write data to SDMMC Tx FIFO */ + for (count = 0; count < restwords; count++) + { + SDMMC_WriteFIFO(hsd->Instance, tempbuff); + tempbuff++; + bytestransferred += 4; + } + } + else + { + /* Write data to SDMMC Tx FIFO */ + for (count = 0; count < 8; count++) + { + SDMMC_WriteFIFO(hsd->Instance, (tempbuff + count)); + } + + tempbuff += 8; + bytestransferred += 32; + } + } + } + } + else + { + /* In case of single data block transfer no need of stop command at all */ + while(!__HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_TXUNDERR | SDMMC_FLAG_DCRCFAIL | SDMMC_FLAG_DTIMEOUT | SDMMC_FLAG_DBCKEND)) + { + if (__HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_TXFIFOHE)) + { + if ((totalnumberofbytes - bytestransferred) < 32) + { + restwords = ((totalnumberofbytes - bytestransferred) % 4 == 0) ? ((totalnumberofbytes - bytestransferred) / 4) : (( totalnumberofbytes - bytestransferred) / 4 + 1); + + /* Write data to SDMMC Tx FIFO */ + for (count = 0; count < restwords; count++) + { + SDMMC_WriteFIFO(hsd->Instance, tempbuff); + tempbuff++; + bytestransferred += 4; + } + } + else + { + /* Write data to SDMMC Tx FIFO */ + for (count = 0; count < 8; count++) + { + SDMMC_WriteFIFO(hsd->Instance, (tempbuff + count)); + } + + tempbuff += 8; + bytestransferred += 32; + } + } + } + } + + /* Send stop transmission command in case of multiblock write */ + if (__HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_DATAEND) && (NumberOfBlocks > 1)) + { + if ((hsd->CardType == STD_CAPACITY_SD_CARD_V1_1) || (hsd->CardType == STD_CAPACITY_SD_CARD_V2_0) ||\ + (hsd->CardType == HIGH_CAPACITY_SD_CARD)) + { + /* Send stop transmission command */ + errorstate = HAL_SD_StopTransfer(hsd); + } + } + + /* Get error state */ + if (__HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_DTIMEOUT)) + { + __HAL_SD_SDMMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_DTIMEOUT); + + errorstate = SD_DATA_TIMEOUT; + + return errorstate; + } + else if (__HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_DCRCFAIL)) + { + __HAL_SD_SDMMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_DCRCFAIL); + + errorstate = SD_DATA_CRC_FAIL; + + return errorstate; + } + else if (__HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_TXUNDERR)) + { + __HAL_SD_SDMMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_TXUNDERR); + + errorstate = SD_TX_UNDERRUN; + + return errorstate; + } + else + { + /* No error flag set */ + } + + /* Clear all the static flags */ + __HAL_SD_SDMMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_STATIC_FLAGS); + + /* Wait till the card is in programming state */ + errorstate = SD_IsCardProgramming(hsd, &cardstate); + + while ((errorstate == SD_OK) && ((cardstate == SD_CARD_PROGRAMMING) || (cardstate == SD_CARD_RECEIVING))) + { + errorstate = SD_IsCardProgramming(hsd, &cardstate); + } + + return errorstate; +} + +/** + * @brief Reads block(s) from a specified address in a card. The Data transfer + * is managed by DMA mode. + * @note This API should be followed by the function HAL_SD_CheckReadOperation() + * to check the completion of the read process + * @param hsd: SD handle + * @param pReadBuffer: Pointer to the buffer that will contain the received data + * @param ReadAddr: Address from where data is to be read + * @param BlockSize: SD card Data block size + * @note BlockSize must be 512 bytes. + * @param NumberOfBlocks: Number of blocks to read. + * @retval SD Card error state + */ +HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef HAL_SD_ReadBlocks_DMA(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, uint32_t *pReadBuffer, uint64_t ReadAddr, uint32_t BlockSize, uint32_t NumberOfBlocks) +{ + SDMMC_CmdInitTypeDef sdmmc_cmdinitstructure; + SDMMC_DataInitTypeDef sdmmc_datainitstructure; + HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef errorstate = SD_OK; + + /* Initialize data control register */ + hsd->Instance->DCTRL = 0; + + /* Initialize handle flags */ + hsd->SdTransferCplt = 0; + hsd->DmaTransferCplt = 0; + hsd->SdTransferErr = SD_OK; + + /* Initialize SD Read operation */ + if(NumberOfBlocks > 1) + { + hsd->SdOperation = SD_READ_MULTIPLE_BLOCK; + } + else + { + hsd->SdOperation = SD_READ_SINGLE_BLOCK; + } + + /* Enable transfer interrupts */ + __HAL_SD_SDMMC_ENABLE_IT(hsd, (SDMMC_IT_DCRCFAIL |\ + SDMMC_IT_DTIMEOUT |\ + SDMMC_IT_DATAEND |\ + SDMMC_IT_RXOVERR)); + + /* Enable SDMMC DMA transfer */ + __HAL_SD_SDMMC_DMA_ENABLE(hsd); + + /* Configure DMA user callbacks */ + hsd->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = SD_DMA_RxCplt; + hsd->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = SD_DMA_RxError; + + /* Enable the DMA Channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hsd->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&hsd->Instance->FIFO, (uint32_t)pReadBuffer, (uint32_t)(BlockSize * NumberOfBlocks)/4); + + if (hsd->CardType == HIGH_CAPACITY_SD_CARD) + { + BlockSize = 512; + ReadAddr /= 512; + } + + /* Set Block Size for Card */ + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.Argument = (uint32_t)BlockSize; + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex = SD_CMD_SET_BLOCKLEN; + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.Response = SDMMC_RESPONSE_SHORT; + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.WaitForInterrupt = SDMMC_WAIT_NO; + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.CPSM = SDMMC_CPSM_ENABLE; + SDMMC_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdmmc_cmdinitstructure); + + /* Check for error conditions */ + errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_SET_BLOCKLEN); + + if (errorstate != SD_OK) + { + return errorstate; + } + + /* Configure the SD DPSM (Data Path State Machine) */ + sdmmc_datainitstructure.DataTimeOut = SD_DATATIMEOUT; + sdmmc_datainitstructure.DataLength = BlockSize * NumberOfBlocks; + sdmmc_datainitstructure.DataBlockSize = SDMMC_DATABLOCK_SIZE_512B; + sdmmc_datainitstructure.TransferDir = SDMMC_TRANSFER_DIR_TO_SDMMC; + sdmmc_datainitstructure.TransferMode = SDMMC_TRANSFER_MODE_BLOCK; + sdmmc_datainitstructure.DPSM = SDMMC_DPSM_ENABLE; + SDMMC_DataConfig(hsd->Instance, &sdmmc_datainitstructure); + + /* Check number of blocks command */ + if(NumberOfBlocks > 1) + { + /* Send CMD18 READ_MULT_BLOCK with argument data address */ + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex = SD_CMD_READ_MULT_BLOCK; + } + else + { + /* Send CMD17 READ_SINGLE_BLOCK */ + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex = SD_CMD_READ_SINGLE_BLOCK; + } + + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.Argument = (uint32_t)ReadAddr; + SDMMC_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdmmc_cmdinitstructure); + + /* Check for error conditions */ + if(NumberOfBlocks > 1) + { + errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_READ_MULT_BLOCK); + } + else + { + errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_READ_SINGLE_BLOCK); + } + + /* Update the SD transfer error in SD handle */ + hsd->SdTransferErr = errorstate; + + return errorstate; +} + + +/** + * @brief Writes block(s) to a specified address in a card. The Data transfer + * is managed by DMA mode. + * @note This API should be followed by the function HAL_SD_CheckWriteOperation() + * to check the completion of the write process (by SD current status polling). + * @param hsd: SD handle + * @param pWriteBuffer: pointer to the buffer that will contain the data to transmit + * @param WriteAddr: Address from where data is to be read + * @param BlockSize: the SD card Data block size + * @note BlockSize must be 512 bytes. + * @param NumberOfBlocks: Number of blocks to write + * @retval SD Card error state + */ +HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef HAL_SD_WriteBlocks_DMA(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, uint32_t *pWriteBuffer, uint64_t WriteAddr, uint32_t BlockSize, uint32_t NumberOfBlocks) +{ + SDMMC_CmdInitTypeDef sdmmc_cmdinitstructure; + SDMMC_DataInitTypeDef sdmmc_datainitstructure; + HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef errorstate = SD_OK; + + /* Initialize data control register */ + hsd->Instance->DCTRL = 0; + + /* Initialize handle flags */ + hsd->SdTransferCplt = 0; + hsd->DmaTransferCplt = 0; + hsd->SdTransferErr = SD_OK; + + /* Initialize SD Write operation */ + if(NumberOfBlocks > 1) + { + hsd->SdOperation = SD_WRITE_MULTIPLE_BLOCK; + } + else + { + hsd->SdOperation = SD_WRITE_SINGLE_BLOCK; + } + + /* Enable transfer interrupts */ + __HAL_SD_SDMMC_ENABLE_IT(hsd, (SDMMC_IT_DCRCFAIL |\ + SDMMC_IT_DTIMEOUT |\ + SDMMC_IT_DATAEND |\ + SDMMC_IT_TXUNDERR)); + + /* Configure DMA user callbacks */ + hsd->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = SD_DMA_TxCplt; + hsd->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = SD_DMA_TxError; + + /* Enable the DMA Channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hsd->hdmatx, (uint32_t)pWriteBuffer, (uint32_t)&hsd->Instance->FIFO, (uint32_t)(BlockSize * NumberOfBlocks)/4); + + /* Enable SDMMC DMA transfer */ + __HAL_SD_SDMMC_DMA_ENABLE(hsd); + + if (hsd->CardType == HIGH_CAPACITY_SD_CARD) + { + BlockSize = 512; + WriteAddr /= 512; + } + + /* Set Block Size for Card */ + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.Argument = (uint32_t)BlockSize; + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex = SD_CMD_SET_BLOCKLEN; + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.Response = SDMMC_RESPONSE_SHORT; + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.WaitForInterrupt = SDMMC_WAIT_NO; + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.CPSM = SDMMC_CPSM_ENABLE; + SDMMC_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdmmc_cmdinitstructure); + + /* Check for error conditions */ + errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_SET_BLOCKLEN); + + if (errorstate != SD_OK) + { + return errorstate; + } + + /* Check number of blocks command */ + if(NumberOfBlocks <= 1) + { + /* Send CMD24 WRITE_SINGLE_BLOCK */ + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex = SD_CMD_WRITE_SINGLE_BLOCK; + } + else + { + /* Send CMD25 WRITE_MULT_BLOCK with argument data address */ + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex = SD_CMD_WRITE_MULT_BLOCK; + } + + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.Argument = (uint32_t)WriteAddr; + SDMMC_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdmmc_cmdinitstructure); + + /* Check for error conditions */ + if(NumberOfBlocks > 1) + { + errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_WRITE_MULT_BLOCK); + } + else + { + errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_WRITE_SINGLE_BLOCK); + } + + if (errorstate != SD_OK) + { + return errorstate; + } + + /* Configure the SD DPSM (Data Path State Machine) */ + sdmmc_datainitstructure.DataTimeOut = SD_DATATIMEOUT; + sdmmc_datainitstructure.DataLength = BlockSize * NumberOfBlocks; + sdmmc_datainitstructure.DataBlockSize = SDMMC_DATABLOCK_SIZE_512B; + sdmmc_datainitstructure.TransferDir = SDMMC_TRANSFER_DIR_TO_CARD; + sdmmc_datainitstructure.TransferMode = SDMMC_TRANSFER_MODE_BLOCK; + sdmmc_datainitstructure.DPSM = SDMMC_DPSM_ENABLE; + SDMMC_DataConfig(hsd->Instance, &sdmmc_datainitstructure); + + hsd->SdTransferErr = errorstate; + + return errorstate; +} + +/** + * @brief This function waits until the SD DMA data read transfer is finished. + * This API should be called after HAL_SD_ReadBlocks_DMA() function + * to insure that all data sent by the card is already transferred by the + * DMA controller. + * @param hsd: SD handle + * @param Timeout: Timeout duration + * @retval SD Card error state + */ +HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef HAL_SD_CheckReadOperation(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef errorstate = SD_OK; + uint32_t timeout = Timeout; + uint32_t tmp1, tmp2; + HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef tmp3; + + /* Wait for DMA/SD transfer end or SD error variables to be in SD handle */ + tmp1 = hsd->DmaTransferCplt; + tmp2 = hsd->SdTransferCplt; + tmp3 = (HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef)hsd->SdTransferErr; + + while (((tmp1 & tmp2) == 0) && (tmp3 == SD_OK) && (timeout > 0)) + { + tmp1 = hsd->DmaTransferCplt; + tmp2 = hsd->SdTransferCplt; + tmp3 = (HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef)hsd->SdTransferErr; + timeout--; + } + + timeout = Timeout; + + /* Wait until the Rx transfer is no longer active */ + while((__HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_RXACT)) && (timeout > 0)) + { + timeout--; + } + + /* Send stop command in multiblock read */ + if (hsd->SdOperation == SD_READ_MULTIPLE_BLOCK) + { + errorstate = HAL_SD_StopTransfer(hsd); + } + + if ((timeout == 0) && (errorstate == SD_OK)) + { + errorstate = SD_DATA_TIMEOUT; + } + + /* Clear all the static flags */ + __HAL_SD_SDMMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_STATIC_FLAGS); + + /* Return error state */ + if (hsd->SdTransferErr != SD_OK) + { + return (HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef)(hsd->SdTransferErr); + } + + return errorstate; +} + +/** + * @brief This function waits until the SD DMA data write transfer is finished. + * This API should be called after HAL_SD_WriteBlocks_DMA() function + * to insure that all data sent by the card is already transferred by the + * DMA controller. + * @param hsd: SD handle + * @param Timeout: Timeout duration + * @retval SD Card error state + */ +HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef HAL_SD_CheckWriteOperation(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef errorstate = SD_OK; + uint32_t timeout = Timeout; + uint32_t tmp1, tmp2; + HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef tmp3; + + /* Wait for DMA/SD transfer end or SD error variables to be in SD handle */ + tmp1 = hsd->DmaTransferCplt; + tmp2 = hsd->SdTransferCplt; + tmp3 = (HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef)hsd->SdTransferErr; + + while (((tmp1 & tmp2) == 0) && (tmp3 == SD_OK) && (timeout > 0)) + { + tmp1 = hsd->DmaTransferCplt; + tmp2 = hsd->SdTransferCplt; + tmp3 = (HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef)hsd->SdTransferErr; + timeout--; + } + + timeout = Timeout; + + /* Wait until the Tx transfer is no longer active */ + while((__HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_TXACT)) && (timeout > 0)) + { + timeout--; + } + + /* Send stop command in multiblock write */ + if (hsd->SdOperation == SD_WRITE_MULTIPLE_BLOCK) + { + errorstate = HAL_SD_StopTransfer(hsd); + } + + if ((timeout == 0) && (errorstate == SD_OK)) + { + errorstate = SD_DATA_TIMEOUT; + } + + /* Clear all the static flags */ + __HAL_SD_SDMMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_STATIC_FLAGS); + + /* Return error state */ + if (hsd->SdTransferErr != SD_OK) + { + return (HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef)(hsd->SdTransferErr); + } + + /* Wait until write is complete */ + while(HAL_SD_GetStatus(hsd) != SD_TRANSFER_OK) + { + } + + return errorstate; +} + +/** + * @brief Erases the specified memory area of the given SD card. + * @param hsd: SD handle + * @param startaddr: Start byte address + * @param endaddr: End byte address + * @retval SD Card error state + */ +HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef HAL_SD_Erase(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, uint64_t startaddr, uint64_t endaddr) +{ + HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef errorstate = SD_OK; + SDMMC_CmdInitTypeDef sdmmc_cmdinitstructure; + + uint32_t delay = 0; + __IO uint32_t maxdelay = 0; + uint8_t cardstate = 0; + + /* Check if the card command class supports erase command */ + if (((hsd->CSD[1] >> 20) & SD_CCCC_ERASE) == 0) + { + errorstate = SD_REQUEST_NOT_APPLICABLE; + + return errorstate; + } + + /* Get max delay value */ + maxdelay = 120000 / (((hsd->Instance->CLKCR) & 0xFF) + 2); + + if((SDMMC_GetResponse(hsd->Instance, SDMMC_RESP1) & SD_CARD_LOCKED) == SD_CARD_LOCKED) + { + errorstate = SD_LOCK_UNLOCK_FAILED; + + return errorstate; + } + + /* Get start and end block for high capacity cards */ + if (hsd->CardType == HIGH_CAPACITY_SD_CARD) + { + startaddr /= 512; + endaddr /= 512; + } + + /* According to sd-card spec 1.0 ERASE_GROUP_START (CMD32) and erase_group_end(CMD33) */ + if ((hsd->CardType == STD_CAPACITY_SD_CARD_V1_1) || (hsd->CardType == STD_CAPACITY_SD_CARD_V2_0) ||\ + (hsd->CardType == HIGH_CAPACITY_SD_CARD)) + { + /* Send CMD32 SD_ERASE_GRP_START with argument as addr */ + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.Argument =(uint32_t)startaddr; + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex = SD_CMD_SD_ERASE_GRP_START; + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.Response = SDMMC_RESPONSE_SHORT; + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.WaitForInterrupt = SDMMC_WAIT_NO; + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.CPSM = SDMMC_CPSM_ENABLE; + SDMMC_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdmmc_cmdinitstructure); + + /* Check for error conditions */ + errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_SD_ERASE_GRP_START); + + if (errorstate != SD_OK) + { + return errorstate; + } + + /* Send CMD33 SD_ERASE_GRP_END with argument as addr */ + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.Argument = (uint32_t)endaddr; + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex = SD_CMD_SD_ERASE_GRP_END; + SDMMC_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdmmc_cmdinitstructure); + + /* Check for error conditions */ + errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_SD_ERASE_GRP_END); + + if (errorstate != SD_OK) + { + return errorstate; + } + } + + /* Send CMD38 ERASE */ + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.Argument = 0; + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex = SD_CMD_ERASE; + SDMMC_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdmmc_cmdinitstructure); + + /* Check for error conditions */ + errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_ERASE); + + if (errorstate != SD_OK) + { + return errorstate; + } + + for (; delay < maxdelay; delay++) + { + } + + /* Wait until the card is in programming state */ + errorstate = SD_IsCardProgramming(hsd, &cardstate); + + delay = SD_DATATIMEOUT; + + while ((delay > 0) && (errorstate == SD_OK) && ((cardstate == SD_CARD_PROGRAMMING) || (cardstate == SD_CARD_RECEIVING))) + { + errorstate = SD_IsCardProgramming(hsd, &cardstate); + delay--; + } + + return errorstate; +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles SD card interrupt request. + * @param hsd: SD handle + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_SD_IRQHandler(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd) +{ + /* Check for SDMMC interrupt flags */ + if (__HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_IT_DATAEND)) + { + __HAL_SD_SDMMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_IT_DATAEND); + + /* SD transfer is complete */ + hsd->SdTransferCplt = 1; + + /* No transfer error */ + hsd->SdTransferErr = SD_OK; + + HAL_SD_XferCpltCallback(hsd); + } + else if (__HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_IT_DCRCFAIL)) + { + __HAL_SD_SDMMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_DCRCFAIL); + + hsd->SdTransferErr = SD_DATA_CRC_FAIL; + + HAL_SD_XferErrorCallback(hsd); + + } + else if (__HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_IT_DTIMEOUT)) + { + __HAL_SD_SDMMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_DTIMEOUT); + + hsd->SdTransferErr = SD_DATA_TIMEOUT; + + HAL_SD_XferErrorCallback(hsd); + } + else if (__HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_IT_RXOVERR)) + { + __HAL_SD_SDMMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_RXOVERR); + + hsd->SdTransferErr = SD_RX_OVERRUN; + + HAL_SD_XferErrorCallback(hsd); + } + else if (__HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_IT_TXUNDERR)) + { + __HAL_SD_SDMMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_TXUNDERR); + + hsd->SdTransferErr = SD_TX_UNDERRUN; + + HAL_SD_XferErrorCallback(hsd); + } + else + { + /* No error flag set */ + } + + /* Disable all SDMMC peripheral interrupt sources */ + __HAL_SD_SDMMC_DISABLE_IT(hsd, SDMMC_IT_DCRCFAIL | SDMMC_IT_DTIMEOUT | SDMMC_IT_DATAEND |\ + SDMMC_IT_TXFIFOHE | SDMMC_IT_RXFIFOHF | SDMMC_IT_TXUNDERR |\ + SDMMC_IT_RXOVERR); +} + + +/** + * @brief SD end of transfer callback. + * @param hsd: SD handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_SD_XferCpltCallback(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd) +{ + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_SD_XferCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief SD Transfer Error callback. + * @param hsd: SD handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_SD_XferErrorCallback(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd) +{ + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_SD_XferErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief SD Transfer complete Rx callback in non blocking mode. + * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_SD_DMA_RxCpltCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_SD_DMA_RxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief SD DMA transfer complete Rx error callback. + * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_SD_DMA_RxErrorCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_SD_DMA_RxErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief SD Transfer complete Tx callback in non blocking mode. + * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_SD_DMA_TxCpltCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_SD_DMA_TxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief SD DMA transfer complete error Tx callback. + * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_SD_DMA_TxErrorCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_SD_DMA_TxErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup SD_Exported_Functions_Group3 + * @brief management functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral Control functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the SD card + operations. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Returns information about specific card. + * @param hsd: SD handle + * @param pCardInfo: Pointer to a HAL_SD_CardInfoTypedef structure that + * contains all SD cardinformation + * @retval SD Card error state + */ +HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef HAL_SD_Get_CardInfo(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, HAL_SD_CardInfoTypedef *pCardInfo) +{ + HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef errorstate = SD_OK; + uint32_t tmp = 0; + + pCardInfo->CardType = (uint8_t)(hsd->CardType); + pCardInfo->RCA = (uint16_t)(hsd->RCA); + + /* Byte 0 */ + tmp = (hsd->CSD[0] & 0xFF000000) >> 24; + pCardInfo->SD_csd.CSDStruct = (uint8_t)((tmp & 0xC0) >> 6); + pCardInfo->SD_csd.SysSpecVersion = (uint8_t)((tmp & 0x3C) >> 2); + pCardInfo->SD_csd.Reserved1 = tmp & 0x03; + + /* Byte 1 */ + tmp = (hsd->CSD[0] & 0x00FF0000) >> 16; + pCardInfo->SD_csd.TAAC = (uint8_t)tmp; + + /* Byte 2 */ + tmp = (hsd->CSD[0] & 0x0000FF00) >> 8; + pCardInfo->SD_csd.NSAC = (uint8_t)tmp; + + /* Byte 3 */ + tmp = hsd->CSD[0] & 0x000000FF; + pCardInfo->SD_csd.MaxBusClkFrec = (uint8_t)tmp; + + /* Byte 4 */ + tmp = (hsd->CSD[1] & 0xFF000000) >> 24; + pCardInfo->SD_csd.CardComdClasses = (uint16_t)(tmp << 4); + + /* Byte 5 */ + tmp = (hsd->CSD[1] & 0x00FF0000) >> 16; + pCardInfo->SD_csd.CardComdClasses |= (uint16_t)((tmp & 0xF0) >> 4); + pCardInfo->SD_csd.RdBlockLen = (uint8_t)(tmp & 0x0F); + + /* Byte 6 */ + tmp = (hsd->CSD[1] & 0x0000FF00) >> 8; + pCardInfo->SD_csd.PartBlockRead = (uint8_t)((tmp & 0x80) >> 7); + pCardInfo->SD_csd.WrBlockMisalign = (uint8_t)((tmp & 0x40) >> 6); + pCardInfo->SD_csd.RdBlockMisalign = (uint8_t)((tmp & 0x20) >> 5); + pCardInfo->SD_csd.DSRImpl = (uint8_t)((tmp & 0x10) >> 4); + pCardInfo->SD_csd.Reserved2 = 0; /*!< Reserved */ + + if ((hsd->CardType == STD_CAPACITY_SD_CARD_V1_1) || (hsd->CardType == STD_CAPACITY_SD_CARD_V2_0)) + { + pCardInfo->SD_csd.DeviceSize = (tmp & 0x03) << 10; + + /* Byte 7 */ + tmp = (uint8_t)(hsd->CSD[1] & 0x000000FF); + pCardInfo->SD_csd.DeviceSize |= (tmp) << 2; + + /* Byte 8 */ + tmp = (uint8_t)((hsd->CSD[2] & 0xFF000000) >> 24); + pCardInfo->SD_csd.DeviceSize |= (tmp & 0xC0) >> 6; + + pCardInfo->SD_csd.MaxRdCurrentVDDMin = (tmp & 0x38) >> 3; + pCardInfo->SD_csd.MaxRdCurrentVDDMax = (tmp & 0x07); + + /* Byte 9 */ + tmp = (uint8_t)((hsd->CSD[2] & 0x00FF0000) >> 16); + pCardInfo->SD_csd.MaxWrCurrentVDDMin = (tmp & 0xE0) >> 5; + pCardInfo->SD_csd.MaxWrCurrentVDDMax = (tmp & 0x1C) >> 2; + pCardInfo->SD_csd.DeviceSizeMul = (tmp & 0x03) << 1; + /* Byte 10 */ + tmp = (uint8_t)((hsd->CSD[2] & 0x0000FF00) >> 8); + pCardInfo->SD_csd.DeviceSizeMul |= (tmp & 0x80) >> 7; + + pCardInfo->CardCapacity = (pCardInfo->SD_csd.DeviceSize + 1) ; + pCardInfo->CardCapacity *= (1 << (pCardInfo->SD_csd.DeviceSizeMul + 2)); + pCardInfo->CardBlockSize = 1 << (pCardInfo->SD_csd.RdBlockLen); + pCardInfo->CardCapacity *= pCardInfo->CardBlockSize; + } + else if (hsd->CardType == HIGH_CAPACITY_SD_CARD) + { + /* Byte 7 */ + tmp = (uint8_t)(hsd->CSD[1] & 0x000000FF); + pCardInfo->SD_csd.DeviceSize = (tmp & 0x3F) << 16; + + /* Byte 8 */ + tmp = (uint8_t)((hsd->CSD[2] & 0xFF000000) >> 24); + + pCardInfo->SD_csd.DeviceSize |= (tmp << 8); + + /* Byte 9 */ + tmp = (uint8_t)((hsd->CSD[2] & 0x00FF0000) >> 16); + + pCardInfo->SD_csd.DeviceSize |= (tmp); + + /* Byte 10 */ + tmp = (uint8_t)((hsd->CSD[2] & 0x0000FF00) >> 8); + + pCardInfo->CardCapacity = ((pCardInfo->SD_csd.DeviceSize + 1)) * 512 * 1024; + pCardInfo->CardBlockSize = 512; + } + else + { + /* Not supported card type */ + errorstate = SD_ERROR; + } + + pCardInfo->SD_csd.EraseGrSize = (tmp & 0x40) >> 6; + pCardInfo->SD_csd.EraseGrMul = (tmp & 0x3F) << 1; + + /* Byte 11 */ + tmp = (uint8_t)(hsd->CSD[2] & 0x000000FF); + pCardInfo->SD_csd.EraseGrMul |= (tmp & 0x80) >> 7; + pCardInfo->SD_csd.WrProtectGrSize = (tmp & 0x7F); + + /* Byte 12 */ + tmp = (uint8_t)((hsd->CSD[3] & 0xFF000000) >> 24); + pCardInfo->SD_csd.WrProtectGrEnable = (tmp & 0x80) >> 7; + pCardInfo->SD_csd.ManDeflECC = (tmp & 0x60) >> 5; + pCardInfo->SD_csd.WrSpeedFact = (tmp & 0x1C) >> 2; + pCardInfo->SD_csd.MaxWrBlockLen = (tmp & 0x03) << 2; + + /* Byte 13 */ + tmp = (uint8_t)((hsd->CSD[3] & 0x00FF0000) >> 16); + pCardInfo->SD_csd.MaxWrBlockLen |= (tmp & 0xC0) >> 6; + pCardInfo->SD_csd.WriteBlockPaPartial = (tmp & 0x20) >> 5; + pCardInfo->SD_csd.Reserved3 = 0; + pCardInfo->SD_csd.ContentProtectAppli = (tmp & 0x01); + + /* Byte 14 */ + tmp = (uint8_t)((hsd->CSD[3] & 0x0000FF00) >> 8); + pCardInfo->SD_csd.FileFormatGrouop = (tmp & 0x80) >> 7; + pCardInfo->SD_csd.CopyFlag = (tmp & 0x40) >> 6; + pCardInfo->SD_csd.PermWrProtect = (tmp & 0x20) >> 5; + pCardInfo->SD_csd.TempWrProtect = (tmp & 0x10) >> 4; + pCardInfo->SD_csd.FileFormat = (tmp & 0x0C) >> 2; + pCardInfo->SD_csd.ECC = (tmp & 0x03); + + /* Byte 15 */ + tmp = (uint8_t)(hsd->CSD[3] & 0x000000FF); + pCardInfo->SD_csd.CSD_CRC = (tmp & 0xFE) >> 1; + pCardInfo->SD_csd.Reserved4 = 1; + + /* Byte 0 */ + tmp = (uint8_t)((hsd->CID[0] & 0xFF000000) >> 24); + pCardInfo->SD_cid.ManufacturerID = tmp; + + /* Byte 1 */ + tmp = (uint8_t)((hsd->CID[0] & 0x00FF0000) >> 16); + pCardInfo->SD_cid.OEM_AppliID = tmp << 8; + + /* Byte 2 */ + tmp = (uint8_t)((hsd->CID[0] & 0x000000FF00) >> 8); + pCardInfo->SD_cid.OEM_AppliID |= tmp; + + /* Byte 3 */ + tmp = (uint8_t)(hsd->CID[0] & 0x000000FF); + pCardInfo->SD_cid.ProdName1 = tmp << 24; + + /* Byte 4 */ + tmp = (uint8_t)((hsd->CID[1] & 0xFF000000) >> 24); + pCardInfo->SD_cid.ProdName1 |= tmp << 16; + + /* Byte 5 */ + tmp = (uint8_t)((hsd->CID[1] & 0x00FF0000) >> 16); + pCardInfo->SD_cid.ProdName1 |= tmp << 8; + + /* Byte 6 */ + tmp = (uint8_t)((hsd->CID[1] & 0x0000FF00) >> 8); + pCardInfo->SD_cid.ProdName1 |= tmp; + + /* Byte 7 */ + tmp = (uint8_t)(hsd->CID[1] & 0x000000FF); + pCardInfo->SD_cid.ProdName2 = tmp; + + /* Byte 8 */ + tmp = (uint8_t)((hsd->CID[2] & 0xFF000000) >> 24); + pCardInfo->SD_cid.ProdRev = tmp; + + /* Byte 9 */ + tmp = (uint8_t)((hsd->CID[2] & 0x00FF0000) >> 16); + pCardInfo->SD_cid.ProdSN = tmp << 24; + + /* Byte 10 */ + tmp = (uint8_t)((hsd->CID[2] & 0x0000FF00) >> 8); + pCardInfo->SD_cid.ProdSN |= tmp << 16; + + /* Byte 11 */ + tmp = (uint8_t)(hsd->CID[2] & 0x000000FF); + pCardInfo->SD_cid.ProdSN |= tmp << 8; + + /* Byte 12 */ + tmp = (uint8_t)((hsd->CID[3] & 0xFF000000) >> 24); + pCardInfo->SD_cid.ProdSN |= tmp; + + /* Byte 13 */ + tmp = (uint8_t)((hsd->CID[3] & 0x00FF0000) >> 16); + pCardInfo->SD_cid.Reserved1 |= (tmp & 0xF0) >> 4; + pCardInfo->SD_cid.ManufactDate = (tmp & 0x0F) << 8; + + /* Byte 14 */ + tmp = (uint8_t)((hsd->CID[3] & 0x0000FF00) >> 8); + pCardInfo->SD_cid.ManufactDate |= tmp; + + /* Byte 15 */ + tmp = (uint8_t)(hsd->CID[3] & 0x000000FF); + pCardInfo->SD_cid.CID_CRC = (tmp & 0xFE) >> 1; + pCardInfo->SD_cid.Reserved2 = 1; + + return errorstate; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables wide bus operation for the requested card if supported by + * card. + * @param hsd: SD handle + * @param WideMode: Specifies the SD card wide bus mode + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg SDMMC_BUS_WIDE_8B: 8-bit data transfer (Only for MMC) + * @arg SDMMC_BUS_WIDE_4B: 4-bit data transfer + * @arg SDMMC_BUS_WIDE_1B: 1-bit data transfer + * @retval SD Card error state + */ +HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef HAL_SD_WideBusOperation_Config(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, uint32_t WideMode) +{ + HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef errorstate = SD_OK; + SDMMC_InitTypeDef tmpinit; + + /* MMC Card does not support this feature */ + if (hsd->CardType == MULTIMEDIA_CARD) + { + errorstate = SD_UNSUPPORTED_FEATURE; + + return errorstate; + } + else if ((hsd->CardType == STD_CAPACITY_SD_CARD_V1_1) || (hsd->CardType == STD_CAPACITY_SD_CARD_V2_0) ||\ + (hsd->CardType == HIGH_CAPACITY_SD_CARD)) + { + if (WideMode == SDMMC_BUS_WIDE_8B) + { + errorstate = SD_UNSUPPORTED_FEATURE; + } + else if (WideMode == SDMMC_BUS_WIDE_4B) + { + errorstate = SD_WideBus_Enable(hsd); + } + else if (WideMode == SDMMC_BUS_WIDE_1B) + { + errorstate = SD_WideBus_Disable(hsd); + } + else + { + /* WideMode is not a valid argument*/ + errorstate = SD_INVALID_PARAMETER; + } + + if (errorstate == SD_OK) + { + /* Configure the SDMMC peripheral */ + tmpinit.ClockEdge = hsd->Init.ClockEdge; + tmpinit.ClockBypass = hsd->Init.ClockBypass; + tmpinit.ClockPowerSave = hsd->Init.ClockPowerSave; + tmpinit.BusWide = WideMode; + tmpinit.HardwareFlowControl = hsd->Init.HardwareFlowControl; + tmpinit.ClockDiv = hsd->Init.ClockDiv; + SDMMC_Init(hsd->Instance, tmpinit); + } + } + + return errorstate; +} + +/** + * @brief Aborts an ongoing data transfer. + * @param hsd: SD handle + * @retval SD Card error state + */ +HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef HAL_SD_StopTransfer(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd) +{ + SDMMC_CmdInitTypeDef sdmmc_cmdinitstructure; + HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef errorstate = SD_OK; + + /* Send CMD12 STOP_TRANSMISSION */ + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.Argument = 0; + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex = SD_CMD_STOP_TRANSMISSION; + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.Response = SDMMC_RESPONSE_SHORT; + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.WaitForInterrupt = SDMMC_WAIT_NO; + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.CPSM = SDMMC_CPSM_ENABLE; + SDMMC_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdmmc_cmdinitstructure); + + /* Check for error conditions */ + errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_STOP_TRANSMISSION); + + return errorstate; +} + +/** + * @brief Switches the SD card to High Speed mode. + * This API must be used after "Transfer State" + * @note This operation should be followed by the configuration + * of PLL to have SDMMCCK clock between 67 and 75 MHz + * @param hsd: SD handle + * @retval SD Card error state + */ +HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef HAL_SD_HighSpeed (SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd) +{ + HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef errorstate = SD_OK; + SDMMC_CmdInitTypeDef sdmmc_cmdinitstructure; + SDMMC_DataInitTypeDef sdmmc_datainitstructure; + + uint8_t SD_hs[64] = {0}; + uint32_t SD_scr[2] = {0, 0}; + uint32_t SD_SPEC = 0 ; + uint32_t count = 0, *tempbuff = (uint32_t *)SD_hs; + + /* Initialize the Data control register */ + hsd->Instance->DCTRL = 0; + + /* Get SCR Register */ + errorstate = SD_FindSCR(hsd, SD_scr); + + if (errorstate != SD_OK) + { + return errorstate; + } + + /* Test the Version supported by the card*/ + SD_SPEC = (SD_scr[1] & 0x01000000) | (SD_scr[1] & 0x02000000); + + if (SD_SPEC != SD_ALLZERO) + { + /* Set Block Size for Card */ + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.Argument = (uint32_t)64; + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex = SD_CMD_SET_BLOCKLEN; + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.Response = SDMMC_RESPONSE_SHORT; + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.WaitForInterrupt = SDMMC_WAIT_NO; + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.CPSM = SDMMC_CPSM_ENABLE; + SDMMC_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdmmc_cmdinitstructure); + + /* Check for error conditions */ + errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_SET_BLOCKLEN); + + if (errorstate != SD_OK) + { + return errorstate; + } + + /* Configure the SD DPSM (Data Path State Machine) */ + sdmmc_datainitstructure.DataTimeOut = SD_DATATIMEOUT; + sdmmc_datainitstructure.DataLength = 64; + sdmmc_datainitstructure.DataBlockSize = SDMMC_DATABLOCK_SIZE_64B ; + sdmmc_datainitstructure.TransferDir = SDMMC_TRANSFER_DIR_TO_SDMMC; + sdmmc_datainitstructure.TransferMode = SDMMC_TRANSFER_MODE_BLOCK; + sdmmc_datainitstructure.DPSM = SDMMC_DPSM_ENABLE; + SDMMC_DataConfig(hsd->Instance, &sdmmc_datainitstructure); + + /* Send CMD6 switch mode */ + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.Argument = 0x80FFFF01; + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex = SD_CMD_HS_SWITCH; + SDMMC_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdmmc_cmdinitstructure); + + /* Check for error conditions */ + errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_HS_SWITCH); + + if (errorstate != SD_OK) + { + return errorstate; + } + + while(!__HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_RXOVERR | SDMMC_FLAG_DCRCFAIL | SDMMC_FLAG_DTIMEOUT | SDMMC_FLAG_DBCKEND)) + { + if (__HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_RXFIFOHF)) + { + for (count = 0; count < 8; count++) + { + *(tempbuff + count) = SDMMC_ReadFIFO(hsd->Instance); + } + + tempbuff += 8; + } + } + + if (__HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_DTIMEOUT)) + { + __HAL_SD_SDMMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_DTIMEOUT); + + errorstate = SD_DATA_TIMEOUT; + + return errorstate; + } + else if (__HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_DCRCFAIL)) + { + __HAL_SD_SDMMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_DCRCFAIL); + + errorstate = SD_DATA_CRC_FAIL; + + return errorstate; + } + else if (__HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_RXOVERR)) + { + __HAL_SD_SDMMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_RXOVERR); + + errorstate = SD_RX_OVERRUN; + + return errorstate; + } + else + { + /* No error flag set */ + } + + count = SD_DATATIMEOUT; + + while ((__HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_RXDAVL)) && (count > 0)) + { + *tempbuff = SDMMC_ReadFIFO(hsd->Instance); + tempbuff++; + count--; + } + + /* Clear all the static flags */ + __HAL_SD_SDMMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_STATIC_FLAGS); + + /* Test if the switch mode HS is ok */ + if ((SD_hs[13]& 2) != 2) + { + errorstate = SD_UNSUPPORTED_FEATURE; + } + } + + return errorstate; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup SD_Exported_Functions_Group4 + * @brief Peripheral State functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral State functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection permits to get in runtime the status of the peripheral + and the data flow. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Returns the current SD card's status. + * @param hsd: SD handle + * @param pSDstatus: Pointer to the buffer that will contain the SD card status + * SD Status register) + * @retval SD Card error state + */ +HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef HAL_SD_SendSDStatus(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, uint32_t *pSDstatus) +{ + SDMMC_CmdInitTypeDef sdmmc_cmdinitstructure; + SDMMC_DataInitTypeDef sdmmc_datainitstructure; + HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef errorstate = SD_OK; + uint32_t count = 0; + + /* Check SD response */ + if ((SDMMC_GetResponse(hsd->Instance, SDMMC_RESP1) & SD_CARD_LOCKED) == SD_CARD_LOCKED) + { + errorstate = SD_LOCK_UNLOCK_FAILED; + + return errorstate; + } + + /* Set block size for card if it is not equal to current block size for card */ + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.Argument = 64; + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex = SD_CMD_SET_BLOCKLEN; + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.Response = SDMMC_RESPONSE_SHORT; + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.WaitForInterrupt = SDMMC_WAIT_NO; + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.CPSM = SDMMC_CPSM_ENABLE; + SDMMC_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdmmc_cmdinitstructure); + + /* Check for error conditions */ + errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_SET_BLOCKLEN); + + if (errorstate != SD_OK) + { + return errorstate; + } + + /* Send CMD55 */ + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.Argument = (uint32_t)(hsd->RCA << 16); + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex = SD_CMD_APP_CMD; + SDMMC_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdmmc_cmdinitstructure); + + /* Check for error conditions */ + errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_APP_CMD); + + if (errorstate != SD_OK) + { + return errorstate; + } + + /* Configure the SD DPSM (Data Path State Machine) */ + sdmmc_datainitstructure.DataTimeOut = SD_DATATIMEOUT; + sdmmc_datainitstructure.DataLength = 64; + sdmmc_datainitstructure.DataBlockSize = SDMMC_DATABLOCK_SIZE_64B; + sdmmc_datainitstructure.TransferDir = SDMMC_TRANSFER_DIR_TO_SDMMC; + sdmmc_datainitstructure.TransferMode = SDMMC_TRANSFER_MODE_BLOCK; + sdmmc_datainitstructure.DPSM = SDMMC_DPSM_ENABLE; + SDMMC_DataConfig(hsd->Instance, &sdmmc_datainitstructure); + + /* Send ACMD13 (SD_APP_STAUS) with argument as card's RCA */ + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.Argument = 0; + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex = SD_CMD_SD_APP_STATUS; + SDMMC_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdmmc_cmdinitstructure); + + /* Check for error conditions */ + errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_SD_APP_STATUS); + + if (errorstate != SD_OK) + { + return errorstate; + } + + /* Get status data */ + while(!__HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_RXOVERR | SDMMC_FLAG_DCRCFAIL | SDMMC_FLAG_DTIMEOUT | SDMMC_FLAG_DBCKEND)) + { + if (__HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_RXFIFOHF)) + { + for (count = 0; count < 8; count++) + { + *(pSDstatus + count) = SDMMC_ReadFIFO(hsd->Instance); + } + + pSDstatus += 8; + } + } + + if (__HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_DTIMEOUT)) + { + __HAL_SD_SDMMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_DTIMEOUT); + + errorstate = SD_DATA_TIMEOUT; + + return errorstate; + } + else if (__HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_DCRCFAIL)) + { + __HAL_SD_SDMMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_DCRCFAIL); + + errorstate = SD_DATA_CRC_FAIL; + + return errorstate; + } + else if (__HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_RXOVERR)) + { + __HAL_SD_SDMMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_RXOVERR); + + errorstate = SD_RX_OVERRUN; + + return errorstate; + } + else + { + /* No error flag set */ + } + + count = SD_DATATIMEOUT; + while ((__HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_RXDAVL)) && (count > 0)) + { + *pSDstatus = SDMMC_ReadFIFO(hsd->Instance); + pSDstatus++; + count--; + } + + /* Clear all the static status flags*/ + __HAL_SD_SDMMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_STATIC_FLAGS); + + return errorstate; +} + +/** + * @brief Gets the current sd card data status. + * @param hsd: SD handle + * @retval Data Transfer state + */ +HAL_SD_TransferStateTypedef HAL_SD_GetStatus(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd) +{ + HAL_SD_CardStateTypedef cardstate = SD_CARD_TRANSFER; + + /* Get SD card state */ + cardstate = SD_GetState(hsd); + + /* Find SD status according to card state*/ + if (cardstate == SD_CARD_TRANSFER) + { + return SD_TRANSFER_OK; + } + else if(cardstate == SD_CARD_ERROR) + { + return SD_TRANSFER_ERROR; + } + else + { + return SD_TRANSFER_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Gets the SD card status. + * @param hsd: SD handle + * @param pCardStatus: Pointer to the HAL_SD_CardStatusTypedef structure that + * will contain the SD card status information + * @retval SD Card error state + */ +HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef HAL_SD_GetCardStatus(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, HAL_SD_CardStatusTypedef *pCardStatus) +{ + HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef errorstate = SD_OK; + uint32_t tmp = 0; + uint32_t sd_status[16]; + + errorstate = HAL_SD_SendSDStatus(hsd, sd_status); + + if (errorstate != SD_OK) + { + return errorstate; + } + + /* Byte 0 */ + tmp = (sd_status[0] & 0xC0) >> 6; + pCardStatus->DAT_BUS_WIDTH = (uint8_t)tmp; + + /* Byte 0 */ + tmp = (sd_status[0] & 0x20) >> 5; + pCardStatus->SECURED_MODE = (uint8_t)tmp; + + /* Byte 2 */ + tmp = (sd_status[2] & 0xFF); + pCardStatus->SD_CARD_TYPE = (uint8_t)(tmp << 8); + + /* Byte 3 */ + tmp = (sd_status[3] & 0xFF); + pCardStatus->SD_CARD_TYPE |= (uint8_t)tmp; + + /* Byte 4 */ + tmp = (sd_status[4] & 0xFF); + pCardStatus->SIZE_OF_PROTECTED_AREA = (uint8_t)(tmp << 24); + + /* Byte 5 */ + tmp = (sd_status[5] & 0xFF); + pCardStatus->SIZE_OF_PROTECTED_AREA |= (uint8_t)(tmp << 16); + + /* Byte 6 */ + tmp = (sd_status[6] & 0xFF); + pCardStatus->SIZE_OF_PROTECTED_AREA |= (uint8_t)(tmp << 8); + + /* Byte 7 */ + tmp = (sd_status[7] & 0xFF); + pCardStatus->SIZE_OF_PROTECTED_AREA |= (uint8_t)tmp; + + /* Byte 8 */ + tmp = (sd_status[8] & 0xFF); + pCardStatus->SPEED_CLASS = (uint8_t)tmp; + + /* Byte 9 */ + tmp = (sd_status[9] & 0xFF); + pCardStatus->PERFORMANCE_MOVE = (uint8_t)tmp; + + /* Byte 10 */ + tmp = (sd_status[10] & 0xF0) >> 4; + pCardStatus->AU_SIZE = (uint8_t)tmp; + + /* Byte 11 */ + tmp = (sd_status[11] & 0xFF); + pCardStatus->ERASE_SIZE = (uint8_t)(tmp << 8); + + /* Byte 12 */ + tmp = (sd_status[12] & 0xFF); + pCardStatus->ERASE_SIZE |= (uint8_t)tmp; + + /* Byte 13 */ + tmp = (sd_status[13] & 0xFC) >> 2; + pCardStatus->ERASE_TIMEOUT = (uint8_t)tmp; + + /* Byte 13 */ + tmp = (sd_status[13] & 0x3); + pCardStatus->ERASE_OFFSET = (uint8_t)tmp; + + return errorstate; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private function ----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup SD_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief SD DMA transfer complete Rx callback. + * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. + * @retval None + */ +static void SD_DMA_RxCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd = (SD_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef*)hdma)->Parent; + + /* DMA transfer is complete */ + hsd->DmaTransferCplt = 1; + + /* Wait until SD transfer is complete */ + while(hsd->SdTransferCplt == 0) + { + } + + /* Disable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Abort(hdma); + + /* Transfer complete user callback */ + HAL_SD_DMA_RxCpltCallback(hsd->hdmarx); +} + +/** + * @brief SD DMA transfer Error Rx callback. + * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. + * @retval None + */ +static void SD_DMA_RxError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd = (SD_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef*)hdma)->Parent; + + /* Transfer complete user callback */ + HAL_SD_DMA_RxErrorCallback(hsd->hdmarx); +} + +/** + * @brief SD DMA transfer complete Tx callback. + * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. + * @retval None + */ +static void SD_DMA_TxCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd = (SD_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef*)hdma)->Parent; + + /* DMA transfer is complete */ + hsd->DmaTransferCplt = 1; + + /* Wait until SD transfer is complete */ + while(hsd->SdTransferCplt == 0) + { + } + + /* Disable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Abort(hdma); + + /* Transfer complete user callback */ + HAL_SD_DMA_TxCpltCallback(hsd->hdmatx); +} + +/** + * @brief SD DMA transfer Error Tx callback. + * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. + * @retval None + */ +static void SD_DMA_TxError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd = ( SD_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; + + /* Transfer complete user callback */ + HAL_SD_DMA_TxErrorCallback(hsd->hdmatx); +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the SD current state. + * @param hsd: SD handle + * @retval SD card current state + */ +static HAL_SD_CardStateTypedef SD_GetState(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd) +{ + uint32_t resp1 = 0; + + if (SD_SendStatus(hsd, &resp1) != SD_OK) + { + return SD_CARD_ERROR; + } + else + { + return (HAL_SD_CardStateTypedef)((resp1 >> 9) & 0x0F); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes all cards or single card as the case may be Card(s) come + * into standby state. + * @param hsd: SD handle + * @retval SD Card error state + */ +static HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef SD_Initialize_Cards(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd) +{ + SDMMC_CmdInitTypeDef sdmmc_cmdinitstructure; + HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef errorstate = SD_OK; + uint16_t sd_rca = 1; + + if(SDMMC_GetPowerState(hsd->Instance) == 0) /* Power off */ + { + errorstate = SD_REQUEST_NOT_APPLICABLE; + + return errorstate; + } + + if(hsd->CardType != SECURE_DIGITAL_IO_CARD) + { + /* Send CMD2 ALL_SEND_CID */ + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.Argument = 0; + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex = SD_CMD_ALL_SEND_CID; + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.Response = SDMMC_RESPONSE_LONG; + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.WaitForInterrupt = SDMMC_WAIT_NO; + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.CPSM = SDMMC_CPSM_ENABLE; + SDMMC_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdmmc_cmdinitstructure); + + /* Check for error conditions */ + errorstate = SD_CmdResp2Error(hsd); + + if(errorstate != SD_OK) + { + return errorstate; + } + + /* Get Card identification number data */ + hsd->CID[0] = SDMMC_GetResponse(hsd->Instance, SDMMC_RESP1); + hsd->CID[1] = SDMMC_GetResponse(hsd->Instance, SDMMC_RESP2); + hsd->CID[2] = SDMMC_GetResponse(hsd->Instance, SDMMC_RESP3); + hsd->CID[3] = SDMMC_GetResponse(hsd->Instance, SDMMC_RESP4); + } + + if((hsd->CardType == STD_CAPACITY_SD_CARD_V1_1) || (hsd->CardType == STD_CAPACITY_SD_CARD_V2_0) ||\ + (hsd->CardType == SECURE_DIGITAL_IO_COMBO_CARD) || (hsd->CardType == HIGH_CAPACITY_SD_CARD)) + { + /* Send CMD3 SET_REL_ADDR with argument 0 */ + /* SD Card publishes its RCA. */ + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex = SD_CMD_SET_REL_ADDR; + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.Response = SDMMC_RESPONSE_SHORT; + SDMMC_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdmmc_cmdinitstructure); + + /* Check for error conditions */ + errorstate = SD_CmdResp6Error(hsd, SD_CMD_SET_REL_ADDR, &sd_rca); + + if(errorstate != SD_OK) + { + return errorstate; + } + } + + if (hsd->CardType != SECURE_DIGITAL_IO_CARD) + { + /* Get the SD card RCA */ + hsd->RCA = sd_rca; + + /* Send CMD9 SEND_CSD with argument as card's RCA */ + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.Argument = (uint32_t)(hsd->RCA << 16); + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex = SD_CMD_SEND_CSD; + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.Response = SDMMC_RESPONSE_LONG; + SDMMC_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdmmc_cmdinitstructure); + + /* Check for error conditions */ + errorstate = SD_CmdResp2Error(hsd); + + if(errorstate != SD_OK) + { + return errorstate; + } + + /* Get Card Specific Data */ + hsd->CSD[0] = SDMMC_GetResponse(hsd->Instance, SDMMC_RESP1); + hsd->CSD[1] = SDMMC_GetResponse(hsd->Instance, SDMMC_RESP2); + hsd->CSD[2] = SDMMC_GetResponse(hsd->Instance, SDMMC_RESP3); + hsd->CSD[3] = SDMMC_GetResponse(hsd->Instance, SDMMC_RESP4); + } + + /* All cards are initialized */ + return errorstate; +} + +/** + * @brief Selects od Deselects the corresponding card. + * @param hsd: SD handle + * @param addr: Address of the card to be selected + * @retval SD Card error state + */ +static HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef SD_Select_Deselect(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, uint64_t addr) +{ + SDMMC_CmdInitTypeDef sdmmc_cmdinitstructure; + HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef errorstate = SD_OK; + + /* Send CMD7 SDMMC_SEL_DESEL_CARD */ + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.Argument = (uint32_t)addr; + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex = SD_CMD_SEL_DESEL_CARD; + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.Response = SDMMC_RESPONSE_SHORT; + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.WaitForInterrupt = SDMMC_WAIT_NO; + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.CPSM = SDMMC_CPSM_ENABLE; + SDMMC_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdmmc_cmdinitstructure); + + /* Check for error conditions */ + errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_SEL_DESEL_CARD); + + return errorstate; +} + +/** + * @brief Enquires cards about their operating voltage and configures clock + * controls and stores SD information that will be needed in future + * in the SD handle. + * @param hsd: SD handle + * @retval SD Card error state + */ +static HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef SD_PowerON(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd) +{ + SDMMC_CmdInitTypeDef sdmmc_cmdinitstructure; + __IO HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef errorstate = SD_OK; + uint32_t response = 0, count = 0, validvoltage = 0; + uint32_t sdtype = SD_STD_CAPACITY; + + /* Power ON Sequence -------------------------------------------------------*/ + /* Disable SDMMC Clock */ + __HAL_SD_SDMMC_DISABLE(hsd); + + /* Set Power State to ON */ + SDMMC_PowerState_ON(hsd->Instance); + + /* 1ms: required power up waiting time before starting the SD initialization + sequence */ + HAL_Delay(1); + + /* Enable SDMMC Clock */ + __HAL_SD_SDMMC_ENABLE(hsd); + + /* CMD0: GO_IDLE_STATE -----------------------------------------------------*/ + /* No CMD response required */ + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.Argument = 0; + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex = SD_CMD_GO_IDLE_STATE; + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.Response = SDMMC_RESPONSE_NO; + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.WaitForInterrupt = SDMMC_WAIT_NO; + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.CPSM = SDMMC_CPSM_ENABLE; + SDMMC_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdmmc_cmdinitstructure); + + /* Check for error conditions */ + errorstate = SD_CmdError(hsd); + + if(errorstate != SD_OK) + { + /* CMD Response Timeout (wait for CMDSENT flag) */ + return errorstate; + } + + /* CMD8: SEND_IF_COND ------------------------------------------------------*/ + /* Send CMD8 to verify SD card interface operating condition */ + /* Argument: - [31:12]: Reserved (shall be set to '0') + - [11:8]: Supply Voltage (VHS) 0x1 (Range: 2.7-3.6 V) + - [7:0]: Check Pattern (recommended 0xAA) */ + /* CMD Response: R7 */ + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.Argument = SD_CHECK_PATTERN; + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex = SD_SDMMC_SEND_IF_COND; + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.Response = SDMMC_RESPONSE_SHORT; + SDMMC_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdmmc_cmdinitstructure); + + /* Check for error conditions */ + errorstate = SD_CmdResp7Error(hsd); + + if (errorstate == SD_OK) + { + /* SD Card 2.0 */ + hsd->CardType = STD_CAPACITY_SD_CARD_V2_0; + sdtype = SD_HIGH_CAPACITY; + } + + /* Send CMD55 */ + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.Argument = 0; + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex = SD_CMD_APP_CMD; + SDMMC_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdmmc_cmdinitstructure); + + /* Check for error conditions */ + errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_APP_CMD); + + /* If errorstate is Command Timeout, it is a MMC card */ + /* If errorstate is SD_OK it is a SD card: SD card 2.0 (voltage range mismatch) + or SD card 1.x */ + if(errorstate == SD_OK) + { + /* SD CARD */ + /* Send ACMD41 SD_APP_OP_COND with Argument 0x80100000 */ + while((!validvoltage) && (count < SD_MAX_VOLT_TRIAL)) + { + + /* SEND CMD55 APP_CMD with RCA as 0 */ + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.Argument = 0; + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex = SD_CMD_APP_CMD; + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.Response = SDMMC_RESPONSE_SHORT; + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.WaitForInterrupt = SDMMC_WAIT_NO; + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.CPSM = SDMMC_CPSM_ENABLE; + SDMMC_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdmmc_cmdinitstructure); + + /* Check for error conditions */ + errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_APP_CMD); + + if(errorstate != SD_OK) + { + return errorstate; + } + + /* Send CMD41 */ + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.Argument = SD_VOLTAGE_WINDOW_SD | sdtype; + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex = SD_CMD_SD_APP_OP_COND; + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.Response = SDMMC_RESPONSE_SHORT; + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.WaitForInterrupt = SDMMC_WAIT_NO; + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.CPSM = SDMMC_CPSM_ENABLE; + SDMMC_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdmmc_cmdinitstructure); + + /* Check for error conditions */ + errorstate = SD_CmdResp3Error(hsd); + + if(errorstate != SD_OK) + { + return errorstate; + } + + /* Get command response */ + response = SDMMC_GetResponse(hsd->Instance, SDMMC_RESP1); + + /* Get operating voltage*/ + validvoltage = (((response >> 31) == 1) ? 1 : 0); + + count++; + } + + if(count >= SD_MAX_VOLT_TRIAL) + { + errorstate = SD_INVALID_VOLTRANGE; + + return errorstate; + } + + if((response & SD_HIGH_CAPACITY) == SD_HIGH_CAPACITY) /* (response &= SD_HIGH_CAPACITY) */ + { + hsd->CardType = HIGH_CAPACITY_SD_CARD; + } + + } /* else MMC Card */ + + return errorstate; +} + +/** + * @brief Turns the SDMMC output signals off. + * @param hsd: SD handle + * @retval SD Card error state + */ +static HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef SD_PowerOFF(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd) +{ + HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef errorstate = SD_OK; + + /* Set Power State to OFF */ + SDMMC_PowerState_OFF(hsd->Instance); + + return errorstate; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the current card's status. + * @param hsd: SD handle + * @param pCardStatus: pointer to the buffer that will contain the SD card + * status (Card Status register) + * @retval SD Card error state + */ +static HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef SD_SendStatus(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, uint32_t *pCardStatus) +{ + SDMMC_CmdInitTypeDef sdmmc_cmdinitstructure; + HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef errorstate = SD_OK; + + if(pCardStatus == NULL) + { + errorstate = SD_INVALID_PARAMETER; + + return errorstate; + } + + /* Send Status command */ + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.Argument = (uint32_t)(hsd->RCA << 16); + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex = SD_CMD_SEND_STATUS; + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.Response = SDMMC_RESPONSE_SHORT; + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.WaitForInterrupt = SDMMC_WAIT_NO; + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.CPSM = SDMMC_CPSM_ENABLE; + SDMMC_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdmmc_cmdinitstructure); + + /* Check for error conditions */ + errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_SEND_STATUS); + + if(errorstate != SD_OK) + { + return errorstate; + } + + /* Get SD card status */ + *pCardStatus = SDMMC_GetResponse(hsd->Instance, SDMMC_RESP1); + + return errorstate; +} + +/** + * @brief Checks for error conditions for CMD0. + * @param hsd: SD handle + * @retval SD Card error state + */ +static HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef SD_CmdError(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd) +{ + HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef errorstate = SD_OK; + uint32_t timeout, tmp; + + timeout = SDMMC_CMD0TIMEOUT; + + tmp = __HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_CMDSENT); + + while((timeout > 0) && (!tmp)) + { + tmp = __HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_CMDSENT); + timeout--; + } + + if(timeout == 0) + { + errorstate = SD_CMD_RSP_TIMEOUT; + return errorstate; + } + + /* Clear all the static flags */ + __HAL_SD_SDMMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_STATIC_FLAGS); + + return errorstate; +} + +/** + * @brief Checks for error conditions for R7 response. + * @param hsd: SD handle + * @retval SD Card error state + */ +static HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef SD_CmdResp7Error(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd) +{ + HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef errorstate = SD_ERROR; + uint32_t timeout = SDMMC_CMD0TIMEOUT, tmp; + + tmp = __HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_CCRCFAIL | SDMMC_FLAG_CMDREND | SDMMC_FLAG_CTIMEOUT); + + while((!tmp) && (timeout > 0)) + { + tmp = __HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_CCRCFAIL | SDMMC_FLAG_CMDREND | SDMMC_FLAG_CTIMEOUT); + timeout--; + } + + tmp = __HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_CTIMEOUT); + + if((timeout == 0) || tmp) + { + /* Card is not V2.0 compliant or card does not support the set voltage range */ + errorstate = SD_CMD_RSP_TIMEOUT; + + __HAL_SD_SDMMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_CTIMEOUT); + + return errorstate; + } + + if(__HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_CMDREND)) + { + /* Card is SD V2.0 compliant */ + errorstate = SD_OK; + + __HAL_SD_SDMMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_CMDREND); + + return errorstate; + } + + return errorstate; +} + +/** + * @brief Checks for error conditions for R1 response. + * @param hsd: SD handle + * @param SD_CMD: The sent command index + * @retval SD Card error state + */ +static HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef SD_CmdResp1Error(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, uint8_t SD_CMD) +{ + HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef errorstate = SD_OK; + uint32_t response_r1; + + while(!__HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_CCRCFAIL | SDMMC_FLAG_CMDREND | SDMMC_FLAG_CTIMEOUT)) + { + } + + if(__HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_CTIMEOUT)) + { + errorstate = SD_CMD_RSP_TIMEOUT; + + __HAL_SD_SDMMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_CTIMEOUT); + + return errorstate; + } + else if(__HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_CCRCFAIL)) + { + errorstate = SD_CMD_CRC_FAIL; + + __HAL_SD_SDMMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_CCRCFAIL); + + return errorstate; + } + + /* Check response received is of desired command */ + if(SDMMC_GetCommandResponse(hsd->Instance) != SD_CMD) + { + errorstate = SD_ILLEGAL_CMD; + + return errorstate; + } + + /* Clear all the static flags */ + __HAL_SD_SDMMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_STATIC_FLAGS); + + /* We have received response, retrieve it for analysis */ + response_r1 = SDMMC_GetResponse(hsd->Instance, SDMMC_RESP1); + + if((response_r1 & SD_OCR_ERRORBITS) == SD_ALLZERO) + { + return errorstate; + } + + if((response_r1 & SD_OCR_ADDR_OUT_OF_RANGE) == SD_OCR_ADDR_OUT_OF_RANGE) + { + return(SD_ADDR_OUT_OF_RANGE); + } + + if((response_r1 & SD_OCR_ADDR_MISALIGNED) == SD_OCR_ADDR_MISALIGNED) + { + return(SD_ADDR_MISALIGNED); + } + + if((response_r1 & SD_OCR_BLOCK_LEN_ERR) == SD_OCR_BLOCK_LEN_ERR) + { + return(SD_BLOCK_LEN_ERR); + } + + if((response_r1 & SD_OCR_ERASE_SEQ_ERR) == SD_OCR_ERASE_SEQ_ERR) + { + return(SD_ERASE_SEQ_ERR); + } + + if((response_r1 & SD_OCR_BAD_ERASE_PARAM) == SD_OCR_BAD_ERASE_PARAM) + { + return(SD_BAD_ERASE_PARAM); + } + + if((response_r1 & SD_OCR_WRITE_PROT_VIOLATION) == SD_OCR_WRITE_PROT_VIOLATION) + { + return(SD_WRITE_PROT_VIOLATION); + } + + if((response_r1 & SD_OCR_LOCK_UNLOCK_FAILED) == SD_OCR_LOCK_UNLOCK_FAILED) + { + return(SD_LOCK_UNLOCK_FAILED); + } + + if((response_r1 & SD_OCR_COM_CRC_FAILED) == SD_OCR_COM_CRC_FAILED) + { + return(SD_COM_CRC_FAILED); + } + + if((response_r1 & SD_OCR_ILLEGAL_CMD) == SD_OCR_ILLEGAL_CMD) + { + return(SD_ILLEGAL_CMD); + } + + if((response_r1 & SD_OCR_CARD_ECC_FAILED) == SD_OCR_CARD_ECC_FAILED) + { + return(SD_CARD_ECC_FAILED); + } + + if((response_r1 & SD_OCR_CC_ERROR) == SD_OCR_CC_ERROR) + { + return(SD_CC_ERROR); + } + + if((response_r1 & SD_OCR_GENERAL_UNKNOWN_ERROR) == SD_OCR_GENERAL_UNKNOWN_ERROR) + { + return(SD_GENERAL_UNKNOWN_ERROR); + } + + if((response_r1 & SD_OCR_STREAM_READ_UNDERRUN) == SD_OCR_STREAM_READ_UNDERRUN) + { + return(SD_STREAM_READ_UNDERRUN); + } + + if((response_r1 & SD_OCR_STREAM_WRITE_OVERRUN) == SD_OCR_STREAM_WRITE_OVERRUN) + { + return(SD_STREAM_WRITE_OVERRUN); + } + + if((response_r1 & SD_OCR_CID_CSD_OVERWRITE) == SD_OCR_CID_CSD_OVERWRITE) + { + return(SD_CID_CSD_OVERWRITE); + } + + if((response_r1 & SD_OCR_WP_ERASE_SKIP) == SD_OCR_WP_ERASE_SKIP) + { + return(SD_WP_ERASE_SKIP); + } + + if((response_r1 & SD_OCR_CARD_ECC_DISABLED) == SD_OCR_CARD_ECC_DISABLED) + { + return(SD_CARD_ECC_DISABLED); + } + + if((response_r1 & SD_OCR_ERASE_RESET) == SD_OCR_ERASE_RESET) + { + return(SD_ERASE_RESET); + } + + if((response_r1 & SD_OCR_AKE_SEQ_ERROR) == SD_OCR_AKE_SEQ_ERROR) + { + return(SD_AKE_SEQ_ERROR); + } + + return errorstate; +} + +/** + * @brief Checks for error conditions for R3 (OCR) response. + * @param hsd: SD handle + * @retval SD Card error state + */ +static HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef SD_CmdResp3Error(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd) +{ + HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef errorstate = SD_OK; + + while (!__HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_CCRCFAIL | SDMMC_FLAG_CMDREND | SDMMC_FLAG_CTIMEOUT)) + { + } + + if (__HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_CTIMEOUT)) + { + errorstate = SD_CMD_RSP_TIMEOUT; + + __HAL_SD_SDMMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_CTIMEOUT); + + return errorstate; + } + + /* Clear all the static flags */ + __HAL_SD_SDMMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_STATIC_FLAGS); + + return errorstate; +} + +/** + * @brief Checks for error conditions for R2 (CID or CSD) response. + * @param hsd: SD handle + * @retval SD Card error state + */ +static HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef SD_CmdResp2Error(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd) +{ + HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef errorstate = SD_OK; + + while (!__HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_CCRCFAIL | SDMMC_FLAG_CMDREND | SDMMC_FLAG_CTIMEOUT)) + { + } + + if (__HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_CTIMEOUT)) + { + errorstate = SD_CMD_RSP_TIMEOUT; + + __HAL_SD_SDMMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_CTIMEOUT); + + return errorstate; + } + else if (__HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_CCRCFAIL)) + { + errorstate = SD_CMD_CRC_FAIL; + + __HAL_SD_SDMMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_CCRCFAIL); + + return errorstate; + } + else + { + /* No error flag set */ + } + + /* Clear all the static flags */ + __HAL_SD_SDMMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_STATIC_FLAGS); + + return errorstate; +} + +/** + * @brief Checks for error conditions for R6 (RCA) response. + * @param hsd: SD handle + * @param SD_CMD: The sent command index + * @param pRCA: Pointer to the variable that will contain the SD card relative + * address RCA + * @retval SD Card error state + */ +static HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef SD_CmdResp6Error(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, uint8_t SD_CMD, uint16_t *pRCA) +{ + HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef errorstate = SD_OK; + uint32_t response_r1; + + while(!__HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_CCRCFAIL | SDMMC_FLAG_CMDREND | SDMMC_FLAG_CTIMEOUT)) + { + } + + if(__HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_CTIMEOUT)) + { + errorstate = SD_CMD_RSP_TIMEOUT; + + __HAL_SD_SDMMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_CTIMEOUT); + + return errorstate; + } + else if(__HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_CCRCFAIL)) + { + errorstate = SD_CMD_CRC_FAIL; + + __HAL_SD_SDMMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_CCRCFAIL); + + return errorstate; + } + else + { + /* No error flag set */ + } + + /* Check response received is of desired command */ + if(SDMMC_GetCommandResponse(hsd->Instance) != SD_CMD) + { + errorstate = SD_ILLEGAL_CMD; + + return errorstate; + } + + /* Clear all the static flags */ + __HAL_SD_SDMMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_STATIC_FLAGS); + + /* We have received response, retrieve it. */ + response_r1 = SDMMC_GetResponse(hsd->Instance, SDMMC_RESP1); + + if((response_r1 & (SD_R6_GENERAL_UNKNOWN_ERROR | SD_R6_ILLEGAL_CMD | SD_R6_COM_CRC_FAILED)) == SD_ALLZERO) + { + *pRCA = (uint16_t) (response_r1 >> 16); + + return errorstate; + } + + if((response_r1 & SD_R6_GENERAL_UNKNOWN_ERROR) == SD_R6_GENERAL_UNKNOWN_ERROR) + { + return(SD_GENERAL_UNKNOWN_ERROR); + } + + if((response_r1 & SD_R6_ILLEGAL_CMD) == SD_R6_ILLEGAL_CMD) + { + return(SD_ILLEGAL_CMD); + } + + if((response_r1 & SD_R6_COM_CRC_FAILED) == SD_R6_COM_CRC_FAILED) + { + return(SD_COM_CRC_FAILED); + } + + return errorstate; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables the SDMMC wide bus mode. + * @param hsd: SD handle + * @retval SD Card error state + */ +static HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef SD_WideBus_Enable(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd) +{ + SDMMC_CmdInitTypeDef sdmmc_cmdinitstructure; + HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef errorstate = SD_OK; + + uint32_t scr[2] = {0, 0}; + + if((SDMMC_GetResponse(hsd->Instance, SDMMC_RESP1) & SD_CARD_LOCKED) == SD_CARD_LOCKED) + { + errorstate = SD_LOCK_UNLOCK_FAILED; + + return errorstate; + } + + /* Get SCR Register */ + errorstate = SD_FindSCR(hsd, scr); + + if(errorstate != SD_OK) + { + return errorstate; + } + + /* If requested card supports wide bus operation */ + if((scr[1] & SD_WIDE_BUS_SUPPORT) != SD_ALLZERO) + { + /* Send CMD55 APP_CMD with argument as card's RCA.*/ + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.Argument = (uint32_t)(hsd->RCA << 16); + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex = SD_CMD_APP_CMD; + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.Response = SDMMC_RESPONSE_SHORT; + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.WaitForInterrupt = SDMMC_WAIT_NO; + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.CPSM = SDMMC_CPSM_ENABLE; + SDMMC_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdmmc_cmdinitstructure); + + /* Check for error conditions */ + errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_APP_CMD); + + if(errorstate != SD_OK) + { + return errorstate; + } + + /* Send ACMD6 APP_CMD with argument as 2 for wide bus mode */ + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.Argument = 2; + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex = SD_CMD_APP_SD_SET_BUSWIDTH; + SDMMC_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdmmc_cmdinitstructure); + + /* Check for error conditions */ + errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_APP_SD_SET_BUSWIDTH); + + if(errorstate != SD_OK) + { + return errorstate; + } + + return errorstate; + } + else + { + errorstate = SD_REQUEST_NOT_APPLICABLE; + + return errorstate; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Disables the SDMMC wide bus mode. + * @param hsd: SD handle + * @retval SD Card error state + */ +static HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef SD_WideBus_Disable(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd) +{ + SDMMC_CmdInitTypeDef sdmmc_cmdinitstructure; + HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef errorstate = SD_OK; + + uint32_t scr[2] = {0, 0}; + + if((SDMMC_GetResponse(hsd->Instance, SDMMC_RESP1) & SD_CARD_LOCKED) == SD_CARD_LOCKED) + { + errorstate = SD_LOCK_UNLOCK_FAILED; + + return errorstate; + } + + /* Get SCR Register */ + errorstate = SD_FindSCR(hsd, scr); + + if(errorstate != SD_OK) + { + return errorstate; + } + + /* If requested card supports 1 bit mode operation */ + if((scr[1] & SD_SINGLE_BUS_SUPPORT) != SD_ALLZERO) + { + /* Send CMD55 APP_CMD with argument as card's RCA */ + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.Argument = (uint32_t)(hsd->RCA << 16); + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex = SD_CMD_APP_CMD; + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.Response = SDMMC_RESPONSE_SHORT; + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.WaitForInterrupt = SDMMC_WAIT_NO; + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.CPSM = SDMMC_CPSM_ENABLE; + SDMMC_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdmmc_cmdinitstructure); + + /* Check for error conditions */ + errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_APP_CMD); + + if(errorstate != SD_OK) + { + return errorstate; + } + + /* Send ACMD6 APP_CMD with argument as 0 for single bus mode */ + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.Argument = 0; + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex = SD_CMD_APP_SD_SET_BUSWIDTH; + SDMMC_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdmmc_cmdinitstructure); + + /* Check for error conditions */ + errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_APP_SD_SET_BUSWIDTH); + + if(errorstate != SD_OK) + { + return errorstate; + } + + return errorstate; + } + else + { + errorstate = SD_REQUEST_NOT_APPLICABLE; + + return errorstate; + } +} + + +/** + * @brief Finds the SD card SCR register value. + * @param hsd: SD handle + * @param pSCR: pointer to the buffer that will contain the SCR value + * @retval SD Card error state + */ +static HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef SD_FindSCR(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, uint32_t *pSCR) +{ + SDMMC_CmdInitTypeDef sdmmc_cmdinitstructure; + SDMMC_DataInitTypeDef sdmmc_datainitstructure; + HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef errorstate = SD_OK; + uint32_t index = 0; + uint32_t tempscr[2] = {0, 0}; + + /* Set Block Size To 8 Bytes */ + /* Send CMD55 APP_CMD with argument as card's RCA */ + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.Argument = (uint32_t)8; + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex = SD_CMD_SET_BLOCKLEN; + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.Response = SDMMC_RESPONSE_SHORT; + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.WaitForInterrupt = SDMMC_WAIT_NO; + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.CPSM = SDMMC_CPSM_ENABLE; + SDMMC_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdmmc_cmdinitstructure); + + /* Check for error conditions */ + errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_SET_BLOCKLEN); + + if(errorstate != SD_OK) + { + return errorstate; + } + + /* Send CMD55 APP_CMD with argument as card's RCA */ + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.Argument = (uint32_t)((hsd->RCA) << 16); + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex = SD_CMD_APP_CMD; + SDMMC_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdmmc_cmdinitstructure); + + /* Check for error conditions */ + errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_APP_CMD); + + if(errorstate != SD_OK) + { + return errorstate; + } + sdmmc_datainitstructure.DataTimeOut = SD_DATATIMEOUT; + sdmmc_datainitstructure.DataLength = 8; + sdmmc_datainitstructure.DataBlockSize = SDMMC_DATABLOCK_SIZE_8B; + sdmmc_datainitstructure.TransferDir = SDMMC_TRANSFER_DIR_TO_SDMMC; + sdmmc_datainitstructure.TransferMode = SDMMC_TRANSFER_MODE_BLOCK; + sdmmc_datainitstructure.DPSM = SDMMC_DPSM_ENABLE; + SDMMC_DataConfig(hsd->Instance, &sdmmc_datainitstructure); + + /* Send ACMD51 SD_APP_SEND_SCR with argument as 0 */ + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.Argument = 0; + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex = SD_CMD_SD_APP_SEND_SCR; + SDMMC_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdmmc_cmdinitstructure); + + /* Check for error conditions */ + errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_SD_APP_SEND_SCR); + + if(errorstate != SD_OK) + { + return errorstate; + } + + while(!__HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_RXOVERR | SDMMC_FLAG_DCRCFAIL | SDMMC_FLAG_DTIMEOUT | SDMMC_FLAG_DBCKEND)) + { + if(__HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_RXDAVL)) + { + *(tempscr + index) = SDMMC_ReadFIFO(hsd->Instance); + index++; + } + } + + if(__HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_DTIMEOUT)) + { + __HAL_SD_SDMMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_DTIMEOUT); + + errorstate = SD_DATA_TIMEOUT; + + return errorstate; + } + else if(__HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_DCRCFAIL)) + { + __HAL_SD_SDMMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_DCRCFAIL); + + errorstate = SD_DATA_CRC_FAIL; + + return errorstate; + } + else if(__HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_RXOVERR)) + { + __HAL_SD_SDMMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_RXOVERR); + + errorstate = SD_RX_OVERRUN; + + return errorstate; + } + else + { + /* No error flag set */ + } + + /* Clear all the static flags */ + __HAL_SD_SDMMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_STATIC_FLAGS); + + *(pSCR + 1) = ((tempscr[0] & SD_0TO7BITS) << 24) | ((tempscr[0] & SD_8TO15BITS) << 8) |\ + ((tempscr[0] & SD_16TO23BITS) >> 8) | ((tempscr[0] & SD_24TO31BITS) >> 24); + + *(pSCR) = ((tempscr[1] & SD_0TO7BITS) << 24) | ((tempscr[1] & SD_8TO15BITS) << 8) |\ + ((tempscr[1] & SD_16TO23BITS) >> 8) | ((tempscr[1] & SD_24TO31BITS) >> 24); + + return errorstate; +} + +/** + * @brief Checks if the SD card is in programming state. + * @param hsd: SD handle + * @param pStatus: pointer to the variable that will contain the SD card state + * @retval SD Card error state + */ +static HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef SD_IsCardProgramming(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, uint8_t *pStatus) +{ + SDMMC_CmdInitTypeDef sdmmc_cmdinitstructure; + HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef errorstate = SD_OK; + __IO uint32_t responseR1 = 0; + + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.Argument = (uint32_t)(hsd->RCA << 16); + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex = SD_CMD_SEND_STATUS; + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.Response = SDMMC_RESPONSE_SHORT; + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.WaitForInterrupt = SDMMC_WAIT_NO; + sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.CPSM = SDMMC_CPSM_ENABLE; + SDMMC_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdmmc_cmdinitstructure); + + while(!__HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_CCRCFAIL | SDMMC_FLAG_CMDREND | SDMMC_FLAG_CTIMEOUT)) + { + } + + if(__HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_CTIMEOUT)) + { + errorstate = SD_CMD_RSP_TIMEOUT; + + __HAL_SD_SDMMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_CTIMEOUT); + + return errorstate; + } + else if(__HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_CCRCFAIL)) + { + errorstate = SD_CMD_CRC_FAIL; + + __HAL_SD_SDMMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_CCRCFAIL); + + return errorstate; + } + else + { + /* No error flag set */ + } + + /* Check response received is of desired command */ + if((uint32_t)SDMMC_GetCommandResponse(hsd->Instance) != SD_CMD_SEND_STATUS) + { + errorstate = SD_ILLEGAL_CMD; + + return errorstate; + } + + /* Clear all the static flags */ + __HAL_SD_SDMMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_STATIC_FLAGS); + + + /* We have received response, retrieve it for analysis */ + responseR1 = SDMMC_GetResponse(hsd->Instance, SDMMC_RESP1); + + /* Find out card status */ + *pStatus = (uint8_t)((responseR1 >> 9) & 0x0000000F); + + if((responseR1 & SD_OCR_ERRORBITS) == SD_ALLZERO) + { + return errorstate; + } + + if((responseR1 & SD_OCR_ADDR_OUT_OF_RANGE) == SD_OCR_ADDR_OUT_OF_RANGE) + { + return(SD_ADDR_OUT_OF_RANGE); + } + + if((responseR1 & SD_OCR_ADDR_MISALIGNED) == SD_OCR_ADDR_MISALIGNED) + { + return(SD_ADDR_MISALIGNED); + } + + if((responseR1 & SD_OCR_BLOCK_LEN_ERR) == SD_OCR_BLOCK_LEN_ERR) + { + return(SD_BLOCK_LEN_ERR); + } + + if((responseR1 & SD_OCR_ERASE_SEQ_ERR) == SD_OCR_ERASE_SEQ_ERR) + { + return(SD_ERASE_SEQ_ERR); + } + + if((responseR1 & SD_OCR_BAD_ERASE_PARAM) == SD_OCR_BAD_ERASE_PARAM) + { + return(SD_BAD_ERASE_PARAM); + } + + if((responseR1 & SD_OCR_WRITE_PROT_VIOLATION) == SD_OCR_WRITE_PROT_VIOLATION) + { + return(SD_WRITE_PROT_VIOLATION); + } + + if((responseR1 & SD_OCR_LOCK_UNLOCK_FAILED) == SD_OCR_LOCK_UNLOCK_FAILED) + { + return(SD_LOCK_UNLOCK_FAILED); + } + + if((responseR1 & SD_OCR_COM_CRC_FAILED) == SD_OCR_COM_CRC_FAILED) + { + return(SD_COM_CRC_FAILED); + } + + if((responseR1 & SD_OCR_ILLEGAL_CMD) == SD_OCR_ILLEGAL_CMD) + { + return(SD_ILLEGAL_CMD); + } + + if((responseR1 & SD_OCR_CARD_ECC_FAILED) == SD_OCR_CARD_ECC_FAILED) + { + return(SD_CARD_ECC_FAILED); + } + + if((responseR1 & SD_OCR_CC_ERROR) == SD_OCR_CC_ERROR) + { + return(SD_CC_ERROR); + } + + if((responseR1 & SD_OCR_GENERAL_UNKNOWN_ERROR) == SD_OCR_GENERAL_UNKNOWN_ERROR) + { + return(SD_GENERAL_UNKNOWN_ERROR); + } + + if((responseR1 & SD_OCR_STREAM_READ_UNDERRUN) == SD_OCR_STREAM_READ_UNDERRUN) + { + return(SD_STREAM_READ_UNDERRUN); + } + + if((responseR1 & SD_OCR_STREAM_WRITE_OVERRUN) == SD_OCR_STREAM_WRITE_OVERRUN) + { + return(SD_STREAM_WRITE_OVERRUN); + } + + if((responseR1 & SD_OCR_CID_CSD_OVERWRITE) == SD_OCR_CID_CSD_OVERWRITE) + { + return(SD_CID_CSD_OVERWRITE); + } + + if((responseR1 & SD_OCR_WP_ERASE_SKIP) == SD_OCR_WP_ERASE_SKIP) + { + return(SD_WP_ERASE_SKIP); + } + + if((responseR1 & SD_OCR_CARD_ECC_DISABLED) == SD_OCR_CARD_ECC_DISABLED) + { + return(SD_CARD_ECC_DISABLED); + } + + if((responseR1 & SD_OCR_ERASE_RESET) == SD_OCR_ERASE_RESET) + { + return(SD_ERASE_RESET); + } + + if((responseR1 & SD_OCR_AKE_SEQ_ERROR) == SD_OCR_AKE_SEQ_ERROR) + { + return(SD_AKE_SEQ_ERROR); + } + + return errorstate; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_SD_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/stmhal/hal/f7/src/stm32f7xx_hal_spi.c b/stmhal/hal/f7/src/stm32f7xx_hal_spi.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..999877937f --- /dev/null +++ b/stmhal/hal/f7/src/stm32f7xx_hal_spi.c @@ -0,0 +1,2728 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f7xx_hal_spi.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.1 + * @date 25-June-2015 + * @brief SPI HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) peripheral: + * + Initialization and de-initialization functions + * + IO operation functions + * + Peripheral Control functions + * + Peripheral State functions + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + The SPI HAL driver can be used as follows: + + (#) Declare a SPI_HandleTypeDef handle structure, for example: + SPI_HandleTypeDef hspi; + + (#)Initialize the SPI low level resources by implementing the HAL_SPI_MspInit ()API: + (##) Enable the SPIx interface clock + (##) SPI pins configuration + (+++) Enable the clock for the SPI GPIOs + (+++) Configure these SPI pins as alternate function push-pull + (##) NVIC configuration if you need to use interrupt process + (+++) Configure the SPIx interrupt priority + (+++) Enable the NVIC SPI IRQ handle + (##) DMA Configuration if you need to use DMA process + (+++) Declare a DMA_HandleTypeDef handle structure for the transmit or receive channel + (+++) Enable the DMAx clock + (+++) Configure the DMA handle parameters + (+++) Configure the DMA Tx or Rx channel + (+++) Associate the initialized hdma_tx handle to the hspi DMA Tx or Rx handle + (+++) Configure the priority and enable the NVIC for the transfer complete interrupt on the DMA Tx or Rx channel + + (#) Program the Mode, BidirectionalMode , Data size, Baudrate Prescaler, NSS + management, Clock polarity and phase, FirstBit and CRC configuration in the hspi Init structure. + + (#) Initialize the SPI registers by calling the HAL_SPI_Init() API: + (++) This API configures also the low level Hardware GPIO, CLOCK, CORTEX...etc) + by calling the customised HAL_SPI_MspInit() API. + [..] + Circular mode restriction: + (#) The DMA circular mode cannot be used when the SPI is configured in these modes: + (##) Master 2Lines RxOnly + (##) Master 1Line Rx + (#) The CRC feature is not managed when the DMA circular mode is enabled + (#) When the SPI DMA Pause/Stop features are used, we must use the following APIs + the HAL_SPI_DMAPause()/ HAL_SPI_DMAStop() only under the SPI callbacks + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI SPI + * @brief SPI HAL module driver + * @{ + */ +#ifdef HAL_SPI_MODULE_ENABLED + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private defines -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup SPI_Private_Constants SPI Private Constants + * @{ + */ +#define SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT 50 +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup SPI_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ +static void SPI_DMATransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void SPI_DMAReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void SPI_DMATransmitReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void SPI_DMAHalfTransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void SPI_DMAHalfReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void SPI_DMAHalfTransmitReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void SPI_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef SPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint32_t Flag, uint32_t State, uint32_t Timeout); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef SPI_WaitFifoStateUntilTimeout(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint32_t Fifo, uint32_t State, uint32_t Timeout); +static void SPI_TxISR_8BIT(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi); +static void SPI_TxISR_16BIT(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi); +static void SPI_RxISR_8BIT(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi); +static void SPI_RxISR_8BITCRC(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi); +static void SPI_RxISR_16BIT(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi); +static void SPI_RxISR_16BITCRC(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi); +static void SPI_2linesRxISR_8BIT(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi); +static void SPI_2linesRxISR_8BITCRC(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi); +static void SPI_2linesTxISR_8BIT(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi); +static void SPI_2linesTxISR_16BIT(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi); +static void SPI_2linesRxISR_16BIT(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi); +static void SPI_2linesRxISR_16BITCRC(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi); +static void SPI_CloseRxTx_ISR(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi); +static void SPI_CloseRx_ISR(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi); +static void SPI_CloseTx_ISR(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef SPI_EndRxTransaction(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint32_t Timeout); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef SPI_EndRxTxTransaction(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint32_t Timeout); +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup SPI_Exported_Functions SPI Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize and + de-initialize the SPIx peripheral: + + (+) User must implement HAL_SPI_MspInit() function in which he configures + all related peripherals resources (CLOCK, GPIO, DMA, IT and NVIC ). + + (+) Call the function HAL_SPI_Init() to configure the selected device with + the selected configuration: + (++) Mode + (++) Direction + (++) Data Size + (++) Clock Polarity and Phase + (++) NSS Management + (++) BaudRate Prescaler + (++) FirstBit + (++) TIMode + (++) CRC Calculation + (++) CRC Polynomial if CRC enabled + (++) CRC Length, used only with Data8 and Data16 + (++) FIFO reception threshold + + (+) Call the function HAL_SPI_DeInit() to restore the default configuration + of the selected SPIx peripheral. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Initializes the SPI according to the specified parameters + * in the SPI_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle. + * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Init(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) +{ + uint32_t frxth; + + /* Check the SPI handle allocation */ + if(hspi == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_INSTANCE(hspi->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_MODE(hspi->Init.Mode)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_DIRECTION(hspi->Init.Direction)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_DATASIZE(hspi->Init.DataSize)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_CPOL(hspi->Init.CLKPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_CPHA(hspi->Init.CLKPhase)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_NSS(hspi->Init.NSS)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_NSSP(hspi->Init.NSSPMode)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_BAUDRATE_PRESCALER(hspi->Init.BaudRatePrescaler)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_FIRST_BIT(hspi->Init.FirstBit)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_TIMODE(hspi->Init.TIMode)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_CRC_CALCULATION(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_CRC_POLYNOMIAL(hspi->Init.CRCPolynomial)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_CRC_LENGTH(hspi->Init.CRCLength)); + + if(hspi->State == HAL_SPI_STATE_RESET) + { + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + hspi->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + + /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC... */ + HAL_SPI_MspInit(hspi); + } + + hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the selected SPI peripheral */ + __HAL_SPI_DISABLE(hspi); + + /* Align by default the rs fifo threshold on the data size */ + if(hspi->Init.DataSize > SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT) + { + frxth = SPI_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD_HF; + } + else + { + frxth = SPI_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD_QF; + } + + /* CRC calculation is valid only for 16Bit and 8 Bit */ + if(( hspi->Init.DataSize != SPI_DATASIZE_16BIT ) && ( hspi->Init.DataSize != SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT )) + { + /* CRC must be disabled */ + hspi->Init.CRCCalculation = SPI_CRCCALCULATION_DISABLE; + } + + /* Align the CRC Length on the data size */ + if( hspi->Init.CRCLength == SPI_CRC_LENGTH_DATASIZE) + { + /* CRC Length aligned on the data size : value set by default */ + if(hspi->Init.DataSize > SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT) + { + hspi->Init.CRCLength = SPI_CRC_LENGTH_16BIT; + } + else + { + hspi->Init.CRCLength = SPI_CRC_LENGTH_8BIT; + } + } + + /*---------------------------- SPIx CR1 & CR2 Configuration ------------------------*/ + /* Configure : SPI Mode, Communication Mode, Clock polarity and phase, NSS management, + Communication speed, First bit, CRC calculation state, CRC Length */ + hspi->Instance->CR1 = (hspi->Init.Mode | hspi->Init.Direction | + hspi->Init.CLKPolarity | hspi->Init.CLKPhase | (hspi->Init.NSS & SPI_CR1_SSM) | + hspi->Init.BaudRatePrescaler | hspi->Init.FirstBit | hspi->Init.CRCCalculation); + + if( hspi->Init.CRCLength == SPI_CRC_LENGTH_16BIT) + { + hspi->Instance->CR1|= SPI_CR1_CRCL; + } + + /* Configure : NSS management */ + /* Configure : Rx Fifo Threshold */ + hspi->Instance->CR2 = (((hspi->Init.NSS >> 16) & SPI_CR2_SSOE) | hspi->Init.TIMode | hspi->Init.NSSPMode | + hspi->Init.DataSize ) | frxth; + + /*---------------------------- SPIx CRCPOLY Configuration --------------------*/ + /* Configure : CRC Polynomial */ + hspi->Instance->CRCPR = hspi->Init.CRCPolynomial; + + hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE; + hspi->State= HAL_SPI_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes the SPI peripheral + * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_DeInit(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) +{ + /* Check the SPI handle allocation */ + if(hspi == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_INSTANCE(hspi->Instance)); + + hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY; + + /* check flag before the SPI disable */ + SPI_WaitFifoStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_FTLVL, SPI_FTLVL_EMPTY, SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT); + SPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_BSY, RESET, SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT); + SPI_WaitFifoStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_FRLVL, SPI_FRLVL_EMPTY, SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT); + + /* Disable the SPI Peripheral Clock */ + __HAL_SPI_DISABLE(hspi); + + /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC... */ + HAL_SPI_MspDeInit(hspi); + + hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE; + hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_RESET; + + __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief SPI MSP Init + * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @retval None + */ + __weak void HAL_SPI_MspInit(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) + { + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_SPI_MspInit should be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief SPI MSP DeInit + * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @retval None + */ + __weak void HAL_SPI_MspDeInit(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) +{ + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_SPI_MspDeInit should be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions + * @brief Data transfers functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### IO operation functions ##### + =============================================================================== + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the SPI + data transfers. + + [..] The SPI supports master and slave mode : + + (#) There are two modes of transfer: + (++) Blocking mode: The communication is performed in polling mode. + The HAL status of all data processing is returned by the same function + after finishing transfer. + (++) No-Blocking mode: The communication is performed using Interrupts + or DMA, These APIs return the HAL status. + The end of the data processing will be indicated through the + dedicated SPI IRQ when using Interrupt mode or the DMA IRQ when + using DMA mode. + The HAL_SPI_TxCpltCallback(), HAL_SPI_RxCpltCallback() and HAL_SPI_TxRxCpltCallback() user callbacks + will be executed respectively at the end of the transmit or Receive process + The HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback()user callback will be executed when a communication error is detected + + (#) APIs provided for these 2 transfer modes (Blocking mode or Non blocking mode using either Interrupt or DMA) + exist for 1Line (simplex) and 2Lines (full duplex) modes. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Transmit an amount of data in blocking mode + * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @param pData: pointer to data buffer + * @param Size: amount of data to be sent + * @param Timeout: Timeout duration + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Transmit(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + assert_param(IS_SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES_OR_1LINE(hspi->Init.Direction)); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hspi); + + if(hspi->State != HAL_SPI_STATE_READY) + { + hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY; + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi); + return HAL_BUSY; + } + + if((pData == NULL ) || (Size == 0)) + { + hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY; + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi); + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Set the transaction information */ + hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_TX; + hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE; + hspi->pTxBuffPtr = pData; + hspi->TxXferSize = Size; + hspi->TxXferCount = Size; + hspi->pRxBuffPtr = (uint8_t *)NULL; + hspi->RxXferSize = 0; + hspi->RxXferCount = 0; + + /* Configure communication direction : 1Line */ + if(hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_1LINE) + { + SPI_1LINE_TX(hspi); + } + + /* Reset CRC Calculation */ + if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE) + { + SPI_RESET_CRC(hspi); + } + + /* Check if the SPI is already enabled */ + if((hspi->Instance->CR1 & SPI_CR1_SPE) != SPI_CR1_SPE) + { + /* Enable SPI peripheral */ + __HAL_SPI_ENABLE(hspi); + } + + /* Transmit data in 16 Bit mode */ + if(hspi->Init.DataSize > SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT) + { + /* Transmit data in 16 Bit mode */ + while (hspi->TxXferCount > 0) + { + /* Wait until TXE flag is set to send data */ + if(SPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hspi,SPI_FLAG_TXE,SPI_FLAG_TXE,Timeout) != HAL_OK) + { + hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY; + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi); + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + hspi->Instance->DR = *((uint16_t *)hspi->pTxBuffPtr); + hspi->pTxBuffPtr += sizeof(uint16_t); + hspi->TxXferCount--; + } + } + /* Transmit data in 8 Bit mode */ + else + { + while (hspi->TxXferCount > 0) + { + if(hspi->TxXferCount != 0x1) + { + /* Wait until TXE flag is set to send data */ + if(SPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hspi,SPI_FLAG_TXE,SPI_FLAG_TXE,Timeout) != HAL_OK) + { + hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY; + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi); + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + hspi->Instance->DR = *((uint16_t*)hspi->pTxBuffPtr); + hspi->pTxBuffPtr += sizeof(uint16_t); + hspi->TxXferCount -= 2; + } + else + { + /* Wait until TXE flag is set to send data */ + if(SPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hspi,SPI_FLAG_TXE,SPI_FLAG_TXE,Timeout) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + *((__IO uint8_t*)&hspi->Instance->DR) = (*hspi->pTxBuffPtr++); + hspi->TxXferCount--; + } + } + } + + /* Enable CRC Transmission */ + if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE) + { + hspi->Instance->CR1|= SPI_CR1_CRCNEXT; + } + + /* Check the end of the transaction */ + if(SPI_EndRxTxTransaction(hspi,Timeout) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + + /* Clear OVERUN flag in 2 Lines communication mode because received is not read */ + if(hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES) + { + __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_OVRFLAG(hspi); + } + + hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi); + + if(hspi->ErrorCode != HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + return HAL_OK; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Receive an amount of data in blocking mode + * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @param pData: pointer to data buffer + * @param Size: amount of data to be received + * @param Timeout: Timeout duration + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Receive(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + __IO uint16_t tmpreg; + + if(hspi->State != HAL_SPI_STATE_READY) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + + if((pData == NULL ) || (Size == 0)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if((hspi->Init.Mode == SPI_MODE_MASTER) && (hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES)) + { + /* the receive process is not supported in 2Lines direction master mode */ + /* in this case we call the transmitReceive process */ + return HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive(hspi,pData,pData,Size,Timeout); + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hspi); + + hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX; + hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE; + hspi->pRxBuffPtr = pData; + hspi->RxXferSize = Size; + hspi->RxXferCount = Size; + hspi->pTxBuffPtr = (uint8_t *)NULL; + hspi->TxXferSize = 0; + hspi->TxXferCount = 0; + + /* Reset CRC Calculation */ + if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE) + { + SPI_RESET_CRC(hspi); + /* this is done to handle the CRCNEXT before the latest data */ + hspi->RxXferCount--; + } + + /* Set the Rx Fido threshold */ + if(hspi->Init.DataSize > SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT) + { + /* set fiforxthreshold according the reception data length: 16bit */ + CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD); + } + else + { + /* set fiforxthreshold according the reception data length: 8bit */ + SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD); + } + + /* Configure communication direction 1Line and enabled SPI if needed */ + if(hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_1LINE) + { + SPI_1LINE_RX(hspi); + } + + /* Check if the SPI is already enabled */ + if((hspi->Instance->CR1 & SPI_CR1_SPE) != SPI_CR1_SPE) + { + /* Enable SPI peripheral */ + __HAL_SPI_ENABLE(hspi); + } + + /* Receive data in 8 Bit mode */ + if(hspi->Init.DataSize <= SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT) + { + while(hspi->RxXferCount > 1) + { + /* Wait until the RXNE flag */ + if(SPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_RXNE, SPI_FLAG_RXNE, Timeout) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + (*hspi->pRxBuffPtr++)= *(__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR; + hspi->RxXferCount--; + } + } + else /* Receive data in 16 Bit mode */ + { + while(hspi->RxXferCount > 1 ) + { + /* Wait until RXNE flag is reset to read data */ + if(SPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_RXNE, SPI_FLAG_RXNE, Timeout) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + *((uint16_t*)hspi->pRxBuffPtr) = hspi->Instance->DR; + hspi->pRxBuffPtr += sizeof(uint16_t); + hspi->RxXferCount--; + } + } + + /* Enable CRC Transmission */ + if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE) + { + hspi->Instance->CR1 |= SPI_CR1_CRCNEXT; + } + + /* Wait until RXNE flag is set */ + if(SPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_RXNE, SPI_FLAG_RXNE, Timeout) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + + /* Receive last data in 16 Bit mode */ + if(hspi->Init.DataSize > SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT) + { + *((uint16_t*)hspi->pRxBuffPtr) = hspi->Instance->DR; + hspi->pRxBuffPtr += sizeof(uint16_t); + } + /* Receive last data in 8 Bit mode */ + else + { + (*hspi->pRxBuffPtr++) = *(__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR; + } + hspi->RxXferCount--; + + /* Read CRC from DR to close CRC calculation process */ + if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE) + { + /* Wait until TXE flag */ + if(SPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_RXNE, SPI_FLAG_RXNE, Timeout) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Error on the CRC reception */ + hspi->ErrorCode|= HAL_SPI_ERROR_CRC; + } + if(hspi->Init.DataSize > SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT) + { + tmpreg = hspi->Instance->DR; + UNUSED(tmpreg); /* To avoid GCC warning */ + } + else + { + tmpreg = *(__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR; + UNUSED(tmpreg); /* To avoid GCC warning */ + + if((hspi->Init.DataSize == SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT) && (hspi->Init.CRCLength == SPI_CRC_LENGTH_16BIT)) + { + if(SPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_RXNE, SPI_FLAG_RXNE, Timeout) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Error on the CRC reception */ + hspi->ErrorCode|= HAL_SPI_ERROR_FLAG; + } + tmpreg = *(__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR; + UNUSED(tmpreg); /* To avoid GCC warning */ + } + } + } + + /* Check the end of the transaction */ + if(SPI_EndRxTransaction(hspi,Timeout) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + + hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY; + + /* Check if CRC error occurred */ + if(__HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, SPI_FLAG_CRCERR) != RESET) + { + hspi->ErrorCode|= HAL_SPI_ERROR_CRC; + __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_CRCERRFLAG(hspi); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi); + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi); + + if(hspi->ErrorCode != HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + return HAL_OK; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Transmit and Receive an amount of data in blocking mode + * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @param pTxData: pointer to transmission data buffer + * @param pRxData: pointer to reception data buffer + * @param Size: amount of data to be sent and received + * @param Timeout: Timeout duration + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint8_t *pTxData, uint8_t *pRxData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + __IO uint16_t tmpreg = 0; + uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + assert_param(IS_SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES(hspi->Init.Direction)); + + if(hspi->State != HAL_SPI_STATE_READY) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + + if((pTxData == NULL) || (pRxData == NULL) || (Size == 0)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hspi); + + hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX; + hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE; + hspi->pRxBuffPtr = pRxData; + hspi->RxXferCount = Size; + hspi->RxXferSize = Size; + hspi->pTxBuffPtr = pTxData; + hspi->TxXferCount = Size; + hspi->TxXferSize = Size; + + /* Reset CRC Calculation */ + if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE) + { + SPI_RESET_CRC(hspi); + } + + /* Set the Rx Fido threshold */ + if((hspi->Init.DataSize > SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT) || (hspi->RxXferCount > 1)) + { + /* set fiforxthreshold according the reception data length: 16bit */ + CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD); + } + else + { + /* set fiforxthreshold according the reception data length: 8bit */ + SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD); + } + + /* Check if the SPI is already enabled */ + if((hspi->Instance->CR1 &SPI_CR1_SPE) != SPI_CR1_SPE) + { + /* Enable SPI peripheral */ + __HAL_SPI_ENABLE(hspi); + } + + /* Transmit and Receive data in 16 Bit mode */ + if(hspi->Init.DataSize > SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT) + { + while ((hspi->TxXferCount > 0 ) || (hspi->RxXferCount > 0)) + { + /* Check TXE flag */ + if((hspi->TxXferCount > 0) && ((hspi->Instance->SR & SPI_FLAG_TXE) == SPI_FLAG_TXE)) + { + hspi->Instance->DR = *((uint16_t *)hspi->pTxBuffPtr); + hspi->pTxBuffPtr += sizeof(uint16_t); + hspi->TxXferCount--; + + /* Enable CRC Transmission */ + if((hspi->TxXferCount == 0) && (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)) + { + SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR1, SPI_CR1_CRCNEXT); + } + } + + /* Check RXNE flag */ + if((hspi->RxXferCount > 0) && ((hspi->Instance->SR & SPI_FLAG_RXNE) == SPI_FLAG_RXNE)) + { + *((uint16_t *)hspi->pRxBuffPtr) = hspi->Instance->DR; + hspi->pRxBuffPtr += sizeof(uint16_t); + hspi->RxXferCount--; + } + if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) + { + if((Timeout == 0) || ((HAL_GetTick()-tickstart) > Timeout)) + { + hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY; + __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi); + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + } + /* Transmit and Receive data in 8 Bit mode */ + else + { + while((hspi->TxXferCount > 0) || (hspi->RxXferCount > 0)) + { + /* check TXE flag */ + if((hspi->TxXferCount > 0) && ((hspi->Instance->SR & SPI_FLAG_TXE) == SPI_FLAG_TXE)) + { + if(hspi->TxXferCount > 1) + { + hspi->Instance->DR = *((uint16_t*)hspi->pTxBuffPtr); + hspi->pTxBuffPtr += sizeof(uint16_t); + hspi->TxXferCount -= 2; + } + else + { + *(__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR = (*hspi->pTxBuffPtr++); + hspi->TxXferCount--; + } + + /* Enable CRC Transmission */ + if((hspi->TxXferCount == 0) && (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)) + { + SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR1, SPI_CR1_CRCNEXT); + } + } + + /* Wait until RXNE flag is reset */ + if((hspi->RxXferCount > 0) && ((hspi->Instance->SR & SPI_FLAG_RXNE) == SPI_FLAG_RXNE)) + { + if(hspi->RxXferCount > 1) + { + *((uint16_t*)hspi->pRxBuffPtr) = hspi->Instance->DR; + hspi->pRxBuffPtr += sizeof(uint16_t); + hspi->RxXferCount -= 2; + if(hspi->RxXferCount <= 1) + { + /* set fiforxthreshold before to switch on 8 bit data size */ + SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD); + } + } + else + { + (*hspi->pRxBuffPtr++) = *(__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR; + hspi->RxXferCount--; + } + } + if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) + { + if((Timeout == 0) || ((HAL_GetTick()-tickstart) > Timeout)) + { + hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY; + __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi); + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + } + + /* Read CRC from DR to close CRC calculation process */ + if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE) + { + /* Wait until TXE flag */ + if(SPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_RXNE, SPI_FLAG_RXNE, Timeout) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Error on the CRC reception */ + hspi->ErrorCode|= HAL_SPI_ERROR_CRC; + } + + if(hspi->Init.DataSize == SPI_DATASIZE_16BIT) + { + tmpreg = hspi->Instance->DR; + UNUSED(tmpreg); /* To avoid GCC warning */ + } + else + { + tmpreg = *(__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR; + UNUSED(tmpreg); /* To avoid GCC warning */ + + if(hspi->Init.CRCLength == SPI_CRC_LENGTH_16BIT) + { + if(SPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_RXNE, SPI_FLAG_RXNE, Timeout) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Error on the CRC reception */ + hspi->ErrorCode|= HAL_SPI_ERROR_CRC; + } + tmpreg = *(__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR; + UNUSED(tmpreg); /* To avoid GCC warning */ + } + } + } + + /* Check the end of the transaction */ + if(SPI_EndRxTxTransaction(hspi,Timeout) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + + hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY; + + /* Check if CRC error occurred */ + if(__HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, SPI_FLAG_CRCERR) != RESET) + { + hspi->ErrorCode|= HAL_SPI_ERROR_CRC; + /* Clear CRC Flag */ + __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_CRCERRFLAG(hspi); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi); + + if(hspi->ErrorCode != HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + return HAL_OK; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Transmit an amount of data in no-blocking mode with Interrupt + * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @param pData: pointer to data buffer + * @param Size: amount of data to be sent + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Transmit_IT(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + assert_param(IS_SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES_OR_1LINE(hspi->Init.Direction)); + + if(hspi->State == HAL_SPI_STATE_READY) + { + if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hspi); + + hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_TX; + hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE; + hspi->pTxBuffPtr = pData; + hspi->TxXferSize = Size; + hspi->TxXferCount = Size; + hspi->pRxBuffPtr = NULL; + hspi->RxXferSize = 0; + hspi->RxXferCount = 0; + + /* Set the function for IT treatement */ + if(hspi->Init.DataSize > SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT ) + { + hspi->RxISR = NULL; + hspi->TxISR = SPI_TxISR_16BIT; + } + else + { + hspi->RxISR = NULL; + hspi->TxISR = SPI_TxISR_8BIT; + } + + /* Configure communication direction : 1Line */ + if(hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_1LINE) + { + SPI_1LINE_TX(hspi); + } + + /* Reset CRC Calculation */ + if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE) + { + SPI_RESET_CRC(hspi); + } + + /* Enable TXE and ERR interrupt */ + __HAL_SPI_ENABLE_IT(hspi,(SPI_IT_TXE)); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi); + + /* Note : The SPI must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of SPI interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + + /* Check if the SPI is already enabled */ + if((hspi->Instance->CR1 &SPI_CR1_SPE) != SPI_CR1_SPE) + { + /* Enable SPI peripheral */ + __HAL_SPI_ENABLE(hspi); + } + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Receive an amount of data in no-blocking mode with Interrupt + * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @param pData: pointer to data buffer + * @param Size: amount of data to be sent + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Receive_IT(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + if(hspi->State == HAL_SPI_STATE_READY) + { + if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hspi); + + /* Configure communication */ + hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX; + hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE; + hspi->pRxBuffPtr = pData; + hspi->RxXferSize = Size; + hspi->RxXferCount = Size; + hspi->pTxBuffPtr = NULL; + hspi->TxXferSize = 0; + hspi->TxXferCount = 0; + + if((hspi->Init.Mode == SPI_MODE_MASTER) && (hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES)) + { + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi); + /* the receive process is not supported in 2Lines direction master mode */ + /* in this we call the transmitReceive process */ + return HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive_IT(hspi,pData,pData,Size); + } + + if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE) + { + hspi->CRCSize = 1; + if((hspi->Init.DataSize <= SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT) && (hspi->Init.CRCLength == SPI_CRC_LENGTH_16BIT)) + { + hspi->CRCSize = 2; + } + } + else + { + hspi->CRCSize = 0; + } + + /* check the data size to adapt Rx threshold and the set the function for IT treatment */ + if(hspi->Init.DataSize > SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT ) + { + /* set fiforxthreshold according the reception data length: 16 bit */ + CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD); + hspi->RxISR = SPI_RxISR_16BIT; + hspi->TxISR = NULL; + } + else + { + /* set fiforxthreshold according the reception data length: 8 bit */ + SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD); + hspi->RxISR = SPI_RxISR_8BIT; + hspi->TxISR = NULL; + } + + /* Configure communication direction : 1Line */ + if(hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_1LINE) + { + SPI_1LINE_RX(hspi); + } + + /* Reset CRC Calculation */ + if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE) + { + SPI_RESET_CRC(hspi); + } + + /* Enable TXE and ERR interrupt */ + __HAL_SPI_ENABLE_IT(hspi, (SPI_IT_RXNE | SPI_IT_ERR)); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi); + + /* Note : The SPI must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of SPI interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + + /* Check if the SPI is already enabled */ + if((hspi->Instance->CR1 & SPI_CR1_SPE) != SPI_CR1_SPE) + { + /* Enable SPI peripheral */ + __HAL_SPI_ENABLE(hspi); + } + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Transmit and Receive an amount of data in no-blocking mode with Interrupt + * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @param pTxData: pointer to transmission data buffer + * @param pRxData: pointer to reception data buffer + * @param Size: amount of data to be sent and received + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive_IT(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint8_t *pTxData, uint8_t *pRxData, uint16_t Size) +{ + assert_param(IS_SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES(hspi->Init.Direction)); + + if((hspi->State == HAL_SPI_STATE_READY) || \ + ((hspi->Init.Mode == SPI_MODE_MASTER) && (hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES) && (hspi->State == HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX))) + { + if((pTxData == NULL ) || (pRxData == NULL ) || (Size == 0)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hspi); + + hspi->CRCSize = 0; + if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE) + { + hspi->CRCSize = 1; + if((hspi->Init.DataSize <= SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT) && (hspi->Init.CRCLength == SPI_CRC_LENGTH_16BIT)) + { + hspi->CRCSize = 2; + } + } + + if(hspi->State != HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX) + { + hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX; + } + + hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE; + hspi->pTxBuffPtr = pTxData; + hspi->TxXferSize = Size; + hspi->TxXferCount = Size; + hspi->pRxBuffPtr = pRxData; + hspi->RxXferSize = Size; + hspi->RxXferCount = Size; + + /* Set the function for IT treatement */ + if(hspi->Init.DataSize > SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT ) + { + hspi->RxISR = SPI_2linesRxISR_16BIT; + hspi->TxISR = SPI_2linesTxISR_16BIT; + } + else + { + hspi->RxISR = SPI_2linesRxISR_8BIT; + hspi->TxISR = SPI_2linesTxISR_8BIT; + } + + /* Reset CRC Calculation */ + if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE) + { + SPI_RESET_CRC(hspi); + } + + /* check if packing mode is enabled and if there is more than 2 data to receive */ + if((hspi->Init.DataSize > SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT) || (hspi->RxXferCount >= 2)) + { + /* set fiforxthreshold according the reception data length: 16 bit */ + CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD); + } + else + { + /* set fiforxthreshold according the reception data length: 8 bit */ + SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD); + } + + /* Enable TXE, RXNE and ERR interrupt */ + __HAL_SPI_ENABLE_IT(hspi, (SPI_IT_TXE | SPI_IT_RXNE | SPI_IT_ERR)); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi); + + /* Check if the SPI is already enabled */ + if((hspi->Instance->CR1 & SPI_CR1_SPE) != SPI_CR1_SPE) + { + /* Enable SPI peripheral */ + __HAL_SPI_ENABLE(hspi); + } + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Transmit an amount of data in no-blocking mode with DMA + * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @param pData: pointer to data buffer + * @param Size: amount of data to be sent + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Transmit_DMA(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + assert_param(IS_SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES_OR_1LINE(hspi->Init.Direction)); + + if(hspi->State != HAL_SPI_STATE_READY) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + + if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hspi); + + hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_TX; + hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE; + hspi->pTxBuffPtr = pData; + hspi->TxXferSize = Size; + hspi->TxXferCount = Size; + hspi->pRxBuffPtr = (uint8_t *)NULL; + hspi->RxXferSize = 0; + hspi->RxXferCount = 0; + + /* Configure communication direction : 1Line */ + if(hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_1LINE) + { + SPI_1LINE_TX(hspi); + } + + /* Reset CRC Calculation */ + if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE) + { + SPI_RESET_CRC(hspi); + } + + /* Set the SPI TxDMA Half transfer complete callback */ + hspi->hdmatx->XferHalfCpltCallback = SPI_DMAHalfTransmitCplt; + + /* Set the SPI TxDMA transfer complete callback */ + hspi->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = SPI_DMATransmitCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + hspi->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = SPI_DMAError; + + CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_LDMATX); + /* packing mode is enabled only if the DMA setting is HALWORD */ + if((hspi->Init.DataSize <= SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT) && (hspi->hdmatx->Init.MemDataAlignment == DMA_MDATAALIGN_HALFWORD)) + { + /* Check the even/odd of the data size + crc if enabled */ + if((hspi->TxXferCount & 0x1) == 0) + { + CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_LDMATX); + hspi->TxXferCount = (hspi->TxXferCount >> 1); + } + else + { + SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_LDMATX); + hspi->TxXferCount = (hspi->TxXferCount >> 1) + 1; + } + } + + /* Enable the Tx DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hspi->hdmatx, (uint32_t)hspi->pTxBuffPtr, (uint32_t)&hspi->Instance->DR, hspi->TxXferCount); + + /* Check if the SPI is already enabled */ + if((hspi->Instance->CR1 &SPI_CR1_SPE) != SPI_CR1_SPE) + { + /* Enable SPI peripheral */ + __HAL_SPI_ENABLE(hspi); + } + + /* Enable Tx DMA Request */ + hspi->Instance->CR2 |= SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** +* @brief Receive an amount of data in no-blocking mode with DMA +* @param hspi: SPI handle +* @param pData: pointer to data buffer +* @param Size: amount of data to be sent +* @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Receive_DMA(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + if(hspi->State != HAL_SPI_STATE_READY) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + + if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hspi); + + hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX; + hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE; + hspi->pRxBuffPtr = pData; + hspi->RxXferSize = Size; + hspi->RxXferCount = Size; + hspi->pTxBuffPtr = (uint8_t *)NULL; + hspi->TxXferSize = 0; + hspi->TxXferCount = 0; + + if((hspi->Init.Mode == SPI_MODE_MASTER) && (hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES)) + { + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi); + /* the receive process is not supported in 2Lines direction master mode */ + /* in this case we call the transmitReceive process */ + return HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive_DMA(hspi,pData,pData,Size); + } + + /* Configure communication direction : 1Line */ + if(hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_1LINE) + { + SPI_1LINE_RX(hspi); + } + + /* Reset CRC Calculation */ + if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE) + { + SPI_RESET_CRC(hspi); + } + + /* packing mode management is enabled by the DMA settings */ + if((hspi->Init.DataSize <= SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT) && (hspi->hdmarx->Init.MemDataAlignment == DMA_MDATAALIGN_HALFWORD)) + { + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi); + /* Restriction the DMA data received is not allowed in this mode */ + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_LDMARX); + if( hspi->Init.DataSize > SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT) + { + /* set fiforxthreshold according the reception data length: 16bit */ + CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD); + } + else + { + /* set fiforxthreshold according the reception data length: 8bit */ + SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD); + } + + /* Set the SPI RxDMA Half transfer complete callback */ + hspi->hdmarx->XferHalfCpltCallback = SPI_DMAHalfReceiveCplt; + + /* Set the SPI Rx DMA transfer complete callback */ + hspi->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = SPI_DMAReceiveCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + hspi->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = SPI_DMAError; + + /* Enable Rx DMA Request */ + hspi->Instance->CR2 |= SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN; + + /* Enable the Rx DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hspi->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&hspi->Instance->DR, (uint32_t)hspi->pRxBuffPtr, hspi->RxXferCount); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi); + + /* Check if the SPI is already enabled */ + if((hspi->Instance->CR1 & SPI_CR1_SPE) != SPI_CR1_SPE) + { + /* Enable SPI peripheral */ + __HAL_SPI_ENABLE(hspi); + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Transmit and Receive an amount of data in no-blocking mode with DMA + * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @param pTxData: pointer to transmission data buffer + * @param pRxData: pointer to reception data buffer + * @note When the CRC feature is enabled the pRxData Length must be Size + 1 + * @param Size: amount of data to be sent + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive_DMA(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint8_t *pTxData, uint8_t *pRxData, uint16_t Size) +{ + assert_param(IS_SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES(hspi->Init.Direction)); + + if((hspi->State == HAL_SPI_STATE_READY) || + ((hspi->Init.Mode == SPI_MODE_MASTER) && (hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES) && (hspi->State == HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX))) + { + if((pTxData == NULL ) || (pRxData == NULL ) || (Size == 0)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hspi); + + /* check if the transmit Receive function is not called by a receive master */ + if(hspi->State != HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX) + { + hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX; + } + + hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE; + hspi->pTxBuffPtr = (uint8_t *)pTxData; + hspi->TxXferSize = Size; + hspi->TxXferCount = Size; + hspi->pRxBuffPtr = (uint8_t *)pRxData; + hspi->RxXferSize = Size; + hspi->RxXferCount = Size; + + /* Reset CRC Calculation + increase the rxsize */ + if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE) + { + SPI_RESET_CRC(hspi); + } + + /* Reset the threshold bit */ + CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_LDMATX); + CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_LDMARX); + + /* the packing mode management is enabled by the DMA settings according the spi data size */ + if(hspi->Init.DataSize > SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT) + { + /* set fiforxthreshold according the reception data length: 16bit */ + CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD); + } + else + { + /* set fiforxthreshold according the reception data length: 8bit */ + SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD); + + if(hspi->hdmatx->Init.MemDataAlignment == DMA_MDATAALIGN_HALFWORD) + { + if((hspi->TxXferSize & 0x1) == 0x0 ) + { + CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_LDMATX); + hspi->TxXferCount = hspi->TxXferCount >> 1; + } + else + { + SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_LDMATX); + hspi->TxXferCount = (hspi->TxXferCount >> 1) + 1; + } + } + + if(hspi->hdmarx->Init.MemDataAlignment == DMA_MDATAALIGN_HALFWORD) + { + /* set fiforxthreshold according the reception data length: 16bit */ + CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD); + + /* Size must include the CRC length */ + if((hspi->RxXferCount & 0x1) == 0x0 ) + { + CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_LDMARX); + hspi->RxXferCount = hspi->RxXferCount >> 1; + } + else + { + SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_LDMARX); + hspi->RxXferCount = (hspi->RxXferCount >> 1) + 1; + } + } + } + + /* Set the SPI Rx DMA transfer complete callback because the last generated transfer request is + the reception request (RXNE) */ + if(hspi->State == HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX) + { + hspi->hdmarx->XferHalfCpltCallback = SPI_DMAHalfReceiveCplt; + hspi->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = SPI_DMAReceiveCplt; + } + else + { + hspi->hdmarx->XferHalfCpltCallback = SPI_DMAHalfTransmitReceiveCplt; + hspi->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = SPI_DMATransmitReceiveCplt; + } + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + hspi->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = SPI_DMAError; + + /* Enable Rx DMA Request */ + hspi->Instance->CR2 |= SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN; + + /* Enable the Rx DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hspi->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&hspi->Instance->DR, (uint32_t) hspi->pRxBuffPtr, hspi->RxXferCount); + + /* Set the SPI Tx DMA transfer complete callback as NULL because the communication closing + is performed in DMA reception complete callback */ + hspi->hdmatx->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL; + hspi->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = NULL; + + if(hspi->State == HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX) + { + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + hspi->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = SPI_DMAError; + } + else + { + hspi->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = NULL; + } + + /* Enable the Tx DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hspi->hdmatx, (uint32_t)hspi->pTxBuffPtr, (uint32_t)&hspi->Instance->DR, hspi->TxXferCount); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi); + + /* Check if the SPI is already enabled */ + if((hspi->Instance->CR1 &SPI_CR1_SPE) != SPI_CR1_SPE) + { + /* Enable SPI peripheral */ + __HAL_SPI_ENABLE(hspi); + } + + /* Enable Tx DMA Request */ + hspi->Instance->CR2 |= SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN; + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Pauses the DMA Transfer. + * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified SPI module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_DMAPause(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) +{ + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hspi); + + /* Disable the SPI DMA Tx & Rx requests */ + CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN | SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Resumes the DMA Transfer. + * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified SPI module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_DMAResume(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) +{ + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hspi); + + /* Enable the SPI DMA Tx & Rx requests */ + SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN | SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the DMA Transfer. + * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified SPI module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_DMAStop(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) +{ + /* The Lock is not implemented on this API to allow the user application + to call the HAL SPI API under callbacks HAL_SPI_TxCpltCallback() or HAL_SPI_RxCpltCallback() or HAL_SPI_TxRxCpltCallback(): + when calling HAL_DMA_Abort() API the DMA TX/RX Transfer complete interrupt is generated + and the correspond call back is executed HAL_SPI_TxCpltCallback() or HAL_SPI_RxCpltCallback() or HAL_SPI_TxRxCpltCallback() + */ + + /* Abort the SPI DMA tx Stream */ + if(hspi->hdmatx != NULL) + { + HAL_DMA_Abort(hspi->hdmatx); + } + /* Abort the SPI DMA rx Stream */ + if(hspi->hdmarx != NULL) + { + HAL_DMA_Abort(hspi->hdmarx); + } + + /* Disable the SPI DMA Tx & Rx requests */ + CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN | SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN); + hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY; + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles SPI interrupt request. + * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified SPI module. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_SPI_IRQHandler(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) +{ + /* SPI in mode Receiver ----------------------------------------------------*/ + if((__HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, SPI_FLAG_OVR) == RESET) && + (__HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, SPI_FLAG_RXNE) != RESET) && (__HAL_SPI_GET_IT_SOURCE(hspi, SPI_IT_RXNE) != RESET)) + { + hspi->RxISR(hspi); + return; + } + + /* SPI in mode Transmitter ---------------------------------------------------*/ + if((__HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, SPI_FLAG_TXE) != RESET) && (__HAL_SPI_GET_IT_SOURCE(hspi, SPI_IT_TXE) != RESET)) + { + hspi->TxISR(hspi); + return; + } + + /* SPI in ERROR Treatment ---------------------------------------------------*/ + if((hspi->Instance->SR & (SPI_FLAG_MODF | SPI_FLAG_OVR | SPI_FLAG_FRE)) != RESET) + { + /* SPI Overrun error interrupt occurred -------------------------------------*/ + if(__HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, SPI_FLAG_OVR) != RESET) + { + if(hspi->State != HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_TX) + { + hspi->ErrorCode |= HAL_SPI_ERROR_OVR; + __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_OVRFLAG(hspi); + } + else + { + return; + } + } + + /* SPI Mode Fault error interrupt occurred -------------------------------------*/ + if(__HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, SPI_FLAG_MODF) != RESET) + { + hspi->ErrorCode |= HAL_SPI_ERROR_MODF; + __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_MODFFLAG(hspi); + } + + /* SPI Frame error interrupt occurred ----------------------------------------*/ + if(__HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, SPI_FLAG_FRE) != RESET) + { + hspi->ErrorCode |= HAL_SPI_ERROR_FRE; + __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_FREFLAG(hspi); + } + + __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, SPI_IT_RXNE | SPI_IT_TXE | SPI_IT_ERR); + hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY; + HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback(hspi); + + return; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Tx Transfer completed callback + * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_SPI_TxCpltCallback(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) +{ + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_SPI_TxCpltCallback should be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Rx Transfer completed callbacks + * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_SPI_RxCpltCallback(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) +{ + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_SPI_RxCpltCallback should be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Tx and Rx Transfer completed callback + * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_SPI_TxRxCpltCallback(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) +{ + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_SPI_TxRxCpltCallback should be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Tx Half Transfer completed callback + * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_SPI_TxHalfCpltCallback(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) +{ + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_SPI_TxHalfCpltCallback should be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Rx Half Transfer completed callback + * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_SPI_RxHalfCpltCallback(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) +{ + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_SPI_RxHalfCpltCallback() should be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Tx and Rx Half Transfer callback + * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_SPI_TxRxHalfCpltCallback(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) +{ + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_SPI_TxRxHalfCpltCallback() should be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief SPI error callback + * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @retval None + */ + __weak void HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) +{ + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback should be implemented in the user file + */ + /* NOTE : The ErrorCode parameter in the hspi handle is updated by the SPI processes + and user can use HAL_SPI_GetError() API to check the latest error occurred + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral State and Errors functions + * @brief SPI control functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral State and Errors functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the SPI. + (+) HAL_SPI_GetState() API can be helpful to check in run-time the state of the SPI peripheral + (+) HAL_SPI_GetError() check in run-time Errors occurring during communication +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Return the SPI state + * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @retval SPI state + */ +HAL_SPI_StateTypeDef HAL_SPI_GetState(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) +{ + return hspi->State; +} + +/** + * @brief Return the SPI error code + * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @retval SPI error code in bitmap format + */ +uint32_t HAL_SPI_GetError(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) +{ + return hspi->ErrorCode; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_Private_Functions SPI Private Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief DMA SPI transmit process complete callback + * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. + * @retval None + */ +static void SPI_DMATransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + SPI_HandleTypeDef* hspi = ( SPI_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; + + /* DMA Normal Mode */ + if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CIRC) == 0) + { + /* Disable Tx DMA Request */ + CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN); + + /* Clear OVERUN flag in 2 Lines communication mode because received data is not read */ + if(hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES) + { + __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_OVRFLAG(hspi); + } + + hspi->TxXferCount = 0; + hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY; + + if(hspi->ErrorCode != HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE) + { + HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback(hspi); + return; + } + } + HAL_SPI_TxCpltCallback(hspi); +} + +/** + * @brief DMA SPI receive process complete callback + * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. + * @retval None + */ +static void SPI_DMAReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + __IO uint16_t tmpreg; + SPI_HandleTypeDef* hspi = ( SPI_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; + + /* DMA Normal mode */ + if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CIRC) == 0) + { + /* CRC handling */ + if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE) + { + /* Wait until TXE flag */ + if(SPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_RXNE, SPI_FLAG_RXNE, SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Error on the CRC reception */ + hspi->ErrorCode|= HAL_SPI_ERROR_CRC; + } + if(hspi->Init.DataSize > SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT) + { + tmpreg = hspi->Instance->DR; + UNUSED(tmpreg); /* To avoid GCC warning */ + } + else + { + tmpreg = *(__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR; + UNUSED(tmpreg); /* To avoid GCC warning */ + + if(hspi->Init.CRCLength == SPI_CRC_LENGTH_16BIT) + { + if(SPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_RXNE, SPI_FLAG_RXNE, SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Error on the CRC reception */ + hspi->ErrorCode|= HAL_SPI_ERROR_CRC; + } + tmpreg = *(__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR; + UNUSED(tmpreg); /* To avoid GCC warning */ + } + } + } + + /* Disable Rx DMA Request */ + hspi->Instance->CR2 &= (uint32_t)(~SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN); + /* Disable Tx DMA Request (done by default to handle the case master rx direction 2 lines) */ + hspi->Instance->CR2 &= (uint32_t)(~SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN); + + /* Check the end of the transaction */ + SPI_EndRxTransaction(hspi,SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT); + + hspi->RxXferCount = 0; + hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY; + + /* Check if CRC error occurred */ + if(__HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, SPI_FLAG_CRCERR) != RESET) + { + hspi->ErrorCode|= HAL_SPI_ERROR_CRC; + __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_CRCERRFLAG(hspi); + HAL_SPI_RxCpltCallback(hspi); + } + else + { + if(hspi->ErrorCode == HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE) + { + HAL_SPI_RxCpltCallback(hspi); + } + else + { + HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback(hspi); + } + } + } + else + { + HAL_SPI_RxCpltCallback(hspi); + } +} + +/** + * @brief DMA SPI transmit receive process complete callback + * @param hdma : pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. + * @retval None + */ +static void SPI_DMATransmitReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + __IO int16_t tmpreg; + SPI_HandleTypeDef* hspi = ( SPI_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; + + /* CRC handling */ + if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE) + { + if((hspi->Init.DataSize == SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT) && (hspi->Init.CRCLength == SPI_CRC_LENGTH_8BIT)) + { + if(SPI_WaitFifoStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_FRLVL, SPI_FRLVL_QUARTER_FULL, SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Error on the CRC reception */ + hspi->ErrorCode|= HAL_SPI_ERROR_CRC; + } + tmpreg = *(__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR; + UNUSED(tmpreg); /* To avoid GCC warning */ + } + else + { + if(SPI_WaitFifoStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_FRLVL, SPI_FRLVL_HALF_FULL, SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Error on the CRC reception */ + hspi->ErrorCode|= HAL_SPI_ERROR_CRC; + } + tmpreg = hspi->Instance->DR; + UNUSED(tmpreg); /* To avoid GCC warning */ + } + } + + /* Check the end of the transaction */ + SPI_EndRxTxTransaction(hspi,SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT); + + /* Disable Tx DMA Request */ + CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN); + + /* Disable Rx DMA Request */ + CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN); + + hspi->TxXferCount = 0; + hspi->RxXferCount = 0; + hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY; + + /* Check if CRC error occurred */ + if(__HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, SPI_FLAG_CRCERR) != RESET) + { + hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_CRC; + __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_CRCERRFLAG(hspi); + HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback(hspi); + } + else + { + if(hspi->ErrorCode == HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE) + { + HAL_SPI_TxRxCpltCallback(hspi); + } + else + { + HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback(hspi); + } + } +} + +/** + * @brief DMA SPI half transmit process complete callback + * @param hdma : pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. + * @retval None + */ +static void SPI_DMAHalfTransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + SPI_HandleTypeDef* hspi = ( SPI_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; + + HAL_SPI_TxHalfCpltCallback(hspi); +} + +/** + * @brief DMA SPI half receive process complete callback + * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. + * @retval None + */ +static void SPI_DMAHalfReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + SPI_HandleTypeDef* hspi = ( SPI_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; + + HAL_SPI_RxHalfCpltCallback(hspi); +} + +/** + * @brief DMA SPI Half transmit receive process complete callback + * @param hdma : pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. + * @retval None + */ +static void SPI_DMAHalfTransmitReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + SPI_HandleTypeDef* hspi = ( SPI_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; + + HAL_SPI_TxRxHalfCpltCallback(hspi); +} + +/** + * @brief DMA SPI communication error callback + * @param hdma : pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. + * @retval None + */ +static void SPI_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + SPI_HandleTypeDef* hspi = ( SPI_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; + + /* Stop the disable DMA transfer on SPI side */ + CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN | SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN); + + hspi->ErrorCode|= HAL_SPI_ERROR_DMA; + hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY; + HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback(hspi); +} + +/** + * @brief Rx Handler for Transmit and Receive in Interrupt mode + * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @retval None + */ +static void SPI_2linesRxISR_8BIT(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) +{ + /* Receive data in packing mode */ + if(hspi->RxXferCount > 1) + { + *((uint16_t*)hspi->pRxBuffPtr) = hspi->Instance->DR; + hspi->pRxBuffPtr += sizeof(uint16_t); + hspi->RxXferCount -= 2; + if(hspi->RxXferCount == 1) + { + /* set fiforxthreshold according the reception data length: 8bit */ + SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD); + } + } + /* Receive data in 8 Bit mode */ + else + { + *hspi->pRxBuffPtr++ = *((__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR); + hspi->RxXferCount--; + } + + /* check end of the reception */ + if(hspi->RxXferCount == 0) + { + if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE) + { + SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD); + hspi->RxISR = SPI_2linesRxISR_8BITCRC; + return; + } + + /* Disable RXNE interrupt */ + __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, SPI_IT_RXNE); + + if(hspi->TxXferCount == 0) + { + SPI_CloseRxTx_ISR(hspi); + } + } +} + +/** + * @brief Rx Handler for Transmit and Receive in Interrupt mode + * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @retval None + */ +static void SPI_2linesRxISR_8BITCRC(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) +{ + __IO uint8_t tmpreg; + + tmpreg = *((__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR); + UNUSED(tmpreg); /* To avoid GCC warning */ + + hspi->CRCSize--; + + /* check end of the reception */ + if(hspi->CRCSize == 0) + { + /* Disable RXNE interrupt */ + __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, SPI_IT_RXNE); + + if(hspi->TxXferCount == 0) + { + SPI_CloseRxTx_ISR(hspi); + } + } +} + +/** + * @brief Tx Handler for Transmit and Receive in Interrupt mode + * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @retval None + */ +static void SPI_2linesTxISR_8BIT(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) +{ + /* Transmit data in packing Bit mode */ + if(hspi->TxXferCount >= 2) + { + hspi->Instance->DR = *((uint16_t *)hspi->pTxBuffPtr); + hspi->pTxBuffPtr += sizeof(uint16_t); + hspi->TxXferCount -= 2; + } + /* Transmit data in 8 Bit mode */ + else + { + *(__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR = (*hspi->pTxBuffPtr++); + hspi->TxXferCount--; + } + + /* check the end of the transmission */ + if(hspi->TxXferCount == 0) + { + if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE) + { + hspi->Instance->CR1 |= SPI_CR1_CRCNEXT; + } + /* Disable TXE interrupt */ + __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, SPI_IT_TXE); + + if(hspi->RxXferCount == 0) + { + SPI_CloseRxTx_ISR(hspi); + } + } +} + +/** + * @brief Rx 16Bit Handler for Transmit and Receive in Interrupt mode + * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @retval None + */ +static void SPI_2linesRxISR_16BIT(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) +{ + /* Receive data in 16 Bit mode */ + *((uint16_t*)hspi->pRxBuffPtr) = hspi->Instance->DR; + hspi->pRxBuffPtr += sizeof(uint16_t); + hspi->RxXferCount--; + + if(hspi->RxXferCount == 0) + { + if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE) + { + hspi->RxISR = SPI_2linesRxISR_16BITCRC; + return; + } + + /* Disable RXNE interrupt */ + __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, SPI_IT_RXNE); + + if(hspi->TxXferCount == 0) + { + SPI_CloseRxTx_ISR(hspi); + } + } +} + +/** + * @brief Manage the CRC 16bit receive for Transmit and Receive in Interrupt mode + * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @retval None + */ +static void SPI_2linesRxISR_16BITCRC(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) +{ + /* Receive data in 16 Bit mode */ + __IO uint16_t tmpreg = hspi->Instance->DR; + UNUSED(tmpreg); /* To avoid GCC warning */ + + /* Disable RXNE interrupt */ + __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, SPI_IT_RXNE); + + SPI_CloseRxTx_ISR(hspi); +} + +/** + * @brief Tx Handler for Transmit and Receive in Interrupt mode + * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @retval None + */ +static void SPI_2linesTxISR_16BIT(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) +{ + /* Transmit data in 16 Bit mode */ + hspi->Instance->DR = *((uint16_t *)hspi->pTxBuffPtr); + hspi->pTxBuffPtr += sizeof(uint16_t); + hspi->TxXferCount--; + + /* Enable CRC Transmission */ + if(hspi->TxXferCount == 0) + { + if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE) + { + hspi->Instance->CR1 |= SPI_CR1_CRCNEXT; + } + /* Disable TXE interrupt */ + __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, SPI_IT_TXE); + + if(hspi->RxXferCount == 0) + { + SPI_CloseRxTx_ISR(hspi); + } + } +} + +/** + * @brief Manage the CRC receive in Interrupt context + * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @retval None + */ +static void SPI_RxISR_8BITCRC(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) +{ + __IO uint8_t tmpreg; + tmpreg = *((__IO uint8_t*)&hspi->Instance->DR); + UNUSED(tmpreg); /* To avoid GCC warning */ + + hspi->CRCSize--; + + if(hspi->CRCSize == 0) + { + SPI_CloseRx_ISR(hspi); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Manage the receive in Interrupt context + * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @retval None + */ +static void SPI_RxISR_8BIT(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) +{ + *hspi->pRxBuffPtr++ = (*(__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR); + hspi->RxXferCount--; + + /* Enable CRC Transmission */ + if((hspi->RxXferCount == 1) && (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)) + { + hspi->Instance->CR1 |= SPI_CR1_CRCNEXT; + } + + if(hspi->RxXferCount == 0) + { + if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE) + { + hspi->RxISR = SPI_RxISR_8BITCRC; + return; + } + SPI_CloseRx_ISR(hspi); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Manage the CRC 16bit receive in Interrupt context + * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @retval None + */ +static void SPI_RxISR_16BITCRC(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) +{ + __IO uint16_t tmpreg; + + tmpreg = hspi->Instance->DR; + UNUSED(tmpreg); /* To avoid GCC warning */ + + /* Disable RXNE and ERR interrupt */ + __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, (SPI_IT_RXNE | SPI_IT_ERR)); + + SPI_CloseRx_ISR(hspi); +} + +/** + * @brief Manage the 16Bit receive in Interrupt context + * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @retval None + */ +static void SPI_RxISR_16BIT(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) +{ + *((uint16_t *)hspi->pRxBuffPtr) = hspi->Instance->DR; + hspi->pRxBuffPtr += sizeof(uint16_t); + hspi->RxXferCount--; + + /* Enable CRC Transmission */ + if((hspi->RxXferCount == 1) && (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)) + { + hspi->Instance->CR1 |= SPI_CR1_CRCNEXT; + } + + if(hspi->RxXferCount == 0) + { + if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE) + { + hspi->RxISR = SPI_RxISR_16BITCRC; + return; + } + SPI_CloseRx_ISR(hspi); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Handle the data 8Bit transmit in Interrupt mode + * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @retval None + */ +static void SPI_TxISR_8BIT(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) +{ + *(__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR = (*hspi->pTxBuffPtr++); + hspi->TxXferCount--; + + if(hspi->TxXferCount == 0) + { + if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE) + { + /* Enable CRC Transmission */ + hspi->Instance->CR1 |= SPI_CR1_CRCNEXT; + } + SPI_CloseTx_ISR(hspi); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Handle the data 16Bit transmit in Interrupt mode + * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @retval None + */ +static void SPI_TxISR_16BIT(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) +{ + /* Transmit data in 16 Bit mode */ + hspi->Instance->DR = *((uint16_t *)hspi->pTxBuffPtr); + hspi->pTxBuffPtr += sizeof(uint16_t); + hspi->TxXferCount--; + + if(hspi->TxXferCount == 0) + { + if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE) + { + /* Enable CRC Transmission */ + hspi->Instance->CR1 |= SPI_CR1_CRCNEXT; + } + SPI_CloseTx_ISR(hspi); + } +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles SPI Communication Timeout. + * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @param Flag : SPI flag to check + * @param State : flag state to check + * @param Timeout : Timeout duration + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef SPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint32_t Flag, uint32_t State, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + while((hspi->Instance->SR & Flag) != State) + { + if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) + { + if((Timeout == 0) || ((HAL_GetTick()-tickstart) >= Timeout)) + { + /* Disable the SPI and reset the CRC: the CRC value should be cleared + on both master and slave sides in order to resynchronize the master + and slave for their respective CRC calculation */ + + /* Disable TXE, RXNE and ERR interrupts for the interrupt process */ + __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, (SPI_IT_TXE | SPI_IT_RXNE | SPI_IT_ERR)); + + if((hspi->Init.Mode == SPI_MODE_MASTER)&&((hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_1LINE)||(hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES_RXONLY))) + { + /* Disable SPI peripheral */ + __HAL_SPI_DISABLE(hspi); + } + + /* Reset CRC Calculation */ + if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE) + { + SPI_RESET_CRC(hspi); + } + + hspi->State= HAL_SPI_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi); + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles SPI Communication Timeout. + * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @param Fifo : Fifo to check + * @param State : Fifo state to check + * @param Timeout : Timeout duration + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef SPI_WaitFifoStateUntilTimeout(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint32_t Fifo, uint32_t State, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + __IO uint8_t tmpreg; + uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + while((hspi->Instance->SR & Fifo) != State) + { + if((Fifo == SPI_SR_FRLVL) && (State == SPI_FRLVL_EMPTY)) + { + tmpreg = *((__IO uint8_t*)&hspi->Instance->DR); + UNUSED(tmpreg); /* To avoid GCC warning */ + } + + if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) + { + if((Timeout == 0) || ((HAL_GetTick()-tickstart) >= Timeout)) + { + /* Disable the SPI and reset the CRC: the CRC value should be cleared + on both master and slave sides in order to resynchronize the master + and slave for their respective CRC calculation */ + + /* Disable TXE, RXNE and ERR interrupts for the interrupt process */ + __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, (SPI_IT_TXE | SPI_IT_RXNE | SPI_IT_ERR)); + + if((hspi->Init.Mode == SPI_MODE_MASTER)&&((hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_1LINE)||(hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES_RXONLY))) + { + /* Disable SPI peripheral */ + __HAL_SPI_DISABLE(hspi); + } + + /* Reset CRC Calculation */ + if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE) + { + SPI_RESET_CRC(hspi); + } + + hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi); + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles the check of the RX transaction complete. + * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @param Timeout : Timeout duration + * @retval None + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef SPI_EndRxTransaction(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + if((hspi->Init.Mode == SPI_MODE_MASTER)&&((hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_1LINE)||(hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES_RXONLY))) + { + /* Disable SPI peripheral */ + __HAL_SPI_DISABLE(hspi); + } + if(SPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_BSY, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) + { + hspi->ErrorCode |= HAL_SPI_ERROR_FLAG; + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + if(SPI_WaitFifoStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_FRLVL, SPI_FRLVL_EMPTY, Timeout) != HAL_OK) + { + hspi->ErrorCode |= HAL_SPI_ERROR_FLAG; + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles the check of the RXTX or TX transaction complete. + * @param hspi: SPI handle + * @param Timeout : Timeout duration + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef SPI_EndRxTxTransaction(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + /* Procedure to check the transaction complete */ + if(SPI_WaitFifoStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_FTLVL, SPI_FTLVL_EMPTY, Timeout) != HAL_OK) + { + hspi->ErrorCode |= HAL_SPI_ERROR_FLAG; + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + if(SPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_BSY, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) + { + hspi->ErrorCode |= HAL_SPI_ERROR_FLAG; + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + if(SPI_WaitFifoStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_FRLVL, SPI_FRLVL_EMPTY, Timeout) != HAL_OK) + { + hspi->ErrorCode |= HAL_SPI_ERROR_FLAG; + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles the close of the RXTX transaction. + * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @retval None + */ +static void SPI_CloseRxTx_ISR(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) +{ + /* Disable ERR interrupt */ + __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, SPI_IT_ERR); + + /* Check if CRC error occurred */ + if(__HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, SPI_FLAG_CRCERR) != RESET) + { + hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY; + hspi->ErrorCode|= HAL_SPI_ERROR_CRC; + __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_CRCERRFLAG(hspi); + HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback(hspi); + } + else + { + if(hspi->ErrorCode == HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE) + { + if(hspi->State == HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX) + { + hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY; + HAL_SPI_RxCpltCallback(hspi); + } + else + { + hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY; + HAL_SPI_TxRxCpltCallback(hspi); + } + } + else + { + hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY; + HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback(hspi); + } + } +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles the close of the RX transaction. + * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @retval None + */ +static void SPI_CloseRx_ISR(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) +{ + /* Disable RXNE and ERR interrupt */ + __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, (SPI_IT_RXNE | SPI_IT_ERR)); + + /* Check the end of the transaction */ + SPI_EndRxTransaction(hspi,SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT); + + hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY; + + /* Check if CRC error occurred */ + if(__HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, SPI_FLAG_CRCERR) != RESET) + { + hspi->ErrorCode|= HAL_SPI_ERROR_CRC; + __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_CRCERRFLAG(hspi); + HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback(hspi); + } + else + { + if(hspi->ErrorCode == HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE) + { + HAL_SPI_RxCpltCallback(hspi); + } + else + { + HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback(hspi); + } + } +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles the close of the TX transaction. + * @param hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @retval None + */ +static void SPI_CloseTx_ISR(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) +{ + /* Disable TXE and ERR interrupt */ + __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, (SPI_IT_TXE | SPI_IT_ERR)); + + /* Clear OVERUN flag in 2 Lines communication mode because received is not read */ + if(hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES) + { + __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_OVRFLAG(hspi); + } + + hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY; + if(hspi->ErrorCode != HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE) + { + HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback(hspi); + } + else + { + HAL_SPI_TxCpltCallback(hspi); + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_SPI_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/stmhal/hal/f7/src/stm32f7xx_hal_tim.c b/stmhal/hal/f7/src/stm32f7xx_hal_tim.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..147cd670fb --- /dev/null +++ b/stmhal/hal/f7/src/stm32f7xx_hal_tim.c @@ -0,0 +1,5459 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f7xx_hal_tim.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.1 + * @date 25-June-2015 + * @brief TIM HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Timer (TIM) peripheral: + * + Time Base Initialization + * + Time Base Start + * + Time Base Start Interruption + * + Time Base Start DMA + * + Time Output Compare/PWM Initialization + * + Time Output Compare/PWM Channel Configuration + * + Time Output Compare/PWM Start + * + Time Output Compare/PWM Start Interruption + * + Time Output Compare/PWM Start DMA + * + Time Input Capture Initialization + * + Time Input Capture Channel Configuration + * + Time Input Capture Start + * + Time Input Capture Start Interruption + * + Time Input Capture Start DMA + * + Time One Pulse Initialization + * + Time One Pulse Channel Configuration + * + Time One Pulse Start + * + Time Encoder Interface Initialization + * + Time Encoder Interface Start + * + Time Encoder Interface Start Interruption + * + Time Encoder Interface Start DMA + * + Commutation Event configuration with Interruption and DMA + * + Time OCRef clear configuration + * + Time External Clock configuration + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### TIMER Generic features ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] The Timer features include: + (#) 16-bit up, down, up/down auto-reload counter. + (#) 16-bit programmable prescaler allowing dividing (also on the fly) the + counter clock frequency either by any factor between 1 and 65536. + (#) Up to 4 independent channels for: + (++) Input Capture + (++) Output Compare + (++) PWM generation (Edge and Center-aligned Mode) + (++) One-pulse mode output + + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + (#) Initialize the TIM low level resources by implementing the following functions + depending from feature used : + (++) Time Base : HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit() + (++) Input Capture : HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit() + (++) Output Compare : HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit() + (++) PWM generation : HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit() + (++) One-pulse mode output : HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit() + (++) Encoder mode output : HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit() + + (#) Initialize the TIM low level resources : + (##) Enable the TIM interface clock using __TIMx_CLK_ENABLE(); + (##) TIM pins configuration + (+++) Enable the clock for the TIM GPIOs using the following function: + __GPIOx_CLK_ENABLE(); + (+++) Configure these TIM pins in Alternate function mode using HAL_GPIO_Init(); + + (#) The external Clock can be configured, if needed (the default clock is the + internal clock from the APBx), using the following function: + HAL_TIM_ConfigClockSource, the clock configuration should be done before + any start function. + + (#) Configure the TIM in the desired functioning mode using one of the + initialization function of this driver: + (++) HAL_TIM_Base_Init: to use the Timer to generate a simple time base + (++) HAL_TIM_OC_Init and HAL_TIM_OC_ConfigChannel: to use the Timer to generate an + Output Compare signal. + (++) HAL_TIM_PWM_Init and HAL_TIM_PWM_ConfigChannel: to use the Timer to generate a + PWM signal. + (++) HAL_TIM_IC_Init and HAL_TIM_IC_ConfigChannel: to use the Timer to measure an + external signal. + (++) HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Init and HAL_TIM_OnePulse_ConfigChannel: to use the Timer + in One Pulse Mode. + (++) HAL_TIM_Encoder_Init: to use the Timer Encoder Interface. + + (#) Activate the TIM peripheral using one of the start functions depending from the feature used: + (++) Time Base : HAL_TIM_Base_Start(), HAL_TIM_Base_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIM_Base_Start_IT() + (++) Input Capture : HAL_TIM_IC_Start(), HAL_TIM_IC_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIM_IC_Start_IT() + (++) Output Compare : HAL_TIM_OC_Start(), HAL_TIM_OC_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIM_OC_Start_IT() + (++) PWM generation : HAL_TIM_PWM_Start(), HAL_TIM_PWM_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIM_PWM_Start_IT() + (++) One-pulse mode output : HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Start(), HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Start_IT() + (++) Encoder mode output : HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start(), HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start_IT(). + + (#) The DMA Burst is managed with the two following functions: + HAL_TIM_DMABurst_WriteStart() + HAL_TIM_DMABurst_ReadStart() + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM TIM + * @brief TIM HAL module driver + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_TIM_MODULE_ENABLED + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup TIM_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +static void TIM_TI1_ConfigInputStage(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICFilter); +static void TIM_TI2_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection, + uint32_t TIM_ICFilter); +static void TIM_TI2_ConfigInputStage(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICFilter); +static void TIM_TI3_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection, + uint32_t TIM_ICFilter); +static void TIM_TI4_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection, + uint32_t TIM_ICFilter); + +static void TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ITRx); +static void TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void TIM_DMATriggerCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void TIM_SlaveTimer_SetConfig(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, + TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef * sSlaveConfig); +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions TIM Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group1 Time Base functions + * @brief Time Base functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Time Base functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Initialize and configure the TIM base. + (+) De-initialize the TIM base. + (+) Start the Time Base. + (+) Stop the Time Base. + (+) Start the Time Base and enable interrupt. + (+) Stop the Time Base and disable interrupt. + (+) Start the Time Base and enable DMA transfer. + (+) Stop the Time Base and disable DMA transfer. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIM Time base Unit according to the specified + * parameters in the TIM_HandleTypeDef and create the associated handle. + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Check the TIM handle allocation */ + if(htim == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision)); + + if(htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET) + { + /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */ + HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit(htim); + } + + /* Set the TIM state */ + htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Set the Time Base configuration */ + TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init); + + /* Initialize the TIM state*/ + htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes the TIM Base peripheral + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */ + HAL_TIM_Base_MspDeInit(htim); + + /* Change TIM state */ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET; + + /* Release Lock */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIM Base MSP. + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes TIM Base MSP. + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIM_Base_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TIM_Base_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM Base generation. + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Set the TIM state */ + htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Change the TIM state*/ + htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM Base generation. + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Set the TIM state */ + htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Change the TIM state*/ + htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM Base generation in interrupt mode. + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Enable the TIM Update interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_UPDATE); + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM Base generation in interrupt mode. + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + /* Disable the TIM Update interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_UPDATE); + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM Base generation in DMA mode. + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @param pData: The source Buffer address. + * @param Length: The length of data to be transferred from memory to peripheral. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Length) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY)) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + else if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY)) + { + if((pData == 0 ) && (Length > 0)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + } + } + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferErrorCallback = HAL_TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA Stream */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->ARR, Length); + + /* Enable the TIM Update DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_UPDATE); + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM Base generation in DMA mode. + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Disable the TIM Update DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_UPDATE); + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Change the htim state */ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group2 Time Output Compare functions + * @brief Time Output Compare functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Time Output Compare functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Initialize and configure the TIM Output Compare. + (+) De-initialize the TIM Output Compare. + (+) Start the Time Output Compare. + (+) Stop the Time Output Compare. + (+) Start the Time Output Compare and enable interrupt. + (+) Stop the Time Output Compare and disable interrupt. + (+) Start the Time Output Compare and enable DMA transfer. + (+) Stop the Time Output Compare and disable DMA transfer. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIM Output Compare according to the specified + * parameters in the TIM_HandleTypeDef and create the associated handle. + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef* htim) +{ + /* Check the TIM handle allocation */ + if(htim == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision)); + + if(htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET) + { + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */ + HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit(htim); + } + + /* Set the TIM state */ + htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Init the base time for the Output Compare */ + TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init); + + /* Initialize the TIM state*/ + htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes the TIM peripheral + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */ + HAL_TIM_OC_MspDeInit(htim); + + /* Change TIM state */ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET; + + /* Release Lock */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIM Output Compare MSP. + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes TIM Output Compare MSP. + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIM_OC_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TIM_OC_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM Output Compare signal generation. + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @param Channel: TIM Channel to be enabled. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + /* Enable the Output compare channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + + if(IS_TIM_ADVANCED_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) + { + /* Enable the main output */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); + } + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM Output Compare signal generation. + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @param Channel: TIM Channel to be disabled. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + /* Disable the Output compare channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + + if(IS_TIM_ADVANCED_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) + { + /* Disable the Main Output */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); + } + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM Output Compare signal generation in interrupt mode. + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @param Channel: TIM Channel to be enabled. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4); + } + break; + + default: + break; + } + + /* Enable the Output compare channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + + if(IS_TIM_ADVANCED_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) + { + /* Enable the main output */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); + } + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM Output Compare signal generation in interrupt mode. + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @param Channel: TIM Channel to be disabled. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4); + } + break; + + default: + break; + } + + /* Disable the Output compare channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + + if(IS_TIM_ADVANCED_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) + { + /* Disable the Main Output */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); + } + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM Output Compare signal generation in DMA mode. + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @param Channel: TIM Channel to be enabled. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @param pData: The source Buffer address. + * @param Length: The length of data to be transferred from memory to TIM peripheral + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Length) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY)) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + else if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY)) + { + if(((uint32_t)pData == 0 ) && (Length > 0)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + } + } + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = HAL_TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA Stream */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, Length); + + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = HAL_TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA Stream */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, Length); + + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = HAL_TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA Stream */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR3,Length); + + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferErrorCallback = HAL_TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA Stream */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR4, Length); + + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4); + } + break; + + default: + break; + } + + /* Enable the Output compare channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + + if(IS_TIM_ADVANCED_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) + { + /* Enable the main output */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); + } + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM Output Compare signal generation in DMA mode. + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @param Channel: TIM Channel to be disabled. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4); + } + break; + + default: + break; + } + + /* Disable the Output compare channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + + if(IS_TIM_ADVANCED_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) + { + /* Disable the Main Output */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); + } + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Change the htim state */ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group3 Time PWM functions + * @brief Time PWM functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Time PWM functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Initialize and configure the TIM OPWM. + (+) De-initialize the TIM PWM. + (+) Start the Time PWM. + (+) Stop the Time PWM. + (+) Start the Time PWM and enable interrupt. + (+) Stop the Time PWM and disable interrupt. + (+) Start the Time PWM and enable DMA transfer. + (+) Stop the Time PWM and disable DMA transfer. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIM PWM Time Base according to the specified + * parameters in the TIM_HandleTypeDef and create the associated handle. + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Check the TIM handle allocation */ + if(htim == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision)); + + if(htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET) + { + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */ + HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit(htim); + } + + /* Set the TIM state */ + htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Init the base time for the PWM */ + TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init); + + /* Initialize the TIM state*/ + htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes the TIM peripheral + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */ + HAL_TIM_PWM_MspDeInit(htim); + + /* Change TIM state */ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET; + + /* Release Lock */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIM PWM MSP. + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes TIM PWM MSP. + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIM_PWM_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TIM_PWM_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the PWM signal generation. + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @param Channel: TIM Channels to be enabled. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + /* Enable the Capture compare channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + + if(IS_TIM_ADVANCED_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) + { + /* Enable the main output */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); + } + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the PWM signal generation. + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @param Channel: TIM Channels to be disabled. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + /* Disable the Capture compare channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + + if(IS_TIM_ADVANCED_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) + { + /* Disable the Main Output */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); + } + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Change the htim state */ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the PWM signal generation in interrupt mode. + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @param Channel: TIM Channel to be disabled. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4); + } + break; + + default: + break; + } + + /* Enable the Capture compare channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + + if(IS_TIM_ADVANCED_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) + { + /* Enable the main output */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); + } + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the PWM signal generation in interrupt mode. + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @param Channel: TIM Channels to be disabled. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Stop_IT (TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4); + } + break; + + default: + break; + } + + /* Disable the Capture compare channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + + if(IS_TIM_ADVANCED_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) + { + /* Disable the Main Output */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); + } + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM PWM signal generation in DMA mode. + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @param Channel: TIM Channels to be enabled. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @param pData: The source Buffer address. + * @param Length: The length of data to be transferred from memory to TIM peripheral + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Length) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY)) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + else if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY)) + { + if(((uint32_t)pData == 0 ) && (Length > 0)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + } + } + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = HAL_TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA Stream */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, Length); + + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = HAL_TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA Stream */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, Length); + + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = HAL_TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA Stream */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR3,Length); + + /* Enable the TIM Output Capture/Compare 3 request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferErrorCallback = HAL_TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA Stream */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR4, Length); + + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4); + } + break; + + default: + break; + } + + /* Enable the Capture compare channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + + if(IS_TIM_ADVANCED_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) + { + /* Enable the main output */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); + } + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM PWM signal generation in DMA mode. + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @param Channel: TIM Channels to be disabled. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4); + } + break; + + default: + break; + } + + /* Disable the Capture compare channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + + if(IS_TIM_ADVANCED_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) + { + /* Disable the Main Output */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); + } + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Change the htim state */ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group4 Time Input Capture functions + * @brief Time Input Capture functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Time Input Capture functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Initialize and configure the TIM Input Capture. + (+) De-initialize the TIM Input Capture. + (+) Start the Time Input Capture. + (+) Stop the Time Input Capture. + (+) Start the Time Input Capture and enable interrupt. + (+) Stop the Time Input Capture and disable interrupt. + (+) Start the Time Input Capture and enable DMA transfer. + (+) Stop the Time Input Capture and disable DMA transfer. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIM Input Capture Time base according to the specified + * parameters in the TIM_HandleTypeDef and create the associated handle. + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Check the TIM handle allocation */ + if(htim == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision)); + + if(htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET) + { + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */ + HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit(htim); + } + + /* Set the TIM state */ + htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Init the base time for the input capture */ + TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init); + + /* Initialize the TIM state*/ + htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes the TIM peripheral + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */ + HAL_TIM_IC_MspDeInit(htim); + + /* Change TIM state */ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET; + + /* Release Lock */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIM INput Capture MSP. + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes TIM Input Capture MSP. + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIM_IC_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TIM_IC_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM Input Capture measurement. + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @param Channel: TIM Channels to be enabled. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Start (TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + /* Enable the Input Capture channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM Input Capture measurement. + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @param Channel: TIM Channels to be disabled. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + /* Disable the Input Capture channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM Input Capture measurement in interrupt mode. + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @param Channel: TIM Channels to be enabled. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Start_IT (TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4); + } + break; + + default: + break; + } + /* Enable the Input Capture channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM Input Capture measurement in interrupt mode. + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @param Channel: TIM Channels to be disabled. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4); + } + break; + + default: + break; + } + + /* Disable the Input Capture channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM Input Capture measurement on in DMA mode. + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @param Channel: TIM Channels to be enabled. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @param pData: The destination Buffer address. + * @param Length: The length of data to be transferred from TIM peripheral to memory. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Length) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_CC_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY)) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + else if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY)) + { + if((pData == 0 ) && (Length > 0)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + } + } + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_DMACaptureCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = HAL_TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA Stream */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, (uint32_t)pData, Length); + + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_DMACaptureCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = HAL_TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA Stream */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, (uint32_t)pData, Length); + + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_DMACaptureCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = HAL_TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA Stream */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR3, (uint32_t)pData, Length); + + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_DMACaptureCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferErrorCallback = HAL_TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA Stream */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR4, (uint32_t)pData, Length); + + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4); + } + break; + + default: + break; + } + + /* Enable the Input Capture channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM Input Capture measurement on in DMA mode. + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @param Channel: TIM Channels to be disabled. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_CC_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4); + } + break; + + default: + break; + } + + /* Disable the Input Capture channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Change the htim state */ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group5 Time One Pulse functions + * @brief Time One Pulse functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Time One Pulse functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Initialize and configure the TIM One Pulse. + (+) De-initialize the TIM One Pulse. + (+) Start the Time One Pulse. + (+) Stop the Time One Pulse. + (+) Start the Time One Pulse and enable interrupt. + (+) Stop the Time One Pulse and disable interrupt. + (+) Start the Time One Pulse and enable DMA transfer. + (+) Stop the Time One Pulse and disable DMA transfer. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIM One Pulse Time Base according to the specified + * parameters in the TIM_HandleTypeDef and create the associated handle. + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @param OnePulseMode: Select the One pulse mode. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OPMODE_SINGLE: Only one pulse will be generated. + * @arg TIM_OPMODE_REPETITIVE: Repetitive pulses will be generated. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OnePulseMode) +{ + /* Check the TIM handle allocation */ + if(htim == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OPM_MODE(OnePulseMode)); + + if(htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET) + { + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */ + HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit(htim); + } + + /* Set the TIM state */ + htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Configure the Time base in the One Pulse Mode */ + TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init); + + /* Reset the OPM Bit */ + htim->Instance->CR1 &= ~TIM_CR1_OPM; + + /* Configure the OPM Mode */ + htim->Instance->CR1 |= OnePulseMode; + + /* Initialize the TIM state*/ + htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes the TIM One Pulse + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */ + HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspDeInit(htim); + + /* Change TIM state */ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET; + + /* Release Lock */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIM One Pulse MSP. + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes TIM One Pulse MSP. + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM One Pulse signal generation. + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @param OutputChannel : TIM Channels to be enabled. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel) +{ + /* Enable the Capture compare and the Input Capture channels + (in the OPM Mode the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2) + if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as output, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as input and + if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as input, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as output + in all combinations, the TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2 should be enabled together + + No need to enable the counter, it's enabled automatically by hardware + (the counter starts in response to a stimulus and generate a pulse */ + + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + + if(IS_TIM_ADVANCED_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) + { + /* Enable the main output */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); + } + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM One Pulse signal generation. + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @param OutputChannel : TIM Channels to be disable. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel) +{ + /* Disable the Capture compare and the Input Capture channels + (in the OPM Mode the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2) + if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as output, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as input and + if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as input, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as output + in all combinations, the TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2 should be disabled together */ + + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + + if(IS_TIM_ADVANCED_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) + { + /* Disable the Main Output */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); + } + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM One Pulse signal generation in interrupt mode. + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @param OutputChannel : TIM Channels to be enabled. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel) +{ + /* Enable the Capture compare and the Input Capture channels + (in the OPM Mode the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2) + if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as output, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as input and + if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as input, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as output + in all combinations, the TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2 should be enabled together + + No need to enable the counter, it's enabled automatically by hardware + (the counter starts in response to a stimulus and generate a pulse */ + + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); + + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); + + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + + if(IS_TIM_ADVANCED_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) + { + /* Enable the main output */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); + } + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM One Pulse signal generation in interrupt mode. + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @param OutputChannel : TIM Channels to be enabled. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel) +{ + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); + + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); + + /* Disable the Capture compare and the Input Capture channels + (in the OPM Mode the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2) + if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as output, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as input and + if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as input, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as output + in all combinations, the TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2 should be disabled together */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + + if(IS_TIM_ADVANCED_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) + { + /* Disable the Main Output */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); + } + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group6 Time Encoder functions + * @brief Time Encoder functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Time Encoder functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Initialize and configure the TIM Encoder. + (+) De-initialize the TIM Encoder. + (+) Start the Time Encoder. + (+) Stop the Time Encoder. + (+) Start the Time Encoder and enable interrupt. + (+) Stop the Time Encoder and disable interrupt. + (+) Start the Time Encoder and enable DMA transfer. + (+) Stop the Time Encoder and disable DMA transfer. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIM Encoder Interface and create the associated handle. + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @param sConfig: TIM Encoder Interface configuration structure + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_Encoder_InitTypeDef* sConfig) +{ + uint32_t tmpsmcr = 0; + uint32_t tmpccmr1 = 0; + uint32_t tmpccer = 0; + + /* Check the TIM handle allocation */ + if(htim == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODER_MODE(sConfig->EncoderMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_SELECTION(sConfig->IC1Selection)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_SELECTION(sConfig->IC2Selection)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY(sConfig->IC1Polarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY(sConfig->IC2Polarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(sConfig->IC1Prescaler)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(sConfig->IC2Prescaler)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_FILTER(sConfig->IC1Filter)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_FILTER(sConfig->IC2Filter)); + + if(htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET) + { + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */ + HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit(htim); + } + + /* Set the TIM state */ + htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Reset the SMS bits */ + htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_SMS; + + /* Configure the Time base in the Encoder Mode */ + TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init); + + /* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */ + tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR; + + /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */ + tmpccmr1 = htim->Instance->CCMR1; + + /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ + tmpccer = htim->Instance->CCER; + + /* Set the encoder Mode */ + tmpsmcr |= sConfig->EncoderMode; + + /* Select the Capture Compare 1 and the Capture Compare 2 as input */ + tmpccmr1 &= ~(TIM_CCMR1_CC1S | TIM_CCMR1_CC2S); + tmpccmr1 |= (sConfig->IC1Selection | (sConfig->IC2Selection << 8)); + + /* Set the Capture Compare 1 and the Capture Compare 2 prescalers and filters */ + tmpccmr1 &= ~(TIM_CCMR1_IC1PSC | TIM_CCMR1_IC2PSC); + tmpccmr1 &= ~(TIM_CCMR1_IC1F | TIM_CCMR1_IC2F); + tmpccmr1 |= sConfig->IC1Prescaler | (sConfig->IC2Prescaler << 8); + tmpccmr1 |= (sConfig->IC1Filter << 4) | (sConfig->IC2Filter << 12); + + /* Set the TI1 and the TI2 Polarities */ + tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC1P | TIM_CCER_CC2P); + tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC1NP | TIM_CCER_CC2NP); + tmpccer |= sConfig->IC1Polarity | (sConfig->IC2Polarity << 4); + + /* Write to TIMx SMCR */ + htim->Instance->SMCR = tmpsmcr; + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */ + htim->Instance->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; + + /* Write to TIMx CCER */ + htim->Instance->CCER = tmpccer; + + /* Initialize the TIM state*/ + htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes the TIM Encoder interface + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */ + HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspDeInit(htim); + + /* Change TIM state */ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET; + + /* Release Lock */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIM Encoder Interface MSP. + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes TIM Encoder Interface MSP. + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM Encoder Interface. + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @param Channel: TIM Channels to be enabled. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Enable the encoder interface channels */ + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + break; + } + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + break; + } + default : + { + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + break; + } + } + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM Encoder Interface. + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @param Channel: TIM Channels to be disabled. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Disable the Input Capture channels 1 and 2 + (in the EncoderInterface the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2) */ + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + break; + } + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + break; + } + default : + { + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + break; + } + } + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM Encoder Interface in interrupt mode. + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @param Channel: TIM Channels to be enabled. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Enable the encoder interface channels */ + /* Enable the capture compare Interrupts 1 and/or 2 */ + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); + break; + } + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); + break; + } + default : + { + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); + break; + } + } + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM Encoder Interface in interrupt mode. + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @param Channel: TIM Channels to be disabled. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Disable the Input Capture channels 1 and 2 + (in the EncoderInterface the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2) */ + if(Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1) + { + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + + /* Disable the capture compare Interrupts 1 */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); + } + else if(Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2) + { + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + + /* Disable the capture compare Interrupts 2 */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); + } + else + { + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + + /* Disable the capture compare Interrupts 1 and 2 */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); + } + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Change the htim state */ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM Encoder Interface in DMA mode. + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @param Channel: TIM Channels to be enabled. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected + * @param pData1: The destination Buffer address for IC1. + * @param pData2: The destination Buffer address for IC2. + * @param Length: The length of data to be transferred from TIM peripheral to memory. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t *pData1, uint32_t *pData2, uint16_t Length) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_CC_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY)) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + else if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY)) + { + if((((pData1 == 0) || (pData2 == 0) )) && (Length > 0)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + } + } + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_DMACaptureCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = HAL_TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA Stream */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, (uint32_t )pData1, Length); + + /* Enable the TIM Input Capture DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Enable the Capture compare channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_DMACaptureCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = HAL_TIM_DMAError; + /* Enable the DMA Stream */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, (uint32_t)pData2, Length); + + /* Enable the TIM Input Capture DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Enable the Capture compare channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_DMACaptureCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = HAL_TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA Stream */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, (uint32_t)pData1, Length); + + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_DMACaptureCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = HAL_TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA Stream */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, (uint32_t)pData2, Length); + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Enable the Capture compare channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + + /* Enable the TIM Input Capture DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); + /* Enable the TIM Input Capture DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); + } + break; + + default: + break; + } + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM Encoder Interface in DMA mode. + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @param Channel: TIM Channels to be enabled. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_CC_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Disable the Input Capture channels 1 and 2 + (in the EncoderInterface the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2) */ + if(Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1) + { + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + + /* Disable the capture compare DMA Request 1 */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); + } + else if(Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2) + { + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + + /* Disable the capture compare DMA Request 2 */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); + } + else + { + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + + /* Disable the capture compare DMA Request 1 and 2 */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); + } + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Change the htim state */ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ +/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group7 TIM IRQ handler management + * @brief IRQ handler management + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### IRQ handler management ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides Timer IRQ handler function. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ +/** + * @brief This function handles TIM interrupts requests. + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_TIM_IRQHandler(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Capture compare 1 event */ + if(__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_CC1) != RESET) + { + if(__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_CC1) !=RESET) + { + { + __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_1; + + /* Input capture event */ + if((htim->Instance->CCMR1 & TIM_CCMR1_CC1S) != 0x00) + { + HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(htim); + } + /* Output compare event */ + else + { + HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim); + HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim); + } + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED; + } + } + } + /* Capture compare 2 event */ + if(__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_CC2) != RESET) + { + if(__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_CC2) !=RESET) + { + __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_2; + /* Input capture event */ + if((htim->Instance->CCMR1 & TIM_CCMR1_CC2S) != 0x00) + { + HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(htim); + } + /* Output compare event */ + else + { + HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim); + HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim); + } + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED; + } + } + /* Capture compare 3 event */ + if(__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_CC3) != RESET) + { + if(__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_CC3) !=RESET) + { + __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3); + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_3; + /* Input capture event */ + if((htim->Instance->CCMR2 & TIM_CCMR2_CC3S) != 0x00) + { + HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(htim); + } + /* Output compare event */ + else + { + HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim); + HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim); + } + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED; + } + } + /* Capture compare 4 event */ + if(__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_CC4) != RESET) + { + if(__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_CC4) !=RESET) + { + __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4); + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_4; + /* Input capture event */ + if((htim->Instance->CCMR2 & TIM_CCMR2_CC4S) != 0x00) + { + HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(htim); + } + /* Output compare event */ + else + { + HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim); + HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim); + } + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED; + } + } + /* TIM Update event */ + if(__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_UPDATE) != RESET) + { + if(__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_UPDATE) !=RESET) + { + __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_UPDATE); + HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback(htim); + } + } + /* TIM Break input event */ + if(__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_BREAK) != RESET) + { + if(__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_BREAK) !=RESET) + { + __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_BREAK); + HAL_TIMEx_BreakCallback(htim); + } + } + + /* TIM Break input event */ + if(__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_BREAK2) != RESET) + { + if(__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_BREAK) !=RESET) + { + __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_BREAK); + HAL_TIMEx_BreakCallback(htim); + } + } + + /* TIM Trigger detection event */ + if(__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_TRIGGER) != RESET) + { + if(__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_TRIGGER) !=RESET) + { + __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_TRIGGER); + HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback(htim); + } + } + /* TIM commutation event */ + if(__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_COM) != RESET) + { + if(__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_COM) !=RESET) + { + __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_FLAG_COM); + HAL_TIMEx_CommutationCallback(htim); + } + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group8 Peripheral Control functions + * @brief Peripheral Control functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral Control functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Configure The Input Output channels for OC, PWM, IC or One Pulse mode. + (+) Configure External Clock source. + (+) Configure Complementary channels, break features and dead time. + (+) Configure Master and the Slave synchronization. + (+) Configure the DMA Burst Mode. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIM Output Compare Channels according to the specified + * parameters in the TIM_OC_InitTypeDef. + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @param sConfig: TIM Output Compare configuration structure + * @param Channel: TIM Channels to be enabled. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +__weak HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_ConfigChannel(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef* sConfig, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CHANNELS(Channel)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_MODE(sConfig->OCMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(sConfig->OCPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(sConfig->OCNPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCNIDLE_STATE(sConfig->OCNIdleState)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(sConfig->OCIdleState)); + + /* Check input state */ + __HAL_LOCK(htim); + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + /* Configure the TIM Channel 1 in Output Compare */ + TIM_OC1_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + /* Configure the TIM Channel 2 in Output Compare */ + TIM_OC2_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + /* Configure the TIM Channel 3 in Output Compare */ + TIM_OC3_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + /* Configure the TIM Channel 4 in Output Compare */ + TIM_OC4_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig); + } + break; + + default: + break; + } + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIM Input Capture Channels according to the specified + * parameters in the TIM_IC_InitTypeDef. + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @param sConfig: TIM Input Capture configuration structure + * @param Channel: TIM Channels to be enabled. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_ConfigChannel(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_IC_InitTypeDef* sConfig, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY(sConfig->ICPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_SELECTION(sConfig->ICSelection)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(sConfig->ICPrescaler)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_FILTER(sConfig->ICFilter)); + + __HAL_LOCK(htim); + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1) + { + /* TI1 Configuration */ + TIM_TI1_SetConfig(htim->Instance, + sConfig->ICPolarity, + sConfig->ICSelection, + sConfig->ICFilter); + + /* Reset the IC1PSC Bits */ + htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC1PSC; + + /* Set the IC1PSC value */ + htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= sConfig->ICPrescaler; + } + else if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2) + { + /* TI2 Configuration */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + TIM_TI2_SetConfig(htim->Instance, + sConfig->ICPolarity, + sConfig->ICSelection, + sConfig->ICFilter); + + /* Reset the IC2PSC Bits */ + htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC2PSC; + + /* Set the IC2PSC value */ + htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= (sConfig->ICPrescaler << 8); + } + else if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_3) + { + /* TI3 Configuration */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + TIM_TI3_SetConfig(htim->Instance, + sConfig->ICPolarity, + sConfig->ICSelection, + sConfig->ICFilter); + + /* Reset the IC3PSC Bits */ + htim->Instance->CCMR2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_IC3PSC; + + /* Set the IC3PSC value */ + htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= sConfig->ICPrescaler; + } + else + { + /* TI4 Configuration */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + TIM_TI4_SetConfig(htim->Instance, + sConfig->ICPolarity, + sConfig->ICSelection, + sConfig->ICFilter); + + /* Reset the IC4PSC Bits */ + htim->Instance->CCMR2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_IC4PSC; + + /* Set the IC4PSC value */ + htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= (sConfig->ICPrescaler << 8); + } + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIM PWM channels according to the specified + * parameters in the TIM_OC_InitTypeDef. + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @param sConfig: TIM PWM configuration structure + * @param Channel: TIM Channels to be enabled. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +__weak HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_ConfigChannel(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef* sConfig, uint32_t Channel) +{ + __HAL_LOCK(htim); + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CHANNELS(Channel)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_PWM_MODE(sConfig->OCMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(sConfig->OCPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(sConfig->OCNPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCNIDLE_STATE(sConfig->OCNIdleState)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(sConfig->OCIdleState)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_FAST_STATE(sConfig->OCFastMode)); + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + /* Configure the Channel 1 in PWM mode */ + TIM_OC1_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig); + + /* Set the Preload enable bit for channel1 */ + htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= TIM_CCMR1_OC1PE; + + /* Configure the Output Fast mode */ + htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_OC1FE; + htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= sConfig->OCFastMode; + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + /* Configure the Channel 2 in PWM mode */ + TIM_OC2_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig); + + /* Set the Preload enable bit for channel2 */ + htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= TIM_CCMR1_OC2PE; + + /* Configure the Output Fast mode */ + htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_OC2FE; + htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= sConfig->OCFastMode << 8; + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + /* Configure the Channel 3 in PWM mode */ + TIM_OC3_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig); + + /* Set the Preload enable bit for channel3 */ + htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= TIM_CCMR2_OC3PE; + + /* Configure the Output Fast mode */ + htim->Instance->CCMR2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_OC3FE; + htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= sConfig->OCFastMode; + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + /* Configure the Channel 4 in PWM mode */ + TIM_OC4_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig); + + /* Set the Preload enable bit for channel4 */ + htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= TIM_CCMR2_OC4PE; + + /* Configure the Output Fast mode */ + htim->Instance->CCMR2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_OC4FE; + htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= sConfig->OCFastMode << 8; + } + break; + + default: + break; + } + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIM One Pulse Channels according to the specified + * parameters in the TIM_OnePulse_InitTypeDef. + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @param sConfig: TIM One Pulse configuration structure + * @param OutputChannel: TIM Channels to be enabled. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @param InputChannel: TIM Channels to be enabled. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_ConfigChannel(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_OnePulse_InitTypeDef* sConfig, uint32_t OutputChannel, uint32_t InputChannel) +{ + TIM_OC_InitTypeDef temp1; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_OPM_CHANNELS(OutputChannel)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OPM_CHANNELS(InputChannel)); + + if(OutputChannel != InputChannel) + { + __HAL_LOCK(htim); + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Extract the Output compare configuration from sConfig structure */ + temp1.OCMode = sConfig->OCMode; + temp1.Pulse = sConfig->Pulse; + temp1.OCPolarity = sConfig->OCPolarity; + temp1.OCNPolarity = sConfig->OCNPolarity; + temp1.OCIdleState = sConfig->OCIdleState; + temp1.OCNIdleState = sConfig->OCNIdleState; + + switch (OutputChannel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + TIM_OC1_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &temp1); + } + break; + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + TIM_OC2_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &temp1); + } + break; + default: + break; + } + switch (InputChannel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + TIM_TI1_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig->ICPolarity, + sConfig->ICSelection, sConfig->ICFilter); + + /* Reset the IC1PSC Bits */ + htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC1PSC; + + /* Select the Trigger source */ + htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS; + htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_TS_TI1FP1; + + /* Select the Slave Mode */ + htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_SMS; + htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER; + } + break; + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + TIM_TI2_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig->ICPolarity, + sConfig->ICSelection, sConfig->ICFilter); + + /* Reset the IC2PSC Bits */ + htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC2PSC; + + /* Select the Trigger source */ + htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS; + htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_TS_TI2FP2; + + /* Select the Slave Mode */ + htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_SMS; + htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER; + } + break; + + default: + break; + } + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the DMA Burst to transfer Data from the memory to the TIM peripheral + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @param BurstBaseAddress: TIM Base address from when the DMA will starts the Data write. + * This parameters can be on of the following values: + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR1 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR2 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_SMCR + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_DIER + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_SR + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_EGR + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR1 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR2 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCER + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CNT + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_PSC + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_ARR + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_RCR + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR1 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR2 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR3 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR4 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_BDTR + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_DCR + * @param BurstRequestSrc: TIM DMA Request sources. + * This parameters can be on of the following values: + * @arg TIM_DMA_UPDATE: TIM update Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_DMA_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 DMA source + * @arg TIM_DMA_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 DMA source + * @arg TIM_DMA_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 DMA source + * @arg TIM_DMA_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 DMA source + * @arg TIM_DMA_COM: TIM Commutation DMA source + * @arg TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: TIM Trigger DMA source + * @param BurstBuffer: The Buffer address. + * @param BurstLength: DMA Burst length. This parameter can be one value + * between TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_1TRANSFER and TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_18TRANSFERS. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_WriteStart(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t BurstBaseAddress, uint32_t BurstRequestSrc, + uint32_t* BurstBuffer, uint32_t BurstLength) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_DMABURST_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_BASE(BurstBaseAddress)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_SOURCE(BurstRequestSrc)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_LENGTH(BurstLength)); + + if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY)) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + else if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY)) + { + if((BurstBuffer == 0 ) && (BurstLength > 0)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + } + } + switch(BurstRequestSrc) + { + case TIM_DMA_UPDATE: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferErrorCallback = HAL_TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA Stream */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, ((BurstLength) >> 8) + 1); + } + break; + case TIM_DMA_CC1: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = HAL_TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA Stream */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, ((BurstLength) >> 8) + 1); + } + break; + case TIM_DMA_CC2: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = HAL_TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA Stream */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, ((BurstLength) >> 8) + 1); + } + break; + case TIM_DMA_CC3: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = HAL_TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA Stream */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, ((BurstLength) >> 8) + 1); + } + break; + case TIM_DMA_CC4: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferErrorCallback = HAL_TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA Stream */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, ((BurstLength) >> 8) + 1); + } + break; + case TIM_DMA_COM: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]->XferCpltCallback = HAL_TIMEx_DMACommutationCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]->XferErrorCallback = HAL_TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA Stream */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, ((BurstLength) >> 8) + 1); + } + break; + case TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMATriggerCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]->XferErrorCallback = HAL_TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA Stream */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, ((BurstLength) >> 8) + 1); + } + break; + default: + break; + } + /* configure the DMA Burst Mode */ + htim->Instance->DCR = BurstBaseAddress | BurstLength; + + /* Enable the TIM DMA Request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, BurstRequestSrc); + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM DMA Burst mode + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @param BurstRequestSrc: TIM DMA Request sources to disable + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_WriteStop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t BurstRequestSrc) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_SOURCE(BurstRequestSrc)); + + /* Abort the DMA transfer (at least disable the DMA channel) */ + switch(BurstRequestSrc) + { + case TIM_DMA_UPDATE: + { + HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]); + } + break; + case TIM_DMA_CC1: + { + HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]); + } + break; + case TIM_DMA_CC2: + { + HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]); + } + break; + case TIM_DMA_CC3: + { + HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]); + } + break; + case TIM_DMA_CC4: + { + HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]); + } + break; + case TIM_DMA_COM: + { + HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]); + } + break; + case TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: + { + HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]); + } + break; + default: + break; + } + + /* Disable the TIM Update DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, BurstRequestSrc); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the DMA Burst to transfer Data from the TIM peripheral to the memory + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @param BurstBaseAddress: TIM Base address from when the DMA will starts the Data read. + * This parameters can be on of the following values: + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR1 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR2 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_SMCR + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_DIER + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_SR + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_EGR + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR1 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR2 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCER + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CNT + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_PSC + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_ARR + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_RCR + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR1 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR2 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR3 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR4 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_BDTR + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_DCR + * @param BurstRequestSrc: TIM DMA Request sources. + * This parameters can be on of the following values: + * @arg TIM_DMA_UPDATE: TIM update Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_DMA_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 DMA source + * @arg TIM_DMA_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 DMA source + * @arg TIM_DMA_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 DMA source + * @arg TIM_DMA_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 DMA source + * @arg TIM_DMA_COM: TIM Commutation DMA source + * @arg TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: TIM Trigger DMA source + * @param BurstBuffer: The Buffer address. + * @param BurstLength: DMA Burst length. This parameter can be one value + * between TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_1TRANSFER and TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_18TRANSFERS. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_ReadStart(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t BurstBaseAddress, uint32_t BurstRequestSrc, + uint32_t *BurstBuffer, uint32_t BurstLength) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_DMABURST_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_BASE(BurstBaseAddress)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_SOURCE(BurstRequestSrc)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_LENGTH(BurstLength)); + + if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY)) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + else if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY)) + { + if((BurstBuffer == 0 ) && (BurstLength > 0)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + } + } + switch(BurstRequestSrc) + { + case TIM_DMA_UPDATE: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferErrorCallback = HAL_TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA Stream */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, ((BurstLength) >> 8) + 1); + } + break; + case TIM_DMA_CC1: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_DMACaptureCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = HAL_TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA Stream */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, ((BurstLength) >> 8) + 1); + } + break; + case TIM_DMA_CC2: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_DMACaptureCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = HAL_TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA Stream */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, ((BurstLength) >> 8) + 1); + } + break; + case TIM_DMA_CC3: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_DMACaptureCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = HAL_TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA Stream */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, ((BurstLength) >> 8) + 1); + } + break; + case TIM_DMA_CC4: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_DMACaptureCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferErrorCallback = HAL_TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA Stream */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, ((BurstLength) >> 8) + 1); + } + break; + case TIM_DMA_COM: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]->XferCpltCallback = HAL_TIMEx_DMACommutationCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]->XferErrorCallback = HAL_TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA Stream */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, ((BurstLength) >> 8) + 1); + } + break; + case TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMATriggerCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]->XferErrorCallback = HAL_TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA Stream */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, ((BurstLength) >> 8) + 1); + } + break; + default: + break; + } + + /* configure the DMA Burst Mode */ + htim->Instance->DCR = BurstBaseAddress | BurstLength; + + /* Enable the TIM DMA Request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, BurstRequestSrc); + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stop the DMA burst reading + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @param BurstRequestSrc: TIM DMA Request sources to disable. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_ReadStop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t BurstRequestSrc) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_SOURCE(BurstRequestSrc)); + + /* Abort the DMA transfer (at least disable the DMA channel) */ + switch(BurstRequestSrc) + { + case TIM_DMA_UPDATE: + { + HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]); + } + break; + case TIM_DMA_CC1: + { + HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]); + } + break; + case TIM_DMA_CC2: + { + HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]); + } + break; + case TIM_DMA_CC3: + { + HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]); + } + break; + case TIM_DMA_CC4: + { + HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]); + } + break; + case TIM_DMA_COM: + { + HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]); + } + break; + case TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: + { + HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]); + } + break; + default: + break; + } + + /* Disable the TIM Update DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, BurstRequestSrc); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Generate a software event + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @param EventSource: specifies the event source. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_UPDATE: Timer update Event source + * @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_CC1: Timer Capture Compare 1 Event source + * @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_CC2: Timer Capture Compare 2 Event source + * @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_CC3: Timer Capture Compare 3 Event source + * @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_CC4: Timer Capture Compare 4 Event source + * @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_COM: Timer COM event source + * @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_TRIGGER: Timer Trigger Event source + * @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_BREAK: Timer Break event source + * @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_BREAK2: Timer Break2 event source + * @note TIM6 and TIM7 can only generate an update event. + * @note TIM_EVENTSOURCE_COM, TIM_EVENTSOURCE_BREAK and TIM_EVENTSOURCE_BREAK2 are used only with TIM1 and TIM8. + * @retval HAL status + */ + +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_GenerateEvent(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t EventSource) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_EVENT_SOURCE(EventSource)); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(htim); + + /* Change the TIM state */ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Set the event sources */ + htim->Instance->EGR = EventSource; + + /* Change the TIM state */ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the OCRef clear feature + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @param sClearInputConfig: pointer to a TIM_ClearInputConfigTypeDef structure that + * contains the OCREF clear feature and parameters for the TIM peripheral. + * @param Channel: specifies the TIM Channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +__weak HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_ConfigOCrefClear(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_ClearInputConfigTypeDef * sClearInputConfig, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CHANNELS(Channel)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLEARINPUT_SOURCE(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputSource)); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(htim); + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + if(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputSource == TIM_CLEARINPUTSOURCE_ETR) + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLEARINPUT_POLARITY(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLEARINPUT_PRESCALER(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputPrescaler)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLEARINPUT_FILTER(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputFilter)); + + TIM_ETR_SetConfig(htim->Instance, + sClearInputConfig->ClearInputPrescaler, + sClearInputConfig->ClearInputPolarity, + sClearInputConfig->ClearInputFilter); + } + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + if(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputState != RESET) + { + /* Enable the Ocref clear feature for Channel 1 */ + htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= TIM_CCMR1_OC1CE; + } + else + { + /* Disable the Ocref clear feature for Channel 1 */ + htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_OC1CE; + } + } + break; + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + if(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputState != RESET) + { + /* Enable the Ocref clear feature for Channel 2 */ + htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= TIM_CCMR1_OC2CE; + } + else + { + /* Disable the Ocref clear feature for Channel 2 */ + htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_OC2CE; + } + } + break; + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + if(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputState != RESET) + { + /* Enable the Ocref clear feature for Channel 3 */ + htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= TIM_CCMR2_OC3CE; + } + else + { + /* Disable the Ocref clear feature for Channel 3 */ + htim->Instance->CCMR2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_OC3CE; + } + } + break; + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + if(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputState != RESET) + { + /* Enable the Ocref clear feature for Channel 4 */ + htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= TIM_CCMR2_OC4CE; + } + else + { + /* Disable the Ocref clear feature for Channel 4 */ + htim->Instance->CCMR2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_OC4CE; + } + } + break; + default: + break; + } + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the clock source to be used + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @param sClockSourceConfig: pointer to a TIM_ClockConfigTypeDef structure that + * contains the clock source information for the TIM peripheral. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_ConfigClockSource(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_ClockConfigTypeDef * sClockSourceConfig) +{ + uint32_t tmpsmcr = 0; + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(htim); + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE(sClockSourceConfig->ClockSource)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPOLARITY(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPRESCALER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPrescaler)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKFILTER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter)); + + /* Reset the SMS, TS, ECE, ETPS and ETRF bits */ + tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR; + tmpsmcr &= ~(TIM_SMCR_SMS | TIM_SMCR_TS); + tmpsmcr &= ~(TIM_SMCR_ETF | TIM_SMCR_ETPS | TIM_SMCR_ECE | TIM_SMCR_ETP); + htim->Instance->SMCR = tmpsmcr; + + switch (sClockSourceConfig->ClockSource) + { + case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_INTERNAL: + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + /* Disable slave mode to clock the prescaler directly with the internal clock */ + htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_SMS; + } + break; + + case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE1: + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_ETR_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + /* Configure the ETR Clock source */ + TIM_ETR_SetConfig(htim->Instance, + sClockSourceConfig->ClockPrescaler, + sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity, + sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter); + /* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */ + tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR; + /* Reset the SMS and TS Bits */ + tmpsmcr &= ~(TIM_SMCR_SMS | TIM_SMCR_TS); + /* Select the External clock mode1 and the ETRF trigger */ + tmpsmcr |= (TIM_SLAVEMODE_EXTERNAL1 | TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE1); + /* Write to TIMx SMCR */ + htim->Instance->SMCR = tmpsmcr; + } + break; + + case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE2: + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_ETR_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + /* Configure the ETR Clock source */ + TIM_ETR_SetConfig(htim->Instance, + sClockSourceConfig->ClockPrescaler, + sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity, + sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter); + /* Enable the External clock mode2 */ + htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_SMCR_ECE; + } + break; + + case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI1: + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TIX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + TIM_TI1_ConfigInputStage(htim->Instance, + sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity, + sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter); + TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(htim->Instance, TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI1); + } + break; + case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI2: + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TIX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + TIM_TI2_ConfigInputStage(htim->Instance, + sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity, + sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter); + TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(htim->Instance, TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI2); + } + break; + case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI1ED: + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TIX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + TIM_TI1_ConfigInputStage(htim->Instance, + sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity, + sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter); + TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(htim->Instance, TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI1ED); + } + break; + case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR0: + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITRX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(htim->Instance, TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR0); + } + break; + case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR1: + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITRX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(htim->Instance, TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR1); + } + break; + case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR2: + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITRX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(htim->Instance, TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR2); + } + break; + case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR3: + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITRX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(htim->Instance, TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR3); + } + break; + + default: + break; + } + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the signal connected to the TI1 input: direct from CH1_input + * or a XOR combination between CH1_input, CH2_input & CH3_input + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @param TI1_Selection: Indicate whether or not channel 1 is connected to the + * output of a XOR gate. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_TI1SELECTION_CH1: The TIMx_CH1 pin is connected to TI1 input + * @arg TIM_TI1SELECTION_XORCOMBINATION: The TIMx_CH1, CH2 and CH3 + * pins are connected to the TI1 input (XOR combination) + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_ConfigTI1Input(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t TI1_Selection) +{ + uint32_t tmpcr2 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_XOR_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_TI1SELECTION(TI1_Selection)); + + /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */ + tmpcr2 = htim->Instance->CR2; + + /* Reset the TI1 selection */ + tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_TI1S; + + /* Set the TI1 selection */ + tmpcr2 |= TI1_Selection; + + /* Write to TIMxCR2 */ + htim->Instance->CR2 = tmpcr2; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIM in Slave mode + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @param sSlaveConfig: pointer to a TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef structure that + * contains the selected trigger (internal trigger input, filtered + * timer input or external trigger input) and the ) and the Slave + * mode (Disable, Reset, Gated, Trigger, External clock mode 1). + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_SlaveConfigSynchronization(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef * sSlaveConfig) +{ + uint32_t tmpsmcr = 0; + uint32_t tmpccmr1 = 0; + uint32_t tmpccer = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_SLAVE_MODE(sSlaveConfig->SlaveMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGER_SELECTION(sSlaveConfig->InputTrigger)); + + __HAL_LOCK(htim); + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */ + tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR; + + /* Reset the Trigger Selection Bits */ + tmpsmcr &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS; + /* Set the Input Trigger source */ + tmpsmcr |= sSlaveConfig->InputTrigger; + + /* Reset the slave mode Bits */ + tmpsmcr &= ~TIM_SMCR_SMS; + /* Set the slave mode */ + tmpsmcr |= sSlaveConfig->SlaveMode; + + /* Write to TIMx SMCR */ + htim->Instance->SMCR = tmpsmcr; + + /* Configure the trigger prescaler, filter, and polarity */ + switch (sSlaveConfig->InputTrigger) + { + case TIM_TS_ETRF: + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ETR_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERPRESCALER(sSlaveConfig->TriggerPrescaler)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERPOLARITY(sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERFILTER(sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter)); + /* Configure the ETR Trigger source */ + TIM_ETR_SetConfig(htim->Instance, + sSlaveConfig->TriggerPrescaler, + sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity, + sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter); + } + break; + + case TIM_TS_TI1F_ED: + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERFILTER(sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter)); + + /* Disable the Channel 1: Reset the CC1E Bit */ + tmpccer = htim->Instance->CCER; + htim->Instance->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1E; + tmpccmr1 = htim->Instance->CCMR1; + + /* Set the filter */ + tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC1F; + tmpccmr1 |= ((sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter) << 4); + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */ + htim->Instance->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; + htim->Instance->CCER = tmpccer; + + } + break; + + case TIM_TS_TI1FP1: + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERPOLARITY(sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERFILTER(sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter)); + + /* Configure TI1 Filter and Polarity */ + TIM_TI1_ConfigInputStage(htim->Instance, + sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity, + sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter); + } + break; + + case TIM_TS_TI2FP2: + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERPOLARITY(sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERFILTER(sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter)); + + /* Configure TI2 Filter and Polarity */ + TIM_TI2_ConfigInputStage(htim->Instance, + sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity, + sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter); + } + break; + + case TIM_TS_ITR0: + { + /* Check the parameter */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + } + break; + + case TIM_TS_ITR1: + { + /* Check the parameter */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + } + break; + + case TIM_TS_ITR2: + { + /* Check the parameter */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + } + break; + + case TIM_TS_ITR3: + { + /* Check the parameter */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + } + break; + + default: + break; + } + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIM in Slave mode in interrupt mode + * @param htim: TIM handle. + * @param sSlaveConfig: pointer to a TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef structure that + * contains the selected trigger (internal trigger input, filtered + * timer input or external trigger input) and the ) and the Slave + * mode (Disable, Reset, Gated, Trigger, External clock mode 1). + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_SlaveConfigSynchronization_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, + TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef * sSlaveConfig) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_SLAVE_MODE(sSlaveConfig->SlaveMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGER_SELECTION(sSlaveConfig->InputTrigger)); + + __HAL_LOCK(htim); + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + TIM_SlaveTimer_SetConfig(htim, sSlaveConfig); + + /* Enable Trigger Interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_TRIGGER); + + /* Disable Trigger DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_TRIGGER); + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Read the captured value from Capture Compare unit + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @param Channel: TIM Channels to be enabled. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval Captured value + */ +uint32_t HAL_TIM_ReadCapturedValue(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + __HAL_LOCK(htim); + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Return the capture 1 value */ + tmpreg = htim->Instance->CCR1; + + break; + } + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Return the capture 2 value */ + tmpreg = htim->Instance->CCR2; + + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Return the capture 3 value */ + tmpreg = htim->Instance->CCR3; + + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Return the capture 4 value */ + tmpreg = htim->Instance->CCR4; + + break; + } + + default: + break; + } + + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + return tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group9 TIM Callbacks functions + * @brief TIM Callbacks functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### TIM Callbacks functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides TIM callback functions: + (+) Timer Period elapsed callback + (+) Timer Output Compare callback + (+) Timer Input capture callback + (+) Timer Trigger callback + (+) Timer Error callback + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Period elapsed callback in non blocking mode + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the __HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ + +} +/** + * @brief Output Compare callback in non blocking mode + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the __HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} +/** + * @brief Input Capture callback in non blocking mode + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the __HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief PWM Pulse finished callback in non blocking mode + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the __HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Hall Trigger detection callback in non blocking mode + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Timer error callback in non blocking mode + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIM_ErrorCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TIM_ErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group10 Peripheral State functions + * @brief Peripheral State functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral State functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral + and the data flow. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Return the TIM Base state + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @retval HAL state + */ +HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + return htim->State; +} + +/** + * @brief Return the TIM OC state + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @retval HAL state + */ +HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + return htim->State; +} + +/** + * @brief Return the TIM PWM state + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @retval HAL state + */ +HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + return htim->State; +} + +/** + * @brief Return the TIM Input Capture state + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @retval HAL state + */ +HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + return htim->State; +} + +/** + * @brief Return the TIM One Pulse Mode state + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @retval HAL state + */ +HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + return htim->State; +} + +/** + * @brief Return the TIM Encoder Mode state + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @retval HAL state + */ +HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + return htim->State; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @brief TIM DMA error callback + * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_TIM_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + TIM_HandleTypeDef* htim = ( TIM_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; + + htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + HAL_TIM_ErrorCallback(htim); +} + +/** + * @brief TIM DMA Delay Pulse complete callback. + * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + TIM_HandleTypeDef* htim = ( TIM_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; + + htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]) + { + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_1; + } + else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]) + { + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_2; + } + else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]) + { + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_3; + } + else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]) + { + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_4; + } + + HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim); + + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED; +} +/** + * @brief TIM DMA Capture complete callback. + * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_TIM_DMACaptureCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + TIM_HandleTypeDef* htim = ( TIM_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; + + htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]) + { + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_1; + } + else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]) + { + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_2; + } + else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]) + { + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_3; + } + else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]) + { + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_4; + } + + HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(htim); + + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED; + +} + +/** + * @brief TIM DMA Period Elapse complete callback. + * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. + * @retval None + */ +static void TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + TIM_HandleTypeDef* htim = ( TIM_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; + + htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback(htim); +} + +/** + * @brief TIM DMA Trigger callback. + * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. + * @retval None + */ +static void TIM_DMATriggerCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + TIM_HandleTypeDef* htim = ( TIM_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; + + htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback(htim); +} + +/** + * @brief Time Base configuration + * @param TIMx: TIM peripheral + * @param Structure: pointer on TIM Time Base required parameters + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_Base_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_Base_InitTypeDef *Structure) +{ + uint32_t tmpcr1 = 0; + tmpcr1 = TIMx->CR1; + + /* Set TIM Time Base Unit parameters ---------------------------------------*/ + if(IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(TIMx) != RESET) + { + /* Select the Counter Mode */ + tmpcr1 &= ~(TIM_CR1_DIR | TIM_CR1_CMS); + tmpcr1 |= Structure->CounterMode; + } + + if(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(TIMx) != RESET) + { + /* Set the clock division */ + tmpcr1 &= ~TIM_CR1_CKD; + tmpcr1 |= (uint32_t)Structure->ClockDivision; + } + + TIMx->CR1 = tmpcr1; + + /* Set the Auto-reload value */ + TIMx->ARR = (uint32_t)Structure->Period ; + + /* Set the Prescaler value */ + TIMx->PSC = (uint32_t)Structure->Prescaler; + + if(IS_TIM_ADVANCED_INSTANCE(TIMx) != RESET) + { + /* Set the Repetition Counter value */ + TIMx->RCR = Structure->RepetitionCounter; + } + + /* Generate an update event to reload the Prescaler + and the repetition counter(only for TIM1 and TIM8) value immediately */ + TIMx->EGR = TIM_EGR_UG; +} + +/** + * @brief Time Output Compare 1 configuration + * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral + * @param OC_Config: The output configuration structure + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC1_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmrx = 0; + uint32_t tmpccer = 0; + uint32_t tmpcr2 = 0; + + /* Disable the Channel 1: Reset the CC1E Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1E; + + /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */ + tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2; + + /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */ + tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR1; + + /* Reset the Output Compare Mode Bits */ + tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR1_OC1M; + tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR1_CC1S; + /* Select the Output Compare Mode */ + tmpccmrx |= OC_Config->OCMode; + + /* Reset the Output Polarity level */ + tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1P; + /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */ + tmpccer |= OC_Config->OCPolarity; + + + if(IS_TIM_ADVANCED_INSTANCE(TIMx) != RESET) + { + /* Reset the Output N Polarity level */ + tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1NP; + /* Set the Output N Polarity */ + tmpccer |= OC_Config->OCNPolarity; + /* Reset the Output N State */ + tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1NE; + + /* Reset the Output Compare and Output Compare N IDLE State */ + tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_OIS1; + tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_OIS1N; + /* Set the Output Idle state */ + tmpcr2 |= OC_Config->OCIdleState; + /* Set the Output N Idle state */ + tmpcr2 |= OC_Config->OCNIdleState; + } + /* Write to TIMx CR2 */ + TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2; + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */ + TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmrx; + + /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */ + TIMx->CCR1 = OC_Config->Pulse; + + /* Write to TIMx CCER */ + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Time Output Compare 2 configuration + * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral + * @param OC_Config: The output configuration structure + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC2_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmrx = 0; + uint32_t tmpccer = 0; + uint32_t tmpcr2 = 0; + + /* Disable the Channel 2: Reset the CC2E Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC2E; + + /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */ + tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2; + + /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */ + tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR1; + + /* Reset the Output Compare mode and Capture/Compare selection Bits */ + tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR1_OC2M; + tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR1_CC2S; + + /* Select the Output Compare Mode */ + tmpccmrx |= (OC_Config->OCMode << 8); + + /* Reset the Output Polarity level */ + tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC2P; + /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */ + tmpccer |= (OC_Config->OCPolarity << 4); + + if(IS_TIM_ADVANCED_INSTANCE(TIMx) != RESET) + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(OC_Config->OCNPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCNIDLE_STATE(OC_Config->OCNIdleState)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(OC_Config->OCIdleState)); + + /* Reset the Output N Polarity level */ + tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC2NP; + /* Set the Output N Polarity */ + tmpccer |= (OC_Config->OCNPolarity << 4); + /* Reset the Output N State */ + tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC2NE; + + /* Reset the Output Compare and Output Compare N IDLE State */ + tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_OIS2; + tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_OIS2N; + /* Set the Output Idle state */ + tmpcr2 |= (OC_Config->OCIdleState << 2); + /* Set the Output N Idle state */ + tmpcr2 |= (OC_Config->OCNIdleState << 2); + } + /* Write to TIMx CR2 */ + TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2; + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */ + TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmrx; + + /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */ + TIMx->CCR2 = OC_Config->Pulse; + + /* Write to TIMx CCER */ + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Time Output Compare 3 configuration + * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral + * @param OC_Config: The output configuration structure + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC3_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmrx = 0; + uint32_t tmpccer = 0; + uint32_t tmpcr2 = 0; + + /* Disable the Channel 3: Reset the CC2E Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC3E; + + /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */ + tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2; + + /* Get the TIMx CCMR2 register value */ + tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR2; + + /* Reset the Output Compare mode and Capture/Compare selection Bits */ + tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR2_OC3M; + tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR2_CC3S; + /* Select the Output Compare Mode */ + tmpccmrx |= OC_Config->OCMode; + + /* Reset the Output Polarity level */ + tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC3P; + /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */ + tmpccer |= (OC_Config->OCPolarity << 8); + + if(IS_TIM_ADVANCED_INSTANCE(TIMx) != RESET) + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(OC_Config->OCNPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCNIDLE_STATE(OC_Config->OCNIdleState)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(OC_Config->OCIdleState)); + + /* Reset the Output N Polarity level */ + tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC3NP; + /* Set the Output N Polarity */ + tmpccer |= (OC_Config->OCNPolarity << 8); + /* Reset the Output N State */ + tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC3NE; + + /* Reset the Output Compare and Output Compare N IDLE State */ + tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_OIS3; + tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_OIS3N; + /* Set the Output Idle state */ + tmpcr2 |= (OC_Config->OCIdleState << 4); + /* Set the Output N Idle state */ + tmpcr2 |= (OC_Config->OCNIdleState << 4); + } + /* Write to TIMx CR2 */ + TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2; + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 */ + TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmrx; + + /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */ + TIMx->CCR3 = OC_Config->Pulse; + + /* Write to TIMx CCER */ + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Time Output Compare 4 configuration + * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral + * @param OC_Config: The output configuration structure + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC4_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmrx = 0; + uint32_t tmpccer = 0; + uint32_t tmpcr2 = 0; + + /* Disable the Channel 4: Reset the CC4E Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC4E; + + /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */ + tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2; + + /* Get the TIMx CCMR2 register value */ + tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR2; + + /* Reset the Output Compare mode and Capture/Compare selection Bits */ + tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR2_OC4M; + tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR2_CC4S; + + /* Select the Output Compare Mode */ + tmpccmrx |= (OC_Config->OCMode << 8); + + /* Reset the Output Polarity level */ + tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC4P; + /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */ + tmpccer |= (OC_Config->OCPolarity << 12); + + /*if((TIMx == TIM1) || (TIMx == TIM8))*/ + if(IS_TIM_ADVANCED_INSTANCE(TIMx) != RESET) + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(OC_Config->OCIdleState)); + /* Reset the Output Compare IDLE State */ + tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_OIS4; + /* Set the Output Idle state */ + tmpcr2 |= (OC_Config->OCIdleState << 6); + } + /* Write to TIMx CR2 */ + TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2; + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 */ + TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmrx; + + /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */ + TIMx->CCR4 = OC_Config->Pulse; + + /* Write to TIMx CCER */ + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Time Output Compare 4 configuration + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @param sSlaveConfig: The slave configuration structure + * @retval None + */ +static void TIM_SlaveTimer_SetConfig(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, + TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef * sSlaveConfig) +{ + uint32_t tmpsmcr = 0; + uint32_t tmpccmr1 = 0; + uint32_t tmpccer = 0; + + /* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */ + tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR; + + /* Reset the Trigger Selection Bits */ + tmpsmcr &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS; + /* Set the Input Trigger source */ + tmpsmcr |= sSlaveConfig->InputTrigger; + + /* Reset the slave mode Bits */ + tmpsmcr &= ~TIM_SMCR_SMS; + /* Set the slave mode */ + tmpsmcr |= sSlaveConfig->SlaveMode; + + /* Write to TIMx SMCR */ + htim->Instance->SMCR = tmpsmcr; + + /* Configure the trigger prescaler, filter, and polarity */ + switch (sSlaveConfig->InputTrigger) + { + case TIM_TS_ETRF: + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ETR_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERPRESCALER(sSlaveConfig->TriggerPrescaler)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERPOLARITY(sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERFILTER(sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter)); + /* Configure the ETR Trigger source */ + TIM_ETR_SetConfig(htim->Instance, + sSlaveConfig->TriggerPrescaler, + sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity, + sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter); + } + break; + + case TIM_TS_TI1F_ED: + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERPOLARITY(sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERFILTER(sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter)); + + /* Disable the Channel 1: Reset the CC1E Bit */ + tmpccer = htim->Instance->CCER; + htim->Instance->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1E; + tmpccmr1 = htim->Instance->CCMR1; + + /* Set the filter */ + tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC1F; + tmpccmr1 |= ((sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter) << 4); + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */ + htim->Instance->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; + htim->Instance->CCER = tmpccer; + + } + break; + + case TIM_TS_TI1FP1: + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERPOLARITY(sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERFILTER(sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter)); + + /* Configure TI1 Filter and Polarity */ + TIM_TI1_ConfigInputStage(htim->Instance, + sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity, + sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter); + } + break; + + case TIM_TS_TI2FP2: + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERPOLARITY(sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERFILTER(sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter)); + + /* Configure TI2 Filter and Polarity */ + TIM_TI2_ConfigInputStage(htim->Instance, + sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity, + sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter); + } + break; + + case TIM_TS_ITR0: + { + /* Check the parameter */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + } + break; + + case TIM_TS_ITR1: + { + /* Check the parameter */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + } + break; + + case TIM_TS_ITR2: + { + /* Check the parameter */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + } + break; + + case TIM_TS_ITR3: + { + /* Check the parameter */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + } + break; + + default: + break; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the TI1 as Input. + * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_ICPolarity : The Input Polarity. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Rising + * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Falling + * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_BothEdge + * @param TIM_ICSelection: specifies the input to be used. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI: TIM Input 1 is selected to be connected to IC1. + * @arg TIM_ICSelection_IndirectTI: TIM Input 1 is selected to be connected to IC2. + * @arg TIM_ICSelection_TRC: TIM Input 1 is selected to be connected to TRC. + * @param TIM_ICFilter: Specifies the Input Capture Filter. + * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F. + * @retval None + * @note TIM_ICFilter and TIM_ICPolarity are not used in INDIRECT mode as TI2FP1 + * (on channel2 path) is used as the input signal. Therefore CCMR1 must be + * protected against un-initialized filter and polarity values. + */ +void TIM_TI1_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection, + uint32_t TIM_ICFilter) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmr1 = 0; + uint32_t tmpccer = 0; + + /* Disable the Channel 1: Reset the CC1E Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1E; + tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + + /* Select the Input */ + if(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(TIMx) != RESET) + { + tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_CC1S; + tmpccmr1 |= TIM_ICSelection; + } + else + { + tmpccmr1 |= TIM_CCMR1_CC1S_0; + } + + /* Set the filter */ + tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC1F; + tmpccmr1 |= ((TIM_ICFilter << 4) & TIM_CCMR1_IC1F); + + /* Select the Polarity and set the CC1E Bit */ + tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC1P | TIM_CCER_CC1NP); + tmpccer |= (TIM_ICPolarity & (TIM_CCER_CC1P | TIM_CCER_CC1NP)); + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */ + TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the Polarity and Filter for TI1. + * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_ICPolarity : The Input Polarity. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Rising + * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Falling + * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_BothEdge + * @param TIM_ICFilter: Specifies the Input Capture Filter. + * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F. + * @retval None + */ +static void TIM_TI1_ConfigInputStage(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICFilter) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmr1 = 0; + uint32_t tmpccer = 0; + + /* Disable the Channel 1: Reset the CC1E Bit */ + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1E; + tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; + + /* Set the filter */ + tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC1F; + tmpccmr1 |= (TIM_ICFilter << 4); + + /* Select the Polarity and set the CC1E Bit */ + tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC1P | TIM_CCER_CC1NP); + tmpccer |= TIM_ICPolarity; + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */ + TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the TI2 as Input. + * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral + * @param TIM_ICPolarity : The Input Polarity. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Rising + * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Falling + * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_BothEdge + * @param TIM_ICSelection: specifies the input to be used. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI: TIM Input 2 is selected to be connected to IC2. + * @arg TIM_ICSelection_IndirectTI: TIM Input 2 is selected to be connected to IC1. + * @arg TIM_ICSelection_TRC: TIM Input 2 is selected to be connected to TRC. + * @param TIM_ICFilter: Specifies the Input Capture Filter. + * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F. + * @retval None + * @note TIM_ICFilter and TIM_ICPolarity are not used in INDIRECT mode as TI1FP2 + * (on channel1 path) is used as the input signal. Therefore CCMR1 must be + * protected against un-initialized filter and polarity values. + */ +static void TIM_TI2_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection, + uint32_t TIM_ICFilter) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmr1 = 0; + uint32_t tmpccer = 0; + + /* Disable the Channel 2: Reset the CC2E Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC2E; + tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + + /* Select the Input */ + tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_CC2S; + tmpccmr1 |= (TIM_ICSelection << 8); + + /* Set the filter */ + tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC2F; + tmpccmr1 |= ((TIM_ICFilter << 12) & TIM_CCMR1_IC2F); + + /* Select the Polarity and set the CC2E Bit */ + tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC2P | TIM_CCER_CC2NP); + tmpccer |= ((TIM_ICPolarity << 4) & (TIM_CCER_CC2P | TIM_CCER_CC2NP)); + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */ + TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1 ; + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the Polarity and Filter for TI2. + * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_ICPolarity : The Input Polarity. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Rising + * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Falling + * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_BothEdge + * @param TIM_ICFilter: Specifies the Input Capture Filter. + * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F. + * @retval None + */ +static void TIM_TI2_ConfigInputStage(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICFilter) +{ +uint32_t tmpccmr1 = 0; + uint32_t tmpccer = 0; + + /* Disable the Channel 2: Reset the CC2E Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC2E; + tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + + /* Set the filter */ + tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC2F; + tmpccmr1 |= (TIM_ICFilter << 12); + + /* Select the Polarity and set the CC2E Bit */ + tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC2P | TIM_CCER_CC2NP); + tmpccer |= (TIM_ICPolarity << 4); + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */ + TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1 ; + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the TI3 as Input. + * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral + * @param TIM_ICPolarity : The Input Polarity. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Rising + * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Falling + * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_BothEdge + * @param TIM_ICSelection: specifies the input to be used. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI: TIM Input 3 is selected to be connected to IC3. + * @arg TIM_ICSelection_IndirectTI: TIM Input 3 is selected to be connected to IC4. + * @arg TIM_ICSelection_TRC: TIM Input 3 is selected to be connected to TRC. + * @param TIM_ICFilter: Specifies the Input Capture Filter. + * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F. + * @retval None + * @note TIM_ICFilter and TIM_ICPolarity are not used in INDIRECT mode as TI3FP4 + * (on channel1 path) is used as the input signal. Therefore CCMR2 must be + * protected against un-initialized filter and polarity values. + */ +static void TIM_TI3_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection, + uint32_t TIM_ICFilter) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmr2 = 0; + uint32_t tmpccer = 0; + + /* Disable the Channel 3: Reset the CC3E Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC3E; + tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2; + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + + /* Select the Input */ + tmpccmr2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_CC3S; + tmpccmr2 |= TIM_ICSelection; + + /* Set the filter */ + tmpccmr2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_IC3F; + tmpccmr2 |= ((TIM_ICFilter << 4) & TIM_CCMR2_IC3F); + + /* Select the Polarity and set the CC3E Bit */ + tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC3P | TIM_CCER_CC3NP); + tmpccer |= ((TIM_ICPolarity << 8) & (TIM_CCER_CC3P | TIM_CCER_CC3NP)); + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 and CCER registers */ + TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2; + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the TI4 as Input. + * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral + * @param TIM_ICPolarity : The Input Polarity. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Rising + * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Falling + * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_BothEdge + * @param TIM_ICSelection: specifies the input to be used. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI: TIM Input 4 is selected to be connected to IC4. + * @arg TIM_ICSelection_IndirectTI: TIM Input 4 is selected to be connected to IC3. + * @arg TIM_ICSelection_TRC: TIM Input 4 is selected to be connected to TRC. + * @param TIM_ICFilter: Specifies the Input Capture Filter. + * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F. + * @retval None + * @note TIM_ICFilter and TIM_ICPolarity are not used in INDIRECT mode as TI4FP3 + * (on channel1 path) is used as the input signal. Therefore CCMR2 must be + * protected against un-initialized filter and polarity values. + */ +static void TIM_TI4_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection, + uint32_t TIM_ICFilter) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmr2 = 0; + uint32_t tmpccer = 0; + + /* Disable the Channel 4: Reset the CC4E Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC4E; + tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2; + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + + /* Select the Input */ + tmpccmr2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_CC4S; + tmpccmr2 |= (TIM_ICSelection << 8); + + /* Set the filter */ + tmpccmr2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_IC4F; + tmpccmr2 |= ((TIM_ICFilter << 12) & TIM_CCMR2_IC4F); + + /* Select the Polarity and set the CC4E Bit */ + tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC4P | TIM_CCER_CC4NP); + tmpccer |= ((TIM_ICPolarity << 12) & (TIM_CCER_CC4P | TIM_CCER_CC4NP)); + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 and CCER registers */ + TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2; + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer ; +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the Input Trigger source + * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral + * @param TIM_ITRx: The Input Trigger source. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR0: Internal Trigger 0 + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR1: Internal Trigger 1 + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR2: Internal Trigger 2 + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR3: Internal Trigger 3 + * @arg TIM_TS_TI1F_ED: TI1 Edge Detector + * @arg TIM_TS_TI1FP1: Filtered Timer Input 1 + * @arg TIM_TS_TI2FP2: Filtered Timer Input 2 + * @arg TIM_TS_ETRF: External Trigger input + * @retval None + */ +static void TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ITRx) +{ + uint32_t tmpsmcr = 0; + + /* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */ + tmpsmcr = TIMx->SMCR; + /* Reset the TS Bits */ + tmpsmcr &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS; + /* Set the Input Trigger source and the slave mode*/ + tmpsmcr |= TIM_ITRx | TIM_SLAVEMODE_EXTERNAL1; + /* Write to TIMx SMCR */ + TIMx->SMCR = tmpsmcr; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx External Trigger (ETR). + * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral + * @param TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler: The external Trigger Prescaler. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV1: ETRP Prescaler OFF. + * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV2: ETRP frequency divided by 2. + * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV4: ETRP frequency divided by 4. + * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV8: ETRP frequency divided by 8. + * @param TIM_ExtTRGPolarity: The external Trigger Polarity. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_Inverted: active low or falling edge active. + * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_NonInverted: active high or rising edge active. + * @param ExtTRGFilter: External Trigger Filter. + * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_ETR_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler, + uint32_t TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, uint32_t ExtTRGFilter) +{ + uint32_t tmpsmcr = 0; + + tmpsmcr = TIMx->SMCR; + + /* Reset the ETR Bits */ + tmpsmcr &= ~(TIM_SMCR_ETF | TIM_SMCR_ETPS | TIM_SMCR_ECE | TIM_SMCR_ETP); + + /* Set the Prescaler, the Filter value and the Polarity */ + tmpsmcr |= (uint32_t)(TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler | (TIM_ExtTRGPolarity | (ExtTRGFilter << 8))); + + /* Write to TIMx SMCR */ + TIMx->SMCR = tmpsmcr; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the TIM Capture Compare Channel x. + * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral + * @param Channel: specifies the TIM Channel + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_Channel_1: TIM Channel 1 + * @arg TIM_Channel_2: TIM Channel 2 + * @arg TIM_Channel_3: TIM Channel 3 + * @arg TIM_Channel_4: TIM Channel 4 + * @param ChannelState: specifies the TIM Channel CCxE bit new state. + * This parameter can be: TIM_CCx_ENABLE or TIM_CCx_Disable. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_CCxChannelCmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t ChannelState) +{ + uint32_t tmp = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CHANNELS(Channel)); + + tmp = TIM_CCER_CC1E << Channel; + + /* Reset the CCxE Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= ~tmp; + + /* Set or reset the CCxE Bit */ + TIMx->CCER |= (uint32_t)(ChannelState << Channel); +} + + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_TIM_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/stmhal/hal/f7/src/stm32f7xx_hal_tim_ex.c b/stmhal/hal/f7/src/stm32f7xx_hal_tim_ex.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0252db920f --- /dev/null +++ b/stmhal/hal/f7/src/stm32f7xx_hal_tim_ex.c @@ -0,0 +1,2481 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f7xx_hal_tim_ex.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.1 + * @date 25-June-2015 + * @brief TIM HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Timer extension peripheral: + * + Time Hall Sensor Interface Initialization + * + Time Hall Sensor Interface Start + * + Time Complementary signal bread and dead time configuration + * + Time Master and Slave synchronization configuration + * + Time Output Compare/PWM Channel Configuration (for channels 5 and 6) + * + Time OCRef clear configuration + * + Timer remapping capabilities configuration + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### TIMER Extended features ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + The Timer Extension features include: + (#) Complementary outputs with programmable dead-time for : + (++) Input Capture + (++) Output Compare + (++) PWM generation (Edge and Center-aligned Mode) + (++) One-pulse mode output + (#) Synchronization circuit to control the timer with external signals and to + interconnect several timers together. + (#) Break input to put the timer output signals in reset state or in a known state. + (#) Supports incremental (quadrature) encoder and hall-sensor circuitry for + positioning purposes + + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + (#) Initialize the TIM low level resources by implementing the following functions + depending from feature used : + (++) Complementary Output Compare : HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit() + (++) Complementary PWM generation : HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit() + (++) Complementary One-pulse mode output : HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit() + (++) Hall Sensor output : HAL_TIM_HallSensor_MspInit() + + (#) Initialize the TIM low level resources : + (##) Enable the TIM interface clock using __TIMx_CLK_ENABLE(); + (##) TIM pins configuration + (+++) Enable the clock for the TIM GPIOs using the following function: + __GPIOx_CLK_ENABLE(); + (+++) Configure these TIM pins in Alternate function mode using HAL_GPIO_Init(); + + (#) The external Clock can be configured, if needed (the default clock is the + internal clock from the APBx), using the following function: + HAL_TIM_ConfigClockSource, the clock configuration should be done before + any start function. + + (#) Configure the TIM in the desired functioning mode using one of the + initialization function of this driver: + (++) HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Init and HAL_TIMEx_ConfigCommutationEvent: to use the + Timer Hall Sensor Interface and the commutation event with the corresponding + Interrupt and DMA request if needed (Note that One Timer is used to interface + with the Hall sensor Interface and another Timer should be used to use + the commutation event). + + (#) Activate the TIM peripheral using one of the start functions: + (++) Complementary Output Compare : HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Start(), HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIMEx_OC_Start_IT() + (++) Complementary PWM generation : HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Start(), HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Start_IT() + (++) Complementary One-pulse mode output : HAL_TIMEx_OnePulseN_Start(), HAL_TIMEx_OnePulseN_Start_IT() + (++) Hall Sensor output : HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Start(), HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Start_IT(). + + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup TIMEx TIMEx + * @brief TIM Extended HAL module driver + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_TIM_MODULE_ENABLED + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#define BDTR_BKF_SHIFT (16) +#define BDTR_BK2F_SHIFT (20) +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup TIMEx_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ +static void TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t ChannelNState); +static void TIM_OC5_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config); +static void TIM_OC6_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config); +/** + * @} + */ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions TIMEx Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Extended Timer Hall Sensor functions + * @brief Timer Hall Sensor functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Timer Hall Sensor functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Initialize and configure TIM HAL Sensor. + (+) De-initialize TIM HAL Sensor. + (+) Start the Hall Sensor Interface. + (+) Stop the Hall Sensor Interface. + (+) Start the Hall Sensor Interface and enable interrupts. + (+) Stop the Hall Sensor Interface and disable interrupts. + (+) Start the Hall Sensor Interface and enable DMA transfers. + (+) Stop the Hall Sensor Interface and disable DMA transfers. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIM Hall Sensor Interface and create the associated handle. + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @param sConfig: TIM Hall Sensor configuration structure + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_HallSensor_InitTypeDef* sConfig) +{ + TIM_OC_InitTypeDef OC_Config; + + /* Check the TIM handle allocation */ + if(htim == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + assert_param(IS_TIM_XOR_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY(sConfig->IC1Polarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(sConfig->IC1Prescaler)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_FILTER(sConfig->IC1Filter)); + + /* Set the TIM state */ + htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */ + HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspInit(htim); + + /* Configure the Time base in the Encoder Mode */ + TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init); + + /* Configure the Channel 1 as Input Channel to interface with the three Outputs of the Hall sensor */ + TIM_TI1_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig->IC1Polarity, TIM_ICSELECTION_TRC, sConfig->IC1Filter); + + /* Reset the IC1PSC Bits */ + htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC1PSC; + /* Set the IC1PSC value */ + htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= sConfig->IC1Prescaler; + + /* Enable the Hall sensor interface (XOR function of the three inputs) */ + htim->Instance->CR2 |= TIM_CR2_TI1S; + + /* Select the TIM_TS_TI1F_ED signal as Input trigger for the TIM */ + htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS; + htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_TS_TI1F_ED; + + /* Use the TIM_TS_TI1F_ED signal to reset the TIM counter each edge detection */ + htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_SMS; + htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_SLAVEMODE_RESET; + + /* Program channel 2 in PWM 2 mode with the desired Commutation_Delay*/ + OC_Config.OCFastMode = TIM_OCFAST_DISABLE; + OC_Config.OCIdleState = TIM_OCIDLESTATE_RESET; + OC_Config.OCMode = TIM_OCMODE_PWM2; + OC_Config.OCNIdleState = TIM_OCNIDLESTATE_RESET; + OC_Config.OCNPolarity = TIM_OCNPOLARITY_HIGH; + OC_Config.OCPolarity = TIM_OCPOLARITY_HIGH; + OC_Config.Pulse = sConfig->Commutation_Delay; + + TIM_OC2_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &OC_Config); + + /* Select OC2REF as trigger output on TRGO: write the MMS bits in the TIMx_CR2 + register to 101 */ + htim->Instance->CR2 &= ~TIM_CR2_MMS; + htim->Instance->CR2 |= TIM_TRGO_OC2REF; + + /* Initialize the TIM state*/ + htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes the TIM Hall Sensor interface + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */ + HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspDeInit(htim); + + /* Change TIM state */ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET; + + /* Release Lock */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIM Hall Sensor MSP. + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes TIM Hall Sensor MSP. + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM Hall Sensor Interface. + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_XOR_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Enable the Input Capture channels 1 + (in the Hall Sensor Interface the Three possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CHANNEL_2 and TIM_CHANNEL_3) */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM Hall sensor Interface. + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_XOR_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Disable the Input Capture channels 1, 2 and 3 + (in the Hall Sensor Interface the Three possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CHANNEL_2 and TIM_CHANNEL_3) */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM Hall Sensor Interface in interrupt mode. + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_XOR_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Enable the capture compare Interrupts 1 event */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); + + /* Enable the Input Capture channels 1 + (in the Hall Sensor Interface the Three possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CHANNEL_2 and TIM_CHANNEL_3) */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM Hall Sensor Interface in interrupt mode. + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_XOR_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Disable the Input Capture channels 1 + (in the Hall Sensor Interface the Three possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CHANNEL_2 and TIM_CHANNEL_3) */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + + /* Disable the capture compare Interrupts event */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM Hall Sensor Interface in DMA mode. + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @param pData: The destination Buffer address. + * @param Length: The length of data to be transferred from TIM peripheral to memory. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Length) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_XOR_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY)) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + else if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY)) + { + if(((uint32_t)pData == 0 ) && (Length > 0)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + } + } + /* Enable the Input Capture channels 1 + (in the Hall Sensor Interface the Three possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CHANNEL_2 and TIM_CHANNEL_3) */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + + /* Set the DMA Input Capture 1 Callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_DMACaptureCplt; + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = HAL_TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA Stream for Capture 1*/ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, (uint32_t)pData, Length); + + /* Enable the capture compare 1 Interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM Hall Sensor Interface in DMA mode. + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_XOR_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Disable the Input Capture channels 1 + (in the Hall Sensor Interface the Three possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CHANNEL_2 and TIM_CHANNEL_3) */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + + + /* Disable the capture compare Interrupts 1 event */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions_Group2 Extended Timer Complementary Output Compare functions + * @brief Timer Complementary Output Compare functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Timer Complementary Output Compare functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Start the Complementary Output Compare/PWM. + (+) Stop the Complementary Output Compare/PWM. + (+) Start the Complementary Output Compare/PWM and enable interrupts. + (+) Stop the Complementary Output Compare/PWM and disable interrupts. + (+) Start the Complementary Output Compare/PWM and enable DMA transfers. + (+) Stop the Complementary Output Compare/PWM and disable DMA transfers. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM Output Compare signal generation on the complementary + * output. + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @param Channel: TIM Channel to be enabled. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + /* Enable the Capture compare channel N */ + TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_ENABLE); + + /* Enable the Main Output */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM Output Compare signal generation on the complementary + * output. + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @param Channel: TIM Channel to be disabled. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + /* Disable the Capture compare channel N */ + TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_DISABLE); + + /* Disable the Main Output */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM Output Compare signal generation in interrupt mode + * on the complementary output. + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @param Channel: TIM Channel to be enabled. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Enable the TIM Output Compare interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Enable the TIM Output Compare interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + /* Enable the TIM Output Compare interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + /* Enable the TIM Output Compare interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4); + } + break; + + default: + break; + } + + /* Enable the TIM Break interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_BREAK); + + /* Enable the Capture compare channel N */ + TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_ENABLE); + + /* Enable the Main Output */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM Output Compare signal generation in interrupt mode + * on the complementary output. + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @param Channel: TIM Channel to be disabled. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + uint32_t tmpccer = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Disable the TIM Output Compare interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Disable the TIM Output Compare interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + /* Disable the TIM Output Compare interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + /* Disable the TIM Output Compare interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4); + } + break; + + default: + break; + } + + /* Disable the Capture compare channel N */ + TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_DISABLE); + + /* Disable the TIM Break interrupt (only if no more channel is active) */ + tmpccer = htim->Instance->CCER; + if ((tmpccer & (TIM_CCER_CC1NE | TIM_CCER_CC2NE | TIM_CCER_CC3NE)) == RESET) + { + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_BREAK); + } + + /* Disable the Main Output */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM Output Compare signal generation in DMA mode + * on the complementary output. + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @param Channel: TIM Channel to be enabled. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @param pData: The source Buffer address. + * @param Length: The length of data to be transferred from memory to TIM peripheral + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Length) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY)) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + else if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY)) + { + if(((uint32_t)pData == 0 ) && (Length > 0)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + } + } + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = HAL_TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA Stream */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, Length); + + /* Enable the TIM Output Compare DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = HAL_TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA Stream */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, Length); + + /* Enable the TIM Output Compare DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: +{ + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = HAL_TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA Stream */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR3,Length); + + /* Enable the TIM Output Compare DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferErrorCallback = HAL_TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA Stream */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR4, Length); + + /* Enable the TIM Output Compare DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4); + } + break; + + default: + break; + } + + /* Enable the Capture compare channel N */ + TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_ENABLE); + + /* Enable the Main Output */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM Output Compare signal generation in DMA mode + * on the complementary output. + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @param Channel: TIM Channel to be disabled. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Disable the TIM Output Compare DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Disable the TIM Output Compare DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + /* Disable the TIM Output Compare DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + /* Disable the TIM Output Compare interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4); + } + break; + + default: + break; + } + + /* Disable the Capture compare channel N */ + TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_DISABLE); + + /* Disable the Main Output */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Change the htim state */ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions_Group3 Extended Timer Complementary PWM functions + * @brief Timer Complementary PWM functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Timer Complementary PWM functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Start the Complementary PWM. + (+) Stop the Complementary PWM. + (+) Start the Complementary PWM and enable interrupts. + (+) Stop the Complementary PWM and disable interrupts. + (+) Start the Complementary PWM and enable DMA transfers. + (+) Stop the Complementary PWM and disable DMA transfers. + (+) Start the Complementary Input Capture measurement. + (+) Stop the Complementary Input Capture. + (+) Start the Complementary Input Capture and enable interrupts. + (+) Stop the Complementary Input Capture and disable interrupts. + (+) Start the Complementary Input Capture and enable DMA transfers. + (+) Stop the Complementary Input Capture and disable DMA transfers. + (+) Start the Complementary One Pulse generation. + (+) Stop the Complementary One Pulse. + (+) Start the Complementary One Pulse and enable interrupts. + (+) Stop the Complementary One Pulse and disable interrupts. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Starts the PWM signal generation on the complementary output. + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @param Channel: TIM Channel to be enabled. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + /* Enable the complementary PWM output */ + TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_ENABLE); + + /* Enable the Main Output */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the PWM signal generation on the complementary output. + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @param Channel: TIM Channel to be disabled. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + /* Disable the complementary PWM output */ + TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_DISABLE); + + /* Disable the Main Output */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the PWM signal generation in interrupt mode on the + * complementary output. + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @param Channel: TIM Channel to be disabled. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4); + } + break; + + default: + break; + } + + /* Enable the TIM Break interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_BREAK); + + /* Enable the complementary PWM output */ + TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_ENABLE); + + /* Enable the Main Output */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the PWM signal generation in interrupt mode on the + * complementary output. + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @param Channel: TIM Channel to be disabled. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Stop_IT (TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + uint32_t tmpccer = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4); + } + break; + + default: + break; + } + + /* Disable the complementary PWM output */ + TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_DISABLE); + + /* Disable the TIM Break interrupt (only if no more channel is active) */ + tmpccer = htim->Instance->CCER; + if ((tmpccer & (TIM_CCER_CC1NE | TIM_CCER_CC2NE | TIM_CCER_CC3NE)) == RESET) + { + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_BREAK); + } + + /* Disable the Main Output */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM PWM signal generation in DMA mode on the + * complementary output + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @param Channel: TIM Channel to be enabled. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @param pData: The source Buffer address. + * @param Length: The length of data to be transferred from memory to TIM peripheral + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Length) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY)) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + else if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY)) + { + if(((uint32_t)pData == 0 ) && (Length > 0)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + } + } + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = HAL_TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA Stream */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, Length); + + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = HAL_TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA Stream */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, Length); + + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = HAL_TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA Stream */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR3,Length); + + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferErrorCallback = HAL_TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA Stream */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR4, Length); + + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4); + } + break; + + default: + break; + } + + /* Enable the complementary PWM output */ + TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_ENABLE); + + /* Enable the Main Output */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM PWM signal generation in DMA mode on the complementary + * output + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @param Channel: TIM Channel to be disabled. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4); + } + break; + + default: + break; + } + + /* Disable the complementary PWM output */ + TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_DISABLE); + + /* Disable the Main Output */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Change the htim state */ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions_Group4 Extended Timer Complementary One Pulse functions + * @brief Timer Complementary One Pulse functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Timer Complementary One Pulse functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Start the Complementary One Pulse generation. + (+) Stop the Complementary One Pulse. + (+) Start the Complementary One Pulse and enable interrupts. + (+) Stop the Complementary One Pulse and disable interrupts. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM One Pulse signal generation on the complemetary + * output. + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @param OutputChannel: TIM Channel to be enabled. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OnePulseN_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, OutputChannel)); + + /* Enable the complementary One Pulse output */ + TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, OutputChannel, TIM_CCxN_ENABLE); + + /* Enable the Main Output */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM One Pulse signal generation on the complementary + * output. + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @param OutputChannel: TIM Channel to be disabled. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OnePulseN_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel) +{ + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, OutputChannel)); + + /* Disable the complementary One Pulse output */ + TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, OutputChannel, TIM_CCxN_DISABLE); + + /* Disable the Main Output */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM One Pulse signal generation in interrupt mode on the + * complementary channel. + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @param OutputChannel: TIM Channel to be enabled. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OnePulseN_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, OutputChannel)); + + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); + + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); + + /* Enable the complementary One Pulse output */ + TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, OutputChannel, TIM_CCxN_ENABLE); + + /* Enable the Main Output */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; + } + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM One Pulse signal generation in interrupt mode on the + * complementary channel. + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @param OutputChannel: TIM Channel to be disabled. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OnePulseN_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, OutputChannel)); + + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); + + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); + + /* Disable the complementary One Pulse output */ + TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, OutputChannel, TIM_CCxN_DISABLE); + + /* Disable the Main Output */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions_Group5 Extended Peripheral Control functions + * @brief Peripheral Control functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral Control functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Configure The Input Output channels for OC, PWM, IC or One Pulse mode. + (+) Configure External Clock source. + (+) Configure Complementary channels, break features and dead time. + (+) Configure Master and the Slave synchronization. + (+) Configure the commutation event in case of use of the Hall sensor interface. + (+) Configure the DMA Burst Mode. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ +/** + * @brief Configure the TIM commutation event sequence. + * @note This function is mandatory to use the commutation event in order to + * update the configuration at each commutation detection on the TRGI input of the Timer, + * the typical use of this feature is with the use of another Timer(interface Timer) + * configured in Hall sensor interface, this interface Timer will generate the + * commutation at its TRGO output (connected to Timer used in this function) each time + * the TI1 of the Interface Timer detect a commutation at its input TI1. + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @param InputTrigger: the Internal trigger corresponding to the Timer Interfacing with the Hall sensor. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR0: Internal trigger 0 selected + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR1: Internal trigger 1 selected + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR2: Internal trigger 2 selected + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR3: Internal trigger 3 selected + * @arg TIM_TS_NONE: No trigger is needed + * @param CommutationSource: the Commutation Event source. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_COMMUTATION_TRGI: Commutation source is the TRGI of the Interface Timer + * @arg TIM_COMMUTATION_SOFTWARE: Commutation source is set by software using the COMG bit + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_ConfigCommutationEvent(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t InputTrigger, uint32_t CommutationSource) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ADVANCED_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_INTERNAL_TRIGGEREVENT_SELECTION(InputTrigger)); + + __HAL_LOCK(htim); + + if ((InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR0) || (InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR1) || + (InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR2) || (InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR3)) + { + /* Select the Input trigger */ + htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS; + htim->Instance->SMCR |= InputTrigger; + } + + /* Select the Capture Compare preload feature */ + htim->Instance->CR2 |= TIM_CR2_CCPC; + /* Select the Commutation event source */ + htim->Instance->CR2 &= ~TIM_CR2_CCUS; + htim->Instance->CR2 |= CommutationSource; + + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the TIM commutation event sequence with interrupt. + * @note This function is mandatory to use the commutation event in order to + * update the configuration at each commutation detection on the TRGI input of the Timer, + * the typical use of this feature is with the use of another Timer(interface Timer) + * configured in Hall sensor interface, this interface Timer will generate the + * commutation at its TRGO output (connected to Timer used in this function) each time + * the TI1 of the Interface Timer detect a commutation at its input TI1. + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @param InputTrigger: the Internal trigger corresponding to the Timer Interfacing with the Hall sensor. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR0: Internal trigger 0 selected + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR1: Internal trigger 1 selected + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR2: Internal trigger 2 selected + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR3: Internal trigger 3 selected + * @arg TIM_TS_NONE: No trigger is needed + * @param CommutationSource: the Commutation Event source. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_COMMUTATION_TRGI: Commutation source is the TRGI of the Interface Timer + * @arg TIM_COMMUTATION_SOFTWARE: Commutation source is set by software using the COMG bit + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_ConfigCommutationEvent_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t InputTrigger, uint32_t CommutationSource) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ADVANCED_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_INTERNAL_TRIGGEREVENT_SELECTION(InputTrigger)); + + __HAL_LOCK(htim); + + if ((InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR0) || (InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR1) || + (InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR2) || (InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR3)) + { + /* Select the Input trigger */ + htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS; + htim->Instance->SMCR |= InputTrigger; + } + + /* Select the Capture Compare preload feature */ + htim->Instance->CR2 |= TIM_CR2_CCPC; + /* Select the Commutation event source */ + htim->Instance->CR2 &= ~TIM_CR2_CCUS; + htim->Instance->CR2 |= CommutationSource; + + /* Enable the Commutation Interrupt Request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_COM); + + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the TIM commutation event sequence with DMA. + * @note This function is mandatory to use the commutation event in order to + * update the configuration at each commutation detection on the TRGI input of the Timer, + * the typical use of this feature is with the use of another Timer(interface Timer) + * configured in Hall sensor interface, this interface Timer will generate the + * commutation at its TRGO output (connected to Timer used in this function) each time + * the TI1 of the Interface Timer detect a commutation at its input TI1. + * @note: The user should configure the DMA in his own software, in This function only the COMDE bit is set + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @param InputTrigger: the Internal trigger corresponding to the Timer Interfacing with the Hall sensor. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR0: Internal trigger 0 selected + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR1: Internal trigger 1 selected + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR2: Internal trigger 2 selected + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR3: Internal trigger 3 selected + * @arg TIM_TS_NONE: No trigger is needed + * @param CommutationSource: the Commutation Event source. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_COMMUTATION_TRGI: Commutation source is the TRGI of the Interface Timer + * @arg TIM_COMMUTATION_SOFTWARE: Commutation source is set by software using the COMG bit + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_ConfigCommutationEvent_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t InputTrigger, uint32_t CommutationSource) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ADVANCED_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_INTERNAL_TRIGGEREVENT_SELECTION(InputTrigger)); + + __HAL_LOCK(htim); + + if ((InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR0) || (InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR1) || + (InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR2) || (InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR3)) + { + /* Select the Input trigger */ + htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS; + htim->Instance->SMCR |= InputTrigger; + } + + /* Select the Capture Compare preload feature */ + htim->Instance->CR2 |= TIM_CR2_CCPC; + /* Select the Commutation event source */ + htim->Instance->CR2 &= ~TIM_CR2_CCUS; + htim->Instance->CR2 |= CommutationSource; + + /* Enable the Commutation DMA Request */ + /* Set the DMA Commutation Callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]->XferCpltCallback = HAL_TIMEx_DMACommutationCplt; + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]->XferErrorCallback = HAL_TIM_DMAError; + + /* Enable the Commutation DMA Request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_COM); + + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIM Output Compare Channels according to the specified + * parameters in the TIM_OC_InitTypeDef. + * @param htim: TIM Output Compare handle + * @param sConfig: TIM Output Compare configuration structure + * @param Channel : TIM Channels to configure + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_5: TIM Channel 5 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_6: TIM Channel 6 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: all output channels supported by the timer instance selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_ConfigChannel(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef* sConfig, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CHANNELS(Channel)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_MODE(sConfig->OCMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(sConfig->OCPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(sConfig->OCNPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCNIDLE_STATE(sConfig->OCNIdleState)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(sConfig->OCIdleState)); + + /* Check input state */ + __HAL_LOCK(htim); + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Configure the TIM Channel 1 in Output Compare */ + TIM_OC1_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Configure the TIM Channel 2 in Output Compare */ + TIM_OC2_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Configure the TIM Channel 3 in Output Compare */ + TIM_OC3_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Configure the TIM Channel 4 in Output Compare */ + TIM_OC4_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_5: + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC5_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Configure the TIM Channel 5 in Output Compare */ + TIM_OC5_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_6: + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC6_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Configure the TIM Channel 6 in Output Compare */ + TIM_OC6_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig); + } + break; + + default: + break; + } + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIM PWM channels according to the specified + * parameters in the TIM_OC_InitTypeDef. + * @param htim: TIM PWM handle + * @param sConfig: TIM PWM configuration structure + * @param Channel : TIM Channels to be configured + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_5: TIM Channel 5 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_6: TIM Channel 6 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: all PWM channels supported by the timer instance selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_ConfigChannel(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, + TIM_OC_InitTypeDef* sConfig, + uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CHANNELS(Channel)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_PWM_MODE(sConfig->OCMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(sConfig->OCPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(sConfig->OCNPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_FAST_STATE(sConfig->OCFastMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCNIDLE_STATE(sConfig->OCNIdleState)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(sConfig->OCIdleState)); + + /* Check input state */ + __HAL_LOCK(htim); + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Configure the Channel 1 in PWM mode */ + TIM_OC1_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig); + + /* Set the Preload enable bit for channel1 */ + htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= TIM_CCMR1_OC1PE; + + /* Configure the Output Fast mode */ + htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_OC1FE; + htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= sConfig->OCFastMode; + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Configure the Channel 2 in PWM mode */ + TIM_OC2_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig); + + /* Set the Preload enable bit for channel2 */ + htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= TIM_CCMR1_OC2PE; + + /* Configure the Output Fast mode */ + htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_OC2FE; + htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= sConfig->OCFastMode << 8; + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Configure the Channel 3 in PWM mode */ + TIM_OC3_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig); + + /* Set the Preload enable bit for channel3 */ + htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= TIM_CCMR2_OC3PE; + + /* Configure the Output Fast mode */ + htim->Instance->CCMR2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_OC3FE; + htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= sConfig->OCFastMode; + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Configure the Channel 4 in PWM mode */ + TIM_OC4_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig); + + /* Set the Preload enable bit for channel4 */ + htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= TIM_CCMR2_OC4PE; + + /* Configure the Output Fast mode */ + htim->Instance->CCMR2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_OC4FE; + htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= sConfig->OCFastMode << 8; + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_5: + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC5_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Configure the Channel 5 in PWM mode */ + TIM_OC5_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig); + + /* Set the Preload enable bit for channel5*/ + htim->Instance->CCMR3 |= TIM_CCMR3_OC5PE; + + /* Configure the Output Fast mode */ + htim->Instance->CCMR3 &= ~TIM_CCMR3_OC5FE; + htim->Instance->CCMR3 |= sConfig->OCFastMode; + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_6: + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC6_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Configure the Channel 5 in PWM mode */ + TIM_OC6_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig); + + /* Set the Preload enable bit for channel6 */ + htim->Instance->CCMR3 |= TIM_CCMR3_OC6PE; + + /* Configure the Output Fast mode */ + htim->Instance->CCMR3 &= ~TIM_CCMR3_OC6FE; + htim->Instance->CCMR3 |= sConfig->OCFastMode << 8; + } + break; + + default: + break; + } + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the OCRef clear feature + * @param htim: TIM handle + * @param sClearInputConfig: pointer to a TIM_ClearInputConfigTypeDef structure that + * contains the OCREF clear feature and parameters for the TIM peripheral. + * @param Channel: specifies the TIM Channel + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_Channel_1: TIM Channel 1 + * @arg TIM_Channel_2: TIM Channel 2 + * @arg TIM_Channel_3: TIM Channel 3 + * @arg TIM_Channel_4: TIM Channel 4 + * @arg TIM_Channel_5: TIM Channel 5 + * @arg TIM_Channel_6: TIM Channel 6 + * @retval None + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_ConfigOCrefClear(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, + TIM_ClearInputConfigTypeDef *sClearInputConfig, + uint32_t Channel) +{ + uint32_t tmpsmcr = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCXREF_CLEAR_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLEARINPUT_SOURCE(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputSource)); + + /* Check input state */ + __HAL_LOCK(htim); + + switch (sClearInputConfig->ClearInputSource) + { + case TIM_CLEARINPUTSOURCE_NONE: + { + /* Clear the OCREF clear selection bit */ + tmpsmcr &= ~TIM_SMCR_OCCS; + + /* Clear the ETR Bits */ + tmpsmcr &= ~(TIM_SMCR_ETF | TIM_SMCR_ETPS | TIM_SMCR_ECE | TIM_SMCR_ETP); + + /* Set TIMx_SMCR */ + htim->Instance->SMCR = tmpsmcr; + } + break; + + case TIM_CLEARINPUTSOURCE_OCREFCLR: + { + /* Clear the OCREF clear selection bit */ + htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_OCCS; + } + break; + + case TIM_CLEARINPUTSOURCE_ETR: + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLEARINPUT_POLARITY(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLEARINPUT_PRESCALER(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputPrescaler)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLEARINPUT_FILTER(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputFilter)); + + TIM_ETR_SetConfig(htim->Instance, + sClearInputConfig->ClearInputPrescaler, + sClearInputConfig->ClearInputPolarity, + sClearInputConfig->ClearInputFilter); + + /* Set the OCREF clear selection bit */ + htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_SMCR_OCCS; + } + break; + default: + break; + } + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + if(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputState != RESET) + { + /* Enable the Ocref clear feature for Channel 1 */ + htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= TIM_CCMR1_OC1CE; + } + else + { + /* Disable the Ocref clear feature for Channel 1 */ + htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_OC1CE; + } + } + break; + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + if(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputState != RESET) + { + /* Enable the Ocref clear feature for Channel 2 */ + htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= TIM_CCMR1_OC2CE; + } + else + { + /* Disable the Ocref clear feature for Channel 2 */ + htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_OC2CE; + } + } + break; + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + if(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputState != RESET) + { + /* Enable the Ocref clear feature for Channel 3 */ + htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= TIM_CCMR2_OC3CE; + } + else + { + /* Disable the Ocref clear feature for Channel 3 */ + htim->Instance->CCMR2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_OC3CE; + } + } + break; + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + if(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputState != RESET) + { + /* Enable the Ocref clear feature for Channel 4 */ + htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= TIM_CCMR2_OC4CE; + } + else + { + /* Disable the Ocref clear feature for Channel 4 */ + htim->Instance->CCMR2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_OC4CE; + } + } + break; + case TIM_CHANNEL_5: + { + if(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputState != RESET) + { + /* Enable the Ocref clear feature for Channel 1 */ + htim->Instance->CCMR3 |= TIM_CCMR3_OC5CE; + } + else + { + /* Disable the Ocref clear feature for Channel 1 */ + htim->Instance->CCMR3 &= ~TIM_CCMR3_OC5CE; + } + } + break; + case TIM_CHANNEL_6: + { + if(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputState != RESET) + { + /* Enable the Ocref clear feature for Channel 1 */ + htim->Instance->CCMR3 |= TIM_CCMR3_OC6CE; + } + else + { + /* Disable the Ocref clear feature for Channel 1 */ + htim->Instance->CCMR3 &= ~TIM_CCMR3_OC6CE; + } + } + break; + default: + break; + } + + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIM in master mode. + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @param sMasterConfig: pointer to a TIM_MasterConfigTypeDef structure that + * contains the selected trigger output (TRGO) and the Master/Slave + * mode. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_MasterConfigSynchronization(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_MasterConfigTypeDef * sMasterConfig) +{ + uint32_t tmpcr2; + uint32_t tmpsmcr; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_SYNCHRO_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_TRGO_SOURCE(sMasterConfig->MasterOutputTrigger)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_MSM_STATE(sMasterConfig->MasterSlaveMode)); + + /* Check input state */ + __HAL_LOCK(htim); + + /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */ + tmpcr2 = htim->Instance->CR2; + + /* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */ + tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR; + + /* If the timer supports ADC synchronization through TRGO2, set the master mode selection 2 */ + if (IS_TIM_TRGO2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_TRGO2_SOURCE(sMasterConfig->MasterOutputTrigger2)); + + /* Clear the MMS2 bits */ + tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_MMS2; + /* Select the TRGO2 source*/ + tmpcr2 |= sMasterConfig->MasterOutputTrigger2; + } + + /* Reset the MMS Bits */ + tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_MMS; + /* Select the TRGO source */ + tmpcr2 |= sMasterConfig->MasterOutputTrigger; + + /* Reset the MSM Bit */ + tmpsmcr &= ~TIM_SMCR_MSM; + /* Set master mode */ + tmpsmcr |= sMasterConfig->MasterSlaveMode; + + /* Update TIMx CR2 */ + htim->Instance->CR2 = tmpcr2; + + /* Update TIMx SMCR */ + htim->Instance->SMCR = tmpsmcr; + + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the Break feature, dead time, Lock level, OSSI/OSSR State + * and the AOE(automatic output enable). + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @param sBreakDeadTimeConfig: pointer to a TIM_ConfigBreakDeadConfig_TypeDef structure that + * contains the BDTR Register configuration information for the TIM peripheral. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_ConfigBreakDeadTime(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, + TIM_BreakDeadTimeConfigTypeDef * sBreakDeadTimeConfig) +{ + uint32_t tmpbdtr = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OSSR_STATE(sBreakDeadTimeConfig->OffStateRunMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OSSI_STATE(sBreakDeadTimeConfig->OffStateIDLEMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_LOCK_LEVEL(sBreakDeadTimeConfig->LockLevel)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_DEADTIME(sBreakDeadTimeConfig->DeadTime)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_BREAK_STATE(sBreakDeadTimeConfig->BreakState)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_BREAK_POLARITY(sBreakDeadTimeConfig->BreakPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_BREAK_FILTER(sBreakDeadTimeConfig->BreakFilter)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_AUTOMATIC_OUTPUT_STATE(sBreakDeadTimeConfig->AutomaticOutput)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_BREAK2_STATE(sBreakDeadTimeConfig->Break2State)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_BREAK2_POLARITY(sBreakDeadTimeConfig->Break2Polarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_BREAK_FILTER(sBreakDeadTimeConfig->Break2Filter)); + + /* Check input state */ + __HAL_LOCK(htim); + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Set the Lock level, the Break enable Bit and the Polarity, the OSSR State, + the OSSI State, the dead time value and the Automatic Output Enable Bit */ + + /* Clear the BDTR bits */ + tmpbdtr &= ~(TIM_BDTR_DTG | TIM_BDTR_LOCK | TIM_BDTR_OSSI | + TIM_BDTR_OSSR | TIM_BDTR_BKE | TIM_BDTR_BKP | + TIM_BDTR_AOE | TIM_BDTR_MOE | TIM_BDTR_BKF | + TIM_BDTR_BK2F | TIM_BDTR_BK2E | TIM_BDTR_BK2P); + + /* Set the BDTR bits */ + tmpbdtr |= sBreakDeadTimeConfig->DeadTime; + tmpbdtr |= sBreakDeadTimeConfig->LockLevel; + tmpbdtr |= sBreakDeadTimeConfig->OffStateIDLEMode; + tmpbdtr |= sBreakDeadTimeConfig->OffStateRunMode; + tmpbdtr |= sBreakDeadTimeConfig->BreakState; + tmpbdtr |= sBreakDeadTimeConfig->BreakPolarity; + tmpbdtr |= sBreakDeadTimeConfig->AutomaticOutput; + tmpbdtr |= (sBreakDeadTimeConfig->BreakFilter << BDTR_BKF_SHIFT); + tmpbdtr |= (sBreakDeadTimeConfig->Break2Filter << BDTR_BK2F_SHIFT); + tmpbdtr |= sBreakDeadTimeConfig->Break2State; + tmpbdtr |= sBreakDeadTimeConfig->Break2Polarity; + + /* Set TIMx_BDTR */ + htim->Instance->BDTR = tmpbdtr; + + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIM2, TIM5 and TIM11 Remapping input capabilities. + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @param Remap: specifies the TIM input remapping source. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_TIM2_TIM8_TRGO: TIM2 ITR1 input is connected to TIM8 Trigger output(default) + * @arg TIM_TIM2_ETH_PTP: TIM2 ITR1 input is connected to ETH PTP trigger output. + * @arg TIM_TIM2_USBFS_SOF: TIM2 ITR1 input is connected to USB FS SOF. + * @arg TIM_TIM2_USBHS_SOF: TIM2 ITR1 input is connected to USB HS SOF. + * @arg TIM_TIM5_GPIO: TIM5 CH4 input is connected to dedicated Timer pin(default) + * @arg TIM_TIM5_LSI: TIM5 CH4 input is connected to LSI clock. + * @arg TIM_TIM5_LSE: TIM5 CH4 input is connected to LSE clock. + * @arg TIM_TIM5_RTC: TIM5 CH4 input is connected to RTC Output event. + * @arg TIM_TIM11_GPIO: TIM11 CH4 input is connected to dedicated Timer pin(default) + * @arg TIM_TIM11_SPDIF: SPDIF Frame synchronous + * @arg TIM_TIM11_HSE: TIM11 CH4 input is connected to HSE_RTC clock + * (HSE divided by a programmable prescaler) + * @arg TIM_TIM11_MCO1: TIM11 CH1 input is connected to MCO1 + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_RemapConfig(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Remap) +{ + __HAL_LOCK(htim); + + /* Check parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_REMAP_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_REMAP(Remap)); + + /* Set the Timer remapping configuration */ + htim->Instance->OR = Remap; + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Group channel 5 and channel 1, 2 or 3 + * @param htim: TIM handle. + * @param OCRef: specifies the reference signal(s) the OC5REF is combined with. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * TIM_GROUPCH5_NONE: No effect of OC5REF on OC1REFC, OC2REFC and OC3REFC + * TIM_GROUPCH5_OC1REFC: OC1REFC is the logical AND of OC1REFC and OC5REF + * TIM_GROUPCH5_OC2REFC: OC2REFC is the logical AND of OC2REFC and OC5REF + * TIM_GROUPCH5_OC3REFC: OC3REFC is the logical AND of OC3REFC and OC5REF + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_GroupChannel5(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OCRef) +{ + /* Check parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_COMBINED3PHASEPWM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_GROUPCH5(OCRef)); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(htim); + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Clear GC5Cx bit fields */ + htim->Instance->CCR5 &= ~(TIM_CCR5_GC5C3|TIM_CCR5_GC5C2|TIM_CCR5_GC5C1); + + /* Set GC5Cx bit fields */ + htim->Instance->CCR5 |= OCRef; + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions_Group6 Extended Callbacks functions + * @brief Extended Callbacks functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Extension Callbacks functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides Extension TIM callback functions: + (+) Timer Commutation callback + (+) Timer Break callback + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Hall commutation changed callback in non blocking mode + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIMEx_CommutationCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TIMEx_CommutationCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Hall Break detection callback in non blocking mode + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIMEx_BreakCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TIMEx_BreakCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions_Group7 Extended Peripheral State functions + * @brief Extended Peripheral State functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Extension Peripheral State functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral + and the data flow. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Return the TIM Hall Sensor interface state + * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for TIM module. + * @retval HAL state + */ +HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + return htim->State; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @brief TIM DMA Commutation callback. + * @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_TIMEx_DMACommutationCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + TIM_HandleTypeDef* htim = ( TIM_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; + + htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + HAL_TIMEx_CommutationCallback(htim); +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the TIM Capture Compare Channel xN. + * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral + * @param Channel: specifies the TIM Channel + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_Channel_1: TIM Channel 1 + * @arg TIM_Channel_2: TIM Channel 2 + * @arg TIM_Channel_3: TIM Channel 3 + * @param ChannelNState: specifies the TIM Channel CCxNE bit new state. + * This parameter can be: TIM_CCxN_ENABLE or TIM_CCxN_Disable. + * @retval None + */ +static void TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t ChannelNState) +{ + uint32_t tmp = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ADVANCED_INSTANCE(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_COMPLEMENTARY_CHANNELS(Channel)); + + tmp = TIM_CCER_CC1NE << Channel; + + /* Reset the CCxNE Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= ~tmp; + + /* Set or reset the CCxNE Bit */ + TIMx->CCER |= (uint32_t)(ChannelNState << Channel); +} + +/** + * @brief Timer Output Compare 5 configuration + * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral + * @param OC_Config: The output configuration structure + * @retval None + */ +static void TIM_OC5_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmrx = 0; + uint32_t tmpccer = 0; + uint32_t tmpcr2 = 0; + + /* Disable the output: Reset the CCxE Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC5E; + + /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */ + tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2; + /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */ + tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR3; + + /* Reset the Output Compare Mode Bits */ + tmpccmrx &= ~(TIM_CCMR3_OC5M); + /* Select the Output Compare Mode */ + tmpccmrx |= OC_Config->OCMode; + + /* Reset the Output Polarity level */ + tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC5P; + /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */ + tmpccer |= (OC_Config->OCPolarity << 16); + + if(IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(TIMx)) + { + /* Reset the Output Compare IDLE State */ + tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_OIS5; + /* Set the Output Idle state */ + tmpcr2 |= (OC_Config->OCIdleState << 8); + } + /* Write to TIMx CR2 */ + TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2; + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR3 */ + TIMx->CCMR3 = tmpccmrx; + + /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */ + TIMx->CCR5 = OC_Config->Pulse; + + /* Write to TIMx CCER */ + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Timer Output Compare 6 configuration + * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral + * @param OC_Config: The output configuration structure + * @retval None + */ +static void TIM_OC6_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmrx = 0; + uint32_t tmpccer = 0; + uint32_t tmpcr2 = 0; + + /* Disable the output: Reset the CCxE Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC6E; + + /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */ + tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2; + /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */ + tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR3; + + /* Reset the Output Compare Mode Bits */ + tmpccmrx &= ~(TIM_CCMR3_OC6M); + /* Select the Output Compare Mode */ + tmpccmrx |= (OC_Config->OCMode << 8); + + /* Reset the Output Polarity level */ + tmpccer &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCER_CC6P; + /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */ + tmpccer |= (OC_Config->OCPolarity << 20); + + if(IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(TIMx)) + { + /* Reset the Output Compare IDLE State */ + tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_OIS6; + /* Set the Output Idle state */ + tmpcr2 |= (OC_Config->OCIdleState << 10); + } + + /* Write to TIMx CR2 */ + TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2; + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR3 */ + TIMx->CCMR3 = tmpccmrx; + + /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */ + TIMx->CCR6 = OC_Config->Pulse; + + /* Write to TIMx CCER */ + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_TIM_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/stmhal/hal/f7/src/stm32f7xx_hal_uart.c b/stmhal/hal/f7/src/stm32f7xx_hal_uart.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3f3b06f539 --- /dev/null +++ b/stmhal/hal/f7/src/stm32f7xx_hal_uart.c @@ -0,0 +1,1996 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f7xx_hal_uart.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.1 + * @date 25-June-2015 + * @brief UART HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Universal Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter (UART) peripheral: + * + Initialization and de-initialization functions + * + IO operation functions + * + Peripheral Control functions + * + Peripheral State and Errors functions + * + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + The UART HAL driver can be used as follows: + + (#) Declare a UART_HandleTypeDef handle structure. + + (#) Initialize the UART low level resources by implementing the HAL_UART_MspInit() API: + (##) Enable the USARTx interface clock. + (##) UART pins configuration: + (+++) Enable the clock for the UART GPIOs. + (+++) Configure these UART pins as alternate function pull-up. + (##) NVIC configuration if you need to use interrupt process (HAL_UART_Transmit_IT() + and HAL_UART_Receive_IT() APIs): + (+++) Configure the USARTx interrupt priority. + (+++) Enable the NVIC USART IRQ handle. + (##) DMA Configuration if you need to use DMA process (HAL_UART_Transmit_DMA() + and HAL_UART_Receive_DMA() APIs): + (+++) Declare a DMA handle structure for the Tx/Rx stream. + (+++) Enable the DMAx interface clock. + (+++) Configure the declared DMA handle structure with the required + Tx/Rx parameters. + (+++) Configure the DMA Tx/Rx Stream. + (+++) Associate the initialized DMA handle to the UART DMA Tx/Rx handle. + (+++) Configure the priority and enable the NVIC for the transfer complete + interrupt on the DMA Tx/Rx Stream. + + (#) Program the Baud Rate, Word Length, Stop Bit, Parity, Hardware + flow control and Mode(Receiver/Transmitter) in the Init structure. + + (#) For the UART asynchronous mode, initialize the UART registers by calling + the HAL_UART_Init() API. + + (#) For the UART Half duplex mode, initialize the UART registers by calling + the HAL_HalfDuplex_Init() API. + + (#) For the LIN mode, initialize the UART registers by calling the HAL_LIN_Init() API. + + (#) For the Multi-Processor mode, initialize the UART registers by calling + the HAL_MultiProcessor_Init() API. + + [..] + (@) The specific UART interrupts (Transmission complete interrupt, + RXNE interrupt and Error Interrupts) will be managed using the macros + __HAL_UART_ENABLE_IT() and __HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT() inside the transmit + and receive process. + + [..] + (@) These APIs (HAL_UART_Init() and HAL_HalfDuplex_Init()) configure also the + low level Hardware GPIO, CLOCK, CORTEX...etc) by calling the customized + HAL_UART_MspInit() API. + + [..] + Three operation modes are available within this driver : + + *** Polling mode IO operation *** + ================================= + [..] + (+) Send an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_UART_Transmit() + (+) Receive an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_UART_Receive() + + *** Interrupt mode IO operation *** + =================================== + [..] + (+) Send an amount of data in non blocking mode using HAL_UART_Transmit_IT() + (+) At transmission end of transfer HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback + (+) Receive an amount of data in non blocking mode using HAL_UART_Receive_IT() + (+) At reception end of transfer HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback + (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_UART_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_UART_ErrorCallback + + *** DMA mode IO operation *** + ============================== + [..] + (+) Send an amount of data in non blocking mode (DMA) using HAL_UART_Transmit_DMA() + (+) At transmission end of half transfer HAL_UART_TxHalfCpltCallback is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_UART_TxHalfCpltCallback + (+) At transmission end of transfer HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback + (+) Receive an amount of data in non blocking mode (DMA) using HAL_UART_Receive_DMA() + (+) At reception end of half transfer HAL_UART_RxHalfCpltCallback is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_UART_RxHalfCpltCallback + (+) At reception end of transfer HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback + (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_UART_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_UART_ErrorCallback + (+) Pause the DMA Transfer using HAL_UART_DMAPause() + (+) Resume the DMA Transfer using HAL_UART_DMAResume() + (+) Stop the DMA Transfer using HAL_UART_DMAStop() + + *** UART HAL driver macros list *** + ============================================= + [..] + Below the list of most used macros in UART HAL driver. + + (+) __HAL_UART_ENABLE: Enable the UART peripheral + (+) __HAL_UART_DISABLE: Disable the UART peripheral + (+) __HAL_UART_GET_FLAG : Check whether the specified UART flag is set or not + (+) __HAL_UART_CLEAR_IT : Clears the specified UART ISR flag + (+) __HAL_UART_ENABLE_IT: Enable the specified UART interrupt + (+) __HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT: Disable the specified UART interrupt + (+) __HAL_UART_GET_IT_SOURCE: Check whether the specified UART interrupt has occurred or not + + [..] + (@) You can refer to the UART HAL driver header file for more useful macros + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup UART UART + * @brief HAL UART module driver + * @{ + */ +#ifdef HAL_UART_MODULE_ENABLED + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#define HAL_UART_TXDMA_TIMEOUTVALUE 22000 +#define UART_CR1_FIELDS ((uint32_t)(USART_CR1_M | USART_CR1_PCE | USART_CR1_PS | \ + USART_CR1_TE | USART_CR1_RE | USART_CR1_OVER8)) +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +static void UART_DMATransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void UART_DMAReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void UART_DMARxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void UART_DMATxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void UART_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef UART_Transmit_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef UART_EndTransmit_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef UART_Receive_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart); +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup UART_Exported_Functions UART Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup UART_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim +=============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and Configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize the USARTx or the UARTy + in asynchronous mode. + (+) For the asynchronous mode only these parameters can be configured: + (++) Baud Rate + (++) Word Length + (++) Stop Bit + (++) Parity: If the parity is enabled, then the MSB bit of the data written + in the data register is transmitted but is changed by the parity bit. + Depending on the frame length defined by the M bit (8-bits or 9-bits), + please refer to Reference manual for possible UART frame formats. + (++) Hardware flow control + (++) Receiver/transmitter modes + (++) Over Sampling Method + [..] + The HAL_UART_Init(), HAL_HalfDuplex_Init(), HAL_LIN_Init() and HAL_MultiProcessor_Init() APIs + follow respectively the UART asynchronous, UART Half duplex, LIN and Multi-Processor + configuration procedures (details for the procedures are available in reference manual (RM0329)). + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Initializes the UART mode according to the specified + * parameters in the UART_InitTypeDef and creates the associated handle . + * @param huart: uart handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Init(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Check the UART handle allocation */ + if(huart == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if(huart->Init.HwFlowCtl != UART_HWCONTROL_NONE) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_UART_HWFLOW_INSTANCE(huart->Instance)); + } + else + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_UART_INSTANCE(huart->Instance)); + } + + if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_RESET) + { + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + huart->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + + /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK */ + HAL_UART_MspInit(huart); + } + + huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_UART_DISABLE(huart); + + /* Set the UART Communication parameters */ + if (UART_SetConfig(huart) == HAL_ERROR) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if (huart->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit != UART_ADVFEATURE_NO_INIT) + { + UART_AdvFeatureConfig(huart); + } + + /* In asynchronous mode, the following bits must be kept cleared: + - LINEN and CLKEN bits in the USART_CR2 register, + - SCEN, HDSEL and IREN bits in the USART_CR3 register.*/ + huart->Instance->CR2 &= ~(USART_CR2_LINEN | USART_CR2_CLKEN); + huart->Instance->CR3 &= ~(USART_CR3_SCEN | USART_CR3_HDSEL | USART_CR3_IREN); + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_UART_ENABLE(huart); + + /* TEACK and/or REACK to check before moving huart->State to Ready */ + return (UART_CheckIdleState(huart)); +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the half-duplex mode according to the specified + * parameters in the UART_InitTypeDef and creates the associated handle . + * @param huart: UART handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HalfDuplex_Init(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Check the UART handle allocation */ + if(huart == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_RESET) + { + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + huart->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK */ + HAL_UART_MspInit(huart); + } + + huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_UART_DISABLE(huart); + + /* Set the UART Communication parameters */ + if (UART_SetConfig(huart) == HAL_ERROR) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if (huart->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit != UART_ADVFEATURE_NO_INIT) + { + UART_AdvFeatureConfig(huart); + } + + /* In half-duplex mode, the following bits must be kept cleared: + - LINEN and CLKEN bits in the USART_CR2 register, + - SCEN and IREN bits in the USART_CR3 register.*/ + huart->Instance->CR2 &= ~(USART_CR2_LINEN | USART_CR2_CLKEN); + huart->Instance->CR3 &= ~(USART_CR3_IREN | USART_CR3_SCEN); + + /* Enable the Half-Duplex mode by setting the HDSEL bit in the CR3 register */ + huart->Instance->CR3 |= USART_CR3_HDSEL; + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_UART_ENABLE(huart); + + /* TEACK and/or REACK to check before moving huart->State to Ready */ + return (UART_CheckIdleState(huart)); +} + + +/** + * @brief Initializes the LIN mode according to the specified + * parameters in the UART_InitTypeDef and creates the associated handle . + * @param huart: uart handle + * @param BreakDetectLength: specifies the LIN break detection length. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg UART_LINBREAKDETECTLENGTH_10B: 10-bit break detection + * @arg UART_LINBREAKDETECTLENGTH_11B: 11-bit break detection + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LIN_Init(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint32_t BreakDetectLength) +{ + /* Check the UART handle allocation */ + if(huart == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_UART_INSTANCE(huart->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_UART_LIN_BREAK_DETECT_LENGTH(BreakDetectLength)); + assert_param(IS_LIN_WORD_LENGTH(huart->Init.WordLength)); + + if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_RESET) + { + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + huart->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK */ + HAL_UART_MspInit(huart); + } + + huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_UART_DISABLE(huart); + + /* Set the UART Communication parameters */ + if (UART_SetConfig(huart) == HAL_ERROR) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if (huart->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit != UART_ADVFEATURE_NO_INIT) + { + UART_AdvFeatureConfig(huart); + } + + /* In LIN mode, the following bits must be kept cleared: + - LINEN and CLKEN bits in the USART_CR2 register, + - SCEN and IREN bits in the USART_CR3 register.*/ + huart->Instance->CR2 &= ~(USART_CR2_CLKEN); + huart->Instance->CR3 &= ~(USART_CR3_HDSEL | USART_CR3_IREN | USART_CR3_SCEN); + + /* Enable the LIN mode by setting the LINEN bit in the CR2 register */ + huart->Instance->CR2 |= USART_CR2_LINEN; + + /* Set the USART LIN Break detection length. */ + MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_LBDL, BreakDetectLength); + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_UART_ENABLE(huart); + + /* TEACK and/or REACK to check before moving huart->State to Ready */ + return (UART_CheckIdleState(huart)); +} + + + +/** + * @brief Initializes the multiprocessor mode according to the specified + * parameters in the UART_InitTypeDef and creates the associated handle. + * @param huart: UART handle + * @param Address: UART node address (4-, 6-, 7- or 8-bit long) + * @param WakeUpMethod: specifies the UART wakeup method. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg UART_WAKEUPMETHOD_IDLELINE: WakeUp by an idle line detection + * @arg UART_WAKEUPMETHOD_ADDRESSMARK: WakeUp by an address mark + * @note If the user resorts to idle line detection wake up, the Address parameter + * is useless and ignored by the initialization function. + * @note If the user resorts to address mark wake up, the address length detection + * is configured by default to 4 bits only. For the UART to be able to + * manage 6-, 7- or 8-bit long addresses detection + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MultiProcessor_Init(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t Address, uint32_t WakeUpMethod) +{ + /* Check the UART handle allocation */ + if(huart == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the wake up method parameter */ + assert_param(IS_UART_WAKEUPMETHOD(WakeUpMethod)); + + if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_RESET) + { + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + huart->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK */ + HAL_UART_MspInit(huart); + } + + huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_UART_DISABLE(huart); + + /* Set the UART Communication parameters */ + if (UART_SetConfig(huart) == HAL_ERROR) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if (huart->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit != UART_ADVFEATURE_NO_INIT) + { + UART_AdvFeatureConfig(huart); + } + + /* In multiprocessor mode, the following bits must be kept cleared: + - LINEN and CLKEN bits in the USART_CR2 register, + - SCEN, HDSEL and IREN bits in the USART_CR3 register. */ + huart->Instance->CR2 &= ~(USART_CR2_LINEN | USART_CR2_CLKEN); + huart->Instance->CR3 &= ~(USART_CR3_SCEN | USART_CR3_HDSEL | USART_CR3_IREN); + + if (WakeUpMethod == UART_WAKEUPMETHOD_ADDRESSMARK) + { + /* If address mark wake up method is chosen, set the USART address node */ + MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_ADD, ((uint32_t)Address << UART_CR2_ADDRESS_LSB_POS)); + } + + /* Set the wake up method by setting the WAKE bit in the CR1 register */ + MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_WAKE, WakeUpMethod); + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_UART_ENABLE(huart); + + /* TEACK and/or REACK to check before moving huart->State to Ready */ + return (UART_CheckIdleState(huart)); +} + + + + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes the UART peripheral + * @param huart: uart handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_DeInit(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Check the UART handle allocation */ + if(huart == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_UART_INSTANCE(huart->Instance)); + + huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_UART_DISABLE(huart); + + huart->Instance->CR1 = 0x0; + huart->Instance->CR2 = 0x0; + huart->Instance->CR3 = 0x0; + + /* DeInit the low level hardware */ + HAL_UART_MspDeInit(huart); + + huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE; + huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_RESET; + + /* Process Unlock */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief UART MSP Init + * @param huart: uart handle + * @retval None + */ + __weak void HAL_UART_MspInit(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_UART_MspInit can be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief UART MSP DeInit + * @param huart: uart handle + * @retval None + */ + __weak void HAL_UART_MspDeInit(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_UART_MspDeInit can be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup UART_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions + * @brief UART Transmit/Receive functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### IO operation functions ##### + =============================================================================== + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the UART asynchronous + and Half duplex data transfers. + + (#) There are two mode of transfer: + (+) Blocking mode: The communication is performed in polling mode. + The HAL status of all data processing is returned by the same function + after finishing transfer. + (+) No-Blocking mode: The communication is performed using Interrupts + or DMA, These API's return the HAL status. + The end of the data processing will be indicated through the + dedicated UART IRQ when using Interrupt mode or the DMA IRQ when + using DMA mode. + The HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback(), HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback() user callbacks + will be executed respectively at the end of the transmit or Receive process + The HAL_UART_ErrorCallback()user callback will be executed when a communication error is detected + + (#) Blocking mode API's are : + (+) HAL_UART_Transmit() + (+) HAL_UART_Receive() + + (#) Non-Blocking mode API's with Interrupt are : + (+) HAL_UART_Transmit_IT() + (+) HAL_UART_Receive_IT() + (+) HAL_UART_IRQHandler() + (+) UART_Transmit_IT() + (+) UART_Receive_IT() + + (#) No-Blocking mode API's with DMA are : + (+) HAL_UART_Transmit_DMA() + (+) HAL_UART_Receive_DMA() + (+) HAL_UART_DMAPause() + (+) HAL_UART_DMAResume() + (+) HAL_UART_DMAStop() + + (#) A set of Transfer Complete Callbacks are provided in No_Blocking mode: + (+) HAL_UART_TxHalfCpltCallback() + (+) HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback() + (+) HAL_UART_RxHalfCpltCallback() + (+) HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback() + (+) HAL_UART_ErrorCallback() + + + -@- In the Half duplex communication, it is forbidden to run the transmit + and receive process in parallel, the UART state HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX can't be useful. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Send an amount of data in blocking mode + * @param huart: uart handle + * @param pData: pointer to data buffer + * @param Size: amount of data to be sent + * @param Timeout : Timeout duration + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Transmit(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint16_t* tmp; + + if((huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_READY) || (huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX)) + { + if((pData == NULL ) || (Size == 0)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(huart); + + huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE; + /* Check if a non-blocking receive process is ongoing or not */ + if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX) + { + huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX; + } + else + { + huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX; + } + + huart->TxXferSize = Size; + huart->TxXferCount = Size; + while(huart->TxXferCount > 0) + { + huart->TxXferCount--; + if(UART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(huart, UART_FLAG_TXE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + if ((huart->Init.WordLength == UART_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (huart->Init.Parity == UART_PARITY_NONE)) + { + tmp = (uint16_t*) pData; + huart->Instance->TDR = (*tmp & (uint16_t)0x01FF); + pData += 2; + } + else + { + huart->Instance->TDR = (*pData++ & (uint8_t)0xFF); + } + } + if(UART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(huart, UART_FLAG_TC, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + /* Check if a non-blocking receive Process is ongoing or not */ + if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX) + { + huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX; + } + else + { + huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + } + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Receive an amount of data in blocking mode + * @param huart: uart handle + * @param pData: pointer to data buffer + * @param Size: amount of data to be received + * @param Timeout : Timeout duration + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Receive(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint16_t* tmp; + uint16_t uhMask; + + if((huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_READY) || (huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX)) + { + if((pData == NULL ) || (Size == 0)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(huart); + + huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE; + /* Check if a non-blocking transmit process is ongoing or not */ + if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX) + { + huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX; + } + else + { + huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX; + } + + huart->RxXferSize = Size; + huart->RxXferCount = Size; + + /* Computation of UART mask to apply to RDR register */ + UART_MASK_COMPUTATION(huart); + uhMask = huart->Mask; + + /* as long as data have to be received */ + while(huart->RxXferCount > 0) + { + huart->RxXferCount--; + if(UART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(huart, UART_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + if ((huart->Init.WordLength == UART_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (huart->Init.Parity == UART_PARITY_NONE)) + { + tmp = (uint16_t*) pData ; + *tmp = (uint16_t)(huart->Instance->RDR & uhMask); + pData +=2; + } + else + { + *pData++ = (uint8_t)(huart->Instance->RDR & (uint8_t)uhMask); + } + } + + /* Check if a non-blocking transmit Process is ongoing or not */ + if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX) + { + huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX; + } + else + { + huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + } + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Send an amount of data in interrupt mode + * @param huart: uart handle + * @param pData: pointer to data buffer + * @param Size: amount of data to be sent + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Transmit_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + if((huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_READY) || (huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX)) + { + if((pData == NULL ) || (Size == 0)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(huart); + + huart->pTxBuffPtr = pData; + huart->TxXferSize = Size; + huart->TxXferCount = Size; + + huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE; + /* Check if a receive process is ongoing or not */ + if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX) + { + huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX; + } + else + { + huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX; + } + + /* Enable the UART Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */ + __HAL_UART_ENABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_ERR); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + + /* Enable the UART Transmit Data Register Empty Interrupt */ + __HAL_UART_ENABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_TXE); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Receive an amount of data in interrupt mode + * @param huart: uart handle + * @param pData: pointer to data buffer + * @param Size: amount of data to be received + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Receive_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + if((huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_READY) || (huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX)) + { + if((pData == NULL ) || (Size == 0)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(huart); + + huart->pRxBuffPtr = pData; + huart->RxXferSize = Size; + huart->RxXferCount = Size; + + /* Computation of UART mask to apply to RDR register */ + UART_MASK_COMPUTATION(huart); + + huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE; + /* Check if a transmit process is ongoing or not */ + if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX) + { + huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX; + } + else + { + huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX; + } + + /* Enable the UART Parity Error Interrupt */ + __HAL_UART_ENABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_PE); + + /* Enable the UART Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */ + __HAL_UART_ENABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_ERR); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + + /* Enable the UART Data Register not empty Interrupt */ + __HAL_UART_ENABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_RXNE); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Send an amount of data in DMA mode + * @param huart: uart handle + * @param pData: pointer to data buffer + * @param Size: amount of data to be sent + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Transmit_DMA(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + uint32_t *tmp; + + if((huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_READY) || (huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX)) + { + if((pData == NULL ) || (Size == 0)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(huart); + + huart->pTxBuffPtr = pData; + huart->TxXferSize = Size; + huart->TxXferCount = Size; + + huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE; + /* Check if a receive process is ongoing or not */ + if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX) + { + huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX; + } + else + { + huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX; + } + + /* Set the UART DMA transfer complete callback */ + huart->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = UART_DMATransmitCplt; + + /* Set the UART DMA Half transfer complete callback */ + huart->hdmatx->XferHalfCpltCallback = UART_DMATxHalfCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + huart->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = UART_DMAError; + + /* Enable the UART transmit DMA channel */ + tmp = (uint32_t*)&pData; + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(huart->hdmatx, *(uint32_t*)tmp, (uint32_t)&huart->Instance->TDR, Size); + + /* Clear the TC flag in the SR register by writing 0 to it */ + __HAL_UART_CLEAR_IT(huart, UART_FLAG_TC); + + + /* Enable the DMA transfer for transmit request by setting the DMAT bit + in the UART CR3 register */ + huart->Instance->CR3 |= USART_CR3_DMAT; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Receive an amount of data in DMA mode + * @param huart: uart handle + * @param pData: pointer to data buffer + * @param Size: amount of data to be received + * @note When the UART parity is enabled (PCE = 1), the received data contain + * the parity bit (MSB position) + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Receive_DMA(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + uint32_t *tmp; + + if((huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_READY) || (huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX)) + { + if((pData == NULL ) || (Size == 0)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(huart); + + huart->pRxBuffPtr = pData; + huart->RxXferSize = Size; + + huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE; + /* Check if a transmit process is ongoing or not */ + if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX) + { + huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX; + } + else + { + huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX; + } + + /* Set the UART DMA transfer complete callback */ + huart->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = UART_DMAReceiveCplt; + + /* Set the UART DMA Half transfer complete callback */ + huart->hdmarx->XferHalfCpltCallback = UART_DMARxHalfCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + huart->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = UART_DMAError; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + tmp = (uint32_t*)&pData; + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(huart->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&huart->Instance->RDR, *(uint32_t*)tmp, Size); + + /* Enable the DMA transfer for the receiver request by setting the DMAR bit + in the UART CR3 register */ + huart->Instance->CR3 |= USART_CR3_DMAR; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Pauses the DMA Transfer. + * @param huart: UART handle + * @retval None + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_DMAPause(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(huart); + + if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX) + { + /* Disable the UART DMA Tx request */ + huart->Instance->CR3 &= (uint32_t)(~USART_CR3_DMAT); + } + else if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX) + { + /* Disable the UART DMA Rx request */ + huart->Instance->CR3 &= (uint32_t)(~USART_CR3_DMAR); + } + else if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX) + { + /* Disable the UART DMA Tx request */ + huart->Instance->CR3 &= (uint32_t)(~USART_CR3_DMAT); + /* Disable the UART DMA Rx request */ + huart->Instance->CR3 &= (uint32_t)(~USART_CR3_DMAR); + } + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Resumes the DMA Transfer. + * @param huart: UART handle + * @retval None + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_DMAResume(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(huart); + + if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX) + { + /* Enable the UART DMA Tx request */ + huart->Instance->CR3 |= USART_CR3_DMAT; + } + else if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX) + { + /* Clear the Overrun flag before resuming the Rx transfer*/ + __HAL_UART_CLEAR_IT(huart, UART_CLEAR_OREF); + + /* Enable the UART DMA Rx request */ + huart->Instance->CR3 |= USART_CR3_DMAR; + } + else if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX) + { + /* Clear the Overrun flag before resuming the Rx transfer*/ + __HAL_UART_CLEAR_IT(huart, UART_CLEAR_OREF); + + /* Enable the UART DMA Rx request before the DMA Tx request */ + huart->Instance->CR3 |= USART_CR3_DMAR; + + /* Enable the UART DMA Tx request */ + huart->Instance->CR3 |= USART_CR3_DMAT; + } + + /* If the UART peripheral is still not enabled, enable it */ + if ((huart->Instance->CR1 & USART_CR1_UE) == 0) + { + /* Enable UART peripheral */ + __HAL_UART_ENABLE(huart); + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the DMA Transfer. + * @param huart: UART handle + * @retval None + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_DMAStop(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* The Lock is not implemented on this API to allow the user application + to call the HAL UART API under callbacks HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback() / HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback() / + HAL_UART_TxHalfCpltCallback / HAL_UART_RxHalfCpltCallback: + indeed, when HAL_DMA_Abort() API is called, the DMA TX/RX Transfer or Half Transfer complete + interrupt is generated if the DMA transfer interruption occurs at the middle or at the end of + the stream and the corresponding call back is executed. */ + + /* Disable the UART Tx/Rx DMA requests */ + huart->Instance->CR3 &= ~USART_CR3_DMAT; + huart->Instance->CR3 &= ~USART_CR3_DMAR; + + /* Abort the UART DMA tx channel */ + if(huart->hdmatx != NULL) + { + HAL_DMA_Abort(huart->hdmatx); + } + /* Abort the UART DMA rx channel */ + if(huart->hdmarx != NULL) + { + HAL_DMA_Abort(huart->hdmarx); + } + + huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles UART interrupt request. + * @param huart: uart handle + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_UART_IRQHandler(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* UART parity error interrupt occurred -------------------------------------*/ + if((__HAL_UART_GET_IT(huart, UART_IT_PE) != RESET) && (__HAL_UART_GET_IT_SOURCE(huart, UART_IT_PE) != RESET)) + { + __HAL_UART_CLEAR_PEFLAG(huart); + + huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_PE; + /* Set the UART state ready to be able to start again the process */ + huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + } + + /* UART frame error interrupt occurred --------------------------------------*/ + if((__HAL_UART_GET_IT(huart, UART_IT_FE) != RESET) && (__HAL_UART_GET_IT_SOURCE(huart, UART_IT_ERR) != RESET)) + { + __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FEFLAG(huart); + + huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_FE; + /* Set the UART state ready to be able to start again the process */ + huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + } + + /* UART noise error interrupt occurred --------------------------------------*/ + if((__HAL_UART_GET_IT(huart, UART_IT_NE) != RESET) && (__HAL_UART_GET_IT_SOURCE(huart, UART_IT_ERR) != RESET)) + { + __HAL_UART_CLEAR_NEFLAG(huart); + + huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_NE; + /* Set the UART state ready to be able to start again the process */ + huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + } + + /* UART Over-Run interrupt occurred -----------------------------------------*/ + if((__HAL_UART_GET_IT(huart, UART_IT_ORE) != RESET) && (__HAL_UART_GET_IT_SOURCE(huart, UART_IT_ERR) != RESET)) + { + __HAL_UART_CLEAR_OREFLAG(huart); + + huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_ORE; + /* Set the UART state ready to be able to start again the process */ + huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + } + + /* Call UART Error Call back function if need be --------------------------*/ + if(huart->ErrorCode != HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE) + { + HAL_UART_ErrorCallback(huart); + } + + /* UART in mode Receiver ---------------------------------------------------*/ + if((__HAL_UART_GET_IT(huart, UART_IT_RXNE) != RESET) && (__HAL_UART_GET_IT_SOURCE(huart, UART_IT_RXNE) != RESET)) + { + UART_Receive_IT(huart); + /* Clear RXNE interrupt flag */ + __HAL_UART_SEND_REQ(huart, UART_RXDATA_FLUSH_REQUEST); + } + + + /* UART in mode Transmitter ------------------------------------------------*/ + if((__HAL_UART_GET_IT(huart, UART_IT_TXE) != RESET) &&(__HAL_UART_GET_IT_SOURCE(huart, UART_IT_TXE) != RESET)) + { + UART_Transmit_IT(huart); + } + + /* UART in mode Transmitter (transmission end) -----------------------------*/ + if((__HAL_UART_GET_IT(huart, UART_IT_TC) != RESET) &&(__HAL_UART_GET_IT_SOURCE(huart, UART_IT_TC) != RESET)) + { + UART_EndTransmit_IT(huart); + } + +} + + +/** + * @brief This function handles UART Communication Timeout. + * @param huart: UART handle + * @param Flag: specifies the UART flag to check. + * @param Status: The new Flag status (SET or RESET). + * @param Timeout: Timeout duration + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef UART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint32_t Flag, FlagStatus Status, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait until flag is set */ + if(Status == RESET) + { + while(__HAL_UART_GET_FLAG(huart, Flag) == RESET) + { + /* Check for the Timeout */ + if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) + { + if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick()-tickstart) >= Timeout)) + { + /* Disable TXE, RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts for the interrupt process */ + __HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_TXE); + __HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_RXNE); + __HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_PE); + __HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_ERR); + + huart->State= HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + } + else + { + while(__HAL_UART_GET_FLAG(huart, Flag) != RESET) + { + /* Check for the Timeout */ + if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) + { + if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick()-tickstart) >= Timeout)) + { + /* Disable TXE, RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts for the interrupt process */ + __HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_TXE); + __HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_RXNE); + __HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_PE); + __HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_ERR); + + huart->State= HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + } + return HAL_OK; +} + + + +/** + * @brief DMA UART transmit process complete callback + * @param hdma: DMA handle + * @retval None + */ +static void UART_DMATransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + UART_HandleTypeDef* huart = ( UART_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; + + /* DMA Normal mode*/ + if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CIRC) == 0) + { + huart->TxXferCount = 0; + + /* Disable the DMA transfer for transmit request by setting the DMAT bit + in the UART CR3 register */ + huart->Instance->CR3 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR3_DMAT); + + /* Enable the UART Transmit Complete Interrupt */ + __HAL_UART_ENABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_TC); + } + /* DMA Circular mode */ + else + { + HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback(huart); + } +} + +/** + * @brief DMA UART transmit process half complete callback + * @param hdma : DMA handle + * @retval None + */ +static void UART_DMATxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + UART_HandleTypeDef* huart = (UART_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef*)hdma)->Parent; + + HAL_UART_TxHalfCpltCallback(huart); +} + +/** + * @brief DMA UART receive process complete callback + * @param hdma: DMA handle + * @retval None + */ +static void UART_DMAReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + UART_HandleTypeDef* huart = ( UART_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; + + /* DMA Normal mode */ + if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CIRC) == 0) + { + huart->RxXferCount = 0; + + /* Disable the DMA transfer for the receiver request by setting the DMAR bit + in the UART CR3 register */ + huart->Instance->CR3 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR3_DMAR); + + /* Check if a transmit Process is ongoing or not */ + if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX) + { + huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX; + } + else + { + huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + } + } + HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback(huart); +} + +/** + * @brief DMA UART receive process half complete callback + * @param hdma : DMA handle + * @retval None + */ +static void UART_DMARxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + UART_HandleTypeDef* huart = (UART_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef*)hdma)->Parent; + + HAL_UART_RxHalfCpltCallback(huart); +} + +/** + * @brief DMA UART communication error callback + * @param hdma: DMA handle + * @retval None + */ +static void UART_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + UART_HandleTypeDef* huart = ( UART_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; + huart->RxXferCount = 0; + huart->TxXferCount = 0; + huart->State= HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_DMA; + HAL_UART_ErrorCallback(huart); +} + +/** + * @brief Tx Transfer completed callbacks + * @param huart: uart handle + * @retval None + */ + __weak void HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Tx Half Transfer completed callbacks. + * @param huart: UART handle + * @retval None + */ + __weak void HAL_UART_TxHalfCpltCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* NOTE: This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_UART_TxHalfCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Rx Transfer completed callbacks + * @param huart: uart handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Rx Half Transfer completed callbacks. + * @param huart: UART handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_UART_RxHalfCpltCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* NOTE: This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_UART_RxHalfCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief UART error callbacks + * @param huart: uart handle + * @retval None + */ + __weak void HAL_UART_ErrorCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_UART_ErrorCallback can be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Send an amount of data in interrupt mode + * Function called under interruption only, once + * interruptions have been enabled by HAL_UART_Transmit_IT() + * @param huart: UART handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef UART_Transmit_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + uint16_t* tmp; + + if ((huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX) || (huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX)) + { + + if(huart->TxXferCount == 0) + { + /* Disable the UART Transmit Data Register Empty Interrupt */ + __HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_TXE); + + /* Check if a receive Process is ongoing or not */ + if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX) + { + huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX; + } + else + { + /* Disable the UART Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */ + __HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_ERR); + + huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + } + + /* Wait on TC flag to be able to start a second transfer */ + if(UART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(huart, UART_FLAG_TC, RESET, HAL_UART_TIMEOUT_VALUE) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + + HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback(huart); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + if ((huart->Init.WordLength == UART_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (huart->Init.Parity == UART_PARITY_NONE)) + { + tmp = (uint16_t*) huart->pTxBuffPtr; + huart->Instance->TDR = (*tmp & (uint16_t)0x01FF); + huart->pTxBuffPtr += 2; + } + else + { + huart->Instance->TDR = (uint8_t)(*huart->pTxBuffPtr++ & (uint8_t)0xFF); + } + + huart->TxXferCount--; + + return HAL_OK; + } + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Wrap up transmission in non-blocking mode. + * @param huart: pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef UART_EndTransmit_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Disable the UART Transmit Complete Interrupt */ + __HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_TC); + + /* Check if a receive process is ongoing or not */ + if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX) + { + huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX; + } + else + { + /* Disable the UART Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */ + __HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_ERR); + + huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + } + + HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback(huart); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Receive an amount of data in interrupt mode + * Function called under interruption only, once + * interruptions have been enabled by HAL_UART_Receive_IT() + * @param huart: UART handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef UART_Receive_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + uint16_t* tmp; + uint16_t uhMask = huart->Mask; + + if((huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX) || (huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX)) + { + + if ((huart->Init.WordLength == UART_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (huart->Init.Parity == UART_PARITY_NONE)) + { + tmp = (uint16_t*) huart->pRxBuffPtr ; + *tmp = (uint16_t)(huart->Instance->RDR & uhMask); + huart->pRxBuffPtr +=2; + } + else + { + *huart->pRxBuffPtr++ = (uint8_t)(huart->Instance->RDR & (uint8_t)uhMask); + } + + if(--huart->RxXferCount == 0) + { + __HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_RXNE); + + /* Check if a transmit Process is ongoing or not */ + if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX) + { + huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX; + } + else + { + /* Disable the UART Parity Error Interrupt */ + __HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_PE); + + /* Disable the UART Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */ + __HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_ERR); + + huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + } + + HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback(huart); + + return HAL_OK; + } + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup UART_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral Control functions + * @brief UART control functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral Control functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the UART. + (+) HAL_UART_GetState() API is helpful to check in run-time the state of the UART peripheral. + (+) HAL_MultiProcessor_EnableMuteMode() API enables mute mode + (+) HAL_MultiProcessor_DisableMuteMode() API disables mute mode + (+) HAL_MultiProcessor_EnterMuteMode() API enters mute mode + (+) HAL_MultiProcessor_EnableMuteMode() API enables mute mode + (+) UART_SetConfig() API configures the UART peripheral + (+) UART_AdvFeatureConfig() API optionally configures the UART advanced features + (+) UART_CheckIdleState() API ensures that TEACK and/or REACK are set after initialization + (+) HAL_HalfDuplex_EnableTransmitter() API disables receiver and enables transmitter + (+) HAL_HalfDuplex_EnableReceiver() API disables transmitter and enables receiver + (+) HAL_LIN_SendBreak() API transmits the break characters +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enable UART in mute mode (doesn't mean UART enters mute mode; + * to enter mute mode, HAL_MultiProcessor_EnterMuteMode() API must be called) + * @param huart: UART handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MultiProcessor_EnableMuteMode(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(huart); + + huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Enable USART mute mode by setting the MME bit in the CR1 register */ + huart->Instance->CR1 |= USART_CR1_MME; + + huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + return (UART_CheckIdleState(huart)); +} + +/** + * @brief Disable UART mute mode (doesn't mean it actually wakes up the software, + * as it may not have been in mute mode at this very moment). + * @param huart: uart handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MultiProcessor_DisableMuteMode(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(huart); + + huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable USART mute mode by clearing the MME bit in the CR1 register */ + huart->Instance->CR1 &= ~(USART_CR1_MME); + + huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + return (UART_CheckIdleState(huart)); +} + +/** + * @brief Enter UART mute mode (means UART actually enters mute mode). + * To exit from mute mode, HAL_MultiProcessor_DisableMuteMode() API must be called. + * @param huart: uart handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +void HAL_MultiProcessor_EnterMuteMode(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + __HAL_UART_SEND_REQ(huart, UART_MUTE_MODE_REQUEST); +} + + + +/** + * @brief return the UART state + * @param huart: uart handle + * @retval HAL state + */ +HAL_UART_StateTypeDef HAL_UART_GetState(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + return huart->State; +} + +/** +* @brief Return the UART error code +* @param huart : pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART. +* @retval UART Error Code +*/ +uint32_t HAL_UART_GetError(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + return huart->ErrorCode; +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the UART peripheral + * @param huart: uart handle + * @retval None + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef UART_SetConfig(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0x00000000; + UART_ClockSourceTypeDef clocksource = UART_CLOCKSOURCE_UNDEFINED; + uint16_t brrtemp = 0x0000; + uint16_t usartdiv = 0x0000; + HAL_StatusTypeDef ret = HAL_OK; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_UART_BAUDRATE(huart->Init.BaudRate)); + assert_param(IS_UART_WORD_LENGTH(huart->Init.WordLength)); + assert_param(IS_UART_STOPBITS(huart->Init.StopBits)); + assert_param(IS_UART_PARITY(huart->Init.Parity)); + assert_param(IS_UART_MODE(huart->Init.Mode)); + assert_param(IS_UART_HARDWARE_FLOW_CONTROL(huart->Init.HwFlowCtl)); + assert_param(IS_UART_ONE_BIT_SAMPLE(huart->Init.OneBitSampling)); + + + /*-------------------------- USART CR1 Configuration -----------------------*/ + /* Clear M, PCE, PS, TE, RE and OVER8 bits and configure + * the UART Word Length, Parity, Mode and oversampling: + * set the M bits according to huart->Init.WordLength value + * set PCE and PS bits according to huart->Init.Parity value + * set TE and RE bits according to huart->Init.Mode value + * set OVER8 bit according to huart->Init.OverSampling value */ + tmpreg = (uint32_t)huart->Init.WordLength | huart->Init.Parity | huart->Init.Mode | huart->Init.OverSampling ; + MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR1, UART_CR1_FIELDS, tmpreg); + + /*-------------------------- USART CR2 Configuration -----------------------*/ + /* Configure the UART Stop Bits: Set STOP[13:12] bits according + * to huart->Init.StopBits value */ + MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_STOP, huart->Init.StopBits); + + /*-------------------------- USART CR3 Configuration -----------------------*/ + /* Configure + * - UART HardWare Flow Control: set CTSE and RTSE bits according + * to huart->Init.HwFlowCtl value + * - one-bit sampling method versus three samples' majority rule according + * to huart->Init.OneBitSampling */ + tmpreg = (uint32_t)huart->Init.HwFlowCtl | huart->Init.OneBitSampling ; + MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR3, (USART_CR3_RTSE | USART_CR3_CTSE | USART_CR3_ONEBIT), tmpreg); + + /*-------------------------- USART BRR Configuration -----------------------*/ + UART_GETCLOCKSOURCE(huart, clocksource); + + /* Check UART Over Sampling to set Baud Rate Register */ + if (huart->Init.OverSampling == UART_OVERSAMPLING_8) + { + switch (clocksource) + { + case UART_CLOCKSOURCE_PCLK1: + usartdiv = (uint16_t)(UART_DIV_SAMPLING8(HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq(), huart->Init.BaudRate)); + break; + case UART_CLOCKSOURCE_PCLK2: + usartdiv = (uint16_t)(UART_DIV_SAMPLING8(HAL_RCC_GetPCLK2Freq(), huart->Init.BaudRate)); + break; + case UART_CLOCKSOURCE_HSI: + usartdiv = (uint16_t)(UART_DIV_SAMPLING8(HSI_VALUE, huart->Init.BaudRate)); + break; + case UART_CLOCKSOURCE_SYSCLK: + usartdiv = (uint16_t)(UART_DIV_SAMPLING8(HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq(), huart->Init.BaudRate)); + break; + case UART_CLOCKSOURCE_LSE: + usartdiv = (uint16_t)(UART_DIV_SAMPLING8(LSE_VALUE, huart->Init.BaudRate)); + break; + case UART_CLOCKSOURCE_UNDEFINED: + default: + ret = HAL_ERROR; + break; + } + + brrtemp = usartdiv & 0xFFF0; + brrtemp |= (uint16_t)((usartdiv & (uint16_t)0x000F) >> 1U); + huart->Instance->BRR = brrtemp; + } + else + { + switch (clocksource) + { + case UART_CLOCKSOURCE_PCLK1: + huart->Instance->BRR = (uint16_t)(UART_DIV_SAMPLING16(HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq(), huart->Init.BaudRate)); + break; + case UART_CLOCKSOURCE_PCLK2: + huart->Instance->BRR = (uint16_t)(UART_DIV_SAMPLING16(HAL_RCC_GetPCLK2Freq(), huart->Init.BaudRate)); + break; + case UART_CLOCKSOURCE_HSI: + huart->Instance->BRR = (uint16_t)(UART_DIV_SAMPLING16(HSI_VALUE, huart->Init.BaudRate)); + break; + case UART_CLOCKSOURCE_SYSCLK: + huart->Instance->BRR = (uint16_t)(UART_DIV_SAMPLING16(HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq(), huart->Init.BaudRate)); + break; + case UART_CLOCKSOURCE_LSE: + huart->Instance->BRR = (uint16_t)(UART_DIV_SAMPLING16(LSE_VALUE, huart->Init.BaudRate)); + break; + case UART_CLOCKSOURCE_UNDEFINED: + default: + ret = HAL_ERROR; + break; + } + } + + return ret; + +} + + +/** + * @brief Configure the UART peripheral advanced features + * @param huart: uart handle + * @retval None + */ +void UART_AdvFeatureConfig(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Check whether the set of advanced features to configure is properly set */ + assert_param(IS_UART_ADVFEATURE_INIT(huart->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit)); + + /* if required, configure TX pin active level inversion */ + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit, UART_ADVFEATURE_TXINVERT_INIT)) + { + assert_param(IS_UART_ADVFEATURE_TXINV(huart->AdvancedInit.TxPinLevelInvert)); + MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_TXINV, huart->AdvancedInit.TxPinLevelInvert); + } + + /* if required, configure RX pin active level inversion */ + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit, UART_ADVFEATURE_RXINVERT_INIT)) + { + assert_param(IS_UART_ADVFEATURE_RXINV(huart->AdvancedInit.RxPinLevelInvert)); + MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_RXINV, huart->AdvancedInit.RxPinLevelInvert); + } + + /* if required, configure data inversion */ + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit, UART_ADVFEATURE_DATAINVERT_INIT)) + { + assert_param(IS_UART_ADVFEATURE_DATAINV(huart->AdvancedInit.DataInvert)); + MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_DATAINV, huart->AdvancedInit.DataInvert); + } + + /* if required, configure RX/TX pins swap */ + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit, UART_ADVFEATURE_SWAP_INIT)) + { + assert_param(IS_UART_ADVFEATURE_SWAP(huart->AdvancedInit.Swap)); + MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_SWAP, huart->AdvancedInit.Swap); + } + + /* if required, configure RX overrun detection disabling */ + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit, UART_ADVFEATURE_RXOVERRUNDISABLE_INIT)) + { + assert_param(IS_UART_OVERRUN(huart->AdvancedInit.OverrunDisable)); + MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_OVRDIS, huart->AdvancedInit.OverrunDisable); + } + + /* if required, configure DMA disabling on reception error */ + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit, UART_ADVFEATURE_DMADISABLEONERROR_INIT)) + { + assert_param(IS_UART_ADVFEATURE_DMAONRXERROR(huart->AdvancedInit.DMADisableonRxError)); + MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DDRE, huart->AdvancedInit.DMADisableonRxError); + } + + /* if required, configure auto Baud rate detection scheme */ + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit, UART_ADVFEATURE_AUTOBAUDRATE_INIT)) + { + assert_param(IS_UART_ADVFEATURE_AUTOBAUDRATE(huart->AdvancedInit.AutoBaudRateEnable)); + MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_ABREN, huart->AdvancedInit.AutoBaudRateEnable); + /* set auto Baudrate detection parameters if detection is enabled */ + if(huart->AdvancedInit.AutoBaudRateEnable == UART_ADVFEATURE_AUTOBAUDRATE_ENABLE) + { + assert_param(IS_UART_ADVFEATURE_AUTOBAUDRATEMODE(huart->AdvancedInit.AutoBaudRateMode)); + MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_ABRMODE, huart->AdvancedInit.AutoBaudRateMode); + } + } + + /* if required, configure MSB first on communication line */ + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit, UART_ADVFEATURE_MSBFIRST_INIT)) + { + assert_param(IS_UART_ADVFEATURE_MSBFIRST(huart->AdvancedInit.MSBFirst)); + MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_MSBFIRST, huart->AdvancedInit.MSBFirst); + } +} + + + +/** + * @brief Check the UART Idle State + * @param huart: uart handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef UART_CheckIdleState(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Initialize the UART ErrorCode */ + huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Check if the Transmitter is enabled */ + if((huart->Instance->CR1 & USART_CR1_TE) == USART_CR1_TE) + { + /* Wait until TEACK flag is set */ + if(UART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(huart, USART_ISR_TEACK, RESET, HAL_UART_TIMEOUT_VALUE) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Timeout Occurred */ + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + /* Check if the Receiver is enabled */ + if((huart->Instance->CR1 & USART_CR1_RE) == USART_CR1_RE) + { + /* Wait until REACK flag is set */ + if(UART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(huart, USART_ISR_REACK, RESET, HAL_UART_TIMEOUT_VALUE) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Timeout Occurred */ + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Initialize the UART State */ + huart->State= HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables the UART transmitter and disables the UART receiver. + * @param huart: UART handle + * @retval HAL status + * @retval None + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HalfDuplex_EnableTransmitter(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(huart); + huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Clear TE and RE bits */ + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_TE | USART_CR1_RE)); + /* Enable the USART's transmit interface by setting the TE bit in the USART CR1 register */ + SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_TE); + + huart->State= HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables the UART receiver and disables the UART transmitter. + * @param huart: UART handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HalfDuplex_EnableReceiver(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(huart); + huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Clear TE and RE bits */ + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_TE | USART_CR1_RE)); + /* Enable the USART's receive interface by setting the RE bit in the USART CR1 register */ + SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_RE); + + huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + + return HAL_OK; +} + + +/** + * @brief Transmits break characters. + * @param huart: UART handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LIN_SendBreak(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_UART_INSTANCE(huart->Instance)); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(huart); + + huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Send break characters */ + huart->Instance->RQR |= UART_SENDBREAK_REQUEST; + + huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + + return HAL_OK; +} + + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_UART_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/stmhal/hal/f7/src/stm32f7xx_ll_sdmmc.c b/stmhal/hal/f7/src/stm32f7xx_ll_sdmmc.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b14445c686 --- /dev/null +++ b/stmhal/hal/f7/src/stm32f7xx_ll_sdmmc.c @@ -0,0 +1,510 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f7xx_ll_sdmmc.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.1 + * @date 25-June-2015 + * @brief SDMMC Low Layer HAL module driver. + * + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the SDMMC peripheral: + * + Initialization/de-initialization functions + * + I/O operation functions + * + Peripheral Control functions + * + Peripheral State functions + * + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### SDMMC peripheral features ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] The SD/SDMMC MMC card host interface (SDMMC) provides an interface between the APB2 + peripheral bus and MultiMedia cards (MMCs), SD memory cards, SDMMC cards and CE-ATA + devices. + + [..] The SDMMC features include the following: + (+) Full compliance with MultiMedia Card System Specification Version 4.2. Card support + for three different databus modes: 1-bit (default), 4-bit and 8-bit + (+) Full compatibility with previous versions of MultiMedia Cards (forward compatibility) + (+) Full compliance with SD Memory Card Specifications Version 2.0 + (+) Full compliance with SD I/O Card Specification Version 2.0: card support for two + different data bus modes: 1-bit (default) and 4-bit + (+) Full support of the CE-ATA features (full compliance with CE-ATA digital protocol + Rev1.1) + (+) Data transfer up to 48 MHz for the 8 bit mode + (+) Data and command output enable signals to control external bidirectional drivers. + + + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This driver is a considered as a driver of service for external devices drivers + that interfaces with the SDMMC peripheral. + According to the device used (SD card/ MMC card / SDMMC card ...), a set of APIs + is used in the device's driver to perform SDMMC operations and functionalities. + + This driver is almost transparent for the final user, it is only used to implement other + functionalities of the external device. + + [..] + (+) The SDMMC clock (SDMMCCLK = 48 MHz) is coming from a specific output of PLL + (PLL48CLK). Before start working with SDMMC peripheral make sure that the + PLL is well configured. + The SDMMC peripheral uses two clock signals: + (++) SDMMC adapter clock (SDMMCCLK = 48 MHz) + (++) APB2 bus clock (PCLK2) + + -@@- PCLK2 and SDMMC_CK clock frequencies must respect the following condition: + Frequency(PCLK2) >= (3 / 8 x Frequency(SDMMC_CK)) + + (+) Enable/Disable peripheral clock using RCC peripheral macros related to SDMMC + peripheral. + + (+) Enable the Power ON State using the SDMMC_PowerState_ON(SDMMCx) + function and disable it using the function SDMMC_PowerState_OFF(SDMMCx). + + (+) Enable/Disable the clock using the __SDMMC_ENABLE()/__SDMMC_DISABLE() macros. + + (+) Enable/Disable the peripheral interrupts using the macros __SDMMC_ENABLE_IT(hSDMMC, IT) + and __SDMMC_DISABLE_IT(hSDMMC, IT) if you need to use interrupt mode. + + (+) When using the DMA mode + (++) Configure the DMA in the MSP layer of the external device + (++) Active the needed channel Request + (++) Enable the DMA using __SDMMC_DMA_ENABLE() macro or Disable it using the macro + __SDMMC_DMA_DISABLE(). + + (+) To control the CPSM (Command Path State Machine) and send + commands to the card use the SDMMC_SendCommand(SDMMCx), + SDMMC_GetCommandResponse() and SDMMC_GetResponse() functions. First, user has + to fill the command structure (pointer to SDMMC_CmdInitTypeDef) according + to the selected command to be sent. + The parameters that should be filled are: + (++) Command Argument + (++) Command Index + (++) Command Response type + (++) Command Wait + (++) CPSM Status (Enable or Disable). + + -@@- To check if the command is well received, read the SDMMC_CMDRESP + register using the SDMMC_GetCommandResponse(). + The SDMMC responses registers (SDMMC_RESP1 to SDMMC_RESP2), use the + SDMMC_GetResponse() function. + + (+) To control the DPSM (Data Path State Machine) and send/receive + data to/from the card use the SDMMC_DataConfig(), SDMMC_GetDataCounter(), + SDMMC_ReadFIFO(), DIO_WriteFIFO() and SDMMC_GetFIFOCount() functions. + + *** Read Operations *** + ======================= + [..] + (#) First, user has to fill the data structure (pointer to + SDMMC_DataInitTypeDef) according to the selected data type to be received. + The parameters that should be filled are: + (++) Data TimeOut + (++) Data Length + (++) Data Block size + (++) Data Transfer direction: should be from card (To SDMMC) + (++) Data Transfer mode + (++) DPSM Status (Enable or Disable) + + (#) Configure the SDMMC resources to receive the data from the card + according to selected transfer mode (Refer to Step 8, 9 and 10). + + (#) Send the selected Read command (refer to step 11). + + (#) Use the SDMMC flags/interrupts to check the transfer status. + + *** Write Operations *** + ======================== + [..] + (#) First, user has to fill the data structure (pointer to + SDMMC_DataInitTypeDef) according to the selected data type to be received. + The parameters that should be filled are: + (++) Data TimeOut + (++) Data Length + (++) Data Block size + (++) Data Transfer direction: should be to card (To CARD) + (++) Data Transfer mode + (++) DPSM Status (Enable or Disable) + + (#) Configure the SDMMC resources to send the data to the card according to + selected transfer mode. + + (#) Send the selected Write command. + + (#) Use the SDMMC flags/interrupts to check the transfer status. + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup SDMMC_LL SDMMC Low Layer + * @brief Low layer module for SD + * @{ + */ + +#if defined (HAL_SD_MODULE_ENABLED) || defined(HAL_MMC_MODULE_ENABLED) + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup SDMMC_LL_Exported_Functions SDMMC Low Layer Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup HAL_SDMMC_LL_Group1 Initialization de-initialization functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Initialization/de-initialization functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to: + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Initializes the SDMMC according to the specified + * parameters in the SDMMC_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle. + * @param SDMMCx: Pointer to SDMMC register base + * @param Init: SDMMC initialization structure + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef SDMMC_Init(SDMMC_TypeDef *SDMMCx, SDMMC_InitTypeDef Init) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SDMMC_ALL_INSTANCE(SDMMCx)); + assert_param(IS_SDMMC_CLOCK_EDGE(Init.ClockEdge)); + assert_param(IS_SDMMC_CLOCK_BYPASS(Init.ClockBypass)); + assert_param(IS_SDMMC_CLOCK_POWER_SAVE(Init.ClockPowerSave)); + assert_param(IS_SDMMC_BUS_WIDE(Init.BusWide)); + assert_param(IS_SDMMC_HARDWARE_FLOW_CONTROL(Init.HardwareFlowControl)); + assert_param(IS_SDMMC_CLKDIV(Init.ClockDiv)); + + /* Set SDMMC configuration parameters */ + tmpreg |= (Init.ClockEdge |\ + Init.ClockBypass |\ + Init.ClockPowerSave |\ + Init.BusWide |\ + Init.HardwareFlowControl |\ + Init.ClockDiv + ); + + /* Write to SDMMC CLKCR */ + MODIFY_REG(SDMMCx->CLKCR, CLKCR_CLEAR_MASK, tmpreg); + + return HAL_OK; +} + + + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup HAL_SDMMC_LL_Group2 IO operation functions + * @brief Data transfers functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### I/O operation functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the SDMMC data + transfers. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Read data (word) from Rx FIFO in blocking mode (polling) + * @param SDMMCx: Pointer to SDMMC register base + * @retval HAL status + */ +uint32_t SDMMC_ReadFIFO(SDMMC_TypeDef *SDMMCx) +{ + /* Read data from Rx FIFO */ + return (SDMMCx->FIFO); +} + +/** + * @brief Write data (word) to Tx FIFO in blocking mode (polling) + * @param SDMMCx: Pointer to SDMMC register base + * @param pWriteData: pointer to data to write + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef SDMMC_WriteFIFO(SDMMC_TypeDef *SDMMCx, uint32_t *pWriteData) +{ + /* Write data to FIFO */ + SDMMCx->FIFO = *pWriteData; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup HAL_SDMMC_LL_Group3 Peripheral Control functions + * @brief management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral Control functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the SDMMC data + transfers. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Set SDMMC Power state to ON. + * @param SDMMCx: Pointer to SDMMC register base + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef SDMMC_PowerState_ON(SDMMC_TypeDef *SDMMCx) +{ + /* Set power state to ON */ + SDMMCx->POWER = SDMMC_POWER_PWRCTRL; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Set SDMMC Power state to OFF. + * @param SDMMCx: Pointer to SDMMC register base + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef SDMMC_PowerState_OFF(SDMMC_TypeDef *SDMMCx) +{ + /* Set power state to OFF */ + SDMMCx->POWER = (uint32_t)0x00000000; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Get SDMMC Power state. + * @param SDMMCx: Pointer to SDMMC register base + * @retval Power status of the controller. The returned value can be one of the + * following values: + * - 0x00: Power OFF + * - 0x02: Power UP + * - 0x03: Power ON + */ +uint32_t SDMMC_GetPowerState(SDMMC_TypeDef *SDMMCx) +{ + return (SDMMCx->POWER & SDMMC_POWER_PWRCTRL); +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the SDMMC command path according to the specified parameters in + * SDMMC_CmdInitTypeDef structure and send the command + * @param SDMMCx: Pointer to SDMMC register base + * @param Command: pointer to a SDMMC_CmdInitTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the SDMMC command + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef SDMMC_SendCommand(SDMMC_TypeDef *SDMMCx, SDMMC_CmdInitTypeDef *Command) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SDMMC_CMD_INDEX(Command->CmdIndex)); + assert_param(IS_SDMMC_RESPONSE(Command->Response)); + assert_param(IS_SDMMC_WAIT(Command->WaitForInterrupt)); + assert_param(IS_SDMMC_CPSM(Command->CPSM)); + + /* Set the SDMMC Argument value */ + SDMMCx->ARG = Command->Argument; + + /* Set SDMMC command parameters */ + tmpreg |= (uint32_t)(Command->CmdIndex |\ + Command->Response |\ + Command->WaitForInterrupt |\ + Command->CPSM); + + /* Write to SDMMC CMD register */ + MODIFY_REG(SDMMCx->CMD, CMD_CLEAR_MASK, tmpreg); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Return the command index of last command for which response received + * @param SDMMCx: Pointer to SDMMC register base + * @retval Command index of the last command response received + */ +uint8_t SDMMC_GetCommandResponse(SDMMC_TypeDef *SDMMCx) +{ + return (uint8_t)(SDMMCx->RESPCMD); +} + + +/** + * @brief Return the response received from the card for the last command + * @param SDMMCx: Pointer to SDMMC register base + * @param Response: Specifies the SDMMC response register. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg SDMMC_RESP1: Response Register 1 + * @arg SDMMC_RESP2: Response Register 2 + * @arg SDMMC_RESP3: Response Register 3 + * @arg SDMMC_RESP4: Response Register 4 + * @retval The Corresponding response register value + */ +uint32_t SDMMC_GetResponse(SDMMC_TypeDef *SDMMCx, uint32_t Response) +{ + __IO uint32_t tmp = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SDMMC_RESP(Response)); + + /* Get the response */ + tmp = (uint32_t)&(SDMMCx->RESP1) + Response; + + return (*(__IO uint32_t *) tmp); +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the SDMMC data path according to the specified + * parameters in the SDMMC_DataInitTypeDef. + * @param SDMMCx: Pointer to SDMMC register base + * @param Data : pointer to a SDMMC_DataInitTypeDef structure + * that contains the configuration information for the SDMMC data. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef SDMMC_DataConfig(SDMMC_TypeDef *SDMMCx, SDMMC_DataInitTypeDef* Data) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SDMMC_DATA_LENGTH(Data->DataLength)); + assert_param(IS_SDMMC_BLOCK_SIZE(Data->DataBlockSize)); + assert_param(IS_SDMMC_TRANSFER_DIR(Data->TransferDir)); + assert_param(IS_SDMMC_TRANSFER_MODE(Data->TransferMode)); + assert_param(IS_SDMMC_DPSM(Data->DPSM)); + + /* Set the SDMMC Data TimeOut value */ + SDMMCx->DTIMER = Data->DataTimeOut; + + /* Set the SDMMC DataLength value */ + SDMMCx->DLEN = Data->DataLength; + + /* Set the SDMMC data configuration parameters */ + tmpreg |= (uint32_t)(Data->DataBlockSize |\ + Data->TransferDir |\ + Data->TransferMode |\ + Data->DPSM); + + /* Write to SDMMC DCTRL */ + MODIFY_REG(SDMMCx->DCTRL, DCTRL_CLEAR_MASK, tmpreg); + + return HAL_OK; + +} + +/** + * @brief Returns number of remaining data bytes to be transferred. + * @param SDMMCx: Pointer to SDMMC register base + * @retval Number of remaining data bytes to be transferred + */ +uint32_t SDMMC_GetDataCounter(SDMMC_TypeDef *SDMMCx) +{ + return (SDMMCx->DCOUNT); +} + +/** + * @brief Get the FIFO data + * @param SDMMCx: Pointer to SDMMC register base + * @retval Data received + */ +uint32_t SDMMC_GetFIFOCount(SDMMC_TypeDef *SDMMCx) +{ + return (SDMMCx->FIFO); +} + + +/** + * @brief Sets one of the two options of inserting read wait interval. + * @param SDMMCx: Pointer to SDMMC register base + * @param SDMMC_ReadWaitMode: SDMMC Read Wait operation mode. + * This parameter can be: + * @arg SDMMC_READ_WAIT_MODE_CLK: Read Wait control by stopping SDMMCCLK + * @arg SDMMC_READ_WAIT_MODE_DATA2: Read Wait control using SDMMC_DATA2 + * @retval None + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef SDMMC_SetSDMMCReadWaitMode(SDMMC_TypeDef *SDMMCx, uint32_t SDMMC_ReadWaitMode) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SDMMC_READWAIT_MODE(SDMMC_ReadWaitMode)); + + /* Set SDMMC read wait mode */ + SDMMCx->DCTRL |= SDMMC_ReadWaitMode; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* (HAL_SD_MODULE_ENABLED) || (HAL_MMC_MODULE_ENABLED) */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/stmhal/hal/f7/src/stm32f7xx_ll_usb.c b/stmhal/hal/f7/src/stm32f7xx_ll_usb.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8266b09a7a --- /dev/null +++ b/stmhal/hal/f7/src/stm32f7xx_ll_usb.c @@ -0,0 +1,1696 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f7xx_ll_usb.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V1.0.1 + * @date 25-June-2015 + * @brief USB Low Layer HAL module driver. + * + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the USB Peripheral Controller: + * + Initialization/de-initialization functions + * + I/O operation functions + * + Peripheral Control functions + * + Peripheral State functions + * + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + (#) Fill parameters of Init structure in USB_OTG_CfgTypeDef structure. + + (#) Call USB_CoreInit() API to initialize the USB Core peripheral. + + (#) The upper HAL HCD/PCD driver will call the right routines for its internal processes. + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_LL_USB_DRIVER + * @{ + */ + +#if defined (HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED) || defined (HAL_HCD_MODULE_ENABLED) + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_CoreReset(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx); + +/** @defgroup PCD_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup LL_USB_Group1 Initialization/de-initialization functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Initialization/de-initialization functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to: + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Initializes the USB Core + * @param USBx: USB Instance + * @param cfg : pointer to a USB_OTG_CfgTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified USBx peripheral. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_CoreInit(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, USB_OTG_CfgTypeDef cfg) +{ + if (cfg.phy_itface == USB_OTG_ULPI_PHY) + { + + USBx->GCCFG &= ~(USB_OTG_GCCFG_PWRDWN); + + /* Init The ULPI Interface */ + USBx->GUSBCFG &= ~(USB_OTG_GUSBCFG_TSDPS | USB_OTG_GUSBCFG_ULPIFSLS | USB_OTG_GUSBCFG_PHYSEL); + + /* Select vbus source */ + USBx->GUSBCFG &= ~(USB_OTG_GUSBCFG_ULPIEVBUSD | USB_OTG_GUSBCFG_ULPIEVBUSI); + if(cfg.use_external_vbus == 1) + { + USBx->GUSBCFG |= USB_OTG_GUSBCFG_ULPIEVBUSD; + } + /* Reset after a PHY select */ + USB_CoreReset(USBx); + } + else /* FS interface (embedded Phy) */ + { + + /* Select FS Embedded PHY */ + USBx->GUSBCFG |= USB_OTG_GUSBCFG_PHYSEL; + + /* Reset after a PHY select and set Host mode */ + USB_CoreReset(USBx); + + /* Deactivate the power down*/ + USBx->GCCFG = USB_OTG_GCCFG_PWRDWN; + } + + if(cfg.dma_enable == ENABLE) + { + USBx->GAHBCFG |= (USB_OTG_GAHBCFG_HBSTLEN_1 | USB_OTG_GAHBCFG_HBSTLEN_2); + USBx->GAHBCFG |= USB_OTG_GAHBCFG_DMAEN; + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief USB_EnableGlobalInt + * Enables the controller's Global Int in the AHB Config reg + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_EnableGlobalInt(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx) +{ + USBx->GAHBCFG |= USB_OTG_GAHBCFG_GINT; + return HAL_OK; +} + + +/** + * @brief USB_DisableGlobalInt + * Disable the controller's Global Int in the AHB Config reg + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_DisableGlobalInt(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx) +{ + USBx->GAHBCFG &= ~USB_OTG_GAHBCFG_GINT; + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief USB_SetCurrentMode : Set functional mode + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @param mode : current core mode + * This parameter can be one of the these values: + * @arg USB_OTG_DEVICE_MODE: Peripheral mode + * @arg USB_OTG_HOST_MODE: Host mode + * @arg USB_OTG_DRD_MODE: Dual Role Device mode + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_SetCurrentMode(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx , USB_OTG_ModeTypeDef mode) +{ + USBx->GUSBCFG &= ~(USB_OTG_GUSBCFG_FHMOD | USB_OTG_GUSBCFG_FDMOD); + + if ( mode == USB_OTG_HOST_MODE) + { + USBx->GUSBCFG |= USB_OTG_GUSBCFG_FHMOD; + } + else if ( mode == USB_OTG_DEVICE_MODE) + { + USBx->GUSBCFG |= USB_OTG_GUSBCFG_FDMOD; + } + HAL_Delay(50); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief USB_DevInit : Initializes the USB_OTG controller registers + * for device mode + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @param cfg : pointer to a USB_OTG_CfgTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified USBx peripheral. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_DevInit (USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, USB_OTG_CfgTypeDef cfg) +{ + uint32_t i = 0; + + /*Activate VBUS Sensing B */ + USBx->GCCFG |= USB_OTG_GCCFG_VBDEN; + + if (cfg.vbus_sensing_enable == 0) + { + /*Desactivate VBUS Sensing B */ + USBx->GCCFG &= ~ USB_OTG_GCCFG_VBDEN; + + /* B-peripheral session valid override enable*/ + USBx->GOTGCTL |= USB_OTG_GOTGCTL_BVALOEN; + USBx->GOTGCTL |= USB_OTG_GOTGCTL_BVALOVAL; + } + + /* Restart the Phy Clock */ + USBx_PCGCCTL = 0; + + /* Device mode configuration */ + USBx_DEVICE->DCFG |= DCFG_FRAME_INTERVAL_80; + + if(cfg.phy_itface == USB_OTG_ULPI_PHY) + { + if(cfg.speed == USB_OTG_SPEED_HIGH) + { + /* Set High speed phy */ + USB_SetDevSpeed (USBx , USB_OTG_SPEED_HIGH); + } + else + { + /* set High speed phy in Full speed mode */ + USB_SetDevSpeed (USBx , USB_OTG_SPEED_HIGH_IN_FULL); + } + } + else + { + /* Set Full speed phy */ + USB_SetDevSpeed (USBx , USB_OTG_SPEED_FULL); + } + + /* Flush the FIFOs */ + USB_FlushTxFifo(USBx , 0x10); /* all Tx FIFOs */ + USB_FlushRxFifo(USBx); + + + /* Clear all pending Device Interrupts */ + USBx_DEVICE->DIEPMSK = 0; + USBx_DEVICE->DOEPMSK = 0; + USBx_DEVICE->DAINT = 0xFFFFFFFF; + USBx_DEVICE->DAINTMSK = 0; + + for (i = 0; i < cfg.dev_endpoints; i++) + { + if ((USBx_INEP(i)->DIEPCTL & USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_EPENA) == USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_EPENA) + { + USBx_INEP(i)->DIEPCTL = (USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_EPDIS | USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_SNAK); + } + else + { + USBx_INEP(i)->DIEPCTL = 0; + } + + USBx_INEP(i)->DIEPTSIZ = 0; + USBx_INEP(i)->DIEPINT = 0xFF; + } + + for (i = 0; i < cfg.dev_endpoints; i++) + { + if ((USBx_OUTEP(i)->DOEPCTL & USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_EPENA) == USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_EPENA) + { + USBx_OUTEP(i)->DOEPCTL = (USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_EPDIS | USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_SNAK); + } + else + { + USBx_OUTEP(i)->DOEPCTL = 0; + } + + USBx_OUTEP(i)->DOEPTSIZ = 0; + USBx_OUTEP(i)->DOEPINT = 0xFF; + } + + USBx_DEVICE->DIEPMSK &= ~(USB_OTG_DIEPMSK_TXFURM); + + if (cfg.dma_enable == 1) + { + /*Set threshold parameters */ + USBx_DEVICE->DTHRCTL = (USB_OTG_DTHRCTL_TXTHRLEN_6 | USB_OTG_DTHRCTL_RXTHRLEN_6); + USBx_DEVICE->DTHRCTL |= (USB_OTG_DTHRCTL_RXTHREN | USB_OTG_DTHRCTL_ISOTHREN | USB_OTG_DTHRCTL_NONISOTHREN); + + i= USBx_DEVICE->DTHRCTL; + } + + /* Disable all interrupts. */ + USBx->GINTMSK = 0; + + /* Clear any pending interrupts */ + USBx->GINTSTS = 0xBFFFFFFF; + + /* Enable the common interrupts */ + if (cfg.dma_enable == DISABLE) + { + USBx->GINTMSK |= USB_OTG_GINTMSK_RXFLVLM; + } + + /* Enable interrupts matching to the Device mode ONLY */ + USBx->GINTMSK |= (USB_OTG_GINTMSK_USBSUSPM | USB_OTG_GINTMSK_USBRST |\ + USB_OTG_GINTMSK_ENUMDNEM | USB_OTG_GINTMSK_IEPINT |\ + USB_OTG_GINTMSK_OEPINT | USB_OTG_GINTMSK_IISOIXFRM|\ + USB_OTG_GINTMSK_PXFRM_IISOOXFRM | USB_OTG_GINTMSK_WUIM); + + if(cfg.Sof_enable) + { + USBx->GINTMSK |= USB_OTG_GINTMSK_SOFM; + } + + if (cfg.vbus_sensing_enable == ENABLE) + { + USBx->GINTMSK |= (USB_OTG_GINTMSK_SRQIM | USB_OTG_GINTMSK_OTGINT); + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + + +/** + * @brief USB_OTG_FlushTxFifo : Flush a Tx FIFO + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @param num : FIFO number + * This parameter can be a value from 1 to 15 + 15 means Flush all Tx FIFOs + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_FlushTxFifo (USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, uint32_t num ) +{ + uint32_t count = 0; + + USBx->GRSTCTL = ( USB_OTG_GRSTCTL_TXFFLSH |(uint32_t)( num << 6)); + + do + { + if (++count > 200000) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + while ((USBx->GRSTCTL & USB_OTG_GRSTCTL_TXFFLSH) == USB_OTG_GRSTCTL_TXFFLSH); + + return HAL_OK; +} + + +/** + * @brief USB_FlushRxFifo : Flush Rx FIFO + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_FlushRxFifo(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx) +{ + uint32_t count = 0; + + USBx->GRSTCTL = USB_OTG_GRSTCTL_RXFFLSH; + + do + { + if (++count > 200000) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + while ((USBx->GRSTCTL & USB_OTG_GRSTCTL_RXFFLSH) == USB_OTG_GRSTCTL_RXFFLSH); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief USB_SetDevSpeed :Initializes the DevSpd field of DCFG register + * depending the PHY type and the enumeration speed of the device. + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @param speed : device speed + * This parameter can be one of the these values: + * @arg USB_OTG_SPEED_HIGH: High speed mode + * @arg USB_OTG_SPEED_HIGH_IN_FULL: High speed core in Full Speed mode + * @arg USB_OTG_SPEED_FULL: Full speed mode + * @arg USB_OTG_SPEED_LOW: Low speed mode + * @retval Hal status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_SetDevSpeed(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx , uint8_t speed) +{ + USBx_DEVICE->DCFG |= speed; + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief USB_GetDevSpeed :Return the Dev Speed + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @retval speed : device speed + * This parameter can be one of the these values: + * @arg USB_OTG_SPEED_HIGH: High speed mode + * @arg USB_OTG_SPEED_FULL: Full speed mode + * @arg USB_OTG_SPEED_LOW: Low speed mode + */ +uint8_t USB_GetDevSpeed(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx) +{ + uint8_t speed = 0; + + if((USBx_DEVICE->DSTS & USB_OTG_DSTS_ENUMSPD) == DSTS_ENUMSPD_HS_PHY_30MHZ_OR_60MHZ) + { + speed = USB_OTG_SPEED_HIGH; + } + else if (((USBx_DEVICE->DSTS & USB_OTG_DSTS_ENUMSPD) == DSTS_ENUMSPD_FS_PHY_30MHZ_OR_60MHZ)|| + ((USBx_DEVICE->DSTS & USB_OTG_DSTS_ENUMSPD) == DSTS_ENUMSPD_FS_PHY_48MHZ)) + { + speed = USB_OTG_SPEED_FULL; + } + else if((USBx_DEVICE->DSTS & USB_OTG_DSTS_ENUMSPD) == DSTS_ENUMSPD_LS_PHY_6MHZ) + { + speed = USB_OTG_SPEED_LOW; + } + + return speed; +} + +/** + * @brief Activate and configure an endpoint + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @param ep: pointer to endpoint structure + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_ActivateEndpoint(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, USB_OTG_EPTypeDef *ep) +{ + if (ep->is_in == 1) + { + USBx_DEVICE->DAINTMSK |= USB_OTG_DAINTMSK_IEPM & ((1 << (ep->num))); + + if (((USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPCTL) & USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_USBAEP) == 0) + { + USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPCTL |= ((ep->maxpacket & USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_MPSIZ ) | (ep->type << 18 ) |\ + ((ep->num) << 22 ) | (USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_SD0PID_SEVNFRM) | (USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_USBAEP)); + } + + } + else + { + USBx_DEVICE->DAINTMSK |= USB_OTG_DAINTMSK_OEPM & ((1 << (ep->num)) << 16); + + if (((USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPCTL) & USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_USBAEP) == 0) + { + USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPCTL |= ((ep->maxpacket & USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_MPSIZ ) | (ep->type << 18 ) |\ + (USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_SD0PID_SEVNFRM)| (USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_USBAEP)); + } + } + return HAL_OK; +} +/** + * @brief Activate and configure a dedicated endpoint + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @param ep: pointer to endpoint structure + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_ActivateDedicatedEndpoint(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, USB_OTG_EPTypeDef *ep) +{ + static __IO uint32_t debug = 0; + + /* Read DEPCTLn register */ + if (ep->is_in == 1) + { + if (((USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPCTL) & USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_USBAEP) == 0) + { + USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPCTL |= ((ep->maxpacket & USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_MPSIZ ) | (ep->type << 18 ) |\ + ((ep->num) << 22 ) | (USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_SD0PID_SEVNFRM) | (USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_USBAEP)); + } + + + debug |= ((ep->maxpacket & USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_MPSIZ ) | (ep->type << 18 ) |\ + ((ep->num) << 22 ) | (USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_SD0PID_SEVNFRM) | (USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_USBAEP)); + + USBx_DEVICE->DEACHMSK |= USB_OTG_DAINTMSK_IEPM & ((1 << (ep->num))); + } + else + { + if (((USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPCTL) & USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_USBAEP) == 0) + { + USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPCTL |= ((ep->maxpacket & USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_MPSIZ ) | (ep->type << 18 ) |\ + ((ep->num) << 22 ) | (USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_USBAEP)); + + debug = (uint32_t)(((uint32_t )USBx) + USB_OTG_OUT_ENDPOINT_BASE + (0)*USB_OTG_EP_REG_SIZE); + debug = (uint32_t )&USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPCTL; + debug |= ((ep->maxpacket & USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_MPSIZ ) | (ep->type << 18 ) |\ + ((ep->num) << 22 ) | (USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_USBAEP)); + } + + USBx_DEVICE->DEACHMSK |= USB_OTG_DAINTMSK_OEPM & ((1 << (ep->num)) << 16); + } + + return HAL_OK; +} +/** + * @brief De-activate and de-initialize an endpoint + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @param ep: pointer to endpoint structure + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_DeactivateEndpoint(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, USB_OTG_EPTypeDef *ep) +{ + /* Read DEPCTLn register */ + if (ep->is_in == 1) + { + USBx_DEVICE->DEACHMSK &= ~(USB_OTG_DAINTMSK_IEPM & ((1 << (ep->num)))); + USBx_DEVICE->DAINTMSK &= ~(USB_OTG_DAINTMSK_IEPM & ((1 << (ep->num)))); + USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPCTL &= ~ USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_USBAEP; + } + else + { + + USBx_DEVICE->DEACHMSK &= ~(USB_OTG_DAINTMSK_OEPM & ((1 << (ep->num)) << 16)); + USBx_DEVICE->DAINTMSK &= ~(USB_OTG_DAINTMSK_OEPM & ((1 << (ep->num)) << 16)); + USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPCTL &= ~USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_USBAEP; + } + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief De-activate and de-initialize a dedicated endpoint + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @param ep: pointer to endpoint structure + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_DeactivateDedicatedEndpoint(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, USB_OTG_EPTypeDef *ep) +{ + /* Read DEPCTLn register */ + if (ep->is_in == 1) + { + USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPCTL &= ~ USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_USBAEP; + USBx_DEVICE->DAINTMSK &= ~(USB_OTG_DAINTMSK_IEPM & ((1 << (ep->num)))); + } + else + { + USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPCTL &= ~USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_USBAEP; + USBx_DEVICE->DAINTMSK &= ~(USB_OTG_DAINTMSK_OEPM & ((1 << (ep->num)) << 16)); + } + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief USB_EPStartXfer : setup and starts a transfer over an EP + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @param ep: pointer to endpoint structure + * @param dma: USB dma enabled or disabled + * This parameter can be one of the these values: + * 0 : DMA feature not used + * 1 : DMA feature used + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_EPStartXfer(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx , USB_OTG_EPTypeDef *ep, uint8_t dma) +{ + uint16_t pktcnt = 0; + + /* IN endpoint */ + if (ep->is_in == 1) + { + /* Zero Length Packet? */ + if (ep->xfer_len == 0) + { + USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPTSIZ &= ~(USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_PKTCNT); + USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_PKTCNT & (1 << 19)) ; + USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPTSIZ &= ~(USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_XFRSIZ); + } + else + { + /* Program the transfer size and packet count + * as follows: xfersize = N * maxpacket + + * short_packet pktcnt = N + (short_packet + * exist ? 1 : 0) + */ + USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPTSIZ &= ~(USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_XFRSIZ); + USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPTSIZ &= ~(USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_PKTCNT); + USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_PKTCNT & (((ep->xfer_len + ep->maxpacket -1)/ ep->maxpacket) << 19)) ; + USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_XFRSIZ & ep->xfer_len); + + if (ep->type == EP_TYPE_ISOC) + { + USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPTSIZ &= ~(USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_MULCNT); + USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_MULCNT & (1 << 29)); + } + } + + if (dma == 1) + { + USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPDMA = (uint32_t)(ep->dma_addr); + } + else + { + if (ep->type != EP_TYPE_ISOC) + { + /* Enable the Tx FIFO Empty Interrupt for this EP */ + if (ep->xfer_len > 0) + { + USBx_DEVICE->DIEPEMPMSK |= 1 << ep->num; + } + } + } + + if (ep->type == EP_TYPE_ISOC) + { + if ((USBx_DEVICE->DSTS & ( 1 << 8 )) == 0) + { + USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPCTL |= USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_SODDFRM; + } + else + { + USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPCTL |= USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_SD0PID_SEVNFRM; + } + } + + /* EP enable, IN data in FIFO */ + USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPCTL |= (USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_CNAK | USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_EPENA); + + if (ep->type == EP_TYPE_ISOC) + { + USB_WritePacket(USBx, ep->xfer_buff, ep->num, ep->xfer_len, dma); + } + } + else /* OUT endpoint */ + { + /* Program the transfer size and packet count as follows: + * pktcnt = N + * xfersize = N * maxpacket + */ + USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPTSIZ &= ~(USB_OTG_DOEPTSIZ_XFRSIZ); + USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPTSIZ &= ~(USB_OTG_DOEPTSIZ_PKTCNT); + + if (ep->xfer_len == 0) + { + USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DOEPTSIZ_XFRSIZ & ep->maxpacket); + USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DOEPTSIZ_PKTCNT & (1 << 19)) ; + } + else + { + pktcnt = (ep->xfer_len + ep->maxpacket -1)/ ep->maxpacket; + USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DOEPTSIZ_PKTCNT & (pktcnt << 19)); + USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DOEPTSIZ_XFRSIZ & (ep->maxpacket * pktcnt)); + } + + if (dma == 1) + { + USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPDMA = (uint32_t)ep->xfer_buff; + } + + if (ep->type == EP_TYPE_ISOC) + { + if ((USBx_DEVICE->DSTS & ( 1 << 8 )) == 0) + { + USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPCTL |= USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_SODDFRM; + } + else + { + USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPCTL |= USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_SD0PID_SEVNFRM; + } + } + /* EP enable */ + USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPCTL |= (USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_CNAK | USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_EPENA); + } + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief USB_EP0StartXfer : setup and starts a transfer over the EP 0 + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @param ep: pointer to endpoint structure + * @param dma: USB dma enabled or disabled + * This parameter can be one of the these values: + * 0 : DMA feature not used + * 1 : DMA feature used + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_EP0StartXfer(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx , USB_OTG_EPTypeDef *ep, uint8_t dma) +{ + /* IN endpoint */ + if (ep->is_in == 1) + { + /* Zero Length Packet? */ + if (ep->xfer_len == 0) + { + USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPTSIZ &= ~(USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_PKTCNT); + USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_PKTCNT & (1 << 19)) ; + USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPTSIZ &= ~(USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_XFRSIZ); + } + else + { + /* Program the transfer size and packet count + * as follows: xfersize = N * maxpacket + + * short_packet pktcnt = N + (short_packet + * exist ? 1 : 0) + */ + USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPTSIZ &= ~(USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_XFRSIZ); + USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPTSIZ &= ~(USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_PKTCNT); + + if(ep->xfer_len > ep->maxpacket) + { + ep->xfer_len = ep->maxpacket; + } + USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_PKTCNT & (1 << 19)) ; + USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_XFRSIZ & ep->xfer_len); + + } + + if (dma == 1) + { + USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPDMA = (uint32_t)(ep->dma_addr); + } + else + { + /* Enable the Tx FIFO Empty Interrupt for this EP */ + if (ep->xfer_len > 0) + { + USBx_DEVICE->DIEPEMPMSK |= 1 << (ep->num); + } + } + + /* EP enable, IN data in FIFO */ + USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPCTL |= (USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_CNAK | USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_EPENA); + } + else /* OUT endpoint */ + { + /* Program the transfer size and packet count as follows: + * pktcnt = N + * xfersize = N * maxpacket + */ + USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPTSIZ &= ~(USB_OTG_DOEPTSIZ_XFRSIZ); + USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPTSIZ &= ~(USB_OTG_DOEPTSIZ_PKTCNT); + + if (ep->xfer_len > 0) + { + ep->xfer_len = ep->maxpacket; + } + + USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DOEPTSIZ_PKTCNT & (1 << 19)); + USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DOEPTSIZ_XFRSIZ & (ep->maxpacket)); + + + if (dma == 1) + { + USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPDMA = (uint32_t)(ep->xfer_buff); + } + + /* EP enable */ + USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPCTL |= (USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_CNAK | USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_EPENA); + } + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief USB_WritePacket : Writes a packet into the Tx FIFO associated + * with the EP/channel + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @param src : pointer to source buffer + * @param ch_ep_num : endpoint or host channel number + * @param len : Number of bytes to write + * @param dma: USB dma enabled or disabled + * This parameter can be one of the these values: + * 0 : DMA feature not used + * 1 : DMA feature used + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_WritePacket(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, uint8_t *src, uint8_t ch_ep_num, uint16_t len, uint8_t dma) +{ + uint32_t count32b= 0 , i= 0; + + if (dma == 0) + { + count32b = (len + 3) / 4; + for (i = 0; i < count32b; i++, src += 4) + { + USBx_DFIFO(ch_ep_num) = *((__packed uint32_t *)src); + } + } + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief USB_ReadPacket : read a packet from the Tx FIFO associated + * with the EP/channel + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @param src : source pointer + * @param ch_ep_num : endpoint or host channel number + * @param len : Number of bytes to read + * @param dma: USB dma enabled or disabled + * This parameter can be one of the these values: + * 0 : DMA feature not used + * 1 : DMA feature used + * @retval pointer to destination buffer + */ +void *USB_ReadPacket(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, uint8_t *dest, uint16_t len) +{ + uint32_t i=0; + uint32_t count32b = (len + 3) / 4; + + for ( i = 0; i < count32b; i++, dest += 4 ) + { + *(__packed uint32_t *)dest = USBx_DFIFO(0); + + } + return ((void *)dest); +} + +/** + * @brief USB_EPSetStall : set a stall condition over an EP + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @param ep: pointer to endpoint structure + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_EPSetStall(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx , USB_OTG_EPTypeDef *ep) +{ + if (ep->is_in == 1) + { + if (((USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPCTL) & USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_EPENA) == 0) + { + USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPCTL &= ~(USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_EPDIS); + } + USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPCTL |= USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_STALL; + } + else + { + if (((USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPCTL) & USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_EPENA) == 0) + { + USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPCTL &= ~(USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_EPDIS); + } + USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPCTL |= USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_STALL; + } + return HAL_OK; +} + + +/** + * @brief USB_EPClearStall : Clear a stall condition over an EP + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @param ep: pointer to endpoint structure + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_EPClearStall(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, USB_OTG_EPTypeDef *ep) +{ + if (ep->is_in == 1) + { + USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPCTL &= ~USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_STALL; + if (ep->type == EP_TYPE_INTR || ep->type == EP_TYPE_BULK) + { + USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPCTL |= USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_SD0PID_SEVNFRM; /* DATA0 */ + } + } + else + { + USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPCTL &= ~USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_STALL; + if (ep->type == EP_TYPE_INTR || ep->type == EP_TYPE_BULK) + { + USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPCTL |= USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_SD0PID_SEVNFRM; /* DATA0 */ + } + } + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief USB_StopDevice : Stop the usb device mode + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_StopDevice(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx) +{ + uint32_t i; + + /* Clear Pending interrupt */ + for (i = 0; i < 15 ; i++) + { + USBx_INEP(i)->DIEPINT = 0xFF; + USBx_OUTEP(i)->DOEPINT = 0xFF; + } + USBx_DEVICE->DAINT = 0xFFFFFFFF; + + /* Clear interrupt masks */ + USBx_DEVICE->DIEPMSK = 0; + USBx_DEVICE->DOEPMSK = 0; + USBx_DEVICE->DAINTMSK = 0; + + /* Flush the FIFO */ + USB_FlushRxFifo(USBx); + USB_FlushTxFifo(USBx , 0x10 ); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief USB_SetDevAddress : Stop the usb device mode + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @param address : new device address to be assigned + * This parameter can be a value from 0 to 255 + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_SetDevAddress (USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, uint8_t address) +{ + USBx_DEVICE->DCFG &= ~ (USB_OTG_DCFG_DAD); + USBx_DEVICE->DCFG |= (address << 4) & USB_OTG_DCFG_DAD ; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief USB_DevConnect : Connect the USB device by enabling the pull-up/pull-down + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_DevConnect (USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx) +{ + USBx_DEVICE->DCTL &= ~USB_OTG_DCTL_SDIS ; + HAL_Delay(3); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief USB_DevDisconnect : Disconnect the USB device by disabling the pull-up/pull-down + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_DevDisconnect (USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx) +{ + USBx_DEVICE->DCTL |= USB_OTG_DCTL_SDIS ; + HAL_Delay(3); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief USB_ReadInterrupts: return the global USB interrupt status + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @retval HAL status + */ +uint32_t USB_ReadInterrupts (USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx) +{ + uint32_t v = 0; + + v = USBx->GINTSTS; + v &= USBx->GINTMSK; + return v; +} + +/** + * @brief USB_ReadDevAllOutEpInterrupt: return the USB device OUT endpoints interrupt status + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @retval HAL status + */ +uint32_t USB_ReadDevAllOutEpInterrupt (USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx) +{ + uint32_t v; + v = USBx_DEVICE->DAINT; + v &= USBx_DEVICE->DAINTMSK; + return ((v & 0xffff0000) >> 16); +} + +/** + * @brief USB_ReadDevAllInEpInterrupt: return the USB device IN endpoints interrupt status + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @retval HAL status + */ +uint32_t USB_ReadDevAllInEpInterrupt (USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx) +{ + uint32_t v; + v = USBx_DEVICE->DAINT; + v &= USBx_DEVICE->DAINTMSK; + return ((v & 0xFFFF)); +} + +/** + * @brief Returns Device OUT EP Interrupt register + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @param epnum : endpoint number + * This parameter can be a value from 0 to 15 + * @retval Device OUT EP Interrupt register + */ +uint32_t USB_ReadDevOutEPInterrupt (USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx , uint8_t epnum) +{ + uint32_t v; + v = USBx_OUTEP(epnum)->DOEPINT; + v &= USBx_DEVICE->DOEPMSK; + return v; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns Device IN EP Interrupt register + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @param epnum : endpoint number + * This parameter can be a value from 0 to 15 + * @retval Device IN EP Interrupt register + */ +uint32_t USB_ReadDevInEPInterrupt (USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx , uint8_t epnum) +{ + uint32_t v, msk, emp; + + msk = USBx_DEVICE->DIEPMSK; + emp = USBx_DEVICE->DIEPEMPMSK; + msk |= ((emp >> epnum) & 0x1) << 7; + v = USBx_INEP(epnum)->DIEPINT & msk; + return v; +} + +/** + * @brief USB_ClearInterrupts: clear a USB interrupt + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @param interrupt : interrupt flag + * @retval None + */ +void USB_ClearInterrupts (USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, uint32_t interrupt) +{ + USBx->GINTSTS |= interrupt; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns USB core mode + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @retval return core mode : Host or Device + * This parameter can be one of the these values: + * 0 : Host + * 1 : Device + */ +uint32_t USB_GetMode(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx) +{ + return ((USBx->GINTSTS ) & 0x1); +} + + +/** + * @brief Activate EP0 for Setup transactions + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_ActivateSetup (USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx) +{ + /* Set the MPS of the IN EP based on the enumeration speed */ + USBx_INEP(0)->DIEPCTL &= ~USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_MPSIZ; + + if((USBx_DEVICE->DSTS & USB_OTG_DSTS_ENUMSPD) == DSTS_ENUMSPD_LS_PHY_6MHZ) + { + USBx_INEP(0)->DIEPCTL |= 3; + } + USBx_DEVICE->DCTL |= USB_OTG_DCTL_CGINAK; + + return HAL_OK; +} + + +/** + * @brief Prepare the EP0 to start the first control setup + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @param dma: USB dma enabled or disabled + * This parameter can be one of the these values: + * 0 : DMA feature not used + * 1 : DMA feature used + * @param psetup : pointer to setup packet + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_EP0_OutStart(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, uint8_t dma, uint8_t *psetup) +{ + USBx_OUTEP(0)->DOEPTSIZ = 0; + USBx_OUTEP(0)->DOEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DOEPTSIZ_PKTCNT & (1 << 19)) ; + USBx_OUTEP(0)->DOEPTSIZ |= (3 * 8); + USBx_OUTEP(0)->DOEPTSIZ |= USB_OTG_DOEPTSIZ_STUPCNT; + + if (dma == 1) + { + USBx_OUTEP(0)->DOEPDMA = (uint32_t)psetup; + /* EP enable */ + USBx_OUTEP(0)->DOEPCTL = 0x80008000; + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + + +/** + * @brief Reset the USB Core (needed after USB clock settings change) + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_CoreReset(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx) +{ + uint32_t count = 0; + + /* Wait for AHB master IDLE state. */ + do + { + if (++count > 200000) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + while ((USBx->GRSTCTL & USB_OTG_GRSTCTL_AHBIDL) == 0); + + /* Core Soft Reset */ + count = 0; + USBx->GRSTCTL |= USB_OTG_GRSTCTL_CSRST; + + do + { + if (++count > 200000) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + while ((USBx->GRSTCTL & USB_OTG_GRSTCTL_CSRST) == USB_OTG_GRSTCTL_CSRST); + + return HAL_OK; +} + + +/** + * @brief USB_HostInit : Initializes the USB OTG controller registers + * for Host mode + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @param cfg : pointer to a USB_OTG_CfgTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified USBx peripheral. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_HostInit (USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, USB_OTG_CfgTypeDef cfg) +{ + uint32_t i; + + /* Restart the Phy Clock */ + USBx_PCGCCTL = 0; + + /*Activate VBUS Sensing B */ + USBx->GCCFG |= USB_OTG_GCCFG_VBDEN; + + /* Disable the FS/LS support mode only */ + if((cfg.speed == USB_OTG_SPEED_FULL)&& + (USBx != USB_OTG_FS)) + { + USBx_HOST->HCFG |= USB_OTG_HCFG_FSLSS; + } + else + { + USBx_HOST->HCFG &= ~(USB_OTG_HCFG_FSLSS); + } + + /* Make sure the FIFOs are flushed. */ + USB_FlushTxFifo(USBx, 0x10 ); /* all Tx FIFOs */ + USB_FlushRxFifo(USBx); + + /* Clear all pending HC Interrupts */ + for (i = 0; i < cfg.Host_channels; i++) + { + USBx_HC(i)->HCINT = 0xFFFFFFFF; + USBx_HC(i)->HCINTMSK = 0; + } + + /* Enable VBUS driving */ + USB_DriveVbus(USBx, 1); + + HAL_Delay(200); + + /* Disable all interrupts. */ + USBx->GINTMSK = 0; + + /* Clear any pending interrupts */ + USBx->GINTSTS = 0xFFFFFFFF; + + + if(USBx == USB_OTG_FS) + { + /* set Rx FIFO size */ + USBx->GRXFSIZ = (uint32_t )0x80; + USBx->DIEPTXF0_HNPTXFSIZ = (uint32_t )(((0x60 << 16)& USB_OTG_NPTXFD) | 0x80); + USBx->HPTXFSIZ = (uint32_t )(((0x40 << 16)& USB_OTG_HPTXFSIZ_PTXFD) | 0xE0); + + } + + else + { + /* set Rx FIFO size */ + USBx->GRXFSIZ = (uint32_t )0x200; + USBx->DIEPTXF0_HNPTXFSIZ = (uint32_t )(((0x100 << 16)& USB_OTG_NPTXFD) | 0x200); + USBx->HPTXFSIZ = (uint32_t )(((0xE0 << 16)& USB_OTG_HPTXFSIZ_PTXFD) | 0x300); + } + + /* Enable the common interrupts */ + if (cfg.dma_enable == DISABLE) + { + USBx->GINTMSK |= USB_OTG_GINTMSK_RXFLVLM; + } + + /* Enable interrupts matching to the Host mode ONLY */ + USBx->GINTMSK |= (USB_OTG_GINTMSK_PRTIM | USB_OTG_GINTMSK_HCIM |\ + USB_OTG_GINTMSK_SOFM |USB_OTG_GINTSTS_DISCINT|\ + USB_OTG_GINTMSK_PXFRM_IISOOXFRM | USB_OTG_GINTMSK_WUIM); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief USB_InitFSLSPClkSel : Initializes the FSLSPClkSel field of the + * HCFG register on the PHY type and set the right frame interval + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @param freq : clock frequency + * This parameter can be one of the these values: + * HCFG_48_MHZ : Full Speed 48 MHz Clock + * HCFG_6_MHZ : Low Speed 6 MHz Clock + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_InitFSLSPClkSel(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx , uint8_t freq) +{ + USBx_HOST->HCFG &= ~(USB_OTG_HCFG_FSLSPCS); + USBx_HOST->HCFG |= (freq & USB_OTG_HCFG_FSLSPCS); + + if (freq == HCFG_48_MHZ) + { + USBx_HOST->HFIR = (uint32_t)48000; + } + else if (freq == HCFG_6_MHZ) + { + USBx_HOST->HFIR = (uint32_t)6000; + } + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** +* @brief USB_OTG_ResetPort : Reset Host Port + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @retval HAL status + * @note : (1)The application must wait at least 10 ms + * before clearing the reset bit. + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_ResetPort(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx) +{ + __IO uint32_t hprt0; + + hprt0 = USBx_HPRT0; + + hprt0 &= ~(USB_OTG_HPRT_PENA | USB_OTG_HPRT_PCDET |\ + USB_OTG_HPRT_PENCHNG | USB_OTG_HPRT_POCCHNG ); + + USBx_HPRT0 = (USB_OTG_HPRT_PRST | hprt0); + HAL_Delay (10); /* See Note #1 */ + USBx_HPRT0 = ((~USB_OTG_HPRT_PRST) & hprt0); + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief USB_DriveVbus : activate or de-activate vbus + * @param state : VBUS state + * This parameter can be one of the these values: + * 0 : VBUS Active + * 1 : VBUS Inactive + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_DriveVbus (USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, uint8_t state) +{ + __IO uint32_t hprt0; + + hprt0 = USBx_HPRT0; + hprt0 &= ~(USB_OTG_HPRT_PENA | USB_OTG_HPRT_PCDET |\ + USB_OTG_HPRT_PENCHNG | USB_OTG_HPRT_POCCHNG ); + + if (((hprt0 & USB_OTG_HPRT_PPWR) == 0 ) && (state == 1 )) + { + USBx_HPRT0 = (USB_OTG_HPRT_PPWR | hprt0); + } + if (((hprt0 & USB_OTG_HPRT_PPWR) == USB_OTG_HPRT_PPWR) && (state == 0 )) + { + USBx_HPRT0 = ((~USB_OTG_HPRT_PPWR) & hprt0); + } + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Return Host Core speed + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @retval speed : Host speed + * This parameter can be one of the these values: + * @arg USB_OTG_SPEED_HIGH: High speed mode + * @arg USB_OTG_SPEED_FULL: Full speed mode + * @arg USB_OTG_SPEED_LOW: Low speed mode + */ +uint32_t USB_GetHostSpeed (USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx) +{ + __IO uint32_t hprt0; + + hprt0 = USBx_HPRT0; + return ((hprt0 & USB_OTG_HPRT_PSPD) >> 17); +} + +/** + * @brief Return Host Current Frame number + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @retval current frame number +*/ +uint32_t USB_GetCurrentFrame (USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx) +{ + return (USBx_HOST->HFNUM & USB_OTG_HFNUM_FRNUM); +} + +/** + * @brief Initialize a host channel + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @param ch_num : Channel number + * This parameter can be a value from 1 to 15 + * @param epnum : Endpoint number + * This parameter can be a value from 1 to 15 + * @param dev_address : Current device address + * This parameter can be a value from 0 to 255 + * @param speed : Current device speed + * This parameter can be one of the these values: + * @arg USB_OTG_SPEED_HIGH: High speed mode + * @arg USB_OTG_SPEED_FULL: Full speed mode + * @arg USB_OTG_SPEED_LOW: Low speed mode + * @param ep_type : Endpoint Type + * This parameter can be one of the these values: + * @arg EP_TYPE_CTRL: Control type + * @arg EP_TYPE_ISOC: Isochronous type + * @arg EP_TYPE_BULK: Bulk type + * @arg EP_TYPE_INTR: Interrupt type + * @param mps : Max Packet Size + * This parameter can be a value from 0 to32K + * @retval HAL state + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_HC_Init(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, + uint8_t ch_num, + uint8_t epnum, + uint8_t dev_address, + uint8_t speed, + uint8_t ep_type, + uint16_t mps) +{ + + /* Clear old interrupt conditions for this host channel. */ + USBx_HC(ch_num)->HCINT = 0xFFFFFFFF; + + /* Enable channel interrupts required for this transfer. */ + switch (ep_type) + { + case EP_TYPE_CTRL: + case EP_TYPE_BULK: + + USBx_HC(ch_num)->HCINTMSK = USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_XFRCM |\ + USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_STALLM |\ + USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_TXERRM |\ + USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_DTERRM |\ + USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_AHBERR |\ + USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_NAKM ; + + if (epnum & 0x80) + { + USBx_HC(ch_num)->HCINTMSK |= USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_BBERRM; + } + else + { + if(USBx != USB_OTG_FS) + { + USBx_HC(ch_num)->HCINTMSK |= (USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_NYET | USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_ACKM); + } + } + break; + case EP_TYPE_INTR: + + USBx_HC(ch_num)->HCINTMSK = USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_XFRCM |\ + USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_STALLM |\ + USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_TXERRM |\ + USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_DTERRM |\ + USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_NAKM |\ + USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_AHBERR |\ + USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_FRMORM ; + + if (epnum & 0x80) + { + USBx_HC(ch_num)->HCINTMSK |= USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_BBERRM; + } + + break; + case EP_TYPE_ISOC: + + USBx_HC(ch_num)->HCINTMSK = USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_XFRCM |\ + USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_ACKM |\ + USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_AHBERR |\ + USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_FRMORM ; + + if (epnum & 0x80) + { + USBx_HC(ch_num)->HCINTMSK |= (USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_TXERRM | USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_BBERRM); + } + break; + } + + /* Enable the top level host channel interrupt. */ + USBx_HOST->HAINTMSK |= (1 << ch_num); + + /* Make sure host channel interrupts are enabled. */ + USBx->GINTMSK |= USB_OTG_GINTMSK_HCIM; + + /* Program the HCCHAR register */ + USBx_HC(ch_num)->HCCHAR = (((dev_address << 22) & USB_OTG_HCCHAR_DAD) |\ + (((epnum & 0x7F)<< 11) & USB_OTG_HCCHAR_EPNUM)|\ + ((((epnum & 0x80) == 0x80)<< 15) & USB_OTG_HCCHAR_EPDIR)|\ + (((speed == HPRT0_PRTSPD_LOW_SPEED)<< 17) & USB_OTG_HCCHAR_LSDEV)|\ + ((ep_type << 18) & USB_OTG_HCCHAR_EPTYP)|\ + (mps & USB_OTG_HCCHAR_MPSIZ)); + + if (ep_type == EP_TYPE_INTR) + { + USBx_HC(ch_num)->HCCHAR |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_ODDFRM ; + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Start a transfer over a host channel + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @param hc : pointer to host channel structure + * @param dma: USB dma enabled or disabled + * This parameter can be one of the these values: + * 0 : DMA feature not used + * 1 : DMA feature used + * @retval HAL state + */ +#if defined (__CC_ARM) /*!< ARM Compiler */ +#pragma O0 +#elif defined (__GNUC__) /*!< GNU Compiler */ +#pragma GCC optimize ("O0") +#endif /* __CC_ARM */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_HC_StartXfer(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, USB_OTG_HCTypeDef *hc, uint8_t dma) +{ + uint8_t is_oddframe = 0; + uint16_t len_words = 0; + uint16_t num_packets = 0; + uint16_t max_hc_pkt_count = 256; + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + if((USBx != USB_OTG_FS) && (hc->speed == USB_OTG_SPEED_HIGH)) + { + if((dma == 0) && (hc->do_ping == 1)) + { + USB_DoPing(USBx, hc->ch_num); + return HAL_OK; + } + else if(dma == 1) + { + USBx_HC(hc->ch_num)->HCINTMSK &= ~(USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_NYET | USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_ACKM); + hc->do_ping = 0; + } + } + + /* Compute the expected number of packets associated to the transfer */ + if (hc->xfer_len > 0) + { + num_packets = (hc->xfer_len + hc->max_packet - 1) / hc->max_packet; + + if (num_packets > max_hc_pkt_count) + { + num_packets = max_hc_pkt_count; + hc->xfer_len = num_packets * hc->max_packet; + } + } + else + { + num_packets = 1; + } + if (hc->ep_is_in) + { + hc->xfer_len = num_packets * hc->max_packet; + } + + + + /* Initialize the HCTSIZn register */ + USBx_HC(hc->ch_num)->HCTSIZ = (((hc->xfer_len) & USB_OTG_HCTSIZ_XFRSIZ)) |\ + ((num_packets << 19) & USB_OTG_HCTSIZ_PKTCNT) |\ + (((hc->data_pid) << 29) & USB_OTG_HCTSIZ_DPID); + + if (dma) + { + /* xfer_buff MUST be 32-bits aligned */ + USBx_HC(hc->ch_num)->HCDMA = (uint32_t)hc->xfer_buff; + } + + is_oddframe = (USBx_HOST->HFNUM & 0x01) ? 0 : 1; + USBx_HC(hc->ch_num)->HCCHAR &= ~USB_OTG_HCCHAR_ODDFRM; + USBx_HC(hc->ch_num)->HCCHAR |= (is_oddframe << 29); + + /* Set host channel enable */ + tmpreg = USBx_HC(hc->ch_num)->HCCHAR; + tmpreg &= ~USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHDIS; + tmpreg |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA; + USBx_HC(hc->ch_num)->HCCHAR = tmpreg; + + if (dma == 0) /* Slave mode */ + { + if((hc->ep_is_in == 0) && (hc->xfer_len > 0)) + { + switch(hc->ep_type) + { + /* Non periodic transfer */ + case EP_TYPE_CTRL: + case EP_TYPE_BULK: + + len_words = (hc->xfer_len + 3) / 4; + + /* check if there is enough space in FIFO space */ + if(len_words > (USBx->HNPTXSTS & 0xFFFF)) + { + /* need to process data in nptxfempty interrupt */ + USBx->GINTMSK |= USB_OTG_GINTMSK_NPTXFEM; + } + break; + /* Periodic transfer */ + case EP_TYPE_INTR: + case EP_TYPE_ISOC: + len_words = (hc->xfer_len + 3) / 4; + /* check if there is enough space in FIFO space */ + if(len_words > (USBx_HOST->HPTXSTS & 0xFFFF)) /* split the transfer */ + { + /* need to process data in ptxfempty interrupt */ + USBx->GINTMSK |= USB_OTG_GINTMSK_PTXFEM; + } + break; + + default: + break; + } + + /* Write packet into the Tx FIFO. */ + USB_WritePacket(USBx, hc->xfer_buff, hc->ch_num, hc->xfer_len, 0); + } + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Read all host channel interrupts status + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @retval HAL state + */ +uint32_t USB_HC_ReadInterrupt (USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx) +{ + return ((USBx_HOST->HAINT) & 0xFFFF); +} + +/** + * @brief Halt a host channel + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @param hc_num : Host Channel number + * This parameter can be a value from 1 to 15 + * @retval HAL state + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_HC_Halt(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx , uint8_t hc_num) +{ + uint32_t count = 0; + + /* Check for space in the request queue to issue the halt. */ + if (((USBx_HC(hc_num)->HCCHAR) & (HCCHAR_CTRL << 18)) || ((USBx_HC(hc_num)->HCCHAR) & (HCCHAR_BULK << 18))) + { + USBx_HC(hc_num)->HCCHAR |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHDIS; + + if ((USBx->HNPTXSTS & 0xFFFF) == 0) + { + USBx_HC(hc_num)->HCCHAR &= ~USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA; + USBx_HC(hc_num)->HCCHAR |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA; + USBx_HC(hc_num)->HCCHAR &= ~USB_OTG_HCCHAR_EPDIR; + do + { + if (++count > 1000) + { + break; + } + } + while ((USBx_HC(hc_num)->HCCHAR & USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA) == USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA); + } + else + { + USBx_HC(hc_num)->HCCHAR |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA; + } + } + else + { + USBx_HC(hc_num)->HCCHAR |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHDIS; + + if ((USBx_HOST->HPTXSTS & 0xFFFF) == 0) + { + USBx_HC(hc_num)->HCCHAR &= ~USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA; + USBx_HC(hc_num)->HCCHAR |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA; + USBx_HC(hc_num)->HCCHAR &= ~USB_OTG_HCCHAR_EPDIR; + do + { + if (++count > 1000) + { + break; + } + } + while ((USBx_HC(hc_num)->HCCHAR & USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA) == USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA); + } + else + { + USBx_HC(hc_num)->HCCHAR |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA; + } + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initiate Do Ping protocol + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @param hc_num : Host Channel number + * This parameter can be a value from 1 to 15 + * @retval HAL state + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_DoPing(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx , uint8_t ch_num) +{ + uint8_t num_packets = 1; + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + USBx_HC(ch_num)->HCTSIZ = ((num_packets << 19) & USB_OTG_HCTSIZ_PKTCNT) |\ + USB_OTG_HCTSIZ_DOPING; + + /* Set host channel enable */ + tmpreg = USBx_HC(ch_num)->HCCHAR; + tmpreg &= ~USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHDIS; + tmpreg |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA; + USBx_HC(ch_num)->HCCHAR = tmpreg; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stop Host Core + * @param USBx : Selected device + * @retval HAL state + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_StopHost(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx) +{ + uint8_t i; + uint32_t count = 0; + uint32_t value; + + USB_DisableGlobalInt(USBx); + + /* Flush FIFO */ + USB_FlushTxFifo(USBx, 0x10); + USB_FlushRxFifo(USBx); + + /* Flush out any leftover queued requests. */ + for (i = 0; i <= 15; i++) + { + + value = USBx_HC(i)->HCCHAR ; + value |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHDIS; + value &= ~USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA; + value &= ~USB_OTG_HCCHAR_EPDIR; + USBx_HC(i)->HCCHAR = value; + } + + /* Halt all channels to put them into a known state. */ + for (i = 0; i <= 15; i++) + { + + value = USBx_HC(i)->HCCHAR ; + + value |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHDIS; + value |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA; + value &= ~USB_OTG_HCCHAR_EPDIR; + + USBx_HC(i)->HCCHAR = value; + do + { + if (++count > 1000) + { + break; + } + } + while ((USBx_HC(i)->HCCHAR & USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA) == USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA); + } + + /* Clear any pending Host interrupts */ + USBx_HOST->HAINT = 0xFFFFFFFF; + USBx->GINTSTS = 0xFFFFFFFF; + USB_EnableGlobalInt(USBx); + return HAL_OK; +} +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* defined (HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED) || defined (HAL_HCD_MODULE_ENABLED) */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ |